# pali

volume: 26
item: 121
title: aṭṭhakavaṇṇanā^navakavaṇṇanā^dasakavaṇṇanā^akusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 347^b^.^eb^ kammapathesu kammāneva sugatiduggatīnaṃ pathabhūtattā  ^b^kammapathā^eb^ nāma. tesu pāṇātipāto adinnādānaṃ musāvādādayo  ca cattāro brahmajāle vitthāritā eva. ^b^kāmesumicchācāro^eb^ti  ettha pana ^b^kāmesū^eb^ti methunasamācāresu methunavatthūsu vā.  ^b^micchācāro^eb^ti ekantanindito lāmakācāro. lakkhaṇato pana  asaddhammādhippāyena kāyadvārappavattā agamanīyaṭṭhānavītikkamacetanā  ^b^kāmesumicchācāro.^eb^<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ nāma purisānaṃ tāva māturakkhitā,  piturakkhitā, mātāpiturakkhitā, bhāturakkhitā, bhaginirakkhitā,  ñātirakkhitā, gottarakkhitā, dhammarakkhitā, sārakkhā,  saparidaṇḍāti māturakkhitādayo dasa. dhanakkītā, chandavāsinī,  bhogavāsinī, paṭavāsinī, odapattakinī, obhatacumbaṭā, dāsī ca  bhariyā ca, kammakārī ca bhariyā ca, dhajāhaṭā, muhuttikāti etā  dhanakkītādayo dasāti vīsati. itthīsu pana dvinnaṃ ^a^V3.0212^ea^  sārakkhasaparidaṇḍānaṃ dasannañca dhanakkītādīnanti dvādasannaṃ itthīnaṃ  aññe purisā. idaṃ agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma. so panesa micchācāro  sīlādiguṇarahite agamanīyaṭṭhāne appasāvajjo. sīlādiguṇasampanne  ^a^P3.1049^ea^ mahāsāvajjo. tassa cattāro sambhārā agamanīyavatthu, tasmiṃ  sevanacittaṃ, sevanappayogo, maggenamaggappaṭipattiadhivāsananti. eko  payogo sāhatthiko eva.<br/><br/>[03] abhijjhāyatīti ^b^abhijjhā,^eb^ parabhaṇḍābhimukhī hutvā  tanninnatāya pavattatīti attho. sā ``aho vata idaṃ mamassā''ti  evaṃ parabhaṇḍābhijjhāyanalakkhaṇā adinnādānaṃ viya appasāvajjā  mahāsāvajjā ca. tassā dve sambhārā parabhaṇḍaṃ, attano pariṇāmanañca.  parabhaṇḍavatthuke hi ^a^M3.0232^ea^ lobhe uppannepi na tāva kammapathabhedo hoti,  yāva ``aho vatīdaṃ mamassā''ti attano na pariṇāmeti.<br/><br/>[03] hitasukhaṃ byāpādayatīti ^b^byāpādo.^eb^ so paraṃ vināsāya  manopadosalakkhaṇo pharusāvācā viya appasāvajjo mahāsāvajjo ca.  tassa dve sambhārā parasatto ca, tassa vināsacintā ca.  parasattavatthuke hi kodhe uppannepi na tāva kammapathabhedo hoti, yāva  ``aho vatāyaṃ ucchijjheyya vinasseyyā''ti tassa vināsaṃ na  cinteti.<br/><br/>[03] yathābhuccagahaṇābhāvena micchā passatīti ^b^micchādiṭṭhi.^eb^  sā ``natthi dinna''ntiādinā nayena viparītadassanalakkhaṇā.  samphappalāpo viya appasāvajjā mahāsāvajjā ca. apica aniyatā  appasāvajjā, niyatā mahāsāvajjā. tassā dve sambhārā vatthuno ca  gahitākāraviparītatā, yathā ca taṃ gaṇhāti, tathābhāvena tassūpaṭṭhānanti.<br/><br/>[03] imesaṃ pana dasannaṃ akusalakammapathānaṃ dhammato koṭṭhāsato  ārammaṇato vedanāto mūlatoti pañcahākārehi vinicchayo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^dhammato^eb^ti etesu hi paṭipāṭiyā satta  cetanādhammāva honti. abhijjhādayo tayo cetanāsampayuttā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^koṭṭhāsato^eb^ti paṭipāṭiyā satta, micchādiṭṭhi cāti ime  aṭṭha kammapathā eva honti, no ^a^V3.0213^ea^ mūlāni. abhijjhābyāpādā  kammapathā ceva mūlāni ca. abhijjhā hi mūlaṃ patvā lobho  akusalamūlaṃ hoti. byāpādo doso akusalamūlaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ārammaṇato^eb^ti pāṇātipāto jīvitindriyārammaṇato  saṅkhārārammaṇo hoti. adinnādānaṃ sattārammaṇaṃ vā  saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ vā, micchācāro phoṭṭhabbavasena saṅkhārārammaṇo.  ``sattārammaṇo''tipi eke. musāvādo sattārammaṇo vā  saṅkhārārammaṇo vā, tathā pisuṇavācā. pharusavācā sattārammaṇāva.  samphappalāpo diṭṭhasutamutaviññātavasena sattārammaṇo vā  saṅkhārārammaṇo ^a^P3.1050^ea^ vā. tathā abhijjhā. byāpādo sattārammaṇova.  micchādiṭṭhi tebhūmakadhammavasena saṅkhārārammaṇā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vedanāto^eb^ti ^a^M3.0233^ea^ pāṇātipāto dukkhavedano hoti. kiñcāpi  hi rājāno coraṃ disvā hasamānāpi ``gacchatha naṃ ghātethā''ti  vadanti, sanniṭṭhāpakacetanā pana dukkhasampayuttāva hoti. adinnādānaṃ  tivedanaṃ. micchācāro sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedano.  sanniṭṭhāpakacitte pana majjhattavedano na hoti. musāvādo tivedano.  tathā pisuṇavācā. pharusavācā dukkhavedanā. samphappalāpo  tivedano. abhijjhā sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedanā tathā micchādiṭṭhi.  byāpādo dukkhavedano.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^mūlato^eb^ti pāṇātipāto dosamohavasena dvimūlako hoti.  adinnādānaṃ dosamohavasena vā lobhamohavasena vā. micchācāro  lobhamohavasena. musāvādo dosamohavasena vā lobhamohavasena vā  tathā pisuṇavācā samphappalāpo ca. pharusavācā dosamohavasena.  abhijjhā mohavasena ekamūlā. tathā byāpādo. micchādiṭṭhi  lobhamohavasena dvimūlāti. 


volume: 26
item: 122
title: navakavaṇṇanā^dasakavaṇṇanā^akusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā^kusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] ^b^pāṇātipātā veramaṇi^eb^ādīni  samādānasampattasamucchedavirativasena veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^dhammato^eb^ pana etesupi paṭipāṭiyā satta cetanāpi vattanti  viratiyopi. ante tayo cetanāsampayuttāva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^koṭṭhāsato^eb^ti paṭipāṭiyā satta kammapathā eva, no  mūlāni. ante tayo kammapathā ceva mūlāni ^a^V3.0214^ea^ ca. anabhijjhā hi  mūlaṃ patvā alobho kusalamūlaṃ hoti. abyāpādo adoso kusalamūlaṃ.  sammādiṭṭhi amoho kusalamūlaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^ārammaṇato^eb^ti pāṇātipātādīnaṃ ārammaṇāneva etesaṃ  ārammaṇāni. vītikkamitabbatoyeva hi veramaṇī nāma hoti. yathā  pana nibbānārammaṇo ariyamaggo kilese pajahati, evaṃ  jīvitindriyādiārammaṇāpete kammapathā pāṇātipātādīni  dussīlyāni pajahantīti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^vedanāto^eb^ti ^a^M3.0234^ea^ sabbe sukhavedanā honti majjhattavedanā vā.  kusalaṃ patvā hi dukkhavedanā nāma natthi.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^mūlato^eb^ti paṭipāṭiyā satta ñāṇasampayuttacittena  viramantassa alobhādosāmohavasena timūlāni honti,  ñāṇavippayuttacittena viramantassa dvimūlāni. anabhijjhā  ñāṇasampayuttacittena viramantassa dvimūlā, ñāṇavippayuttacittena  ekamūlā. alobho pana attanāva attano mūlaṃ na hoti.  abyāpādepi ^a^P3.1051^ea^ eseva nayo. sammādiṭṭhi alobhādosavasena dvimūlā  evāti. 


volume: 26
item: 123
title: dasakavaṇṇanā^akusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā^kusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā^ariyavāsadasakavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 348^b^.^eb^ ^b^ariyavāsā^eb^ti ariyā eva vasiṃsu  vasanti vasissanti etesūti ariyavāsā. ^b^pañcaṅgavippahīno^eb^ti  pañcahi aṅgehi vippayuttova hutvā khīṇāsavo avasi vasati  vasissatīti tasmā ayaṃ pañcaṅgavippahīnatā, ariyassa vāsattā  ariyavāsoti vutto. esa nayo sabbattha.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hotī^eb^ti  chaḷaṅgupekkhāya samannāgato hoti. chaḷaṅgupekkhā nāma keti?  ñāṇādayo. ``ñāṇa''nti vutte kiriyato cattāri  ñāṇasampayuttacittāni labbhanti. ``satatavihāro''ti vutte aṭṭha  mahācittāni. ``rajjanadussanaṃ natthī''ti vutte dasa cittāni  labbhanti. somanassaṃ āsevanavasena labbhati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^satārakkhena cetasā^eb^ti khīṇāsavassa hi tīsu dvāresu  sabbakālaṃ sati ārakkhakiccaṃ sādheti ^a^V3.0215^ea^. tenevassa ``carato ca  tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṃ samitaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ  paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hotī''ti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇāna^eb^nti bahūnaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. ettha ca  ^b^samaṇā^eb^ti pabbajjupagatā. ^b^brāhmaṇā^eb^ti bhovādino.  ^b^puthupaccekasaccānī^eb^ti bahūni pāṭekkasaccāni, idameva dassanaṃ saccaṃ,  idameva dassanaṃ saccanti evaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ gahitāni bahūni saccānīti  attho. ^b^nunnānī^eb^ti nihatāni. ^b^paṇunnānī^eb^ti suṭṭhu  nihatāni. ^b^cattānī^eb^ti vissaṭṭhāni. ^b^vantānī^eb^ti  vamitāni. ^b^muttānī^eb^ti chinnabandhanāni ^a^M3.0235^ea^ katāni.  ^b^pahīnānī^eb^ti pajahitāni. ^b^paṭinissaṭṭhānī^eb^ti yathā na puna  cittaṃ āruhanti, evaṃ paṭinissajjitāni. sabbāneva tāni  gahitaggahaṇassa vissaṭṭhabhāvavevacanāni.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^samavayasaṭṭhesano^eb^ti ettha ^b^avayā^eb^ti anūnā.  ^b^saṭṭhā^eb^ti vissaṭṭhā. sammā avayā saṭṭhā esanā assāti  ^b^samavayasaṭṭhesano.^eb^ sammā vissaṭṭhasabbaesanoti attho.  ^b^rāgā cittaṃ vimutta^eb^ntiādīhi maggassa kiccanipphatti kathitā.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^rāgo^eb^ ^a^P3.1052^ea^ ^b^me pahīno^eb^tiādīhi paccavekkhaṇāya phalaṃ kathitaṃ. 


volume: 26
item: 124
title:
  akusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā^kusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā^ariyavāsadasakavaṇṇanā^asekkhadhammadasakavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] ^b^asekkhā sammādiṭṭhī^eb^tiādayo sabbepi phalasampayuttadhammā  eva. ettha ca sammādiṭṭhi, sammāñāṇanti dvīsu ṭhānesu paññāva  kathitā. ^b^sammāvimuttī^eb^ti iminā padena vuttāvasesā.  phalasamāpattidhammā saṅgahitāti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03] ``ime kho, āvuso''tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. iti  channaṃ dasakānaṃ vasena samasaṭṭhi pañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ  dassesīti. <br/><br/>[06] dasakavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 26
item: 125
title:
  kusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā^ariyavāsadasakavaṇṇanā^asekkhadhammadasakavaṇṇanā^pañhasamodhānavaṇṇanā^

content:
  [03] 349^b^.^eb^ idha ^a^V3.0216^ea^ pana ṭhatvā pañhā samodhānetabbā.  imasmiñhi sutte ekakavasena dve pañhā kathitā. dukavasena sattati.  tikavasena asītisataṃ. catukkavasena dvesatāni. pañcakavasena  tiṃsasataṃ. chakkavasena bāttiṃsasataṃ. sattakavasena aṭṭhanavuti.  aṭṭhakavasena aṭṭhāsīti. navakavasena catupaṇṇāsa. dasakavasena  samasaṭṭhīti evaṃ sahassaṃ cuddasa pañhā kathitā.<br/><br/>[03] imañhi suttantaṃ ṭhapetvā tepiṭake buddhavacane añño suttanto evaṃ  bahupañhapaṭimaṇḍito natthi. bhagavā imaṃ suttantaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya  sakalaṃ ^a^M3.0236^ea^ sutvā cintesi -- ``dhammasenāpati sāriputto buddhabalaṃ  dīpetvā appaṭivattiyaṃ sīhanādaṃ nadati. sāvakabhāsitoti vutte  okappanā na hoti, jinabhāsitoti vutte hoti, tasmā jinabhāsitaṃ  katvā devamanussānaṃ okappanaṃ imasmiṃ suttante uppādessāmī''ti.  tato vuṭṭhāya sādhukāraṃ adāsi. tena vuttaṃ ``atha kho bhagavā  vuṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi, sādhu, sādhu, sāriputta,  sādhu kho tvaṃ sāriputta, bhikkhūnaṃ saṅgītipariyāyaṃ abhāsī''ti.<br/><br/>[03] tattha ^b^saṅgītipariyāya^eb^nti sāmaggiyā kāraṇaṃ. idaṃ vuttaṃ  hoti -- ``sādhu, kho tvaṃ, sāriputta, mama sabbaññutaññāṇena  saṃsanditvā bhikkhūnaṃ sāmaggirasaṃ abhāsī''ti. ^b^samanuñño  satthā ahosī^eb^ti anumodanena samanuñño ahosi. ettakena ayaṃ  suttanto jinabhāsito nāma jāto. desanāpariyosāne imaṃ suttantaṃ  manasikarontā te bhikkhū arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsūti. <br/><br/>[06] sumaṅgalavilāsiniyā dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] saṅgītisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 26
item: 126
title: dasuttarasuttavaṇṇanā^^^^
content:
  [03] 350^b^.^eb^ ^b^evaṃ^eb^ ^a^V3.0217^ea^ ^a^M3.0237^ea^  ^a^P3.1053^ea^ ^b^me suta^eb^nti dasuttarasuttaṃ. tatrāyaṃ  apubbapadavaṇṇanā -- ^b^āvuso bhikkhave^eb^ti sāvakānaṃ ālapanametaṃ.  buddhā hi parisaṃ āmantayamānā `bhikkhave'ti vadanti. sāvakā  satthāraṃ uccaṭṭhāne ṭhapessāmāti satthu ālapanena anālapitvā āvusoti  ālapanti. ^b^te bhikkhū^eb^ti te dhammasenāpatiṃ parivāretvā  nisinnā bhikkhū. ke pana te bhikkhūti? anibaddhavāsā  disāgamanīyā bhikkhū. buddhakāle dve vāre bhikkhū sannipatanti --  upakaṭṭhavassūpanāyikakāle ca pavāraṇakāle ca. upakaṭṭhavassūpanāyikāya  dasapi vīsatipi tiṃsampi cattālīsampi paññāsampi bhikkhū vaggā  vaggā kammaṭṭhānatthāya āgacchanti. bhagavā tehi saddhiṃ sammoditvā  kasmā, bhikkhave, upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya vicarathāti pucchati.  atha te ``bhagavā kammaṭṭhānatthaṃ āgatamha, kammaṭṭhānaṃ no dethā''ti  yācanti.<br/><br/>[03] satthā tesaṃ cariyavasena rāgacaritassa asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ deti.  dosacaritassa mettākammaṭṭhānaṃ, mohacaritassa uddeso paripucchā --  `kālena dhammassavanaṃ, kālena dhammasākacchā, idaṃ tuyhaṃ sappāya'nti  ācikkhati. vitakkacaritassa ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ deti.  saddhācaritassa pasādanīyasuttante buddhasubodhiṃ dhammasudhammataṃ  saṅghasuppaṭipattiñca pakāseti. ñāṇacaritassa aniccatādipaṭisaṃyutte  gambhīre suttante katheti. te kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā sace sappāyaṃ hoti,  tattheva vasanti. no ce hoti, sappāyaṃ senāsanaṃ pucchitvā gacchanti.  te tattha vasantā temāsikaṃ paṭipadaṃ gahetvā ghaṭetvā vāyamantā  sotāpannāpi honti sakadāgāminopi anāgāminopi arahantopi.<br/><br/>[03] tato vutthavassā pavāretvā satthu santikaṃ gantvā ``bhagavā  ^a^P3.1054^ea^ ahaṃ  tumhākaṃ santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā sotāpattiphalaṃ patto...pe0... ahaṃ  aggaphalaṃ arahatta''nti paṭiladdhaguṇaṃ ārocenti. tattha ime bhikkhū  upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya āgatā. evaṃ āgantvā gacchante pana  ^a^V3.0218^ea^  bhikkhū ^a^M3.0238^ea^ bhagavā aggasāvakānaṃ santikaṃ peseti, yathāha ``apaloketha  pana, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne''ti. bhikkhū ca vadanti ``kiṃ  nu kho mayaṃ, bhante, apalokema sāriputtamoggallāne''ti (saṃ0 ni0   3.2). atha ne bhagavā tesaṃ dassane uyyojesi. ``sevatha,  bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne; bhajatha, bhikkhave, sāriputtamoggallāne.  paṇḍitā bhikkhū anuggāhakā sabrahmacārīnaṃ. seyyathāpi, bhikkhave,  janetā evaṃ sāriputto. seyyathāpi jātassa āpādetā evaṃ  moggallāno. sāriputto, bhikkhave, sotāpattiphale vineti,  moggallāno uttamatthe''ti (ma0 ni0 3.371).<br/><br/>[03] tadāpi bhagavā imehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā tesaṃ  bhikkhūnaṃ āsayaṃ upaparikkhanto ``ime bhikkhū sāvakavineyyā''ti  addasa. ^b^sāvakavineyyā^eb^ nāma ye buddhānampi dhammadesanāya  bujjhanti sāvakānampi. ^b^buddhavineyyā^eb^ pana sāvakā bodhetuṃ na  sakkonti. sāvakavineyyabhāvaṃ pana etesaṃ ñatvā katarassa bhikkhuno  desanāya bujjhissantīti olokento sāriputtassāti disvā therassa  santikaṃ pesesi. thero te bhikkhū pucchi ``satthu santikaṃ gatattha  āvuso''ti. ``āma, gatamha satthārā pana amhe tumhākaṃ santikaṃ  pesitā''ti. tato thero ``ime bhikkhū mayhaṃ desanāya  bujjhissanti, kīdisī nu kho tesaṃ desanā vaṭṭatī''ti cintento  ``ime bhikkhū samaggārāmā, sāmaggirasassa dīpikā nesaṃ desanā  vaṭṭatī''ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā tathārūpaṃ desanaṃ desetukāmo ^b^dasuttaraṃ  pavakkhāmī^eb^tiādimāha. tattha dasadhā mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā vibhattoti  dasuttaro, ekakato paṭṭhāya yāva dasakā gatotipi dasuttaro, ekekasmiṃ  pabbe dasa dasa pañhā visesitātipi dasuttaro, taṃ ^b^dasuttaraṃ.  pavakkhāmī^eb^ti kathessāmi. ^b^dhamma^eb^nti suttaṃ.  ^b^nibbānapattiyā^eb^ti nibbānapaṭilābhatthāya.  ^b^dukkhassantakiriyāyā^eb^ti sakalassa vaṭṭadukkhassa  pariyantakaraṇatthaṃ. ^b^sabbaganthappamocana^eb^nti  abhijjhākāyaganthādīnaṃ sabbaganthānaṃ pamocanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] iti thero desanaṃ uccaṃ karonto ^a^P3.1055^ea^ bhikkhūnaṃ tattha pemaṃ janento  evametaṃ uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ dhāretabbaṃ vācetabbaṃ maññissantīti  catūhi padehi vaṇṇaṃ kathesi, ``ekāyano ayaṃ, bhikkhave,  maggo''tiādinā nayena tesaṃ tesaṃ suttānaṃ bhagavā viya. 


volume: 26
item: 127
title: ^^^ekadhammavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 351^b^.^eb^ (ka) tattha ^a^M3.0239^ea^ ^b^bahukāro^eb^ti bahūpakāro.<br/><br/>[03] (kha) ^b^bhāvetabbo^eb^ti ^a^V3.0219^ea^ vaḍḍhetabbo.<br/><br/>[03] (ga) ^b^pariññeyyo^eb^ti tīhi pariññāhi parijānitabbo.<br/><br/>[03] (gha) ^b^pahātabbo^eb^ti pahānānupassanāya pajahitabbo.<br/><br/>[03] (ṅa) ^b^hānabhāgiyo^eb^ti apāyagāmiparihānāya saṃvattanako.<br/><br/>[03] (ca) ^b^visesabhāgiyo^eb^ti visesagāmivisesāya saṃvattanako.<br/><br/>[03] (cha) ^b^duppaṭivijjho^eb^ti duppaccakkhakaro.<br/><br/>[03] (ja) ^b^uppādetabbo^eb^ti nipphādetabbo.<br/><br/>[03] (jha) ^b^abhiññeyyo^eb^ti ñātapariññāya abhijānitabbo.<br/><br/>[03] (ña) ^b^sacchikātabbo^eb^ti paccakkhaṃ kātabbo.<br/><br/>[03] evaṃ sabbattha mātikāsu attho veditabbo. iti āyasmā  sāriputto yathā nāma dakkho veḷukāro sammukhībhūtaṃ veḷuṃ chetvā  niggaṇṭhiṃ katvā dasadhā khaṇḍe katvā ekamekaṃ khaṇḍaṃ hīraṃ hīraṃ  karonto phāleti, evameva tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sappāyaṃ desanaṃ  upaparikkhitvā dasadhā mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā ekekakoṭṭhāse ekekapadaṃ  vibhajanto ``katamo eko dhammo bahukāro, appamādo kusalesu  dhammesūti''tiādinā nayena desanaṃ vitthāretuṃ āraddho. <br/><br/>[01] tattha ^b^appamādo kusalesu dhammesū^eb^ti sabbatthakaṃ  upakārakaṃ appamādaṃ kathesi. ayañhi appamādo nāma sīlapūraṇe,  indriyasaṃvare, bhojane mattaññutāya, jāgariyānuyoge, sattasu saddhammesu,  vipassanāgabbhaṃ gaṇhāpane, atthapaṭisambhidādīsu,  sīlakkhandhādipañcadhammakkhandhesu, ṭhānāṭṭhānesu, mahāvihārasamāpattiyaṃ,  ariyasaccesu, satipaṭṭhānādīsu, bodhipakkhiyesu, vipassanāñāṇādīsu  aṭṭhasu vijjāsūti sabbesu anavajjaṭṭhena kusalesu dhammesu bahūpakāro.<br/><br/>[03] teneva ^a^V3.0220^ea^ ^a^M3.0240^ea^ naṃ bhagavā ``yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattā apadā  vā...pe0... tathāgato tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati. evameva kho, bhikkhave,  ye keci kusalā dhammā, sabbete appamādamūlakā appamādasamosaraṇā,  appamādo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ aggamakkhāyatī''tiādinā (saṃ0 ni0   5.139) nayena hatthipadādīhi opammehi opamento  ^b^saṃyuttanikāye^eb^ ^a^P3.1056^ea^ ^b^appamādavagge^eb^ nānappakāraṃ thometi. taṃ sabbaṃ  ekapadeneva saṅgahetvā thero appamādo kusalesu dhammesūti āha.  ^b^dhammapade^eb^ appamādavaggenāpissa bahūpakāratā dīpetabbā.  asokavatthunāpi dīpetabbā --<br/><br/>[03] (ka) asokarājā hi nigrodhasāmaṇerassa ``appamādo  amatapada''nti gāthaṃ sutvā eva ``tiṭṭha, tāta, mayhaṃ tayā tepiṭakaṃ  buddhavacanaṃ kathita''nti sāmaṇere pasīditvā  caturāsītivihārasahassāni kāresi. iti thāmasampannena bhikkhunā  appamādassa bahūpakāratā tīhi piṭakehi dīpetvā kathetabbā.  yaṃkiñci suttaṃ vā gāthaṃ vā appamādadīpanatthaṃ āharanto ``aṭṭhāne  ṭhatvā āharasi, atitthena pakkhando''ti na vattabbo.  dhammakathikassevettha thāmo ca balañca pamāṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] (kha) ^b^kāyagatāsatī^eb^ti ānāpānaṃ catuiriyāpatho  satisampajaññaṃ dvattiṃsākāro catudhātuvavatthānaṃ dasa asubhā nava  sivathikā cuṇṇikamanasikāro kesādīsu cattāri rūpajjhānānīti  ettha uppannasatiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ^b^sātasahagatā^eb^ti ṭhapetvā  catutthajjhānaṃ aññattha sātasahagatā hoti sukhasampayuttā, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ  vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] (ga) ^b^sāsavo upādāniyo^eb^ti āsavānañceva upādānānañca  paccayabhūto. iti tebhūmakadhammameva niyameti.<br/><br/>[03] (gha) ^b^asmimāno^eb^ti rūpādīsu asmīti māno.<br/><br/>[03] (ṅa) ^b^ayoniso manasikāro^eb^ti anicce niccantiādinā  nayena pavatto uppathamanasikāro.<br/><br/>[03] (ca) vipariyāyena ^b^yoniso manasikāro^eb^ veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] (cha) ^b^ānantariko^eb^ ^a^M3.0241^ea^ ^b^cetosamādhī^eb^ti aññattha maggānantaraṃ  phalaṃ ānantariko cetosamādhi nāma ^a^V3.0221^ea^. idha pana  vipassanānantaro maggo vipassanāya vā anantarattā attano vā  anantaraṃ phaladāyakattā ānantariko cetosamādhīti adhippeto.<br/><br/>[03] (ja) ^b^akuppaṃ ñāṇa^eb^nti aññattha phalapaññā akuppañāṇaṃ  nāma. idha paccavekkhaṇapaññā adhippetā.<br/><br/>[03] (jha) ^b^āhāraṭṭhitikā^eb^ti paccayaṭṭhitikā. ^b^ayaṃ eko  dhammo^eb^ti yena paccayena tiṭṭhanti, ayaṃ eko dhammo ñātapariññāya  abhiññeyyo.<br/><br/>[03] (ña) ^b^akuppā^eb^ ^a^P3.1057^ea^ ^b^cetovimuttī^eb^ti arahattaphalavimutti.<br/><br/>[03] imasmiṃ vāre abhiññāya ñātapariññā kathitā. pariññāya  tīraṇapariññā. pahātabbasacchikātabbehi pahānapariññā.  ^b^duppaṭivijjho^eb^ti ettha pana maggo kathito.  ^b^sacchikātabbo^eb^ti phalaṃ kathitaṃ, maggo ekasmiṃyeva pade labbhati.  phalaṃ pana anekesupi labbhatiyeva.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^bhūtā^eb^ti sabhāvato vijjamānā. ^b^tacchā^eb^ti yāthāvā.  ^b^tathā^eb^ti yathā vuttā tathāsabhāvā. ^b^avitathā^eb^ti yathā  vuttā na tathā na honti. ^b^anaññathā^eb^ti vuttappakārato na  aññathā. ^b^sammā tathāgatena abhisambuddhā^eb^ti tathāgatena  bodhipallaṅke nisīditvā hetunā kāraṇena sayameva abhisambuddhā ñātā  viditā sacchikatā. iminā thero ``ime dhammā tathāgatena  abhisambuddhā, ahaṃ pana tumhākaṃ rañño lekhavācakasadiso''ti  jinasuttaṃ dassento okappanaṃ janesi. <br/><br/>[06] ekadhammavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 26
item: 128
title: ^^ekadhammavaṇṇanā^dvedhammavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 352^b^.^eb^ (ka) ^b^ime dve dhammā bahukārā^eb^ti ime dve  satisampajaññā dhammā sīlapūraṇādīsu appamādo viya sabbattha  upakārakā hitāvahā.<br/><br/>[03] (kha) ^b^samatho^eb^ ^a^V3.0222^ea^ ^a^M3.0242^ea^ ^b^ca vipassanā cā^eb^ti ime dve saṅgītisutte  lokiyalokuttarā kathitā. imasmiṃ dasuttarasutte pubbabhāgā kathitā.<br/><br/>[03] (cha) ^b^sattānaṃ saṃkilesāya sattānaṃ visuddhiyā^eb^ti  ayoniso manasikāro hetu ceva paccayo ca sattānaṃ saṃkilesāya,  yoniso manasikāro visuddhiyā. tathā dovacassatā pāpamittatā  saṃkilesāya; sovacassatā kalyāṇamittatā visuddhiyā. tathā tīṇi  akusalamūlāni; tīṇi kusalamūlāni. cattāro yogā cattāro  visaṃyogā. pañca cetokhilā pañcindriyāni. cha agāravā cha  gāravā. satta asaddhammā satta saddhammā. aṭṭha kusītavatthūni aṭṭha  ārambhavatthūni. nava āghātavatthūni nava āghātappaṭivinayā. dasa  akusalakammapathā dasa kusalakammapathāti evaṃ pabhedā ime dve dhammā  duppaṭivijjhāti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03] (jha) ^b^saṅkhatā dhātū^eb^ti paccayehi katā pañcakkhandhā.  asaṅkhatā dhātūti paccayehi akataṃ nibbānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] (ña) ^b^vijjā ca vimutti cā^eb^ti ettha ^b^vijjā^eb^ti  tisso vijjā. ^b^vimuttī^eb^ti arahattaphalaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] imasmiṃ vāre abhiññādīni ekakasadisāneva, uppādetabbapade  ^a^P3.1058^ea^ pana maggo kathito, sacchikātabbapade phalaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] dvedhammavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 26
item: 129
title: ^ekadhammavaṇṇanā^dvedhammavaṇṇanā^tayodhammavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 353^b^.^eb^ (cha) ^b^kāmānametaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ  nekkhamma^eb^nti ettha ^b^nekkhamma^eb^nti anāgāmimaggo adhippeto.  so hi sabbaso kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ. ^b^rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ  āruppa^eb^nti ettha āruppepi arahattamaggo. puna uppattinivāraṇato  sabbaso rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ nāma. ^b^nirodho tassa^eb^ ^a^V3.0223^ea^  ^b^nissaraṇa^eb^nti  idha arahattaphalaṃ nirodhoti ^a^M3.0243^ea^ adhippetaṃ. arahattaphalena hi nibbāne  diṭṭhe puna āyatiṃ sabbasaṅkhārā na hontīti arahattaṃ  saṅkhatanirodhassa paccayattā nirodhoti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] (ja) ^b^atītaṃse ñāṇa^eb^nti atītaṃsārammaṇaṃ ñāṇaṃ itaresupi  eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03] imasmimpi vāre abhiññādayo ekakasadisāva.  duppaṭivijjhapade pana maggo kathito, sacchikātabbe phalaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] tayodhammavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 26
item: 130
title: ekadhammavaṇṇanā^dvedhammavaṇṇanā^tayodhammavaṇṇanā^cattārodhammavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 354^b^.^eb^ (ka) ^b^cattāri cakkānī^eb^ti ettha ^b^cakkaṃ^eb^  nāma dārucakkaṃ, ratanacakkaṃ, dhammacakkaṃ, iriyāpathacakkaṃ, sampatticakkanti  pañcavidhaṃ. tattha ``yaṃ panidaṃ samma, rathakāra, cakkaṃ chahi māsehi  niṭṭhitaṃ, chārattūnehī''ti (a0 ni0  3.15) idaṃ dārucakkaṃ.  ``pitarā pavattitaṃ cakkaṃ anuppavattetī''ti (a0 ni0  5.132)  idaṃ ratanacakkaṃ. ``pavattitaṃ cakka''nti (ma0 ni0 2.399) idaṃ  dhammacakkaṃ. ``catucakkaṃ navadvāra''nti (saṃ0 ni0  1.29) idaṃ  iriyāpathacakkaṃ. ``cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni, yehi  samannāgatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ pavattatī''ti (a0 ni0   4.31) idaṃ sampatticakkaṃ. idhāpi etadeva adhippetaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^patirūpadesavāso^eb^ti yattha catasso parisā sandissanti,  evarūpe anucchavike dese vāso. ^b^sappurisūpanissayo^eb^ti  buddhādīnaṃ sappurisānaṃ avassayanaṃ sevanaṃ bhajanaṃ.  ^b^attasammāpaṇidhī^eb^ti attano sammā ṭhapanaṃ, sace pana pubbe  assaddhādīhi samannāgato hoti, tāni pahāya saddhādīsu patiṭṭhāpanaṃ.  ^b^pubbe ca katapuññatā^eb^ti pubbe upacitakusalatā. idamevettha  pamāṇaṃ. yena hi ñāṇasampayuttacittena kusalaṃ kataṃ hoti, tadeva  kusalaṃ taṃ purisaṃ patirūpadese ^a^P3.1059^ea^ upaneti, sappurise bhajāpesi  ^a^M3.0244^ea^. so  eva ca puggalo attānaṃ sammā ṭhapeti. catūsu ^a^V3.0224^ea^ āhāresu paṭhamo  lokiyova. sesā pana tayo saṅgītisutte lokiyalokuttaramissakā  kathitā. idha pubbabhāge lokiyā.<br/><br/>[03] (ca) ^b^kāmayogavisaṃyogā^eb^dayo anāgāmimaggādivasena  veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03] (cha) ^b^hānabhāgiyā^eb^dīsu paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhī  kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti ^b^hānabhāgiyo^eb^  samādhi. tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati ^b^ṭhitibhāgiyo^eb^ samādhi.  vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti ^b^visesabhāgiyo^eb^  samādhi. nibbidāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti  virāgūpasañhito ^b^nibbedhabhāgiyo^eb^ samādhīti iminā nayena  sabbasamāpattiyo vitthāretvā attho veditabbo. visuddhimagge panassa  vinicchayakathā kathitāva.<br/><br/>[03] imasmimpi vāre abhiññādīni ekakasadisāneva.  abhiññāpade panettha maggo kathito. sacchikātabbapade phalaṃ. <br/><br/>[06] cattārodhammavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 26
item: 131
title: dvedhammavaṇṇanā^tayodhammavaṇṇanā^cattārodhammavaṇṇanā^pañcadhammavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 355^b^.^eb^ (kha) pītipharaṇatādīsu pītiṃ pharamānā  uppajjatīti dvīsu jhānesu paññā ^b^pītipharaṇatā^eb^ nāma. sukhaṃ  pharamānaṃ uppajjatīti tīsu jhānesu paññā ^b^sukhapharaṇatā^eb^ nāma.  paresaṃ ceto pharamānā uppajjatīti cetopariyapaññā ^b^cetopharaṇatā^eb^  nāma. ālokapharaṇe uppajjatīti dibbacakkhupaññā  ^b^ālokapharaṇatā^eb^ nāma. paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ  ^b^paccavekkhaṇanimittaṃ^eb^ nāma. vuttampi cetaṃ ``dvīsu jhānesu paññā  pītipharaṇatā, tīsu jhānesu paññā sukhapharaṇatā. paracitte paññā  cetopharaṇatā, dibbacakkhu ālokapharaṇatā. tamhā tamhā samādhimhā  vuṭṭhitassa paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ paccavekkhaṇanimitta''nti (vibha0 804).<br/><br/>[03] tattha pītipharaṇatā sukhapharaṇatā dve pādā viya. cetopharaṇatā  ālokapharaṇatā dve hatthā ^a^V3.0225^ea^ viya. abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ majjhimakāyo  viya ^a^M3.0245^ea^. paccavekkhaṇanimittaṃ sīsaṃ viya. iti āyasmā  sāriputtatthero pañcaṅgikaṃ sammāsamādhiṃ aṅgapaccaṅgasampannaṃ purisaṃ katvā  dassesi.<br/><br/>[03] (ja) ^b^ayaṃ samādhi paccuppannasukho ce vā^eb^tiādīsu  arahattaphalasamādhi adhippeto. so hi appitappitakkhaṇe sukhattā  ^b^paccuppannasukho.^eb^ purimo purimo pacchimassa ^a^P3.1060^ea^ pacchimassa  samādhisukhassa paccayattā āyatiṃ ^b^sukhavipāko.^eb^<br/><br/>[03] kilesehi ārakattā ^b^ariyo.^eb^  kāmāmisavaṭṭāmisalokāmisānaṃ abhāvā ^b^nirāmiso.^eb^ buddhādīhi  mahāpurisehi sevitattā ^b^akāpurisasevito.^eb^ aṅgasantatāya  ārammaṇasantatāya sabbakilesadarathasantatāya ca ^b^santo.^eb^  atappanīyaṭṭhena ^b^paṇīto.^eb^ kilesapaṭippassaddhiyā laddhattā  kilesapaṭippassaddhibhāvaṃ vā laddhattā ^b^paṭippassaddhaladdho.^eb^  paṭippassaddhaṃ paṭippassaddhīti hi idaṃ atthato ekaṃ.  paṭippassaddhakilesena vā arahatā laddhattā paṭippassaddhaladdho.  ekodibhāvena adhigatattā ekodibhāvameva vā adhigatattā  ^b^ekodibhāvādhigato.^eb^ appaguṇasāsavasamādhi viya sasaṅkhārena  sappayogena cittena paccanīkadhamme niggayha kilese vāretvā  anadhigatattā ^b^nasasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato.^eb^ tañca samādhiṃ  samāpajjanto tato vā vuṭṭhahanto sativepullapattattā. ^b^satova  samāpajjati sato vuṭṭhahati.^eb^ yathāparicchinnakālavasena vā sato  samāpajjati sato vuṭṭhahati. tasmā yadettha ``ayaṃ samādhi  paccuppannasukho ceva āyatiñca sukhavipāko''ti evaṃ paccavekkhamānassa  paccattaṃyeva aparappaccayaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati, taṃ ekamaṅgaṃ. esa nayo  sesesupi. evamimehi pañcahi paccavekkhaṇañāṇehi ayaṃ samādhi  ``pañcañāṇiko sammāsamādhī''ti vutto.<br/><br/>[03] imasmiṃ vāre visesabhāgiyapade maggo kathito.  sacchikātabbapade phalaṃ. sesaṃ purimasadisameva. 


volume: 26
item: 132
title: tayodhammavaṇṇanā^cattārodhammavaṇṇanā^pañcadhammavaṇṇanā^chadhammavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 356^b^.^eb^ chakkesu sabbaṃ uttānatthameva. duppaṭivijjhapade  panettha maggo kathito. sesaṃ purimasadisaṃ. 


volume: 26
item: 133
title: cattārodhammavaṇṇanā^pañcadhammavaṇṇanā^chadhammavaṇṇanā^sattadhammavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 357^b^.^eb^ (ña) ^b^sammappaññāya^eb^ ^a^V3.0226^ea^  ^a^M3.0246^ea^ ^b^sudiṭṭhā hontī^eb^ti  hetunā nayena vipassanāñāṇena sudiṭṭhā honti. ^b^kāmā^eb^ti  vatthukāmā ca kilesakāmā ca, dvepi sapariḷāhaṭṭhena aṅgārakāsu viya  sudiṭṭhā honti. ^b^vivekaninna^eb^nti nibbānaninnaṃ. ^b^poṇaṃ  pabbhāra^eb^nti ninnassetaṃ vevacanaṃ. ^b^byantībhūta^eb^nti niyatibhūtaṃ.  nittaṇhanti attho. kuto? sabbaso āsavaṭṭhānīyehi dhammehi  tebhūmakadhammehīti attho. idha bhāvetabbapade maggo kathito. sesaṃ  purimasadisameva. 


volume: 26
item: 134
title: pañcadhammavaṇṇanā^chadhammavaṇṇanā^sattadhammavaṇṇanā^aṭṭhadhammavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 358^b^.^eb^ (ka) ^b^ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāyā^eb^ti  sikkhattayasaṅgahassa maggabrahmacariyassa ādibhūtāya pubbabhāge  taruṇasamathavipassanāpaññāya ^a^P3.1061^ea^. aṭṭhaṅgikassa vā maggassa ādibhūtāya  sammādiṭṭhipaññāya. ^b^tibba^eb^nti balavaṃ. ^b^hirottappa^eb^nti  hirī ca ottappañca. ^b^pema^eb^nti gehassitapemaṃ. ^b^gāravo^eb^ti  garucittabhāvo. garubhāvanīyañhi upanissāya viharato kilesā  nuppajjanti ovādānusāsaniṃ labhati. tasmā taṃ nissāya vihāro  paññāpaṭilābhassa paccayo hoti.<br/><br/>[03] (cha) akkhaṇesu yasmā petā asurānaṃ āvāhanaṃ gacchanti,  vivāhanaṃ gacchanti, tasmā pettivisayeneva asurakāyo gahitoti  veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03] (ja) ^b^appicchassā^eb^ti ettha paccayāppiccho,  adhigamāppiccho, pariyattiappiccho, dhutaṅgāppicchoti cattāro  appicchā. tattha paccayāppiccho bahuṃ dente appaṃ gaṇhāti, appaṃ  dente appataraṃ vā gaṇhāti, na vā gaṇhāti, na anavasesagāhī hoti.  adhigamāppiccho majjhantikatthero viya attano adhigamaṃ aññesaṃ  jānituṃ na deti. pariyattiappiccho tepiṭakopi samāno na  bahussutabhāvaṃ jānāpetukāmo hoti sāketatissatthero viya.  dhutaṅgāppiccho dhutaṅgapariharaṇabhāvaṃ aññesaṃ jānituṃ na deti  dvebhātikattheresu jeṭṭhakatthero viya. vatthu visuddhimagge kathitaṃ.  ^b^ayaṃ dhammo^eb^ti evaṃ santaguṇanigūhanena ca paccayapaṭiggahaṇe  ^a^M3.0247^ea^ mattaññutāya ca appicchassa puggalassa ayaṃ navalokuttaradhammo  sampajjati, no mahicchassa. evaṃ sabbattha yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03] ^b^santuṭṭhassā^eb^ti ^a^V3.0227^ea^ catūsu paccayesu tīhi santosehi santuṭṭhassa.  ^b^pavivittassā^eb^ti kāyacittaupadhivivekehi vivittassa. tattha  ^b^kāyaviveko^eb^ nāma gaṇasaṅgaṇikaṃ vinodetvā aṭṭhāarambhavatthuvasena  ekībhāvo. ekībhāvamattena pana kammaṃ na nipphajjatīti  kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbatteti, ayaṃ  ^b^cittaviveko^eb^ nāma. samāpattimatteneva kammaṃ na nipphajjatīti  jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasitvā saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ  pāpuṇāti, ayaṃ ^b^upadhiviveko^eb^ nāma. tenāha bhagavā --  ``kāyaviveko ca vivekaṭṭhakāyānaṃ nekkhammābhiratānaṃ. cittaviveko  ca parisuddhacittānaṃ paramavodānappattānaṃ. upadhiviveko ca nirupadhīnaṃ  puggalānaṃ visaṅkhāragatāna''nti (mahāni0 49).<br/><br/>[03] ^b^saṅgaṇikārāmassā^eb^ti ^a^P3.1062^ea^ gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya ceva  kilesasaṅgaṇikāya ca ratassa. ^b^āraddhavīriyassā^eb^ti  kāyikacetasikavīriyavasena āraddhavīriyassa.  ^b^upaṭṭhitasatissā^eb^ti catusatipaṭṭhānavasena upaṭṭhitasatissa.  ^b^samāhitassā^eb^ti ekaggacittassa. ^b^paññavato^eb^ti  kammassakatapaññāya paññavato. ^b^nippapañcassā^eb^ti  vigatamānataṇhādiṭṭhipapañcassa.<br/><br/>[03] idha bhāvetabbapade maggo kathito. sesaṃ purimasadisameva. 


volume: 26
item: 135
title: chadhammavaṇṇanā^sattadhammavaṇṇanā^aṭṭhadhammavaṇṇanā^navadhammavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 359^b^.^eb^ (kha) ^b^sīlavisuddhī^eb^ti visuddhiṃ pāpetuṃ  samatthaṃ catupārisuddhisīlaṃ. ^b^pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅga^eb^nti  parisuddhabhāvassa padhānaṅgaṃ. ^b^cittavisuddhī^eb^ti vipassanāya  padaṭṭhānabhūtā aṭṭha paguṇasamāpattiyo. ^b^diṭṭhivisuddhī^eb^ti  sapaccayanāmarūpadassanaṃ. ^b^kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhī^eb^ti  paccayākārañāṇaṃ. addhattayepi hi paccayavaseneva dhammā pavattantīti  passato kaṅkhaṃ vitarati. ^b^maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhī^eb^ti  obhāsādayo na maggo, vīthippaṭipannaṃ udayabbayañāṇaṃ maggoti evaṃ  maggāmagge ñāṇaṃ. ^b^paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhī^eb^ti rathavinīte  vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā kathitā, idha taruṇavipassanā.  ^b^ñāṇadassanavisuddhī^eb^ti rathavinīte maggo kathito, idha  vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā. etā pana sattapi visuddhiyo vitthārena  ^a^M3.0248^ea^ visuddhimagge kathitā. ^b^paññā^eb^ti arahattaphalapaññā.  ^b^vimuttipi^eb^ arahattaphalavimuttiyeva.<br/><br/>[03] (cha) ^b^dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati phassanānatta^eb^nti  cakkhādidhātunānattaṃ paṭicca cakkhusamphassādinānattaṃ uppajjatīti  attho. ^b^phassanānattaṃ paṭiccā^eb^ti cakkhusamphassādinānattaṃ paṭicca  ^a^V3.0228^ea^. ^b^vedanānānatta^eb^nti ^a^P3.1063^ea^ cakkhusamphassajādivedanānānattaṃ.  ^b^saññānānattaṃ paṭiccā^eb^ti kāmasaññādinānattaṃ paṭicca.  ^b^saṅkappanānatta^eb^nti kāmasaṅkappādinānattaṃ. ^b^saṅkappanānattaṃ  paṭicca uppajjati chandanānatta^eb^nti saṅkappanānattatāya rūpe chando sadde  chandoti evaṃ chandanānattaṃ uppajjati. ^b^pariḷāhanānatta^eb^nti  chandanānattatāya rūpapariḷāho saddapariḷāhoti evaṃ pariḷāhanānattaṃ  uppajjati. ^b^pariyesanānānatta^eb^nti pariḷāhanānattatāya  rūpapariyesanādinānattaṃ uppajjati. ^b^lābhanānatta^eb^nti  pariyesanānānattatāya rūpapaṭilābhādinānattaṃ uppajjati.<br/><br/>[03] (ja) saññāsu ^b^maraṇasaññā^eb^ti maraṇānupassanāñāṇe saññā.  ^b^āhārepaṭikūlasaññā^eb^ti āhāraṃ pariggaṇhantassa uppannasaññā.  ^b^sabbalokeanabhiratisaññā^eb^ti sabbasmiṃ vaṭṭe ukkaṇṭhantassa  uppannasaññā. sesā heṭṭhā kathitā eva. idha bahukārapade maggo  kathito. sesaṃ purimasadisameva. 


volume: 26
item: 136
title: sattadhammavaṇṇanā^aṭṭhadhammavaṇṇanā^navadhammavaṇṇanā^dasadhammavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03] 360^b^.^eb^ (jha) ^b^nijjaravatthūnī^eb^ti nijjarakāraṇāni.  ^b^micchādiṭṭhi nijjiṇṇā hotī^eb^ti ayaṃ heṭṭhā vipassanāyapi  nijjiṇṇā eva pahīnā. kasmā puna gahitāti asamucchinnattā.  vipassanāya hi kiñcāpi jiṇṇā, na pana samucchinnā, maggo pana  uppajjitvā taṃ samucchindati, na puna vuṭṭhātuṃ deti. tasmā puna  gahitā. evaṃ sabbapadesu nayo netabbo.<br/><br/>[03] ettha ca sammādiṭṭhipaccayā catusaṭṭhi dhammā bhāvanāpāripūriṃ  gacchanti. katame catusaṭṭhi? sotāpattimaggakkhaṇe adhimokkhaṭṭhena  saddhindriyaṃ paripūreti, paggahaṭṭhena vīriyindriyaṃ paripūreti,  anussaraṇaṭṭhena satindriyaṃ paripūreti, avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhindriyaṃ  paripūreti, dassanaṭṭhena paññindriyaṃ paripūreti, vijānanaṭṭhena ^a^M3.0249^ea^ manindriyaṃ,  abhinandanaṭṭhena somanassindriyaṃ, pavattasantatiadhipateyyaṭṭhena  jīvitindriyaṃ paripūreti...pe0... arahattaphalakkhaṇe adhimokkhaṭṭhena  saddhindriyaṃ, pavattasantatiadhipateyyaṭṭhena jīvitindriyaṃ paripūretīti evaṃ  catūsu ^a^P3.1064^ea^ maggesu catūsu phalesu aṭṭha aṭṭha hutvā catusaṭṭhi dhammā pāripūriṃ  gacchanti. idha abhiññeyyapade maggo kathito. sesaṃ  purimasadisameva.<br/><br/>[03] idha ṭhatvā pañhā samodhānetabbā. dasake sataṃ pañhā kathitā.  ekake ca navake ca sataṃ ^a^V3.0229^ea^, duke ca aṭṭhake ca sataṃ, tike ca sattake  ca sataṃ, catukke ca chakke ca sataṃ, pañcake paññāsāti aḍḍhachaṭṭhāni  pañhasatāni kathitāni honti.<br/><br/>[03] ``idamavoca āyasmā sāriputto, attamanā te bhikkhū  āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandu''nti sādhu, sādhūti  abhinandantā sirasā sampaṭicchiṃsu. tāya ca pana attamanatāya  imameva suttaṃ āvajjamānā pañcasatāpi te bhikkhū saha paṭisambhidāhi  aggaphale arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsūti. <br/><br/>[06] sumaṅgalavilāsiniyā dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāya <br/><br/>[06] dasuttarasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[06] niṭṭhitā ca pāthikavaggassa vaṇṇanāti. <br/><br/>[06] pāthikavaggaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā. 


volume: 26
item: 137
title: aṭṭhadhammavaṇṇanā^navadhammavaṇṇanā^dasadhammavaṇṇanā^nigamanakathā^
content:
  [03] ettāvatā ^a^V3.0230^ea^ ^a^M3.0250^ea^ ca -- <br/><br/>[21] āyācito ^b^sumaṅgala, pariveṇa^eb^nivāsinā  thiraguṇena. <br/><br/>[22] ^b^dāṭhānāgasaṅghattherena,^eb^ theravaṃsanvayena.. <br/><br/>[21] ^b^dīghāgamavarassa^eb^ dasabala, guṇagaṇaparidīpanassa  aṭṭhakathaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] yaṃ ārabhiṃ ^b^sumaṅgala, vilāsiniṃ^eb^ nāma nāmena..<br/><br/>[03]  <br/><br/>[21] sā hi mahāṭṭhakathāya, sāramādāya niṭṭhitā. <br/><br/>[22] esā ekāsītipamāṇāya, pāḷiyā bhāṇavārehi.. <br/><br/>[21] ekūnasaṭṭhimatto, ^b^visuddhimaggopi^eb^ bhāṇavārehi. <br/><br/>[22] atthappakāsanatthāya, āgamānaṃ kato yasmā.. <br/><br/>[21] tasmā tena sahā'yaṃ, aṭṭhakathā bhāṇavāragaṇanāya. <br/><br/>[22] suparimitaparicchinnaṃ, cattālīsasataṃ hoti.. <br/><br/>[21] sabbaṃ cattālīsādhikasata, parimāṇaṃ bhāṇavārato evaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] samayaṃ pakāsayantiṃ, mahāvihāre nivāsinaṃ.. <br/><br/>[21] mūlakaṭṭhakathāsāra, mādāya mayā imaṃ karontena. <br/><br/>[22] yaṃ puññamupacitaṃ tena, hotu sabbo sukhī lokoti.. <br/><br/>[01] paramavisuddhasaddhābuddhivīriyapaṭimaṇḍitena  sīlācārajjavamaddavādiguṇasamudayasamuditena  sakasamayasamayantaragahanajjhogāhaṇasamatthena paññāveyyattiyasamannāgatena  tipiṭakapariyattippabhede sāṭṭhakathe satthusāsane appaṭihatañāṇappabhāvena  mahāveyyākaraṇena  karaṇasampattijanitasukhaviniggatamadhurodāravacanalāvaṇṇayuttena  yuttamuttavādinā vādīvarena mahākavinā pabhinnapaṭisambhidāparivāre  chaḷabhiññādippabhedaguṇapaṭimaṇḍite uttarimanussadhamme suppatiṭṭhitabuddhīnaṃ  ^a^V3.0231^ea^ theravaṃsappadīpānaṃ therānaṃ mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ vaṃsālaṅkārabhūtena  vipulavisuddhabuddhinā ^b^buddhaghoso^eb^ti garūhi gahitanāmadheyyena therena  katā ayaṃ ^b^sumaṅgalavilāsinī^eb^ nāma dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathā -- <br/><br/>[21] tāva ^a^M3.0251^ea^ tiṭṭhatu lokasmiṃ, lokanittharaṇesinaṃ. <br/><br/>[22] dassentī kulaputtānaṃ, nayaṃ diṭṭhivisuddhiyā.. <br/><br/>[21] yāva buddhoti nāmampi, suddhacittassa tādino. <br/><br/>[22] lokamhi lokajeṭṭhassa, pavattati mahesinoti.. <br/><br/>[06] sumaṅgalavilāsinī nāma <br/><br/>[06] dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 27
item: 0
title: pāthikasuttavaṇṇanā^^sunakkhattavatthuvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^1^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Apubbapadavaṇṇanā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0001^ea^^a^V3.0001^ea^^a^P3.0001^ea^ atthasaṃvaṇṇanāvasena heṭṭhā aggahitatāya apubbassa abhinavassa padassa vaṇṇanā atthavibhāvanā. ‘‘Hitvā punappunāgatamattha’’nti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā) hi vuttaṃ. ^b^Mallesū^eb^ti ettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva. ^b^Chāyūdakasampanne vanasaṇḍe viharatī^eb^ti anupiyasāmantā katassa vihārassa abhāvato. Yadi na tāva paviṭṭho, kasmā ‘‘pāvisī’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘pavisissāmī’’^eb^tiādi, tena avassaṃ bhāvini bhūte viya upacārā hontīti dasseti. Idāni tamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvento ^b^‘‘yathā ki’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Eta^eb^nti etaṃ ‘‘atippago kho’’tiādikaṃ cintanaṃ ^b^ahosi. Ativiya^eb^^a^V3.0002^ea^^b^pago kho^eb^ti ativiya pātova. Channakopīnatāya, paribbājakapabbajjupagamena ca ^b^channaparibbājakaṃ,^eb^ na naggaparibbājakaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^2^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yasmā bhagavato uccākulappasutataṃ, mahābhinikkhamananikkhantataṃ, anaññasādhāraṇadukkaracaraṇaṃ, vivekavāsaṃ, lokasambhāvitataṃ, ovādānusāsanīhi lokassa bahupakārataṃ, parappavādamaddanaṃ, mahiddhikataṃ ^a^P3.0002^ea^, mahānubhāvatanti evamādikaṃ taṃtaṃattapaccakkhaguṇavisesaṃ nissāya yebhuyyena ^a^M3.0002^ea^ aññatitthiyāpi bhagavantaṃ disvā ādaragāravabahumānaṃ dassentiyeva, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavantaṃ disvā mānathaddhataṃ akatvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Lokasamudācāravasenā^eb^ti lokopacāravasena. ^b^Cirassa^eb^nti cirakālena. ^b^Ādīni vadanti^eb^ upacāravasena. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti bhaggavagottassa paribbājakassa. ^b^Gihisahāyo^eb^ti gihikālato paṭṭhāya sahāyo. ^b^Paccakkhāto^eb^ti yenākārena paccakkhānā, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘paccakkhāmī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^3^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uddissā^eb^ti satthukārabhāvena uddissāti ayamettha adhippāyoti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘bhagavā me’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yadā sunakkhattassa ‘‘bhagavantaṃ paccakkhāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppannaṃ, vācā bhinnā, tadā evassa bhagavatā saddhiṃ koci sambandho natthi asakyaputtiyabhāvato sāsanato paribāhirattā. Ayaṃ tāvettha sāsanayutti, sā panāyaṃ ṭhapetvā sāsanayuttikovide aññesaṃ na sammadeva visayoti bhagavā sabbasādhāraṇavasenassa attanā sambandhābhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘api nū’’^eb^ti ādiṃ vatvā sunakkhattaṃ ^b^‘‘ko santo kaṃ paccācikkhasī’’^eb^ti āha. Yasmā mukhāgatoyaṃ sambandho, na pūjāgatādiko, yo ca yācakayācitabbatāvasena hoti, tadubhayañcettha natthīti dassento bhagavā sunakkhattaṃ ‘‘ko santo kaṃ paccācikkhasī’’ti avoca, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yācako vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yācitako vā yācakaṃ paccācikkheyyāti sambandho. ^b^Tvaṃ pana neva yācako^eb^ ‘‘ahaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ uddissa viharissāmī’’ti evaṃ mama santikaṃ anupagatattā. ^b^Na yācitako^eb^ ‘‘ehi tvaṃ sunakkhatta mamaṃ uddissa viharāhī’’ti evaṃ mayā apatthitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ko samāno^eb^ti yācakayācitakesu ko nāma honto. ^b^Ka^eb^nti yācakayācitakesu eva kaṃ nāma hontaṃ maṃ ^b^paccācikkhasi. Tucchapurisā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0003^ea^ jhānamaggādiuttarimanussadhammesu kassacipi abhāvā rittapurisā. Nanu cāyaṃ sunakkhatto lokiyajjhānāni, ekaccābhiññañca uppādesīti? Kiñcāpi uppādesi, tato pana bhagavati āghātuppādanena saheva parihīno ahosi. Aparādho nāma suppaṭipattiyā virajjhanahetubhūto kilesuppādoti āha ^b^‘‘yattako te aparādho,^eb^^a^V3.0003^ea^^b^tattako doso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yāvañcā^eb^ti avadhiparicchedabhāvadassanaṃ ‘‘yāvañca ^a^M3.0003^ea^ tena bhagavatā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.3) viya. ^b^Te^eb^ti tayā. ^b^Ida^eb^nti nipātamattaṃ. ^b^Aparaddha^eb^nti aparajjhitaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘paccācikkhāmidānāhaṃ bhante bhagavanta’’ntiādīni vadantena tucchapurisa tayā yāvañcidaṃ aparaddhaṃ, na tassa aparādhassa pamāṇaṃ atthīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^4^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Manussadhammā^eb^ti bhāvanānuyogena vinā manussehi anuṭṭhātabbadhammā. So hi manussānaṃ cittādhiṭṭhānamattena ijjhanato tesaṃ sambhāvitadhammo viya ṭhito tathā vutto, manussaggahaṇañcettha tesu bahulaṃ pavattanato. ^b^Iddhibhūtaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ,^eb^ na ādesanānusāsanīpāṭihāriyanti adhippāyo. ^b^Kate^eb^ti pavattite. ^b^Niyyātī^eb^ti niggacchati, vaṭṭadukkhato niggamanavasena pavattatīti attho. Dhamme hi niggacchante taṃsamaṅgipuggalo ‘‘niggacchatī’’ti vuccati, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ni-saddo upasaggamattaṃ, yāti icceva atthoti dassetuṃ ^b^gacchatī^eb^ti attho vutto. ^b^Tatrā^eb^ti padhānabhāvena vuttassa atthassa bhummavasena ^a^P3.0004^ea^ paṭiniddesoti tasmiṃ dhamme sammā dukkhakkhayāya niyyanteti ayamettha atthoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ…pe… saṃvattamāne’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^5^eb^^b^.^eb^ Agganti ñāyatīti ^b^aggaññaṃ. Lokapaññatti^eb^nti lokassa paññāpanaṃ. ^b^Lokassa agga^eb^nti lokuppattisamaye ^b^‘‘idaṃ nāma lokassa agga’’nti evaṃ jānitabbaṃ^eb^ bujjhitabbaṃ. ^b^Aggamariyāda^eb^nti ādimariyādaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^6^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ettakaṃ vippalapitvā^eb^ti ‘‘na dānāhaṃ bhante bhagavantaṃ uddissa viharissāmī’’ti, ‘‘na hi pana me bhante bhagavā uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ karotī’’ti, ‘‘na hi pana me bhante bhagavā aggaññaṃ paññapetī’’ti ca ettakaṃ vippalapitvā. Idaṃ kira so bhagavā satthukiccaṃ iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ, aggaññapaññāpanañca kātuṃ na sakkotīti pakāsento kathesi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sunakkhatto kirā’’^eb^tiādi. Uttaravacanavasena patiṭṭhābhāvato ^b^appatiṭṭho.^eb^ Tato eva ^b^niravo^eb^ nissaddo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādīnavadassanattha^eb^nti diṭṭhadhammikassa ādīnavassa dassanatthaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sayameva garahaṃ pāpuṇissasī’’^eb^ti. Samparāyikā pana ādīnavā anekavidhā, te dassento sunakkhatto na saddaheyyāti diṭṭhadhammikasseva gahaṇaṃ ^a^M3.0004^ea^. ^b^Anekakāraṇenā^eb^ti ‘‘itipi so bhagavā araha’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 1.157, 255) anekavidhena vaṇṇakāraṇena. Evaṃ me avaṇṇo ^a^V3.0004^ea^ na bhavissatīti ajjhāsayena ^b^attano bālatāya^eb^ vaṇṇārahānaṃ ^b^avaṇṇaṃ kathetvā.^eb^ Evaṃ bhagavā makkhibhāve ādīnavaṃ dassetvā puna tassa kathane kāraṇaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘iti kho te’’tiādimāhāti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tato’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Evañhi sunakkhattassa appakopi vacanokāso na bhavissatīti. ^b^Apakkamī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0005^ea^ attanā yathāṭhitā vuṭṭhāya apasakki. ^b^Apakkanto^eb^ sāsanato bhaṭṭho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cuto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Evamevā^eb^ti apakkamanto ca na yathā tathā apakkami, yathā pana kāyassa bhedā apāye nibbatteyya, evameva ^b^apakkami.^eb^


volume: 27
item: 1
title: ^sunakkhattavatthuvaṇṇanā^korakhattiyavatthuvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^7^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dvīhi padehī^eb^ti dvīhi vākyehi ^b^āraddhaṃ^eb^ byatirekavasena tadubhayatthaniddesavasena uparidesanāya pavattattā. ^b^Anusandhidassanavasenā^eb^ti yathānusandhisaṅkhātānusandhidassanavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekaṃ samaya^eb^nti ca bhummatthe upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘ekasmiṃ samaye’’^eb^ti ca. ^b^Thūlū nāma janapado^eb^ti janapadīnaṃ rājakumārānaṃ vasena tathāladdhanāmo. Kukkuravataṃ samādānavasena etasmiṃ atthīti ^b^kukkuravatiko^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘samādinnakukkuravato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññampī^eb^ti ‘‘catukkoṇḍikasseva vicaraṇaṃ, tathā katvāva khādanaṃ, bhuñjanaṃ, vāmapādaṃ uddharitvā muttassa vissajjana’’nti evamādikaṃ aññampi sunakhehi kātabbakiriyaṃ. Catūhi sarīrāvayavehi kuṇḍanaṃ gamanaṃ ^b^catukkoṇḍo,^eb^ so etasmiṃ atthīti ^b^catukkoṇḍiko.^eb^ So pana yasmā catūhi sarīrāvayavehi saṅghaṭṭitagamano hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘catusaṅghaṭṭito’’^eb^ti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘dve jaṇṇūnī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Bhakkhasa^eb^nti vā bhakkhitabbaṃ, asitabbañca. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘yaṃ kiñci khādanīyaṃ bhojanīya’’^eb^nti. Kāmaṃ khādanañca nāma mukhena kātabbaṃ, hatthena pana tattha upanāmanaṃ nivāretuṃ avadhāraṇaṃ katanti āha ^b^‘‘hatthena aparāmasitvā’’^eb^ti, aggahetvāti attho. ^b^Sundararūpo^eb^ti ^a^P3.0006^ea^ sundarabhāvo. ^b^Vatāti patthanatthe nipāto^eb^ ‘‘aho vatāhaṃ lābhī assa’’ntiādīsu viya. ‘‘Samaṇena nāma evarūpena bhavitabbaṃ aho vatāhaṃ ediso bhaveyya’’nti evaṃ tassa patthanā ahosi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ kirā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Garahatthe^eb^^a^M3.0005^ea^^b^api-kāro^eb^ ‘‘api siñce palaṇḍaka’’ntiādīsu viya. ^b^Arahante ca^eb^ buddhe, buddhasāvake ‘‘arahanto khīṇāsavā na hontī’’ti ^b^evaṃ tassa diṭṭhi uppannā.^eb^ Yathāha ^b^mahāsīhanādasutte^eb^ ‘‘natthi samaṇassa gotamassa uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.146). ^b^Sattamaṃ^eb^^a^V3.0005^ea^^b^divasa^eb^nti bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ. ^b^Alasakenā^eb^ti ajīraṇena āmarogena.<br/><br/>[03]Aṭṭhitacamattatāya ^b^purāṇapaṇṇasadiso.^eb^^b^Bīraṇatthambaka^eb^nti bīraṇagacchā.<br/><br/>[03]Mattā etassa atthīti ^b^mattaṃ,^eb^ bhojanamattavantanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pamāṇayutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Mantā mantā^eb^ti mantāya mantāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^8^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekadvīhikāya^eb^ gaṇanāya. ^b^Nirāhārova ahosi^eb^ bhagavato vacanaṃ aññathā kātukāmo, tathābhūtopi sattame divase upaṭṭhākena upanītaṃ bhakkhasaṃ disvā ‘‘dhī’’ti upaṭṭhāpetuṃ asakkonto bhojanataṇhāya ākaḍḍhiyamānahadayo taṃ kucchipūraṃ bhuñjitvā ^a^P3.0007^ea^ bhagavatā vuttaniyāmeneva kālamakāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘athassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sacepi…pe… cinteyyā^eb^ti yadi eso acelo ‘‘dhī’’ti paccupaṭṭhapetvā ‘‘ajjapi ahaṃ na bhuñjeyya’’nti cinteyya, tathācintane satipi devatāviggahena ^b^taṃ divasaṃ…pe… kareyya.^eb^ Kasmā? ^b^Advejjhavacanā hi tathāgatā,^eb^ na tesaṃ vacanaṃ vitathaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gatagataṭṭhānaṃ aṅgaṇameva hotī^eb^ti tehi taṃ kaḍḍhitvā gacchantehi gatagatappadeso uttarakasāmantā vivaṭaṅgaṇameva hutvā upaṭṭhāti. ^b^Te^eb^ti titthiyā. ^b^Susānaṃyeva gantvā^eb^ti ‘‘bīraṇatthambakaṃ atikkamissāmā’’ti gacchantāpi anekavāraṃ taṃ anusaṃyāyitvā punapi taṃyeva susānaṃ upagantvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^9^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ida^eb^nti idaṃ matasarīraṃ. ^b^‘‘Tameva vā sarīraṃ kathāpesī^eb^ti taṃ sarīraṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhitapetena kathāpesī’’ti keci. Korakhattiyaṃ vā asurayonito ānetvā kathāpetu aññaṃ vā petaṃ, ko ettha viseso. ^b^‘‘Acinteyyo hi buddhavisayo’’^eb^ti pana vacanato tadeva sarīraṃ sunakkhattena pahatamattaṃ buddhānubhāvena uṭṭhāya tamatthaṃ ñāpesīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Purimoyeva pana attho aṭṭhakathāsu vinicchito. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘nibbattaṭṭhānato’’tiādi (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.10).<br/><br/>[03]^b^10^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vipāka^eb^nti ^a^M3.0006^ea^ phalaṃ, atthanibbattīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samānetabbānī^eb^ti ^a^V3.0006^ea^ sammā ānetabbāni, sarūpato ānetvā dassetabbānīti attho. Pāṭihāriyānaṃ paṭhamāditā bhagavatā vuttānupubbiyā veditabbā. Keci panettha ‘‘paracittavibhāvanaṃ, āyuparicchedavibhāvanaṃ, byādhivibhāvanaṃ, gativibhāvanaṃ, sarīranikkhepavibhāvanaṃ, sunakkhattena saddhiṃ kathāvibhāvanañcāti cha pāṭihāriyānī’’ti vadanti, taṃ yadi sunakkhattassa cittavibhāvanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, evaṃ sati ‘‘sattā’’ti vattabbaṃ tassa bhāviavaṇṇavibhāvanāya saddhiṃ. Atha acelassa ^a^P3.0008^ea^ maraṇacittavibhāvanaṃ, taṃ ‘‘sattamaṃ divasaṃ kālaṃ karissatī’’ti iminā saṅgahitanti visuṃ na vattabbaṃ, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanayeneva gahetabbaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 2
title: sunakkhattavatthuvaṇṇanā^korakhattiyavatthuvaṇṇanā^acelakaḷāramaṭṭakavatthuvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^11^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nikkhantadantamaṭṭako^eb^ti nikkhantadanto maṭṭako. So kira acelakabhāvato pubbe maṭṭakito hutvā vicari vivaradanto ca, tena naṃ ‘‘koramaṭṭako’’ti sañjānanti. Yaṃ kiñci tassa dento ‘‘sādhurūpo ayaṃ samaṇo’’ti sambhāvento aggaṃ seṭṭhaṃyeva denti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘lābhaggaṃ patto, aggalābhaṃ patto’’^eb^ti. Bahū acelakā taṃ parivāretvā vicaranti, gahaṭṭhā ca taṃ bahū aḍḍhā vibhavasampannā kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā payirupāsanti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yasaggaṃ aggaparivāraṃ patto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vatāniyeva^eb^ pajjitabbato padāni. Aññamaññaṃ asaṅkarato ^b^vatakoṭṭhāsā vā.^eb^^b^Samattānī^eb^ti samaṃ attani gahitāni. ^b^Puratthimenā^eb^ti ^b^ena^eb^-saddasambandhena ‘‘vesāli’’nti upayogavacanaṃ, avidūratthe ca ^b^ena^eb^-saddo pañcamyantoti āha ^b^‘‘vesālito avidūre’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^12^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sāsane paricayavasena ^b^tilakkhaṇāhataṃ pañhaṃ pucchi.^eb^^b^Na sampāyāsī^eb^ti nāvabujjhi na sampādesi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sammā ñāṇagatiyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sampāyanaṃ^eb^ vā sampādanaṃ. Pañhaṃ puṭṭhassa ca ^b^sampādanaṃ^eb^ nāma sammadeva kathananti tadabhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Kopavasena tassa akkhīni kampanabhāvaṃ ^a^P3.0009^ea^ āpajjiṃsūti āha ^b^‘‘kampanakkhīnipi parivattetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kopa^eb^nti kodhaṃ, so pana cittassa pakuppanavasena pavattatīti āha ^b^‘‘kuppanākāra’’^eb^nti ^a^M3.0007^ea^. ^b^Dosa^eb^nti āghātaṃ, so pana ārammaṇe dussanavasena pavattīti āha ^b^‘‘dussanākāra’’^eb^nti. ^b^Atuṭṭhākāra^eb^nti tuṭṭhiyā pītiyā paṭipakkhabhūtappavattiākāraṃ. Kāyavacīvikārehi ^b^pākaṭamakāsi. Mā vata no^eb^ti ettha ^b^mā^eb^ti paṭikkhepo, ^b^no^eb^ti mayhanti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘aho vata me na bhaveyyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Maṃ vata no^eb^ti ettha pana ^b^no^eb^ti saṃsayeti āha ^b^‘‘ahosi vata nu mamā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^14^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pari^eb^pubbo ^a^V3.0007^ea^^b^dahita^eb^-saddo vatthanivāsanaṃ vadatīti āha ^b^‘‘paridahito nivatthavattho’’^eb^ti. Yasanimittakatāya lābhassa yasaparihāniyāva lābhaparihāni vuttā hotīti pāḷiyaṃ ^b^‘‘yasā nihīno’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 3
title: korakhattiyavatthuvaṇṇanā^acelakaḷāramaṭṭakavatthuvaṇṇanā^acelapāthikaputtavatthuvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^15^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Ahaṃ sabbaṃ jānāmī’’ti evaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ vadati paṭijānātīti ñāṇavādo, tena mayā ^b^ñāṇavādena saddhiṃ.^eb^^b^Atikkamma gacchato^eb^ti upaḍḍhabhāgena paricchinnaṃ padesaṃ atikkamitvā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ kātuṃ gacchato. Kiṃ panāyaṃ acelo pāthikaputto attano pamāṇaṃ na jānātīti? No na jānāti. Yadi evaṃ, kasmā sukkhagajjitaṃ gajjīti? ‘‘Evāhaṃ loke pāsaṃso bhavissāmī’’ti kohaññe katvā sukkhagajjitaṃ gajji. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nagaravāsino’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paṭṭhapetvā^eb^ti yugaggāhaṃ ārabhitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^16^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Hīnajjhāsayattā…pe… udapādi.^eb^ Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘hīnādhimuttikā sattā hīnādhimuttike eva satte sevanti bhajanti payirupāsantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.98).<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā ^a^P3.0010^ea^ tathāvuttā vācā tathārūpacittahetukā, tañca cittaṃ tathārūpadiṭṭhicittahetukaṃ, tasmā ‘‘taṃ vācaṃ appahāyā’’ti vatvā yathā tassā appahānaṃ hoti, taṃ dassento ‘‘taṃ cittaṃ appahāyā’’ti āha, tassa ca yathā appahānaṃ hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘taṃ diṭṭhiṃ appaṭinissajjitvā’’ti avoca. Yasmā vā tathārūpā vācā mahāsāvajjā, cittaṃ tato mahāsāvajjataraṃ taṃsamuṭṭhāpakabhāvato, diṭṭhi pana tato mahāsāvajjatamā tadubhayassa mūlabhāvato, tasmā tesaṃ mahāsāvajjatāya imaṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetvā ayaṃ anukkamo ṭhapitoti veditabbo. Tesaṃ pana ^a^M3.0008^ea^ yathā pahānaṃ hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘aha’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Nāhaṃ buddho’’ti vadanto^eb^ti sāṭheyyena vinā ujukameva ‘‘ahaṃ buddho na homī’’ti vadanto. ^b^Cittadiṭṭhippahāne^eb^pi eseva nayo. ^b^Vipateyyā^eb^ti ettha ^b^vi^eb^-saddo paṭhame vikappe upasaggamattaṃ, dutiye pana visaraṇatthoti āha ^b^‘‘sattadhā vā pana phaleyyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^17^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ekaṃsenā^eb^ti ekantena, ekantikaṃ pana vacanapariyāyavinimuttaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘nippariyāyenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Odhāritā^eb^ti avadhāritā niyametvā bhāsitā. ^b^Vigatarūpenā^eb^ti apagatasabhāvena ^a^V3.0008^ea^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vigacchitasabhāvenā’’^eb^ti, iddhānubhāvena apanītasakabhāvena. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘attano’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^18^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dvayaṃ gacchatīti ^b^dvayagāminī.^eb^ Kīdisaṃ dvayanti āha ^b^‘‘sarūpenā’’^eb^tiādi. Ayañhi so gaṇḍassupariphoṭṭhabbādosaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^19^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ajitassa licchavisenāpatissa mahāniraye nibbattitvā tato āgantvā acelassa pāthikaputtassa santike parodanaṃ. ^b^Abhāvā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0011^ea^ pubbe vuttappakārassa pāṭihāriyakaraṇassa abhāvā. Bhagavā pana sannipatitaparisāyaṃ pasādajananatthaṃ tadanurūpaṃ pāṭihāriyamakāsiyeva. Yathāha ^b^‘‘tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā’’^eb^tiādi.


volume: 27
item: 4
title: acelakaḷāramaṭṭakavatthuvaṇṇanā^acelapāthikaputtavatthuvaṇṇanā^iddhipāṭihāriyakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^20^eb^^b^.^eb^ Nicayanaṃ dhanadhaññānaṃ sañcayanaṃ ^b^nicayo,^eb^ tattha niyuttāti ^b^necayikā,^eb^ gahapati eva necayikā ^b^gahapatinecayikā.^eb^ Ettakāni jaṅghasahassānīti parimāṇābhāvato ^b^sahassehipi aparimāṇagaṇanā. Tenevā^eb^ti imassa vasena sannipatitāya evaṃ mahatiyā parisāya bandhanamokkhaṃ kātuṃ labbhati, eteneva kāraṇena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^21^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cittutrāsabhaya^eb^nti cittassa utrāsanākārena pavattabhayaṃ, na ñāṇabhayaṃ, nāpi ‘‘bhāyati etasmā’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ ārammaṇabhayaṃ. ^b^Chambhitatta^eb^nti teneva cittutrāsabhayena sakalasarīrassa chambhitabhāvo. ^b^Lomahaṃso^eb^ti teneva bhayena, tena ca chambhitattena sakalasarīre lomānaṃ ^a^M3.0009^ea^ haṭṭhabhāvo, so pana tesaṃ bhittiyaṃ nāgadantānaṃ viya uddhaṃmukhatāti āha ^b^‘‘lomānaṃ uddhaggabhāvo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Antantena āvijjhitvā^eb^ti attano nisīdanatthaṃ nigūḷhaṭṭhānaṃ upaparikkhanto paribbājakārāmaṃ pariyantena anusaṃyāyitvā, kassacideva sunakkhattassa vā sunakkhattasadisassa vā sabbaññupaṭiññaṃ appahāya satthu sammukhībhāve sattadhā tassa muddhāphalanaṃ dhammatā. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mā nassatu bālo’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^22^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṃsappatī^eb^ti tattheva pāsāṇaphalake bāladārako viya uṭṭhātuṃ asakkonto avasīdanavasena ito ^a^P3.0012^ea^ cito ca saṃsappati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘osīdatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tattheva sañcaratī^eb^ti tasmiṃyeva pāsāṇe ānisadupaṭṭhino sañcalanaṃ nisajjavaseneva sañcarati, na uṭṭhāya padasā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^23^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vinaṭṭharūpo^eb^ti ^a^V3.0009^ea^ sambhāvanāya vināsena, lābhassa vināsena ca vinaṭṭhasabhāvo.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^25^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Goyuttehī^eb^ti balavantabalībaddayojitehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^26^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tassā^eb^ti jāliyassa. Ayañhi maṇḍisena paribbājakena saddhiṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā dhammaṃ suṇi, tato puretaraṃ bhagavato guṇānaṃ ajānanakāle ayaṃ pavatti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘tiṭṭhatu tāva pāṭihāriyaṃ…pe… parājayo bhavissatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^27^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tiṇasīho^eb^ti tiṇasadisaharitavaṇṇo sīho. ^b^Kāḷasīho^eb^ti kāḷavaṇṇo sīho. ^b^Paṇḍusīho^eb^ti paṇḍuvaṇṇo sīho. ^b^Kesarasīho^eb^ti kesaravanto setavaṇṇo, lohitavaṇṇo vā sīho. ^b^Migarañño^eb^ti ettha ^b^miga^eb^-saddo kiñcāpi pasadakuruṅgādīsu kesucideva catuppadesu niruḷho, idha pana sabbasādhāraṇavasenāti dassento ^b^‘‘migaraññoti sabbacatuppadānaṃ rañño’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Āgantvā seti etthāti ^b^āsayo,^eb^ nivāsanaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Sīhanāda^eb^nti parissayānaṃ sahanato, paṭipakkhassa ca hananato ‘‘sīho’’ti laddhanāmassa migādhipassa ghosaṃ, so pana tena yasmā kutocipi abhītabhāvena pavattīyati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘abhītanāda’’^eb^nti. Tattha tattha tāsu tāsu disāsu gantvā caritabbatāya ^a^M3.0010^ea^ bhakkhitabbatāya ^b^gocaro^eb^ ghāsoti āha ^b^‘‘gocarāyāti āhāratthāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Varaṃ^eb^^a^P3.0013^ea^^b^vara^eb^nti migasaṅghe migasamūhe mudumaṃsatāya varaṃ varaṃ mahiṃsavanavarāhādiṃ vadhitvāti yojanā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘thūlaṃ thūla’’^eb^nti. Varavarabhāvena hi tassa varabhāvo icchito. Sūrabhāvaṃ sannissitaṃ ^b^sūrabhāvasannissitaṃ,^eb^ tena. Sūrabhāvenāpi hi ‘‘kiṃ ime pāṇake dubbale hantvā’’ti appathāmesu pāṇesu kāruññaṃ upatiṭṭhati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^28^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vighāso^eb^ti parassa bhakkhitasesatāya virūpo ghāso vighāso, ucchiṭṭhaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘bhakkhitātirittamaṃsa’’nti, tasmiṃ ^b^vighāse,^eb^ vighāsanimittanti attho. ^b^Asmimānadosenā^eb^ti asmimānadosahetu, ahaṃkāranimittanti attho. So panassa asmimāno yathā uppajji, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatrāya’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Segālakaṃyevā’’tipi pāṭho, yathāvuttova attho. ^b^Bheraṇḍakaṃyevā^eb^ti bheraṇḍasakuṇaravasadisaṃyeva, ^b^bheraṇḍo^eb^ nāma eko pakkhī dvimukho, tassa kira saddo ativiya virūpo ^a^V3.0010^ea^ amanāpo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘appiyāmanāpasaddamevā’’^eb^ti. Sammāpaṭipattiyā visesato suṭṭhu gatāti ^b^sugatā,^eb^ sammāsambuddhā. Te apadāyanti sodhenti sattasantānaṃ etehīti ^b^sugatāpadānāni,^eb^ tisso sikkhā. Yasmā tāhi te ‘‘sugatā’’ti lakkhīyanti, tā ca tesaṃ ovādabhūtā, tasmā ^b^‘‘sugatalakkhaṇesū’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yadi tā sugatassa lakkhaṇabhūtā, sāsanabhūtā ca, kathaṃ panesa pāthikaputto tattha tāsu sikkhāsu jīvati, ko tassa tāhi sambandhoti āha ^b^‘‘etassa hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sambuddhānaṃ demāti dentī^eb^ti buddhasaññāya dentīti adhippāyo. Tena ^b^esa…pe… jīvati nāma^eb^ na sugatanvayājjhupagamanato. ^b^‘‘Tathāgate’’^eb^tiādi ^a^P3.0014^ea^ ekatte puthuvacananti āha ^b^‘‘tathāgata’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Bahuvacanaṃ eva^eb^ garusmiṃ ekasmimpi bahuvacanappayogato ^b^ekavacanaṃ viya vuttaṃ^eb^ vacanavipallāsena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^29^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samekkhitvā^eb^ti samaṃ katvā micchādassanena apekkhitvā, taṃ pana apekkhanaṃ tathā maññanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘maññitvā’’^eb^ti. Pubbe vuttaṃ samekkhanampi maññanaṃ evāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘amaññīti puna amaññitthā’’^eb^ti, tena aparāparaṃ tassa maññanappavattiṃ dasseti. Bheraṇḍakaravaṃ kosati vikkosatīti ^b^kotthu.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^30^eb^^b^.^eb^ Te ^a^M3.0011^ea^ te pāṇe byāpādento ghasatīti byagghoti iminā nibbacanena ‘‘byaggho’’ti migarājassapi siyā nāmanti āha ^b^‘‘byagghoti maññatīti sīhohamasmīti maññatī’’^eb^ti. Yadipi yathāvuttanibbacanavasena sīhopi ‘‘byaggho’’ti vattabbataṃ arahati, byaggha-saddo pana migarāje eva niruḷhoti dassento ^b^‘‘sīhena vā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^31^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sīhena vicaritavane saṃvaḍḍhattā vuttaṃ ‘‘mahāvane suññavane vivaḍḍho’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^34^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kilesabandhanā^eb^ti ^a^V3.0011^ea^ taṇhābandhanato. Taṇhābandhanañhi thiraṃ daḷhabandhanaṃ dummocanīyaṃ. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Sārattarattā maṇikuṇḍalesu,<br/><br/>[27]Puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā;<br/><br/>[26]Etaṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanamāhu dhīrā,<br/><br/>[22]Ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñca’’nti. (dha. pa. 346; jā. 1.2.102);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kilesabandhanā^eb^ti vā dasavidhasaṃyojanato. ^b^Mahāviduggaṃ nāma cattāro oghā^eb^ mahantaṃ jalaviduggaṃ ^a^P3.0015^ea^ viya anupacitakusalasambhārehi duggamaṭṭhena.


volume: 27
item: 5
title: acelapāthikaputtavatthuvaṇṇanā^iddhipāṭihāriyakathāvaṇṇanā^aggaññapaññattikathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^36^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Imassa^eb^ padassa. Idaṃ nāma lokassa agganti jānitabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^aggaññaṃ,^eb^ so pana lokassa uppattikkamo pavatti paveṇī cāti āha ^b^‘‘lokuppatticariyavaṃsa’’^eb^nti. Sammāsambodhito uttaritaraṃ nāma kiñci natthi pajānitabbesu, taṃ pana koṭiṃ katvā dassento ^b^‘‘yāva sabbaññutaññāṇā pajānāmī’’^eb^ti āha. ‘‘Mama pajānanā’’ti assādento taṇhāvasena, ‘‘ahaṃ pajānāmī’’ti abhinivisanto diṭṭhivasena, ‘‘suṭṭhu pajānāmi sammā pajānāmī’’ti paggaṇhanto mānavasena na parāmasāmīti yojanā. ‘‘Paccattaññevā’’ti padaṃ ‘‘nibbuti viditā’’ti padadvayenāpi yojetabbaṃ ‘‘paccattaṃyeva uppāditā nibbuti ca paccattaṃyeva viditā’’ti, sayambhuñāṇena nibbattitā nibbuti sayameva viditāti attho. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘paccatta’’nti padaṃ vividhavibhattikaṃ hutvā āvuttinayena ^a^M3.0012^ea^ āvattatīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘attanāyeva attanī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Aviditanibbānā^eb^ti appaṭiladdhanibbānā micchāpaṭipannattā. Pajānanampi hi tadadhigamavaseneva veditabbaṃ. Eti iṭṭhabhāvena pavattatīti ^b^ayo,^eb^ sukhaṃ. Tappaṭikkhepena ^b^anayo,^eb^ dukkhaṃ. Tadeva hitasukhassa byasanato ^b^byasanaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^37^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Taṃ dassento^eb^ti bhagavāpi ‘‘aññatitthiyo tattha sārasaññī’’ti taṃ dassento. ^b^Ādhipaccabhāvenā^eb^ti ādhipaccasabhāvena. Yassa ācariyavādassa vasena puriso ‘‘ācariyo’’ti vuccati, so ācariyavādo ācariyabhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘ācariyabhāvaṃ ācariyavāda’’^eb^nti. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ācariyavāde. ^b^Iti katvā^eb^ti iminā kāraṇena. ^b^So^eb^ti ācariyavādo. ^b^‘‘Aggaññaṃ’’ tveva vutto^eb^ aggaññavisayattā. ^b^Kena vihita^eb^nti kena pakārena vihitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kena vihitaṃ kinti vihita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Brahmajāle^eb^ti brahmajālasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ ^a^P3.0016^ea^ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.28). Tattha hi vitthārato vuttavidhiṃ idha atidisati, pāḷi pana tattha ceva idha ca ekasadisā vāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^41^eb^^b^.^eb^ Khiḍḍā padosikā mūlabhūtā ettha santīti ^b^khiḍḍāpadosikaṃ,^eb^ ācariyakaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘khiḍḍāpadosikamūlaka’’^eb^nti. ^b^Manopadosika^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^47^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yena ^a^V3.0012^ea^ vacanena abbhācikkhanti, tassa avijjamānatā nāma atthavasenevāti āha ^b^‘‘asaṃvijjamānaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tucchā, musā^eb^ti ca karaṇatthe paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘tucchena, musāvādenā’’^eb^ti. Vacanassa antosāraṃ nāma aviparīto atthoti tadabhāvenāha ^b^‘‘antosāravirahitenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhiācikkhantī^eb^ti abhibhavitvā ghaṭṭentā kathenti, akkosantīti attho. ^b^Viparītasañño^eb^ti ayāthāvasañño. ^b^Subhaṃ vimokkha^eb^nti ‘‘subha’’nti vuttavimokkhaṃ. ^b^Vaṇṇakasiṇa^eb^nti sunīlakasupītakādivaṇṇakasiṇaṃ. ^b^Sabba^eb^nti yaṃ subhaṃ, asubhañca vaṇṇakasiṇaṃ, tañca sabbaṃ. ^b^Na asubha^eb^nti asubhampi ‘‘asubha’’nti tasmiṃ samaye na sañjānāti, atha kho ‘‘subhaṃ’’ tveva sañjānātīti attho. ^b^Viparītā^eb^ ayāthāvagāhitāya, ayāthāvavāditāya ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^48^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yasmā ^a^M3.0013^ea^ so paribbājako avissaṭṭhamicchāgāhitāya sammā appaṭipajjitukāmo sammāpaṭipannaṃ viya maṃ samaṇo gotamo, bhikkhavo ca sañjānantūti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘tathā dhammaṃ desetu’’^eb^ntiādimāha, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mayā etassa…pe… vaṭṭatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mamma^eb^nti mammappadesaṃ pīḷājananaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Suṭṭhū^eb^ti sakkaccaṃ. Yathā na vinassati, evaṃ ^b^anurakkha.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vāsanāyā^eb^ti kilesakkhayāvahāya paṭipattiyā vāsanāya. Sesaṃ suviññeyyamevāti.<br/><br/>[06]Pāthikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 27
item: 6
title: udumbarikasuttavaṇṇanā^^nigrodhaparibbājakavatthuvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^49^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Udumbarikāyā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0014^ea^^a^V3.0013^ea^^a^P3.0017^ea^ sambandhe sāmivacananti āha ^b^‘‘udumbarikāya deviyā santake paribbājakārāme’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Udumbarikāya’’nti vā pāṭho, tathā sati adhikaraṇe etaṃ bhummaṃ. Ayañhettha attho udumbarikāya rañño deviyā nibbattito ārāmo udumbarikā, tassaṃ udumbarikāyaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘udumbarikāya deviyā santake’’^eb^ti. Tāya hi nibbattito tassā santako. Varaṇādipāṭhavasena cettha nibbattatthabodhakassa saddassa adassanaṃ. ^b^Sandhāno^eb^ti bhinnānampi tesaṃ sandhāpanena ‘‘sandhāno’’ti evaṃ laddhanāmo. ^b^Saṃvaṇṇito^eb^ti pasaṃsito. ^b^Iriyatī^eb^ti pavattati. ^b^Ariyena ñāṇenā^eb^ti kilesehi ārakattā ariyena lokuttarena ñāṇena. ^b^Ariyāya vimuttiyā^eb^ti suvisuddhāya lokuttaraphalavimuttiyā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Divā^eb^-saddo dina-saddo viya divasapariyāyo, tassa visesanabhāvena vuccamāno divā-saddo savisesaṃ divasabhāgaṃ dīpetīti āha ^b^‘‘divasassa divā’’^eb^tiādi. Yasmā samāpannassa cittaṃ nānārammaṇato paṭisaṃhataṃ hoti, jhānasamaṅgī ca pavivekūpagamanena saṅgaṇikābhāvato ekākiyāya nilīno viya hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tato tato…pe… gato’’^eb^ti. Mano bhavanti manaso vivaṭṭanissitaṃ vaḍḍhiṃ āvahantīti ^b^manobhāvaniyā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘manavaḍḍhakāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Unnamati^eb^ na saṅkucati, alīnañca hotīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^51^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yāvatā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0018^ea^ yāvantoti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘yattakā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. Niddhāraṇañca kenaci visesena icchitabbaṃ. Yehi ca guṇavisesehi samannāgatā bhagavato sāvakā upāsakā rājagahe paṭivasanti, ayañca tehi samannāgatoti imaṃ visesaṃ dīpetuṃ ^b^‘‘tesaṃ abbhantaro’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhagavato kirā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^52^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tesa^eb^nti ^a^V3.0014^ea^ paribbājakānaṃ. ^b^Kathāyā^eb^ti tiracchānakathāya. ^b^Dassanenā^eb^ti diṭṭhidassanena. ^b^Ākappenā^eb^ti vesena. ^b^Kuttenā^eb^ti kiriyāya. ^b^Ācārenā^eb^ti aññamaññasmiṃ ācaritabbāacārena. ^b^Vihārenā^eb^ti rattindivaṃ ^a^M3.0015^ea^ viharitabbaviharaṇena. ^b^Iriyāpathenā^eb^ti ṭhānādīriyāpathena. Aññākāratāya aññatitthe niyuttāti ^b^aññatitthiyā. Saṅgantvā^eb^ samāgantvā ^b^rāsī hutvā^eb^ parehi ^b^nisinnaṭṭhāne.^eb^ Araññāni ca tāni vanapatthāni cāti ^b^araññavanapatthāni.^eb^ Tattha yaṃ araññakaṅganipphādakaṃ āraññakānaṃ, taṃ ‘‘arañña’’nti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Vanapattha^eb^nti gāmantaṃ atikkamitvā manussānaṃ anupacāraṭṭhānaṃ, yattha na kasīyati na vappīyati. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘vanapatthanti dūrānametaṃ senāsanānaṃ adhivacana’’nti ‘‘vanapatthanti vanasaṇḍānametaṃ senāsanānaṃ, vanapatthanti bhīsanakānametaṃ, vanapatthanti salomahaṃsānametaṃ, vanapatthanti pariyantānametaṃ vanapatthanti na manussūpacārānametaṃ senāsanānaṃ adhivacana’’nti (vibha. 531). Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘gāmūpacārato muttānī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pantānī^eb^ti pariyantāni atidūrāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dūratarānī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vihārūpacārenā^eb^ti vihārassa upacārappadesena. ^b^Addhikajanassā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0019^ea^ maggagāmino janassa. ^b^Mandasaddānī^eb^ti uccāsaddamahāsaddābhāvato tanusaddāni. Manussehi samāgamma ekajjhaṃ pavattitasaddo ^b^nigghoso,^eb^ tassa yasmā attho dubbibhāvito hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘avibhāvitatthena nigghosenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vigatavātānī^eb^ti vigatasaddāni. ^b^‘‘Rahassa karaṇassa yuttānī’’^eb^ti imināpi tesaṃ ṭhānānaṃ araññalakkhaṇayuttataṃ, janavivittataṃ, vanavivittameva ca vibhāveti, tathā ^b^‘‘ekībhāvassa anurūpānī’’^eb^ti iminā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^53^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kenā^eb^ti hetumhi, sahayoge ca karaṇavacananti āha ^b^‘‘kena kāraṇena kena puggalena saddhi’’^eb^nti. Ekopi hi vibhattiniddeso anekatthavibhāvano hoti, tathā taddhitatthapadasamāhāreti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṃsandana^eb^nti ālāpasallāpavasena kathāsaṃsandanaṃ. ^b^Ñāṇabyattabhāva^eb^nti byattañāṇabhāvaṃ, so pana parassa vacane uttaradānavasena, parena vā vuttauttare paccuttaradānavasena siyāti āha ^b^‘‘uttarapaccuttaranayenā’’^eb^ti. Yo hi parassa vacanaṃ tipukkhalena nayena rūpeti, tathā parassa rūpanavacanaṃ jātibhāvaṃ āpādeti, tassa tādisaṃ vacanasabhāvaṃ ñāṇaveyyattiyaṃ vibhāveti pākaṭaṃ karotīti. ^b^Suññāgāresu naṭṭhā^eb^ti suññāgāresu nivāsesu naṭṭhā vinaṭṭhā ^a^M3.0016^ea^ abhāvaṃ gatā. ^b^Nāssa paññā nasseyya^eb^ tehi tehi katapucchanapaṭipucchananimittaṃ nānāpaṭibhānuppattiyā ^a^P3.0020^ea^ visāramāpannaṃ pucchitaṃ pañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ asamatthatāya. ^b^Orodheyyāmā^eb^ti nirussāhaṃ viya karontā avarodheyyāma, taṃ parassa orodhanaṃ vādajālena vinandhanaṃ viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘vinandheyyāmā’’^eb^ti ^a^V3.0015^ea^. Tadatthaṃ tena tucchakumbhinidassanaṃ kataṃ, taṃ byatirekamukhena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pūritaghaṭo hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Balaṃ dīpento^eb^ti abhūtameva attano ñāṇabalaṃ pakāsento. ^b^Asambhinna^eb^nti jātisambhedābhāvena asambhinnaṃ. Aññajātisambhede sati assatarassa assassa jātabhāvo viya sīhassapi sīhathāmābhāvo siyāti āha ^b^‘‘asambhinnakesarasīha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ṭhānaso vā^eb^ti taṅkhaṇe eva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^54^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Sumāgadhā nāma nadī’’ti keci, taṃ micchāti dassento ‘‘sumāgadhā nāma pokkharaṇī’’ti vatvā tassā pokkharaṇibhāvassa suttantare āgatataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yassā tīre’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Morānaṃ nivāpo etthāti ^b^moranivāpo. ^eb^ Byadhikaraṇānampi hi padānaṃ bāhiratthasamāso hotiyeva yathā ‘‘urasilomo’’ti. Atha vā nivutthaṃ etthāti ^b^nivāpo,^eb^ morānaṃ nivāpo ^b^moranivāpo,^eb^ morānaṃ nivāpadinnaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yattha morāna’’^eb^ntiādi. Yasmā nigrodho tapojigucchavādo, sāsane ca bhikkhū attakilamathānuyogaṃ vajjetvā bhāvanānuyogena paramassāsappatte viharante passati, tasmā ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho samaṇo gotamo kāyakilamathena vināva sāvake vinetī’’ti sañjātasandeho ‘‘ko nāma so’’tiādinā bhagavantaṃ pucchi. Assasati anusaṅkitaparisaṅkito hoti etenāti ^b^assāso,^eb^ pītisomanassanti ^a^P3.0021^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘assāsappattāti tuṭṭhippattā somanassappattā’’^eb^ti. Adhiko seṭṭho āsayo nissayo ^b^ajjhāsayo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘uttamanissayabhūta’’^eb^nti. Ādibhūtaṃ purātanaṃ seṭṭhacariyaṃ ^b^ādibrahmacariyaṃ,^eb^ lokuttaramagganti attho. Tathā hesa sabbabuddhapaccekabuddhasāvakehi teneva ākārena adhigato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘purāṇa…pe… ariyamagga’’^eb^nti. Tathā hi taṃ bhagavā ‘‘addasa purāṇaṃ maggaṃ purāṇamañjasa’’nti avoca. ^b^Pūretvā^eb^ bhāvanāpāripūrivasena. ‘‘Pūretvā’’ti vā idaṃ ‘‘ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariya’’nti ettha pāṭhasesoti ^a^M3.0017^ea^ vadanti. ‘‘Ajjhāsayaṃ ādibrahmacariyaṃ paṭijānanti assāsappattā’’ti evaṃ vā ettha yojanā.


volume: 27
item: 7
title: ^nigrodhaparibbājakavatthuvaṇṇanā^tapojigucchāvādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^55^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pakatā hutvā vicchinnā ^b^vippakatā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘aniṭṭhitāva hutvā ṭhitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^56^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vīriyena pāpajigucchanavādo^eb^ti lūkhapaṭipattisādhanena vīriyena attataṇhāvinodanavasena ^a^V3.0016^ea^ pāpakassa jigucchanavādo. Jigucchatīti ^b^jiguccho,^eb^ tabbhāvo ^b^jegucchaṃ,^eb^ adhikaṃ jegucchaṃ adhijegucchaṃ, ativiya pāpajigucchanaṃ, tasmiṃ ^b^adhijegucche.^eb^ Kāyadaḷhībahulaṃ tapatīti ^b^tapo,^eb^ attakilamathānuyogavasena pavattaṃ vīriyaṃ, tena kāyadaḷhībahulatānimittassa pāpassa jigucchanaṃ, virajjanampi ^b^tapojigucchā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘vīriyena pāpajigucchā’’^eb^ti. Ghāsacchādanasenāsanataṇhāvinodanamukhena attasnehavirajjananti attho. Upari vuccamānesu nānākāresu acelakādivatesu ekajjhaṃ samādinnānaṃ parisodhanamevettha ^b^pāripūraṇaṃ^eb^^a^P3.0022^ea^, na sabbesaṃ anavasesato samādānaṃ tassa asambhavatoti āha ^b^‘‘paripuṇṇāti parisuddhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parisodhana^eb^ñca nesaṃ sakasamayasiddhena nayena paṭipajjanameva. Vipariyāyena aparisuddhatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^57^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Ekaṃ pañhampi na kathetī’’^eb^ti paṭhamaṃ attanā pucchitapañhassa akathitattā vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tapanissitako^eb^ti attakilamathānuyogasaṅkhātaṃ tapaṃ nissāya samādāya vattanako. ^b^Sīhanāde^eb^ti sīhanādasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ. Yasmā tattha vitthāritanayena veditabbāni, tasmā tassā atthappakāsanāya vuttanayenapi veditabbāni.


volume: 27
item: 8
title: nigrodhaparibbājakavatthuvaṇṇanā^tapojigucchāvādavaṇṇanā^upakkilesavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^58^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Sammā ādiyatī’’ti vatvā ^b^sammā ādiyana^eb^ñcassa daḷhaggāho evāti āha ^b^‘‘daḷhaṃ gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Sāsanāvacarenāpi dīpetabba’’nti vatvā ^a^M3.0018^ea^ taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ekacco hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, tena dhutaṅgadharatāmattena attamanatā, paripuṇṇasaṅkappatā sammāpaṭipattiyā upakkilesoti imamatthaṃ dasseti, na yathāvuttatapasamādānadhutaṅgadharatānaṃ satipi aniyyānikatte sadisatanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Duvidhassāpī^eb^ti ‘attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo’ti ca evaṃ upakkilesabhedena vuttassa duvidhassāpi tapassino’’ti keci. Yasmā pana aṭṭhakathāyaṃ sāsanikavasenāpi attho dīpito, tasmā bāhirakassa, sāsanikassa cāti evaṃ duvidhassāpi tapassinoti attho veditabbo. Tathā ceva hi uparipi atthavaṇṇanaṃ vakkhatīti. ^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti yadidaṃ ‘‘ko añño mayā sadiso’’ti evaṃ atimānassa, aniṭṭhitakiccasseva ca ‘‘alamettāvatā’’ti evaṃ atimānassa ca uppādanaṃ, ettāvatā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ukkaṃsatī^eb^ti ^a^V3.0017^ea^ ukkaṭṭhaṃ karoti. ^b^Ukkhipatī^eb^ti aññesaṃ upari khipati, paggaṇhātīti attho. ^b^Paraṃ saṃhāretī^eb^ti paraṃ saṃharaṃ nihīnaṃ karoti. ^b^Avakkhipatī^eb^ti adho khipati, avamaññatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mānamadakaraṇenā^eb^ti mānasaṅkhātassa madassa karaṇena uppādanena. ^b^Mucchito^eb^^a^P3.0023^ea^^b^hotī^eb^ti mucchāpanno hoti, sā pana mucchāpatti abhijjhāsīlabbataparāmāsakāyaganthehi gadhitacittatā, tattha ca atilaggabhāvoti āha ^b^‘‘gadhito ajjhosanno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pamajjana^eb^ñcettha pamajjanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘pamādamāpajjatī’’^eb^ti. Kevalaṃ dhutaṅgasuddhiko hutvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ ananuyuñjanto tāya eva dhutaṅgasuddhikatāya attukkaṃsanādivasena pavatteyyāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sāsane’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhutaṅgameva…pe… paccetī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^59^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Teyeva^eb^ paccayā. ^b^Suṭṭhu katvā paṭisaṅkharitvā laddhā^eb^ti ādaragāravayogena sakkaccaṃ abhisaṅkharitvā dānavasena upanayavasena laddhā. ^b^Vaṇṇabhaṇana^eb^nti guṇakittanaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti tapassino.<br/><br/>[03]^b^60^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vodāsa^eb^nti byāsanaṃ, vibhajjananti attho. Taṃ panettha vibhajjanaṃ dvidhā icchitanti āha ^b^‘‘dvebhāgaṃ āpajjatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dve bhāge karoti^eb^ ruccanāruccanavasena ^a^M3.0019^ea^. ^b^Gedhajāto^eb^ti sañjātagedho. ^b^Mucchanaṃ^eb^ nāma sativippavāseneva hoti, na satiyā satīti āha ^b^‘‘samuṭṭhassatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ādīnavamattampī^eb^ti gadhitādibhāvena paribhoge ādīnavamattampi ^b^na passati. Mattaññutā^eb^ti paribhoge mattaññutā. ^b^Paccavekkhaṇaparibhogamattampī^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇamattena paribhogampi ekavāraṃ paccavekkhitvāpi paribhuñjanampi ^b^na karoti.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^61^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vicakkasaṇṭhānā^eb^ti vipulatamacakkasaṇṭhānā. Sabbassa bhuñjanato ayokūṭasadisā dantā eva ^b^dantakūṭaṃ.^eb^^b^Apasādetī^eb^ti pasādeti. ^b^Acelakādivasenā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0024^ea^ acelakavatādivasena. ^b^Lūkhājīvi^eb^nti sallekhapaṭipattiyā lūkhajīvikaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^62^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tapaṃ karotī^eb^ti bhāvanāmanasikāralakkhaṇaṃ tapaṃ carati caranto viya hoti. ^b^Caṅkamaṃ otarati^eb^ bhāvanaṃ anuyuñjanto viya. ^b^Vihāraṅgaṇaṃ sammajjati^eb^ vattapaṭipattiṃ pūrento viya.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ādassayamāno’’ti vā pāṭho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kiñci^eb^^a^V3.0018^ea^^b^vajja^eb^nti kiñci kāyikaṃ vā vācasikaṃ vā dosaṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhigata^eb^nti viparītadassanaṃ. ^b^Aruccamāna^eb^nti attano siddhante paṭikkhittabhāvena aruccamānaṃ. ^b^Ruccati me^eb^ti ‘‘kappati me’’ti ^b^vadati. Anujānitabba^eb^nti tacchāviparītabhūtabhāvena ‘‘evameta’’nti anujānitabbaṃ. Savanamanohāritāya ‘‘sādhu suṭṭhū’’ti ^b^anumoditabbaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^63^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kujjhanasīlatāya ^b^kodhano.^eb^ Vuttalakkhaṇo upanāho etassa atthīti ^b^upanāhī.^eb^ Evaṃbhūto ca taṃsamaṅgī hotīti ^b^‘‘samannāgato hotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Esa nayo ito paresupi.<br/><br/>[03]Ayaṃ pana viseso – issati usūyatīti ^b^ussukī.^eb^ Saṭhanaṃ asantaguṇasambhāvanaṃ ^b^saṭho,^eb^ so etassa atthīti ^b^saṭho. ^eb^ Santadosapaṭicchādanasabhāvā ^b^māyā,^eb^ māyā etassa atthīti ^b^māyāvī.^eb^ Garuṭṭhāniyānampi paṇipātākaraṇalakkhaṇaṃ thambhanaṃ ^b^thaddhaṃ,^eb^ tamettha atthīti ^b^thaddho.^eb^ Guṇehi samānaṃ, adhikañca atikkamitvā nihīnaṃ katvā maññanasīlatāya ^b^atimānī.^eb^ Asantaguṇasambhāvanatthikatāsaṅkhātā pāpā lāmakā icchā etassāti ^b^pāpiccho.^eb^ Micchā viparītā diṭṭhi etassāti ^b^micchādiṭṭhiko.^eb^ ‘‘Idameva saccaṃ, moghamañña’’nti ^a^M3.0020^ea^ (ma. ni. 187, 202, 427; 3.27, 29; udā. 55; mahāni. 20; netti. 58) evaṃ ^a^P3.0025^ea^ attanā attābhiniviṭṭhatāya satā diṭṭhi ^b^sandiṭṭhi,^eb^ tameva parāmasatīti ^b^sandiṭṭhiparāmāsī.^eb^ Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘sayaṃ diṭṭhi sandiṭṭhī’’ti vatthuvasena attho vutto. Ā bāḷhaṃ viya dhīyatīti ^b^ādhāna^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘daḷhaṃ suṭṭhu ṭhapita’’^eb^nti. Yathāgahitaṃ gāhaṃ paṭinissajjanasīlo ^b^paṭinissaggī,^eb^ tappaṭikkhepena ^b^duppaṭinissaggī.^eb^ Paṭisedhattho hi ayaṃ ^b^du^eb^-saddo yathā ‘‘duppañño, (ma. ni. 1.449) dussīlo’’ti (a. ni. 5.213; 10.75; pārā. 195; dha. pa. 308) ca.


volume: 27
item: 9
title: tapojigucchāvādavaṇṇanā^upakkilesavaṇṇanā^parisuddhapapaṭikappattakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^64^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idha nigrodha tapassī^eb^ti yathānukkantaṃ purimapāḷiṃ nigamanavasena ekadesena dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ bhagavā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Gahitaladdhi^eb^nti ‘‘acelakādibhāvo seyyo, tena ca saṃsārasuddhi hotī’’ti evaṃ gahitaladdhiṃ. ^b^Rakkhitaṃ tapa^eb^nti tāya laddhiyā samādiyitvā rakkhitaṃ acelakavatāditapaṃ. ^b^‘‘Sabbameva saṃkiliṭṭha’’^eb^nti iminā yaṃ vakkhati ^b^parisuddhapāḷivaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘lūkhatapassino ceva dhutaṅgadharassa ca vasena yojanā veditabbā’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.64), tassa parikappitarūpassa lūkhassa tapassinoti ayamettha adhippāyoti ^a^V3.0019^ea^ dasseti. ^b^‘‘Parisuddhapāḷidassanattha’’^eb^nti ca iminā titthiyānaṃ vasena pāḷi yevettha labbhati, na pana tadatthoti dasseti. ^b^Vuttavipakkhavasenā^eb^ti vuttassa atthassa paṭipakkhavasena, paṭikkhepavasenāti attho. ^b^Tasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti hetuatthe bhummanti tassa hetuatthena karaṇavacanena atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘evaṃ so tenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Uttari vāyamamāno^eb^ti yathāsamādinnehi dhutadhammehi aparituṭṭho, apariyositasaṅkappo ca hutvā upari bhāvanānuyogavasena sammāvāyāmaṃ karonto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^69^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ito para^eb^nti ito yathāvuttanayato paraṃ. ^b^Aggabhāvaṃ vā sārabhāvaṃ vā^eb^ti tapojigucchāya aggabhāvaṃ vā sārabhāvaṃ vā ^b^ajānanto.^eb^ ‘‘Ayamevassa aggabhāvo sārabhāvo’’ti ^a^P3.0026^ea^ maññamāno ^b^‘‘aggappattā, sārappattā cā’’ti āha. ^eb^


volume: 27
item: 10
title: upakkilesavaṇṇanā^parisuddhapapaṭikappattakathāvaṇṇanā^parisuddhatacappattādikathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^70^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yamanaṃ ^a^M3.0021^ea^ saṃyamanaṃ ^b^yāmo,^eb^ hiṃsādīnaṃ akaraṇavasena catubbidho yāmova ^b^cātuyāmo,^eb^ so eva saṃvaro, tena saṃvuto guttasabbadvāro ^b^cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvuto.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘catubbidhena saṃvarena pihito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atipātanaṃ^eb^ hiṃsananti āha ^b^‘‘pāṇaṃ na hanatī’’^eb^ti. Lobhacittena bhāvitaṃ sambhāvitanti katvā ^b^bhāvitaṃ nāma pañca kāmaguṇā.^eb^ Ayañca tesu tesaṃyeva samudācāro maggoṭṭhāpakaṃ viyāti āha ^b^‘‘tesaṃ saññāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eta^eb^nti abhiharaṇaṃ, hīnāya anāvattanañca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘so abhiharatīti ādilakkhaṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Abhiharatī^eb^ti abhibuddhiṃ neti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uparūpari vaḍḍhetī’’^eb^ti. Cakkavattināpi pabbajitassa abhivādanādi karīyatevāti pabbajjā seṭṭhā guṇavisesayogato, dosavirahitato ca, yato sā paṇḍitapaññattā vuttā. Gihibhāvo pana nihīno tadubhayābhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘hīnāya gihibhāvatthāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^71^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tacappattā^eb^ti tacaṃ pattā, tacasadisā hotīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^74^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^ Titthiyānaṃ vasenā^eb^ti titthiyānaṃ samayavasena. ^b^Nesa^eb^nti titthiyānaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti dibbacakkhuṃ. ^b^Sīlasampadā^eb^ti sabbākārasampannaṃ catupārisuddhisīlaṃ. ^b^Tacasārasampattito^eb^ti tacatapojigucchāyāsārasampattito. ^b^Visesabhāva^eb^nti visesasabhāvaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Acelakapāḷimattampī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0027^ea^^a^V3.0020^ea^ acelakapāḷiāgatatthamattampi ^b^natthi,^eb^ tasmā mayaṃ anassāma vinaṭṭhāti attho. ^b^A^eb^-kāro vā nipātamattaṃ, ^b^nassāmā^eb^ti vinassāma. ^b^Kuto parisuddhapāḷī^eb^ti kuto eva amhesu parisuddhapāḷiāgatapaṭipatti. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Sutivasenāpī^eb^ti sotapathāgamanamattenāpi ^b^na jānāma.^eb^


volume: 27
item: 11
title:
  parisuddhapapaṭikappattakathāvaṇṇanā^parisuddhatacappattādikathāvaṇṇanā^nigrodhassapajjhāyanavaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^75^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Assā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0022^ea^ sandhānassa gahapatissa. ^b^Kakkhaḷa^eb^nti pharusaṃ. ^b^Durāsadavacana^eb^nti avattabbavacanaṃ. Yasmā pharusavacanaṃ yaṃ uddissa payuttaṃ, tasmiṃ khamāpite khamāpakassa paṭipākatikaṃ hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘ayaṃ mayī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^76^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bodhatthāya dhammaṃ deseti,^eb^ na attano buddhabhāvaghosanatthāya. ^b^Vādatthāyā^eb^ti paravādabhañjanavādatthāya. ^b^Rāgādisamanatthāya dhammaṃ deseti,^eb^ na antevāsikamyatāya. ^b^Oghanittharaṇatthāyā^eb^ti caturoghanittharaṇatthāya dhammaṃ deseti sabbaso orapārātiṇṇamāvahattā desanāya. ^b^Sabbakilesaparinibbānatthāya dhammaṃ deseti^eb^ kilesānaṃ lesenapi desanāya aparāmaṭṭhabhāvato.


volume: 27
item: 12
title: parisuddhatacappattādikathāvaṇṇanā^nigrodhassapajjhāyanavaṇṇanā^brahmacariyapariyosānādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^77^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idaṃ sabbampī^eb^ti sattavassato paṭṭhāya yāva ‘‘sattāha’’nti padaṃ, idaṃ sabbampi vacanaṃ. ^b^Asaṭho pana amāyāvī ujujātiko^eb^ tikkhapañño ugghaṭitaññūti adhippāyo. So hi taṃmuhutteneva arahattaṃ pattuṃ sakkhissatīti. ^b^Vaṅkavaṅko^eb^ti kāyavaṅkādīhipi vaṅkehi vaṅko jimho kuṭilo. ^b^‘‘Saṭhaṃ panāhaṃ anusāsituṃ na sakkomī’’^eb^ti na idaṃ bhagavā kilāsubhāveneva vadati, atha kho tassa abhājanabhāveneva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^78^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pakatiyā ācariyo^eb^ti yo eva tumhākaṃ ito pubbe pakatiyā ācariyo ahosi, so eva idānipi pubbāciṇṇavasena ācariyo hotu, na mayaṃ tumhe antevāsike kātukāmāti adhippāyo. ^b^Na^eb^^a^P3.0028^ea^^b^mayaṃ tumhākaṃ uddesena atthikā,^eb^ dhammatanti meva pana tumhe ñāpetukāmamhāti adhippāyo. ^b^Ājīvato^eb^ti jīvikāya vuttito. ^b^Akusalāti koṭṭhāsaṃ pattā^eb^ti akusalāti taṃ taṃ koṭṭhāsataṃyeva upagatā. ^b^Kilesadarathasampayuttā^eb^ti kilesadarathasahitā taṃsambandhanato ^a^V3.0021^ea^. Jātijarāmaraṇānaṃ hitāti ^b^jātijarāmaraṇiyā.^eb^ Saṃkileso ettha atthi, saṃkilese vā niyuttāti ^b^saṃkilesikā. Vodānaṃ^eb^ vuccati visuddhi, tassa paccayabhūtattā ^b^vodāniyā.^eb^ Tathābhūtā cete vodāpentīti āha ^b^‘‘satte vodāpentī’’^eb^ti. Sikhāppattā paññāya pāripūrivepullatā maggaphalavaseneva icchitabbāti ^a^M3.0023^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘maggapaññā…pe… vepullata’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ubhopi vā etāni^eb^ pāripūrivepullāni. Yā hi tassa pāripūrī, sā eva vepullatāti. ^b^Tato^eb^ti saṃkilesadhammappahānavodānadhammābhibuddhihetu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^79^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Yathā mārenā’’^eb^ti nayidaṃ nidassanavasena vuttaṃ, atha kho tathābhāvakathanamevāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘māro kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Athā^eb^ti mārena tesaṃ pariyuṭṭhānappattito pacchā aññāsīti yojanā. Kasmā pana bhagavā pageva na aññāsīti? Anāvajjitattā. ^b^Māraṃ paṭibāhitvā^eb^ti mārena tesu kataṃ pariyuṭṭhānaṃ vidhametvā, na tesaṃ sati payojane buddhānaṃ dukkaraṃ. ^b^So^eb^ti maggaphaluppattihetu. ^b^Tesaṃ^eb^ paribbājakānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phuṭṭhā^eb^ti pariyuṭṭhānavasena phuṭṭhā. ^b^Yatrā^eb^ti niddhāraṇe bhummanti āha ^b^‘‘yesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññāṇattha^eb^nti ājānanatthaṃ, upasaggamattañcettha ^a^P3.0029^ea^^b^ā^eb^-kāroti āha ^b^‘‘jānanattha’’^eb^nti, vīmaṃsanatthanti attho. ^b^Cittaṃ nuppanna^eb^nti ‘‘jānāma tāvassa dhamma’’nti ājānanatthaṃ ‘‘brahmacariyaṃ carissāmā’’ti ekasmiṃ divase ekavārampi tesaṃ cittaṃ nuppannaṃ. Sattāho pana vuccamāno etesaṃ kiṃ karissatīti yojanā. ^b^Sattāhaṃ pūretu^eb^nti sattāhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pūretuṃ, brahmacariyavasena vā sattāhaṃ pūretunti attho. ^b^Paravādabhindana^eb^nti paravādamaddanaṃ. ^b^Sakavādasamussāpana^eb^nti sakavādapaggaṇhanaṃ. ^b^Vāsanāyā^eb^ti saccasampaṭivedhavāsanāya. ^b^Nesa^eb^nti ca pakaraṇavasena vuttaṃ. Tadaññesampi hi bhagavato sammukhā, paramparāya ca devamanussānaṃ suṇantānaṃ vāsanāya paccayo evāti. Yaṃ panettha atthato na vibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyamevāti.<br/><br/>[06]Udumbarikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 27
item: 13
title: cakkavattisuttavaṇṇanā^^attadīpasaraṇatāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^80^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uttānaṃ^eb^^a^M3.0024^ea^^a^V3.0022^ea^^a^P3.0030^ea^ vuccati pākaṭaṃ, tappaṭikkhepena ^b^anuttānaṃ^eb^ apākaṭaṃ, paṭicchannaṃ, apacuraṃ, duviññeyyañca. Anuttānānaṃ padānaṃ vaṇṇanā ^b^anuttānapadavaṇṇanā.^eb^ Uttānapadavaṇṇanāya payojanābhāvato ^b^anuttāna^eb^ggahaṇaṃ. ^b^‘‘Mātulā’’^eb^ti itthiliṅgavasena laddhanāmo eko rukkho, tassā āsannappadese māpitattā nagarampi ‘‘mātulā’’ tveva paññāyittha. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mātulāyanti evaṃ nāmake nagare’’^eb^ti. ^b^Avidūre^eb^ti tassa nagarassa avidūre.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmañcettha sutte ‘‘bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā daḷhanemi nāma ahosī’’tiādinā atītavaṃsadīpikā kathā ādito paṭṭhāya āgatā, ‘‘aḍḍhateyyavassasatāyukānaṃ manussānaṃ vassasatāyukā puttā bhavissantī’’tiādinā pana savisesaṃ anāgatatthapaṭisaṃyuttā kathā āgatāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘anāgatavaṃsadīpikāya suttantakathāyā’’^eb^ti. Anāgatatthadīpanañhi acchariyaṃ, tatthāpi anāgatassa sammāsambuddhassa paṭipattikittanaṃ acchariyatamaṃ. ^b^Samāgamenā^eb^ti sannipātena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Bhattaggaṃ amanāpa’’^eb^ntiādi kevalaṃ tesaṃ parivitakkamattaṃ. ^b^Amanāpa^eb^nti amanuññaṃ. Buddhesu kato appakopi aparādho appako kāro viya garutaravipākoti āha ^b^‘‘buddhehi saddhiṃ…pe… sadisaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ mātulanagarassa samīpe, tassaṃ vā parisāyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attadīpā^eb^ti ettha kāmaṃ yo paro na hoti, so attāti sasantāno ‘‘attā’’ti vuccati, hitasukhesibhāvena pana attanibbisesattā dhammo idha ^b^‘‘attā’’^eb^ti adhippeto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attā nāma lokiyalokuttaro dhammo’’^eb^ti. Dvidhā āpo gato etthāti ^b^dīpo,^eb^ oghena anajjhotthato ^a^V3.0023^ea^ bhūmibhāgo. Idha ^a^P3.0031^ea^ pana kāmoghādīhi anajjhottharaṇīyattā dīpo viyāti ^b^dīpo,^eb^ attā dīpo patiṭṭhā etesanti ^b^attadīpā.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘attānaṃ dīpa’’^eb^ntiādi. Dīpabhāvo cettha paṭisaraṇatāti āha ^b^‘‘idaṃ tasseva vevacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Aññasaraṇapaṭikkhepavacana^eb^nti aññasaraṇabhāvapaṭikkhepavacanaṃ. Idañhi na aññaṃ saraṇaṃ katvā ^a^M3.0025^ea^ viharaṇasseva paṭikkhepavacanaṃ, atha kho aññassa saraṇasabhāvasseva paṭikkhepavacanaṃ tappaṭikkhepe ca tena itarassāpi paṭikkhepasiddhito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi. Idāni tamevatthaṃ suttantarena sādhetuṃ ^b^‘‘vuttampi ceta’’^eb^ntiādi. Yadi ettha pākatiko attā icchito, kathaṃ tassa dīpasaraṇabhāvo, tasmā adhippāyiko ettha attā bhaveyyāti pucchati ^b^‘‘ko panettha attā nāmā’’^eb^ti. Itaro yathādhippetaṃ attānaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘lokiyalokuttaro dhammo’’^eb^ti. Dutiyavāropi paṭhamavārasseva pariyāyabhāvena desitoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tenāhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gocare^eb^ti bhikkhūnaṃ gocaraṭṭhānabhūte. Tenāha ^b^‘‘carituṃ yuttaṭṭhāne’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sake^eb^ti kathaṃ panāyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sakoti āha ^b^‘‘pettike visaye’’^eb^ti. Pitito sammāsambuddhato āgatattā ‘‘ayaṃ tumhākaṃ gocaro’’ti tena uddiṭṭhattā ^b^pettike visaye^eb^ti. ^b^Caranta^eb^nti sāmiatthe upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘ayamevattho’’^eb^ti, carantānanti ca attho, tenāyaṃ vibhattivipallāsenapi vacanavipallāsenapīti dasseti. Kilesamārassa otārālābheneva itaramārānampi otārālābho veditabbo. ^b^Ayaṃ panattho^eb^ti gocare caraṇaṃ sandhāyāha, vatthu pana byatirekamukhena āgataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sakuṇe hantīti ^b^sakuṇagghi,^eb^ mahāsenasakuṇo. ^b^Ajjhappattā^eb^ti abhibhavanavasena pattā upagatā. ^b^Na myāya^eb^nti me ayaṃ sakuṇagghi nālaṃ ^b^abhavissa. Naṅgalakaṭṭhakaraṇa^eb^nti naṅgalena kasitappadeso. ^b^Leḍḍuṭṭhāna^eb^nti leḍḍūnaṃ ^a^P3.0032^ea^ uṭṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Sake bale^eb^ti attano balahetu. ^b^Apatthaddhā^eb^ti avagāḷhatthambhā sañjātatthambhā. ^b^Assaramānā^eb^ti avhāyantī.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahantaṃ leḍḍu^eb^nti naṅgalena bhinnaṭṭhāne sukkhatāya tikhiṇasiṅgāyoghanasadisaṃ mahantaṃ leḍḍuṃ. ^b^Abhiruhitvā^eb^ti tassa adhobhāgena attanā pavisitvā nilīnayoggappadesaṃ sallakkhetvā tassupari caṅkamanto ^b^assaramāno aṭṭhāsi. ‘‘Ehi kho’’^eb^tiādi tassa assaramānākāradassanaṃ. ^b^Sannayhā^eb^ti vātaggahaṇavasena ^b^ubho pakkhe^eb^ samaṃ ṭhapetvā. ^b^Paccupādī^eb^ti pāvisi. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti yattha pubbe lāpo ṭhito, tattheva leḍḍumhi ^a^M3.0026^ea^. ^b^Ura^eb^nti attano urappadesaṃ. ^b^Paccatāḷesī^eb^ti pati atāḷesi sārambhavasena vegena gantvā paharaṇato vidhārentī patāḷesi. ^b^Ārammaṇa^eb^nti paccayaṃ. ‘‘Avasara’’nti keci.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Kusalāna’’nti ^a^V3.0024^ea^ evaṃ pavattāya desanāya ko anusandhi? Yathāanusandhi eva. Ādito hi ‘‘attadīpā, bhikkhave, viharathā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.80) yeva attadhammapariyāyena lokiyalokuttaradhammā gahitā, te yevettha kusalaggahaṇena gahitāti. ^b^Anavajjalakkhaṇāna^eb^nti avajjapaṭipakkhasabhāvānaṃ. ‘‘Avajjarahitasabhāvāna’’nti keci. Tattha purime atthavikappe vipākadhammadhammā eva gahitā, dutiye pana vipākadhammāpi. Yadi evaṃ, kathaṃ tesaṃ samādāya vattananti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ ‘‘vipākadhammā sīlādi viya samādāya vattitabbā’’ti. ^b^Samādāna^eb^nti pana attano santāne sammā ādānaṃ paccayavasena pavatti yevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vipākadhammā hi paccayavisesehi sattasantāne sammadeva āhitā āyuādisampattivisesabhūtā ^a^P3.0033^ea^ uparūparikusalavisesuppattiyā upanissayā hontīti vadanti. ^b^Puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī^eb^ti ettha ^b^puñña^eb^nti uttarapadalopenāyaṃ niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘puññaphalaṃ vaḍḍhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Puññaphala^eb^nti ca ekadesasarūpekasesena vuttaṃ ‘‘puññañca puññaphalañca puññaphala’’nti āha ^b^‘‘uparūpari puññampi puññavipākopi veditabbo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Mātāpitūna’’^eb^ntiādi nidassanamattaṃ, tasmā aññampi evarūpaṃ hetūpanissayaṃ kusalaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Sinehavasenā^eb^ti upanissayabhūtassa sinehassa vasena, na sampayuttassa. Na hi sinehasampayuttaṃ nāma kusalaṃ atthi. ^b^Mudumaddavacitta^eb^nti mettāvasena ativiya maddavantaṃ cittaṃ. Yathā matthakappattaṃ vaṭṭagāmikusalaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘mātāpitūnaṃ …pe… mudumaddavacitta’’nti vuttaṃ, evaṃ matthakappattameva vivaṭṭagāmikusalaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cattāro sati…pe… bodhipakkhiyadhammā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tadaññepi pana dānasīlādidhammā vaṭṭassa upanissayabhūtā ^b^vaṭṭagāmikusalaṃ^eb^ vivaṭṭassa upanissayabhūtā ^b^vivaṭṭagāmikusala^eb^nti veditabbā. ^b^Pariyosāna^eb^nti phalavisesāvahatāya phaladāya koṭi sikhāppatti, devaloke ca pavattisirivibhavoti pariyosānaṃ ^b^‘‘manussaloke’’^eb^ti visesitaṃ, manussalokavaseneva cāyaṃ ^a^M3.0027^ea^ desanā āgatāti. Maggaphalanibbānasampatti pariyosānanti yojanā. ^b^Vivaṭṭagāmikusalassa vipākaṃ suttapariyosāne dassissati^eb^ ‘‘atha kho, bhikkhave, saṅkho nāma rājā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.108).


volume: 27
item: 14
title: ^attadīpasaraṇatāvaṇṇanā^daḷhanemicakkavattirājakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^81^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ ‘‘kusalānaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’ntiādinā (dī. ni. 3.110) suttadesanāya āraddhaṭṭhāne vaṭṭavivaṭṭagāmibhāvena sādhāraṇe kusalaggahaṇe. Tattha ^b^vaṭṭagāmikusalānusandhivasena ‘‘bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave’’ti ^a^P3.0034^ea^ desanaṃ ārabhi,^eb^ ārabhanto ca desiyamānamattaṃ ^a^V3.0025^ea^. Dhammapaṭiggāhakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ saṅkhepato evaṃ dīpetvā ārabhīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘bhikkhave’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, paṭhamaṃ tathā adīpentopi bhagavā atthato dīpeti viyāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^82^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Īsakampī^eb^ti appamattakampi. ^b^Avasakkita^eb^nti ogatabhaṭṭhaṃ. ^b^Nemiabhimukha^eb^nti nemippadesassa sammukhā. ^b^Bandhiṃsu^eb^ cakkaratanassa osakkitānosakkitabhāvaṃ jānituṃ. ^b^Tadeta^eb^nti yathāvuttaṭṭhānā cavanaṃ. ^b^Atibalavadose^eb^ti rañño balavati anatthe upaṭṭhite ^b^sati. ^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appamatto^eb^ti rañño āṇāya pamādaṃ akaronto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekasamuddapariyantamevā^eb^ti jambudīpameva sandhāya vadati. So uttarato assakaṇṇapabbatena paricchinnaṃ hutvā attānaṃ parikkhipitvā ṭhitaekasamuddapariyanto. ^b^Puññiddhivasenā^eb^ti cakkavattibhāvāvahāya puññiddhiyā vasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^83^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ katvā^eb^ti kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā. ^b^Sukataṃ kamma^eb^nti dasakusalakammapathameva vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Dasavidhaṃ, dvādasavidha’’^eb^nti ca vuttavibhāgo parato āgamissati. ^b^Pūrentenevā^eb^ti pūretvā ṭhiteneva. ^b^Niddose^eb^ti cakkavattivattassa paṭipakkhabhūtānaṃ dosānaṃ apagamane niddose. ^b^Cakkavattīnaṃ vatte^eb^ti cakkavattirājūhi vattitabbavatte. Bhāvini bhūte viya hi upacāro yathā ‘‘agamā rājagahaṃ buddho’’ti (su. ni. 410). Adhigatacakkavattibhāvāpi hi te tattha vattantevāti tathā vuttaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 15
title: attadīpasaraṇatāvaṇṇanā^daḷhanemicakkavattirājakathāvaṇṇanā^cakkavattiariyavattavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^84^eb^^b^.^eb^ Aññathā ^a^M3.0028^ea^ vattituṃ adento so dhammo adhiṭṭhānaṃ etassāti tadadhiṭṭhānaṃ, tena ^b^tadadhiṭṭhānena cetasā. Sakkaronto^eb^ti ^a^P3.0035^ea^ ādarakiriyāvasena karonto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Garuṃ karonto^eb^ti pāsāṇacchattaṃ viya garukaraṇavasena garuṃ karonto. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘tasmiṃ gāravuppattiyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mānento^eb^ti sambhāvanāvasena manena piyāyanto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tamevā’’^eb^tiādi. Evaṃ pūjayato apacāyato evañca yathāvuttasakkārādisambhavoti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘taṃ apadisitvā’’^eb^tiādi ^a^V3.0026^ea^ vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Dhammādhipatibhūto āgatabhāvenā’’^eb^ti iminā yathāvuttadhammassa jeṭṭhakabhāvena purimapurimatarāttabhāvesu sakkacca samupacitabhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^‘‘Dhammavaseneva sabbakiriyānaṃ karaṇenā’’^eb^ti etena ṭhānanisajjādīsu yathāvuttadhammaninnapoṇapabbhārabhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Assā^eb^ti rakkhāvaraṇaguttiyā. ^b^Paraṃ rakkhanto^eb^ aññaṃ diṭṭhadhammikādianatthato rakkhanto teneva paratthasādhanena khantiādiguṇena ^b^attānaṃ^eb^ tato eva ^b^rakkhati. Mettacittatā^eb^ti mettacittatāya. ^b^Nivāsanapārupanagehādīnaṃ^eb^ sītuṇhādipaṭibāhanena ^b^āvaraṇaṃ. Anto janasmi^eb^nti abbhantarabhūte puttadārādijane.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Sīlasaṃvare patiṭṭhāpehī’’^eb^ti iminā rakkhaṃ dasseti, ^b^‘‘vatthagandhamālādīni dehī’’^eb^ti iminā āvaraṇaṃ, itarena guttiṃ. ^b^Bhattavetanasampadānenapī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena sīlasaṃvare patiṭṭhāpanādīni sampiṇḍeti. Eseva nayo ito paresupi ^b^pi^eb^-saddaggahaṇesu. Nigamo nivāso etesanti ^b^negamā,^eb^ evaṃ ^b^jānapadā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘nigamavāsino’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Navavidhā mānamadā^eb^ti ‘‘seyyohamasmī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 4.108; dha. sa. 1121; vibha. 866; mahāni. 21, 178) nayappavattiyā ^a^P3.0036^ea^ navavidhā mānasaṅkhātā madā. Māno eva hettha pamajjanākārena pavattiyā mānamado. Sobhane kāyikavācasikakamme ratoti ^b^sūrato^eb^ u-kārassa dīghaṃ katvā, tassa bhāvo ^b^soraccaṃ,^eb^ kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo, sabbaṃ vā kāyavacīsucaritaṃ. Suṭṭhu oratoti ^b^sorato,^eb^ tassa bhāvo ^b^soraccaṃ,^eb^ yathāvuttameva sucaritaṃ. ^b^Rāgādīna^eb^nti rāgadosamohamānādīnaṃ. ^b^Damanādīhī^eb^ti damanasamanaparinibbāpanehi. ^b^Ekamattāna^eb^nti ^a^M3.0029^ea^ ekaṃ cittaṃ, ekaccaṃ attano cittanti attho. Rāgādīnañhi pubbabhāgiyaṃ damanādipaccekaṃ icchitabbaṃ, na maggakkhaṇe viya ekajjhaṃ paṭisaṅkhānamukhena pajahanato. ^b^Ekamattāna^eb^nti vā vivekavasena ekaṃ ekākinaṃ attānaṃ. ^b^Kāle kāle^eb^ti tesaṃ santikaṃ upasaṅkamitabbe kāle kāle.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idha ṭhatvā^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ kho, tāta, ta’’nti evaṃ nigamanavasena vuttaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā. ^b^Vatta^eb^nti ariyacakkavattivattaṃ. ^b^Samānetabba^eb^nti ‘‘dasavidhaṃ, dvādasavidha’’nti ca heṭṭhā vuttagaṇanāya ca samānaṃ kātabbaṃ anūnaṃ anadhikaṃ katvā dassetabbaṃ. ^b^Adhammarāgassā^eb^ti ayuttaṭṭhāne rāgassa. ^b^Visamalobhassā^eb^ti yuttaṭṭhānepi ativiya balavabhāvena pavattalobhassa.


volume: 27
item: 16
title: daḷhanemicakkavattirājakathāvaṇṇanā^cakkavattiariyavattavaṇṇanā^cakkaratanapātubhāvavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^85^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vattamānassā^eb^ti ^a^V3.0027^ea^ paripuṇṇe cakkavattivatte vattamānassa, no aparipuṇṇeti āha ^b^‘‘pūretvā vattamānassā’’^eb^ti. Kittāvatā panassa pāripūrī hotīti? Tattha ‘‘katādhikārassa tāva heṭṭhimaparicchedena dvādasahipi saṃvaccharehi pūrati, pañcavīsatiyā, paññāsāya vā saṃvaccharehi. Ayañca bhedo dhammacchandassapi tikkhamajjhamudutāvasena, itarassa tato bhiyyopī’’ti vadanti.


volume: 27
item: 17
title: cakkavattiariyavattavaṇṇanā^cakkaratanapātubhāvavaṇṇanā^dutiyādicakkavattikathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^90^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Attano matiyā^eb^ti paramparāgataṃ purāṇaṃ tantiṃ paveṇiṃ laṅghitvā attano icchitākārena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘porāṇaka’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na^eb^^a^P3.0037^ea^^b^pabbantī^eb^ti samiddhiyā na pūrenti, phītā na hontīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na vaḍḍhantī’’^eb^ti. Tathā cāha ^b^‘‘katthaci suññā hontī’’^eb^ti. Tattha tattha rājakicce raññā amā saha vattantīti ^b^amaccā,^eb^ yehi vinā rājakiccaṃ nappavattati. Paramparāgatā hutvā rañño parisāya bhavāti ^b^pārisajjā.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘parisāvacarā’’^eb^ti. Tasmiṃ ṭhānantare ṭhapitā hutvā rañño āyaṃ, vayañca yāthāvato gaṇentīti ^b^gaṇakā.^eb^ Jātikulasutācārādivasena puthuttaṃ gatattā mahatī mattā etesanti ^b^mahāmattā,^eb^ te pana mahānubhāvā amaccā evāti āha ^b^‘‘mahāamaccā’’^eb^ti. Ye rañño hatthānīkādīsu avaṭṭhitā, te ^b^anīkaṭṭhā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘hatthiācariyādayo’’^eb^ti ^a^M3.0030^ea^. Mantaṃ paññaṃ asitā hutvā jīvantīti ^b^mantassājīvino,^eb^ matisajīvāti attho, ye tattha tattha rājakicce upadesadāyino. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mantā vuccati paññā’’^eb^tiādi.


volume: 27
item: 18
title: cakkaratanapātubhāvavaṇṇanā^dutiyādicakkavattikathāvaṇṇanā^āyuvaṇṇādiparihānikathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^91^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Balavalobhattā^eb^ti ‘‘imasmiṃ loke idāni daliddamanussā nāma bahū, tesaṃ sabbesaṃ dhane anuppadiyamāne mayhaṃ kosassa parikkhayo hotī’’ti evaṃ uppannabalavalobhattā. ^b^Uparūparibhūmīsū^eb^ti chakāmasaggasaṅkhātāsu uparūparikāmabhūmīsu. Kammassa phalaṃ ^b^aggaṃ^eb^ nāma, taṃ panettha uddhagāmīti āha ^b^‘‘uddhaṃ aggaṃ assā’’^eb^ti. Sagge niyuttā, saggappayojanāti vā ^b^sovaggikā. Dasannaṃ visesāna^eb^nti dibbāayuvaṇṇayasasukhāadhipateyyānañceva dibbarūpādīnañca phalavisesānaṃ ^a^V3.0028^ea^. ^b^Vaṇṇa^eb^ggahaṇena cettha sako attabhāvavaṇṇo gahito, ^b^rūpa^eb^ggahaṇena bahiddhā rūpārammaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^92^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Suṭṭhu^eb^^a^P3.0038^ea^^b^nisiddha^eb^nti yathāyaṃ iminā attabhāvena adinnaṃ ādātuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ sammadeva tato nisedhitaṃ katvā. ^b^Mūlahata^eb^nti jīvitā voropanena mūle eva hataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^96^eb^^b^.^eb^ Rāgavasena caraṇaṃ ^b^carittaṃ,^eb^ carittameva ^b^cārittaṃ,^eb^ methunanti adhippāyo, taṃ pana ‘‘paresaṃ dāresū’’ti vuttattā ^b^‘‘micchācāra’’^eb^nti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^100^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paccanīkadiṭṭhī^eb^ti ‘‘atthi dinna’’ntiādikāya (ma. ni. 1.441; 2.94; vibha. 793) sammādiṭṭhiyā paṭipakkhabhūtā diṭṭhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^101^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mātucchādikā^eb^ upari sayameva vakkhati. ^b^Atibalavalobho^eb^ti ativiya balavā bahalakileso, yena akāle, adese ca pavattati. ^b^Micchādhammo^eb^ti micchā viparīto avisabhāgavatthuko lobhadhammo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘purisāna’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassa bhāvo^eb^ti yena mettākaruṇāpubbaṅgamena cittena puggalo ‘‘matteyyo’’ti vuccati, so tassa yathāvuttacittuppādo, taṃsamuṭṭhānā ca kiriyā ^b^matteyyatā.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘mātari sammā paṭipattiyā etaṃ nāma’’^eb^nti ^a^M3.0031^ea^. Yā sammā pajjitabbe sammā appaṭipatti, sopi doso agāravakiriyādibhāvato. Vippaṭipattiyaṃ pana vattabbameva natthīti āha ^b^‘‘tassā abhāvo ceva tappaṭipakkhatā ca amatteyyatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kule jeṭṭhāna^eb^nti attano kule vuddhānaṃ mahāpitucūḷapitujeṭṭhakabhātikādīnaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 19
title: dutiyādicakkavattikathāvaṇṇanā^āyuvaṇṇādiparihānikathāvaṇṇanā^dasavassāyukasamayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^103^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Ya’’^eb^nti iminā samayo āmaṭṭho, bhummatthe cetaṃ paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘yasmiṃ samaye’’^eb^ti. Alaṃ patinoti ^b^alaṃpateyyā.^eb^ Tassā pariyattatā bhariyābhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘dātuṃ yuttā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aggarasānī^eb^ti madhurabhāvena, bhesajjabhāvena ca aggabhūtarasāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dippissantī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0039^ea^ paṭipakkhabhāvena samujjalissanti. Tenāha ‘‘kusalantipi na bhavissatī’’ti ^a^V3.0029^ea^. ^b^Aho puriso^eb^ti mātādīsupi īdiso, aññesaṃ kesaṃ kiṃ vissajjessati, aho tejavapurisoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gehe mātugāmaṃ viyā^eb^ti attano gehe dāsibhariyābhūtamātugāmaṃ viya. ^b^Missībhāva^eb^nti mātādīsu bhariyāya viya cārittasaṅkaraṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Balavakopo^eb^ti hantukāmatāvasena uppattiyā balavakopo. ^b^Āghātetī^eb^ti āhanati, attano kakkhaḷapharusabhāvena cittaṃ vibādhatīti attho. Nissayadahanaraso hi doso. ^b^Byāpādetī^eb^ti vināseti, ^b^manopadūsanato^eb^ manassa pakopanato. ^b^Tibba^eb^nti tikkhaṃ, sā panassa tikkhatā sarīre avahantepi sinehavatthuṃ laṅghitvāpi pavattiyā veditabbāti āha ^b^‘‘piyamānassapī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^104^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kappavināso ^b^kappo^eb^ uttarapadalopena, antarāva kappo ^b^antarakappo.^eb^ Taṇhādibhedo kappo etassa atthīti ^b^kappo,^eb^ sattalokoti āha ^b^‘‘antarāva lokavināso’’^eb^ti. Svāyaṃ antarakappo katividho, kathañcassa sambhavo, kiṃ gatikoti antogadhaṃ codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘antarakappo ca nāmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Lobhussadāyā^eb^ti lobhādhikāya ^b^pajāya^eb^ vattamānāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ cintayiṃsū^eb^ti pubbe yathānussavānussaraṇena, attano ca āyuvisesassa labhanato. ^b^Gumbalatādīhi gahanaṃ ṭhāna^eb^nti gumbalatādīhi sañchannatāya gahanabhūtaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ^b^Rukkhehi^eb^^a^P3.0040^ea^^b^gahana^eb^nti rukkhehi nirantaranicitehi gahanabhūtaṃ ^a^M3.0032^ea^. ^b^Nadīvidugga^eb^nti chinnataṭāhi nadīhi orato, pārato ca viduggaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nadīna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Pabbatehi visamaṃ^eb^ pabbatantaraṃ. ^b^Pabbatesu vā^eb^ chinnataṭesu durārohaṃ ^b^visamaṭṭhānaṃ. Sabhāge^eb^ti jīvanavasena samānabhāge sadise ^b^karissanti.^eb^


volume: 27
item: 20
title: āyuvaṇṇādiparihānikathāvaṇṇanā^dasavassāyukasamayavaṇṇanā^āyuvaṇṇādivaḍḍhanakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^105^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āyata^eb^nti vā dīghaṃ cirakālikaṃ. Maraṇavasena hi ñātikkhayo āyato apunarāvattanato, na rājabhayādinā ukkamanavasena punarāvattiyāpi tassa labbhanato. ^b^Osakkeyyāmā^eb^ti orameyyāma. Viramaṇampi atthato pajahanameva pariccajanabhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘pajaheyyāmāti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sīlagabbhe vaḍḍhitattā^eb^ti mātu, pitu ca sīlavantatāya tadavayavabhūte gabbhe vaḍḍhi ‘‘sīlagabbhe vaḍḍhitā’’ti vuttā, etena utuāhārassa viya tadaññassāpi bāhirassa paccayassa vasena sattasantānassa visesādhānaṃ hotīti dasseti. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^brahmajālaṭīkāyaṃ^eb^^a^V3.0030^ea^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.7) vuttameva. ^b^Khettavisuddhiyā^eb^ti adhiṭṭhānabhūtavatthuvisuddhiyā. Nanu ca taṃ visesādhānaṃ jāyamānaṃ rūpasantatiyā eva bhaveyyāti? Saccametaṃ, rūpasantatiyā pana tathā āhitavisesāya arūpasantatipi laddhūpakārā eva hoti tappaṭibaddhavuttibhāvato. Yathā kabaḷīkārāhārena upatthambhite rūpakāye sabbopi attabhāvo anuggahito eva nāma hoti, yathā pana rañño cakkavattino puññavisesaṃ upanissāya tassa itthiratanādīnaṃ anaññasādhāraṇā te te visesā sambhavanti tabbhāve bhāvato, tadabhāve ca abhāvato, evameva ^a^P3.0041^ea^ tasmiṃ kāle mātāpitūnaṃ yathāvuttapuññavisesaṃ upanissāya tesaṃ puttānaṃ jāyamānānaṃ dīghāyukatā khettavisuddhiyāva hotīti veditabbā saṃvegadhammachandādisamupabrūhitāya tadā tesaṃ kusalacetanāya tathā uḷārabhāvena samuppajjanato. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti imasmiṃ manussaloke, ^b^tatthā^eb^ti yathāvuttaṃ kusaladhammaṃ samādāya vattamāne sattanikāye. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti tasmiṃyeva sattanikāye. ^b^‘‘Attanova sīlasampattiyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ sasantatipariyāpannassa dhammassa tattha visesappaccayabhāvato. Khettavisuddhipi pana idhāpi paṭikkhipituṃ na sakkā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Koṭṭhāsā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0033^ea^ cattārīsavassāyukātiādayo asītivassasahassāyukapariyosānā ekādasa koṭṭhāsā. ^b^Adinnādānādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena kule jeṭṭhāpacāyikāpariyosānānaṃ dasannaṃ pāpakoṭṭhāsānaṃ gahaṇaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 21
title: dasavassāyukasamayavaṇṇanā^āyuvaṇṇādivaḍḍhanakathāvaṇṇanā^saṅkharājauppattivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^106^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ uppajjanakataṇhā^eb^ti evaṃ vacībhedaṃ pāpanavasena pavattā bhuñjitukāmatā. ^b^Anasana^eb^nti kāyikakiriyāasamatthatāhetubhūto sarīrasaṅkoco. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avipphārikabhāvo’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ghananivāsata^eb^nti gāmanigamarājadhānīnaṃ ghananiviṭṭhataṃ aññamaññassa nātidūravattitaṃ. ^b^Nirantarapūrito^eb^ti nirantaraṃ viya puṇṇo tatrupagānaṃ sattānaṃ bahubhāvato.


volume: 27
item: 22
title: āyuvaṇṇādivaḍḍhanakathāvaṇṇanā^saṅkharājauppattivaṇṇanā^metteyyabuddhuppādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^107^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kiñcāpi pubbe vaḍḍhamānakavasena desanā āgataṃ, idaṃ pana na vaḍḍhamānakavasena vuttaṃ. Kasmāti ce āha ^b^‘‘na hī’’^eb^tiādi. Sattānaṃ vaḍḍhamānāyukakāle buddhā na nibbattanti saṃsāre saṃvegassa dubbibhāvanīyattā ^a^P3.0042^ea^. Tato vassasatasahassato orameva buddhuppādakālo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^108^eb^^b^.^eb^ Samussitaṭṭhena ^a^V3.0031^ea^ yūpo viyāti ^b^yūpo,^eb^ yūpanti ettha sattā anekabhūmikūṭāgārovarakādivantatāyāti ^b^yūpo,^eb^ pāsādo. ^b^Rañño hetubhūtenā^eb^ti hetuatthe karaṇavacanantidassetiussāhasampattiādinā. Mahatā rājānubhāvena, mahatā ca kittisaddena samannāgatattā catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi mahājanassa rañjanato ^b^mahāpanādo nāma rājā jāto. Jātake^eb^ti mahāpanādajātake (jā. 1.3.40 mahāpanādajātake).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Panādo nāma so rājā^eb^ti ‘‘atīte panādo nāma so rājā assosī’’ti attabhāvantaratāya attānaṃ paraṃ viya niddisati. Āyasmā hi bhaddajitthero attanā ajjhāvutthapubbaṃ suvaṇṇapāsādaṃ dassetvā evamāha. ^b^Yassa yūpo suvaṇṇayo^eb^ti yassa rañño ayaṃ yūpo pāsādo suvaṇṇayo suvaṇṇamayo. ^b^Tiriyaṃ soḷasubbedho^eb^ti vitthārato soḷasasarapātappamāṇo, so pana aḍḍhayojanappamāṇo hoti. ^b^Ubbhamāhu^eb^^a^M3.0034^ea^^b^sahassadhā^eb^ti ubbhaṃ uccabhāvaṃ assa pāsādassa sahassadhā sahassakaṇḍappamāṇaṃ āhu, so pana yojanato pañcavīsatiyojanappamāṇo hoti. Keci panettha gāthāsukhatthaṃ ‘‘āhū’’ti dīghaṃ kataṃ, ahu ahosīti atthaṃ vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sahassakaṇḍo^eb^ti sahassabhūmiko, ‘‘sahassakhaṇḍo’’ tipi pāṭho, so eva attho. ^b^Satageṇḍū^eb^ti anekasataniyūhako. ^b^Dhajālū^eb^ti tattha tattha niyūhasikharādīsu patiṭṭhapitehi sattidhajavīraṅgadhajādīhi dhajehi sampanno. ^b^Haritāmayo^eb^ti cāmīkarasuvaṇṇamayo. Keci pana ^b^haritāmayo^eb^ti ‘‘haritamaṇiparikkhaṭo’’ti vadanti. ^b^Gandhabbā^eb^ti naṭā. ^b^Chasahassāni sattadhā^eb^ti chamattāni gandhabbasahassāni sattadhā tassa pāsādassa sattasu ṭhānesu rañño abhiramāpanatthaṃ nacciṃsūti attho. Te ^a^P3.0043^ea^ evaṃ naccantāpi kira rājānaṃ hāsetuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Atha sakko devarājā devanaṭaṃ pesetvā samajjaṃ kāresi, tadā rājā hasīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Koṭigāmo nāma^eb^ māpito. ^b^Vatthū^eb^ti bhaddajittherassa vatthu. Taṃ ^b^theragāthāvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (theragā. aṭṭha. bhaddajittheragāthāvaṇṇanāya) vitthārato āgatameva. ^b^Itarassā^eb^ti naḷakāradevaputtassa. ^b^Ānubhāvā^eb^ti puññānubhāvanimittaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dānavasena datvā^eb^ti taṃ pāsādaṃ attano pariggahabhāvaviyojanena dānamukhe niyojetvā. ^b^Vissajjetvā^eb^ti citteneva pariccajanavasena datvā puna dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ santakabhāvakaraṇena nirapekkhapariccāgavasena vissajjetvā. ^b^Ettakenā^eb^ti ‘‘bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave’’ti ādiṃ katvā yāva ‘‘pabbajissatī’’ti padaṃ ettakena desanāmaggena.


volume: 27
item: 23
title: saṅkharājauppattivaṇṇanā^metteyyabuddhuppādavaṇṇanā^bhikkhuno āyuvaṇṇādivaḍḍhanakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^110^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Idaṃ^eb^^a^V3.0032^ea^^b^bhikkhuno āyusmi^eb^nti āyusmiṃ sādhetabbe idaṃ bhikkhuno icchitabbaṃ cirajīvitāya hetubhāvatoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ āyukāraṇa’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Sampannasīlassa avippaṭisārapāmojjapītipassaddhisukhasamādhiyathābhūtañāṇādisambhavato taṃsamuṭṭhānapaṇītarūpehi kāyassa phuṭattā sarīre vaṇṇadhātu ^a^M3.0035^ea^ vippasannā hoti, kalyāṇo ca kittisaddo abbhuggacchatīti āha ^b^‘‘sīlavato hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vivekajaṃ pītisukhādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ, apītijaṃ kāyasukhaṃ, satipārisuddhijaṃ upekkhāsukhañca saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appaṭikkūlatāvaho^eb^ti appamāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ, attano ca tesu appaṭikkūlabhāvato. Hitūpasaṃhārādivasena pavattiyā sabbadisāsu pharaṇāppamāṇavasena sabbadisāsu vipphārikatā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Arahattaphalasaṅkhātaṃ bala’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ tassa akuppadhammatāya kenaci anabhibhavanīyabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Loke’’^eb^ti idaṃ yathā ^b^‘‘ekabalampī’’^eb^ti iminā sambandhīyati, evaṃ ^a^P3.0044^ea^ ‘‘duppasahaṃ durabhisambhava’’nti imehipi sambandhitabbaṃ. Lokapariyāpanneheva hi dhammehi tesaṃ balassa duppasahatā, durabhisambhavatā, na lokuttarehīti. ^b^Etthevā^eb^ti etasmiṃ arahattaphale eva, tadatthanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Lokuttarapuññampī^eb^ti lokuttarapuññampi puññaphalampi. ^b^Yāva āsavakkhayā pavaḍḍhati^eb^ vivaṭṭagāmikusaladhammānaṃ samādānahetūti yojanā. ^b^Amatapānaṃ piviṃsu^eb^ heṭṭhimamaggaphalasamadhigamavasenāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Cakkavattisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 27
item: 24
title: aggaññasuttavaṇṇanā^^vāseṭṭhabhāradvājavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^111^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Etthā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0036^ea^^a^V3.0033^ea^^a^P3.0045^ea^ ‘‘pubbārāme, migāramātupāsāde’’ti etasmiṃ padadvaye. Koyaṃ pubbārāmo, kathañca pubbārāmo, kā ca migāramātā, kathañcassā pāsādo ahosīti etasmiṃ antolīne anuyoge. ^b^Ayaṃ^eb^ idāni vuccamānā ^b^anupubbikathā^eb^ ādito paṭṭhāya saṅkhepeneva anupubbikathā. ^b^Padumuttaraṃ bhagavantaṃ^eb^ ekaṃ upāsikaṃ aggupaṭṭhāyikaṭṭhāne ṭhapentiṃ disvāna tattha sañjātagāravabahumānā tamevatthaṃ purakkhatvā bhagavantaṃ ^b^nimantetvā. Meṇḍakaputtassā^eb^ti meṇḍakaseṭṭhiputtassa. ^b^Sotāpannā ahosi^eb^ tathā katādhikārattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mātuṭṭhāne ṭhapesi^eb^ attano sīlācārasampattiyā garuṭṭhāniyattā. ^b^Upayoga^eb^nti tattha tattha appetabbaṭṭhāne appanāvasena viniyogaṃ agamaṃsu. ^b^Aññehi ca^eb^ veḷuriyalohitaṅkamasāragallādīhi. ^b^Bhassatī^eb^ti otarati. ^b^Suddhapāsādova na sobhatī^eb^ti kevalo ekapāsādo eva vihāro na sobhati. Niyūhāni bahūni nīharitvā kattabbasenāsanāni ‘‘duvaḍḍhagehānī’’ti vadanti. Majjhe gabbho samantato anupariyāyatoti evaṃ dvikkhattuṃ vaḍḍhetvā katasenāsanāni ^b^duvaḍḍhagehāni. Cūḷapāsādā^eb^ti khuddakapāsādā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uttaradevīvihāro^eb^ nāma nagarassa pācīnadvārasamīpe katavihāro.<br/><br/>[03]Titthiyaliṅgassa aggahitattā ^b^neva titthiyaparivāsaṃ vasanti.^eb^ Anupasampannabhāvato āpattiyā āpannāya abhāvato ^b^na āpattiparivāsaṃ vasanti. Bhikkhubhāva^eb^nti upasampadaṃ. ^b^Tevijjasutta^eb^nti imasmiṃ dīghanikāye tevijjasuttaṃ ^b^sutvā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^113^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anuvattamānā^eb^^a^V3.0034^ea^^a^P3.0046^ea^^b^caṅkamiṃsu^eb^ ananucaṅkamane yathādhippetassa atthassa pucchanādīnaṃ asakkuṇeyyattā. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti tesaṃ dvinnaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṇḍitataro’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atthā^eb^ti bhavattha. ^b^Kulasampannā^eb^ti sampannakulā uditodite brāhmaṇakule uppannā. ^b^Brāhmaṇakulā^eb^ti kenaci pārijuññena anupaddutā ^a^M3.0037^ea^ eva brāhmaṇakulā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhogādisampanna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Ime brāhmaṇā^eb^ uccā hutvā ‘‘imaṃ vasalaṃ pabbajjaṃ pabbajiṃsū’’tiādinā jātiādīni ghaṭṭentā ^b^akkosanti. Paribhāsantī^eb^ti paribhavitvā bhāsanti. ^b^Attano anurūpāyā^eb^ti attano ajjhāsayassa anurūpāya. Antarantarā vicchijja pavattiyamānā paribhāsā paripuṇṇā nāma na hoti khaṇḍabhāvato, tabbipariyāyato paripuṇṇā nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘antarā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appatiṭṭhatāyā^eb^ti apassayarahitattā. ^b^Vibhinno^eb^ti vinaṭṭho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Itare tayo vaṇṇā^eb^ti khattiyādayo vaṇṇā ^b^hīnā.^eb^ Nanu khattiyāva seṭṭhā vaṇṇā yathā buddhā etarahi khattiyakule eva uppannāti? Saccametaṃ, te pana attano micchābhimānena, micchāgāhena ca ‘‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo’’ti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ vacanamattaṃ. ^b^‘‘Sujjhantī^eb^ti suddhā honti, na nindaṃ garahaṃ pāpuṇantī’’ti vadanti. ^b^Sujjhanti^eb^ vā saṃsārato sujjhanti, na sesā vaṇṇā asukkajātikattā, mantajjhenābhāvato cāti. Brahmuno ^b^mukhato jātā^eb^ vedavacanato jātāti mukhato jātā. Tato eva brahmuno mahābrahmuno vedavacanato vijātāti ^b^brahmajā.^eb^ Tena ^a^P3.0047^ea^ duvidhenāpi nimmitāti ^b^brahmanimmitā.^eb^ Vedavedaṅgādibrahmadāyajjaṃ arahantīti ^b^brahmadāyādā. Muṇḍake samaṇake^eb^ti ettha ^b^ka^eb^-kāro garahāyanti āha ^b^‘‘nindantā jigucchantā vadantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ibbhe^eb^ti sudde, te pana gharabandhanena baddhā nihīnatarāti āha ^b^‘‘gahapatike’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kaṇhe^eb^ti kaṇhajātike. Bandhanaṭṭhena ^b^bandhu,^eb^ kassa pana bandhūti āha ^b^‘‘mārassa bandhubhūte’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pādāpacce^eb^ti pādato jātāpacce. Ayaṃ kira brāhmaṇānaṃ laddhi ‘‘brāhmaṇā brahmuno mukhato jātā, khattiyā urato, ūrūhi vessā, pādato suddā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^114^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yasmā paṭhamakappikakāle catuvaṇṇavavatthānaṃ natthi, sabbeva sattā ekasadisā, aparabhāge pana tesaṃ payogabhedavasena ahosi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘porāṇaṃ…pe… ajānantā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Laddhibhindanatthāyā^eb^ti ‘‘brāhmaṇā brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā’’ti evaṃ pavattāya laddhiyā viniveṭhanatthaṃ. ^b^Puttappaṭilābhatthāyā^eb^ti ‘‘evaṃ mayaṃ pettikaṃ iṇaṃ ^a^M3.0038^ea^ sodhessāmā’’ti laddhiyaṃ ṭhatvā puttappaṭilābhāya. Ayañhettha dhammikānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ ajjhāsayo. ^b^Sañjātapupphā^eb^ti rajassalā. Itthīnañhi kumāribhāvappattito paṭṭhāya pacchimavayato oraṃ asati vibandhe aṭṭhame aṭṭhame ^a^V3.0035^ea^ sattāhe gabbhāsayasaññite tatiye āvatte katipayā lohitapīḷakā saṇṭhahitvā aggahitapupphā eva bhijjanti, tato lohitaṃ paggharati, tattha utusamaññā, pupphasamaññā ca. ^b^Nesa^eb^nti brāhmaṇānaṃ. ^b^Saccavacanaṃ siyā^eb^ti ‘‘brahmuno puttā’’tiādivacanaṃ saccaṃ yadi siyā, ^b^brāhmaṇīnaṃ…pe… mukhaṃ bhaveyya,^eb^ na cetaṃ atthi.


volume: 27
item: 25
title: ^vāseṭṭhabhāradvājavaṇṇanā^catuvaṇṇasuddhivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^115^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mukhacchedakavāda^eb^nti ^a^P3.0048^ea^ ‘‘brāhmaṇā mahābrahmuno mukhato jātā’’ti vādassa chedakavādaṃ. ^b^Ariyabhāve asamatthā^eb^ti anariyabhāvāvahā. ^b^Pakatikāḷakā^eb^ti sabhāveneva na suddhā. ^b^Kaṇho^eb^ti kiliṭṭho upatāpako. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dukkhoti attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukkabhāvo^eb^ nāma parisuddhatāti āha ^b^‘‘nikkilesabhāvena paṇḍarā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sukko^eb^ti na kiliṭṭho anupatāpakoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sukhoti attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^116^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ubhayavokiṇṇe^eb^ti vacanavipallāsena vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘ubhayesu vokiṇṇesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Missībhūtesū^eb^ti ‘‘kadāci kaṇhā dhammā, kadāci sukkā dhammā’’ti evaṃ ekasmiṃ santāne, ekasmiṃyeva ca attabhāve pavattiyā missībhūtesu, na pana ekajjhaṃ pavattiyā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti anantaravuttadhammāva anvādhiṭṭhāti āha ^b^‘‘kaṇhasukkadhammesū’’^eb^ti. Yasmā ca te brāhmaṇā na ceva te dhamme atikkantā, yāya ca paṭipadāya atikkameyyuṃ, sāpi tesaṃ paṭipadā natthi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vattamānāpī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nānujānanti^eb^ ayathābhuccavādabhāvato. ^b^Anujānana^eb^ñca nāma abbhanumodananti tadabhāvaṃ dassentena ^b^‘‘nānumodanti, na pasaṃsantī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Catunnaṃ vaṇṇāna^eb^nti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti pana sambandhepi vā sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Te ca^eb^ brāhmaṇā ^b^na evarūpā^eb^ na edisā, yādiso arahā ekadesenāpi tena tesaṃ sadisatābhāvato, ^b^tasmā^eb^ tena kāraṇena ^b^nesaṃ^eb^ brāhmaṇānaṃ ‘‘brāhmaṇova ^a^M3.0039^ea^ seṭṭho vaṇṇo’’ti vādaṃ ^b^viññū^eb^ yathābhūtavādino buddhādayo ariyā ^b^nānujānanti.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ārakattādīhī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0049^ea^ ettha kilesānaṃ ārakattā pahīnabhāvato dūrattā ^b^arahaṃ,^eb^ kilesārīnaṃ hatattā ^b^arahaṃ,^eb^ saṃsāracakkassa arānaṃ hatattā ^b^arahaṃ,^eb^ paccayādīnaṃ arahattā ^b^arahaṃ,^eb^ pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvena ^b^araha^eb^nti evamattho veditabbo. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.125 ādayo), taṃ saṃvaṇṇanāsu (visuddhi. ṭī. 1.124) ca vuttanayena veditabbo ^a^V3.0036^ea^. ^b^Āsavānaṃ khīṇattā^eb^ti catunnampi āsavānaṃ anavasesato pahīnattā. ^b^Brahmacariyavāsa^eb^nti maggabrahmacariyavāsaṃ. Tassa vāsassa pariyositattā ^b^vutthavāso,^eb^ dasannampi vā ariyavāsānaṃ vutthattā ^b^vutthavāso.^eb^ Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Dasayime, bhikkhave, ariyāvāsā, yadariyā āvasiṃsu vā āvasanti vā āvasissanti vā. Katame dasa? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcaṅgavippahīno hoti chaḷaṅgasamannāgato ekārakkho caturāpasseno panuṇṇapaccekasacco samavayasaṭhesano anāvilasaṅkappo passaddhakāyasaṅkhāro suvimuttacitto suvimuttapañño. Ime kho, bhikkhave, dasa ariyāvāsā’’ti (a. ni. 10.19).<br/><br/>[03]Vussatīti vā ^b^vusitaṃ,^eb^ ariyamaggo, ariyaphalañca, taṃ etassa atthīti atisayavacanicchāvasena arahā ^b^‘‘vusitavā’’^eb^ti vutto. ^b^Karaṇīyaṃ^eb^ nāma pariññāpahānasacchikiriyābhāvanā dukkhassantaṃ kātukāmehi ekantato kattabbattā, taṃ pana yasmā catūhi maggehi paccekaṃ catūsu saccesu kātabbaṃ kataṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘catūhi…pe… katakaraṇīyo’’^eb^ti. Osīdāpanaṭṭhena bhārā viyāti ^b^bhārā,^eb^ kilesā, khandhā ca. Vuttañhi ‘‘bhārā have pañcakkhandhā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.22) ^b^ohārito^eb^ti apanīto. ^b^Sako attho sadattho^eb^ti ettha ^b^da^eb^-kāro padasandhikaro. Kāmaṃ diṭṭhiādayopi saṃyojanāni eva, tathāpi taṇhāya bhavasaṃyojanaṭṭho sātisayo. Yathāha ‘‘avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ ^a^P3.0050^ea^ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanāna’’nti. (Saṃ. ni. 2.125, 126, 127, 132, 134, 136, 142; 3.5.520; kathā. 75) tato sā eva sutte (dī. ni. 2.400; ma. ni. 1.93, 133; 3.373; saṃ. ni. 3.1081; paṭi. ma. 1.34 ādayo) samudayasaccabhāvena vuttā, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhavasaṃyojanaṃ vuccati taṇhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sammadaññā vimutto^eb^ti sammā aññāya jānanabhūtāya aggamaggapaññāya ^a^M3.0040^ea^ sammā yathābhūtaṃ yaṃ yathā jānitabbaṃ, taṃ tathā jānitvā vimutto. ^b^Imasmiṃ loke^eb^ti imasmiṃ sattaloke. ^b^Idhattabhāve^eb^ti imasmiṃ attabhāve, ^b^parattabhāve^eb^ti parasmiṃ attabhāve, idhaloke, paraloke cāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^117^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Antaravirahitā^eb^ti vibhāgavirahitā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attano kulena sadisā’’^eb^ti. Anuyantīti anuyantā, anuyantā eva ^b^ānuyantā,^eb^ anuvattakā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vasavattino’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^118^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Niviṭṭhā^eb^ti ^a^V3.0037^ea^ saddheyyavatthusmiṃ anupavisanavasena niviṭṭhā. Tato eva tasmiṃ adhikaṃ nivisanato ^b^abhiniviṭṭhā. Acalaṭṭhitā^eb^ti acalabhāve ṭhitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ya^eb^nti yaṃ kathetabbadhammaṃ anupadhāretvā, tadatthañca appaccakkhaṃ katvā kathanaṃ, ^b^etaṃ aṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ akāraṇaṃ tassa bodhimūleyeva samucchinnattā. ^b^Vicchindajananattha^eb^nti ratanattayasaddhāya vicchindassa uppādanatthaṃ, aññathattāyāti attho. ^b^So^eb^ti māro. ^b^Musāvādaṃ kātuṃ nāsakkhī^eb^ti āgataphalassa ariyasāvakassa purato musā vattuṃ na visahi, tasmā ^b^āma mārosmīti paṭijāni. Silāpathaviya^eb^nti ratanamayasilāpathaviyaṃ. Sineruṃ kira parivāretvā ṭhito bhūmippadeso sattaratanamayo, ‘‘suvaṇṇamayo’’ti keci, sā vitthārato, ubbedhato anekayojanasahassaparimāṇā ativiya niccalā. ^b^Kiṃ tvaṃ etthā^eb^ti kiṃ kāraṇā tvaṃ ettha. ‘‘Ṭhito’’ti ^b^accharaṃ pahari. Ṭhātuṃ asakkonto^eb^ti ariyasāvakassa purato ṭhātuṃ asakkonto. Ayañhi ariyadhammādhigamassa ānubhāvo, yaṃ māropi ^a^P3.0051^ea^ nāma mahānubhāvo ujukaṃ paṭipparituṃ na sakkoti.<br/><br/>[03]Maggo eva mūlaṃ ^b^maggamūlaṃ,^eb^ tassa. ^b^Sañjātattā^eb^ uppannattā. ^b^Tena maggamūlena^eb^ patiṭṭhitasantāne laddhapatiṭṭhā. Bhagavato desanādhammaṃ nissāya ariyāya jātiyā jāto ^b^‘‘bhagavantaṃ nissāya ariyabhūmiyaṃ jāto’’^eb^ti vutto. ^b^‘‘Ure vasitvā’’^eb^ti idaṃ dhammaghosassa urato samuṭṭhānatāya vuttaṃ. Ure vāyāmajanitābhijātitāya vā ^b^oraso.^eb^ Mukhato jātena jāto ^b^‘‘mukhato jāto’’^eb^ti vutto. Kāraṇakāraṇepi hi kāraṇe viya vohāro hoti ‘‘tiṇehi bhattaṃ siddha’’nti. Keci pana ‘‘vimokkhamukhassa vasena ^a^M3.0041^ea^ jātattā mukhato jāto’’ti vadanti, tatthāpi vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. Purimenatthena yonijo, sedajo, mukhajoti tīsu sambandhesu mukhajena sambandhena bhagavato puttabhāvo vibhāvito. Atthadvayenāpi dhammajabhāvoyeva dīpito. Ariyadhammappattito laddhaviseso hutvā pavatto taduttarakāliko khandhasantāno ‘‘ariyadhammato jāto’’ti veditabbo, ariyadhammaṃ vā maggaphalaṃ nissāya, upanissāya ca jāto sabbopi dhammappabandho ‘‘ariyadhammato jāto’’ti gahetabbo. Tesaṃ pana ariyadhammānaṃ apariyositakiccatāya ariyabhāvena abhinibbattimattaṃ upādāya ^b^‘‘ariyadhammato jātattā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Pariyositakiccatāya tathā nibbattipāripūriṃ upādāya ^b^‘‘nimmitattā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, yato ‘‘dhammajo dhammanimmito’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Navalokuttaradhammadāyaṃ ādiyatīti dhammadāyādo’’ tipi pāṭho. ^b^Assā^eb^ti ‘‘bhagavatomhiputto’’tiādinā vuttassa vākyassa. ^b^Atthaṃ dassento^eb^ti bhāvatthaṃ pakāsento. Tathāgatassa anaññasādhāraṇasīlādidhammakkhandhassa samūhanivesavasena dhammakāyatāya na ^a^P3.0052^ea^ kiñci vattabbaṃ atthi, satthuṭṭhāniyassa pana dhammakāyataṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘kasmā tathāgato dhammakāyoti ^a^V3.0038^ea^ vutto’’ti sayameva pucchaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā ^b^‘‘tathāgato hī’’^eb^tiādinā tamatthaṃ vissajjeti. ^b^Hadayena cintetvā^eb^ti ‘‘imaṃ dhammaṃ imassa desessāmī’’ti tassa upagatassa veneyyajanassa bodhanatthaṃ cittena cintetvā. ^b^Vācāya abhinīharī^eb^ti saddhammadesanāvācāya karavīkarutamañjunā brahmassarena veneyyasantānābhimukhaṃ tadajjhāsayānurūpaṃ hitamatthaṃ nīhari upanesi. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti tena kāraṇena evaṃsaddhammādhimuttibhāvena. ^b^Assā^eb^ti tathāgatassa. ^b^Dhammamayattā^eb^ti dhammabhūtattā. Idhādhippetadhammo seṭṭhaṭṭhena brahmabhūtoti āha ^b^‘‘dhammakāyattā eva brahmakāyo’’^eb^ti. Sabbaso adhammaṃ pajahitvā anavasesato dhammo eva bhūtoti ^b^dhammabhūto.^eb^ Tathārūpo ca yasmā sabhāvato dhammo evāti vattabbataṃ arahatīti āha ^b^‘‘dhammasabhāvo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^119^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Seṭṭhacchedakavāda^eb^nti ‘‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo’’ti (dī. ni. 3.116) evaṃ vuttaseṭṭhabhāvacchedakavādaṃ. ^b^Aparenapi nayenā^eb^ti yathāvuttaseṭṭhacchedakavādato aparenapi porāṇakalokuppattidassananayena. ^b^Seṭṭhaccheda…pe… dassetu^eb^nti sopi hi ‘‘brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīnā aññe ^a^M3.0042^ea^ vaṇṇā’’ti, ‘‘brāhmaṇā brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā’’ti (dī. ni. 3.114) ca evaṃ pavattāya micchādiṭṭhiyā viniveṭhano jātibrāhmaṇānaṃ seṭṭhabhāvassa chedanato seṭṭhacchedanavādo nāma hotīti dassetunti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Itthabhāva^eb^nti imaṃ pakārataṃ manussabhāvaṃ. Sāmaññajotanā hi visese avatiṭṭhati, pakaraṇavasena vā ayamattho avacchinno daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Maneneva^eb^^a^P3.0053^ea^^b^nibbattā^eb^ti bāhirapaccayena vinā kevalaṃ upacārajhānamanasāva nibbattā. Yāya upacārajjhānacetanāya te tattha nibbattā, nīvaraṇavikkhambhanādinā uḷāro tassā pavattiviseso, tasmā jhānaphalakappo tassā phalavisesoti āha ^b^‘‘brahmaloke viyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^‘‘Sayaṃpabhā’’^eb^ti padānaṃ tattha sūriyālokādīhi vinā andhakāraṃ vidhamantā sayameva pabhāsantīti ^b^sayaṃpabhā,^eb^ antalikkhe ākāse carantīti ^b^antalikkhacarā,^eb^ tadaññakāmāvacarasattānaṃ viya sarīrassa vicaraṇaṭṭhānassa asubhatābhāvato ^b^subhaṃ,^eb^ subheva tiṭṭhantīti ^b^subhaṭṭhāyino^eb^ti attho veditabbo.


volume: 27
item: 26
title: vāseṭṭhabhāradvājavaṇṇanā^catuvaṇṇasuddhivaṇṇanā^rasapathavipātubhāvavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^120^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabbaṃ cakkavāḷa^eb^nti anavasesaṃ koṭisatasahassaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ. ^b^Samatanī^eb^ti sañchādentī vipphari, sā pana tasmiṃ udake patiṭṭhitā ahosīti āha ^b^‘‘patiṭṭhahī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vaṇṇena^eb^^a^V3.0039^ea^^b^sampannā^eb^ti sampannavaṇṇā. ^b^Makkhikaṇḍakarahita^eb^nti makkhikāhi ca tāsaṃ aṇḍakehi ca rahitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atītānantarepi kappe loloyeva.^eb^ Kasmā? Evaṃ ciraparicitalolatāvasena sabbapaṭhamaṃ tathā akāsīti dasseti. ^b^Kimevida^eb^nti ‘‘vaṇṇato, gandhato ca tāva ñātaṃ, rasato pana kimevidaṃ bhavissatī’’ti saṃsayajāto vadati. ^b^Tiṭṭhatī^eb^ti aṭṭhāsi.


volume: 27
item: 27
title: catuvaṇṇasuddhivaṇṇanā^rasapathavipātubhāvavaṇṇanā^candimasūriyādipātubhāvavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^121^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āluppakāraka^eb^nti ettha ālopapariyāyo ^b^āluppa^eb^-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘ālopaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti. Paccakkhabhūtānampi ^a^M3.0043^ea^ candimasūriyānaṃ pavattiyaṃ lokiyānaṃ sammoho hoti, taṃ vidhamituṃ ^b^‘‘ko pana tesa’’^eb^ntiādinā aṭṭha pañhāvissajjanāni gahitāni. Tattha ^b^tesa^eb^nti candimasūriyānaṃ. ^b^Kasmi^eb^nti kasmiṃ ṭhāne. ^b^‘‘Ko uparī’’^eb^ti eteneva ^a^P3.0054^ea^ ko heṭṭhāti ayamattho vuttoyeva. Tathā ^b^‘‘ko sīghaṃ gacchatī’’^eb^ti iminā ko saṇikaṃ gacchatīti ayampi attho vuttoyeva. ^b^Vīthiyo^eb^ti gamanavīthiyo. ^b^Ekato^eb^ti ekasmiṃ khaṇe ^b^pātubhavanti.^eb^ Sūriyamaṇḍale pana atthaṅgate candamaṇḍalaṃ paññāyittha. ^b^Chandaṃ ñatvā vā^eb^ti ruciṃ ñatvā viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ubhaya^eb^nti anto, bahi ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ujuka^eb^nti āyāmato, vitthārato, ubbedhato ca. ^b^Parimaṇḍalato^eb^ti parikkhepato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ujukaṃ saṇikaṃ gacchati^eb^ amāvāsiyaṃ sūriyena saddhiṃ gacchanto divase divase thokaṃ thokaṃ ohīyanto puṇṇamāsiyaṃ upaḍḍhamaggameva ohīyanato.^b^ Tiriyaṃ sīghaṃ^eb^ gacchati ekasmimpi māse kadāci dakkhiṇato, kadāci uttarato dassanato. ^b^‘‘Dvīsu passesū’’^eb^ti idaṃ yebhuyyavasena vuttaṃ. Candassa purato, pacchato, samañca tārakā gacchantiyeva. ^b^Attano ṭhāna^eb^nti attano gamanaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Na vijahanti^eb^ attano vīthiyāva gacchanato. Sūriyassa ujukaṃ gamanassa sīghatā candassa gamanaṃ upādāya veditabbā. ^b^Tiriyaṃ gamanaṃ^eb^ dakkhiṇadisato uttaradisāya, uttaradisato ca dakkhiṇadisāya gamanaṃ ^b^dandhaṃ^eb^ chahi chahi māsehi ijjhanato. ^b^So^eb^ti sūriyo. ^b^Kāḷapakkhauposathato^eb^ti kāḷapakkhe uposathe candena saheva gantvā tato paraṃ. ^b^Pāṭipadadivase^eb^ti sukkapakkhapāṭipadadivase. ^b^Ohāya gacchati^eb^ attano sīghagāmitāya, tassa ca dandhagāmitāya. ^b^Lekhā^eb^^a^V3.0040^ea^^b^viya paññāyati^eb^ pacchimadisāyaṃ. ^b^Yāva uposathadivasā^eb^ti yāva sukkapakkhauposathadivasā. ^b^‘‘Cando anukkamena vaḍḍhitvā’’^eb^ti idaṃ uparibhāgato patitasūriyālokatāya heṭṭhato pavattāya sūriyassa dūrabhāvena divase divase anukkamena parihāyamānāya attano chāyāya vasena anukkamena candamaṇḍalappadesassa vaḍḍhamānassa viya dissamānatāya vuttaṃ, tasmā anukkamena vaḍḍhitvā viya. ^b^Uposathadivase^eb^ puṇṇamāyaṃ ^b^paripuṇṇo hoti,^eb^ paripuṇṇamaṇḍalo hutvā dissatīti attho. ^b^Dhāvitvā gaṇhāti^eb^ candassa dandhagatitāya, attano ca sīghagatitāya. ^b^Anukkamena hāyitvā^eb^ti ettha ‘‘anukkamena ^a^M3.0044^ea^ vaḍḍhitvā’’ti ettha vuttanayena attho ^a^P3.0055^ea^ veditabbo. Tattha pana chāyāya hāyamānatāya maṇḍalaṃ vaḍḍhamānaṃ viya dissati, idha chāyāya vaḍḍhamānatāya maṇḍalaṃ hāyamānaṃ viya dissati.<br/><br/>[03]Yāya vīthiyā sūriye gacchante vassavalāhakā devaputtā sūriyābhitāpasantattā attano vimānato na nikkhamanti, kīḷāpasutā hutvā na vicaranti, tadā kira sūriyassa vimānaṃ pakatimaggato adho otaritvā vicarati, tassa oruyha caraṇeneva candavimānampi adho oruyha carati taggatikattā, tasmā sā vīthi udakābhāvena ajānurūpatāya ^b^‘‘ajavīthī’’^eb^ti samaññaṃ gatā. Yāya pana vīthiyā sūriye gacchante vassavalāhakā devaputtā sūriyābhitāpābhāvato abhiṇhaṃ attano vimānato bahi nikkhamitvā kīḷāpasutā ito cito ca vicaranti, tadā kira sūriyavimānaṃ pakatimaggato uddhaṃ āruhitvā vicarati, tassa uddhaṃ āruyha caraṇeneva candavimānampi uddhaṃ āruyha carati taggatikattā, taggatikatā ca samānagatinā vātamaṇḍalena vimānassa phellitabbattā, tasmā sā vīthi udakabahubhāvena nāgānurūpatāya ^b^‘‘nāgavīthī’’^eb^ti samaññaṃ gatā. Yadā sūriyo uddhamanāruhanto, adho ca anotaranto pakatimaggeneva gacchati, tadā vassavalāhakā yathākālaṃ, yathāruci ca vimānato nikkhamitvā sukhena vicaranti, tena kālena kālaṃ vassanato loke utusamatā hoti, tāya utusamatāya hetubhūtāya sā candimasūriyānaṃ gati gavānurūpatāya ^b^‘‘govīthī’’^eb^ti samaññaṃ gatā. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ajavīthī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ‘‘kati nesaṃ vīthiyo’’ti pañhaṃ vissajjetvā ‘‘kathaṃ vicarantī’’ti pañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ ^b^‘‘candimasūriyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sineruto bahi nikkhamantī^eb^ti sinerusamīpena taṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā gacchantā tato gamanavīthito bahi attano ^a^P3.0056^ea^ tiriyagamanena cakkavāḷābhimukhā nikkhamanti. ^b^Anto vicarantī^eb^ti evaṃ cha māse khaṇe khaṇe sineruto apasakkanavasena tato nikkhamitvā cakkavāḷasamīpaṃ pattā, tatopi cha māse khaṇe khaṇe apasakkanavasena ^a^V3.0041^ea^ nikkhamitvā sinerusamīpaṃ pāpuṇantā anto vicaranti. Idāni tamevatthaṃ saṅkhepena vuttaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘tehī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Sinerussa, cakkavāḷassa ca yaṃ ṭhānaṃ vemajjhaṃ, tassa, sinerussa ca yaṃ ṭhānaṃ vemajjhaṃ, tena gacchantā ^b^‘‘sinerusamīpena^eb^^a^M3.0045^ea^^b^vicarantī’’^eb^ti vuttā, na sinerussa aggāḷindāllīnā. ^b^Cakkavāḷasamīpena caritvā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Majjhenā^eb^ti sinerussa, cakkavāḷassa ca ujukaṃ vemajjhena maggena. ^b^Citramāse majjhenā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekappahārenā^eb^ti ekavelāya, ekeneva vā attano ekappahārena. ^b^Majjhanhiko^eb^ti ṭhitamajjhanhiko kālo ^b^hoti. ^eb^ Tadā hi sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ uggacchantaṃ hutvāpi imasmiṃ dīpe ṭhitassa upaḍḍhameva dissati, uttarakurūsu ṭhitassa ogacchantaṃ hutvā. Evañhi ekavelāyameva tīsu dīpesu ālokakaraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yesu kattikādinakkhattasamaññā, tānipi tārakarūpāni yevāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sesatārakarūpāni cā’’^eb^ti, nakkhattasaññitatārakarūpato avasiṭṭhatārakarūpānīti attho. Ubhayānipi tāni devatānaṃ vasanakavimānānīti veditabbāni. Rā-saddo tiyati chijjati etthāti ^b^ratti,^eb^ sattānaṃ saddassa vūpasamanakāloti attho. Dibbanti sattā kīḷanti jotanti etthāti ^b^divā.^eb^ Sattānaṃ āyuṃ minanto viya siyati antaṃ karotīti ^b^māso.^eb^ Taṃ taṃ kiriyaṃ arati vattetīti ^b^utu.^eb^ Taṃ taṃ sattaṃ, dhammappavattiñca saṅgamma vadanto viya sarati vattetīti ^b^saṃvaccharo.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^122^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vivajjanaṃ ^b^vivajjo,^eb^ so eva ^b^vevajjaṃ,^eb^ vaṇṇassa vevajjaṃ ^a^P3.0057^ea^^b^vaṇṇavevajjaṃ,^eb^ vaṇṇasampattiyā vigamo, tassa pana atthitā ^b^‘‘vaṇṇavevajjatā’’^eb^ti vuttā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vivajjabhāvo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti vaṇṇavantānaṃ sattānaṃ. ^b^Atimānappaccayā^eb^ti dubbaṇṇavambhanavasena atikkamma attano vaṇṇaṃ paṭicca mānapaccayā, mānasampaggaṇhananimittanti attho. Sātisayo raso etissā atthīti ^b^rasāti laddhamānāya, anubhāsiṃsū^eb^ti anurodhavasena bhāsiṃsu. ^b^Lokuppattivaṃsakatha^eb^nti lokuppattivaṃsajaṃ paveṇīkathaṃ, ādikāle uppannaṃ paveṇīāgatakathanti attho. ‘‘Anupatantī’’tipi pāṭho, so evattho.


volume: 27
item: 28
title: rasapathavipātubhāvavaṇṇanā^candimasūriyādipātubhāvavaṇṇanā^bhūmipappaṭakapātubhāvādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^123^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ediso hutvā^eb^ti ahicchattakasadiso hutvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^124^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Padālatā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0046^ea^^a^V3.0042^ea^^b^‘‘padā’’^eb^ti evaṃnāmā ekā latā, sā pana yasmā sampannavaṇṇagandharasā, tasmā ^b^‘‘bhaddalatā’’^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^Nāḷikā^eb^ti nāḷivalli. ^b^Ahāyī^eb^ti nassi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^125^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Akaṭṭhapāko^eb^ti akaṭṭheyeva ṭhāne uppajjitvā paccanako, nīvāro viya sañjāto hutvā nippajjanakoti attho. ^b^Kaṇo^eb^ ‘‘kuṇḍaka’’nti ca vuccati. ^b^Thusa^eb^nti taṇḍulaṃ pariyonandhitvā ṭhitattaco, tadabhāvato ^b^‘‘akaṇo, athuso’’^eb^ti sāli vutto. ^b^‘‘Paṭivirūḷha’’^eb^nti idaṃ pakkabhāvassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. Paṭivirūḷhato hi taṃ pakkanti. Yasmiṃ ṭhāne sāyaṃ pakko sāli gahito, tadeva ṭhānaṃ dutiyadivase pāto pakkena sālinā paripuṇṇaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhatīti āha ^b^‘‘sāyaṃ gahitaṭṭhānaṃ pāto pakkaṃ hotī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Alāyita^eb^nti ^a^P3.0058^ea^ lāyitaṭṭhānampi tesaṃ kammappaccayā alāyitameva ^b^hutvā anūnaṃ^eb^ paripuṇṇameva ^b^paññāyati,^eb^ na kevalaṃ paññāyanameva, atha kho tathābhūtameva hutvā tiṭṭhati.


volume: 27
item: 29
title:
  candimasūriyādipātubhāvavaṇṇanā^bhūmipappaṭakapātubhāvādivaṇṇanā^itthipurisaliṅgādipātubhāvavaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^126^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Manussakāle’’^eb^ti idaṃ pubbe manussabhūtānaṃyeva tattha idāni nikantivasena uppatti hotīti katvā vuttaṃ, devatānampi purimajātiyaṃ itthibhāve ṭhitānaṃ tattha virāgādipurisattappaccaye asati tadā itthiliṅgameva pātubhavati. ^b^Purisattapaccaye^eb^ti ‘‘attanopi anissaratā, sabbakālaṃ parāyattavuttitā, rajassalatā vañcatā, gabbhadhāraṇaṃ, paṭhamāya pakatiyā nihīnapakatitā, sūravīratābhāvo, ‘appakā janā’ti ‘hīḷetabbatā’ti evamādi ādīnavapaccavekkhaṇapubbakampi itthibhāve ‘alaṃ itthibhāvena, na hi itthibhāve ṭhatvā cakkavattisiriṃ, na sakkamārabrahmasiriyo paccanubhavituṃ, na paccekabodhiṃ, na sammāsambodhiṃ adhigantuṃ sakkā’ti evaṃ itthibhāvavirajjanaṃ, ‘yathāvuttāadīnavavirahato uttamapakatibhāvato sampadamidaṃ purisattaṃ nāma seṭṭhaṃ uttamaṃ, ettha ṭhatvā sakkā etā sampattiyo sampāpuṇitu’nti evaṃ purisattabhāve sambhāvanāpubbakaṃ patthanāṭhapanaṃ, ‘tattha ninnapoṇapabbhāracittatā’ti’’ evamādike purisabhāvassa paccayabhūte ^b^dhamme. Pūretvā^eb^ vaḍḍhetvā. Paccakkhaṃ bhūtaṃ, sadisañca diṭṭhadhammikaṃ, samparāyikañca suvipulaṃ anatthaṃ acintetvā purisassa kāmesu micchācaraṇaṃ kevalaṃ itthiyaṃ āsāpatti ^a^M3.0047^ea^ phalenevāti āsāāpatti itthibhāvāvahāpi hotiyeva. Tanninnapoṇapabbhārabhāvena tannikantiyā nimittabhāvāpattitoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘puriso itthattabhāvaṃ labhanto kāmesumicchācāraṃ ^a^P3.0059^ea^ nissāya labhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tadā^eb^ti yathāvutte paṭhamakappikakāle. ^b^Pakatiyā^eb^ti sabhāvena. ^b^Mātugāmassā^eb^ti purimattabhāve mātugāmabhūtassa. ^b^Purisassā^eb^ti etthāpi ‘‘pakatiyā’’ti padaṃ ^a^V3.0043^ea^ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Upanijjhāyata^eb^nti upecca nijjhāyantānaṃ. Yathā aññamaññasmiṃ sārāgo uppajjati, evaṃ sāpekkhabhāvena ^b^olokentānaṃ. Rāgapariḷāho^eb^ti rāgajo pariḷāho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nibbuyhamānāyā^eb^ti pariṇatā hutvā niyyamānāya.


volume: 27
item: 30
title: bhūmipappaṭakapātubhāvādivaṇṇanā^itthipurisaliṅgādipātubhāvavaṇṇanā^methunadhammasamācāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^127^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gomayapiṇḍamattampi nālatthā^eb^ti sammadeva vivāhakammaṃ nālatthāti adhippāyena ^b^vadanti. Pātabyata^eb^nti tasmiṃ asaddhamme kilesakāmena pivitabbataṃ kiñci pivitabbavatthuṃ pivantā viya ativiya tosetvā paribhuñjitabbataṃ ^b^āpajjiṃsu, pātabyata^eb^nti vā paribhuñjanakataṃ ^b^āpajjiṃsu^eb^ upagacchiṃsu. Paribhogattho hi ayaṃ ^b^pā^eb^-saddo, kattusādhano ca ^b^tabya^eb^-saddo, yathāruci paribhuñjiṃsūti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sannidhikāraka^eb^nti sannidhikāraṃ, ^b^ka^eb^-kāro padavaḍḍhanamattanti āha ^b^‘‘sannidhiṃ katvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Apadāna^eb^nti avakhaṇḍanaṃ. ^b^Ekekasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti yattha yattha vahitaṃ, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ekekasmiṃ ṭhāne. ^b^Gumbagumbā^eb^ti puñjapuñjā.


volume: 27
item: 31
title: itthipurisaliṅgādipātubhāvavaṇṇanā^methunadhammasamācāravaṇṇanā^sālivibhāgavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^128^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sīmaṃ ṭhapeyyāmā^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ bhūmibhāgo asukassa, ayaṃ bhūmibhāgo asukassā’’ti evaṃ paricchedaṃ kareyyāma. ^b^Taṃ aggaṃ katvā^eb^ti taṃ ādiṃ katvā.


volume: 27
item: 32
title: methunadhammasamācāravaṇṇanā^sālivibhāgavaṇṇanā^mahāsammatarājavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^130^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pakāsetabba^eb^nti dosavasena pakāsetabbaṃ. ^b^Khipitabba^eb^nti khepaṃ kātabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘hāretabba’’^eb^nti, sattanikāyato nīharitabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nesa^eb^nti ^a^M3.0048^ea^ niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^131^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Akkhara^eb^nti niruttiṃ. Sā hi mahājanena sammatoti niddhāretvā vattabbato nirutti ^a^V3.0044^ea^, tasmiṃyeva nirūḷhabhāvato ^a^P3.0060^ea^, aññattha asañcaraṇato akkharanti ca vuccati, tathā saṅkhātabbato ^b^saṅkhā,^eb^ samaññāyatīti ^b^samaññā,^eb^ paññāpanato ^b^paññatti,^eb^ voharaṇato ^b^vohāro. Uppanno^eb^ti pavatto. ^b^Na kevalaṃ akkharamevā^eb^ti na kevalaṃ samaññākaraṇameva. ^b^Khettasāmino^eb^ti taṃ taṃ bhūmibhāgaṃ pariggahetvā ṭhitasattā. ^b^Tīhi saṅkhehī^eb^ti tividhakiriyābhisaṅkhatehi tīhi saṅkhehi khattiyādīhi tīhi vaṇṇehi pariggahitehi. ‘‘Khattiyānuyantabrāhmaṇagahapatikanegamajānapadehi tīhi gahapatīhi pariggahitehī’’ti ca vadanti. ^b^Agganti ñātenā^eb^ti aggaṃ kulanti ñātena. Khattiyakulañhi loke sabbaseṭṭhaṃ. Yathāha ‘‘khattiyo seṭṭho janetasmiṃ, ye gottapaṭisārino’’ti, (dī. ni. 1.277; 3.140; ma. ni. 2.30; saṃ. ni. 1.182, 245) abhedopacārena pana akkharassa khattiyasaddassapi seṭṭhatāti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘aggaññena akkharenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Idāni abhedopacārena vinā eva atthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘agge vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 33
title: sālivibhāgavaṇṇanā^mahāsammatarājavaṇṇanā^brāhmaṇamaṇḍalādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^132^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yena anārambhabhāvena bāhitākusalā ‘‘brāhmaṇā’’ti vuttā, tameva tāva dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘vītaṅgārā’’tiādi vuttanti tadatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘pacitvā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Tamena^eb^nti vacanavipallāsena niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘te ete’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhisaṅkharontā^eb^ti cittamantabhāvena aññamaññaṃ abhivisiṭṭhe karontā, brāhmaṇākappabhāvena saṅkharontā ca. ^b^Vācentā^eb^ti paresaṃ kathentā, ye tathā ganthe kātuṃ na jānanti. ^b^Acchantī^eb^ti ^a^P3.0061^ea^ āsanti, upavisantīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vasantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Acchentī^eb^ti kālaṃ khepenti. ^b^Hīnasammataṃ^eb^ jhānabhāvanānuyogaṃ chaḍḍetvā ganthe pasutatādīpanato. ^b^Seṭṭhasammataṃ jātaṃ^eb^ ‘‘vedadharā sottiyā subrāhmaṇāti evaṃ seṭṭhasammataṃ jātaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^133^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Methunadhammaṃ samādiyitvā^eb^ti jāyāpatikabhāvena dvayaṃ dvayaṃ nivāsaṃ ajjhupagantvā. ^b^Vāṇijakammādike^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena kasikammādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^134^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Luddācārakammakhuddācārakammunā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0049^ea^ paraviheṭhanādiluddācārakammunā, naḷakāradārukammādikhuddācārakammunā ca. ^b^Sudda^eb^nti ettha ^b^su^eb^-iti sīghatthe nipāto. ^b^Dā^eb^-iti garahaṇattheti āha ^b^‘‘suddaṃ suddaṃ lahuṃ lahuṃ kucchitaṃ gacchantī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^135^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ahū^eb^ti kālavipallāsavasena vuttanti dassento ^b^‘‘hoti kho’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti ^a^V3.0045^ea^ ‘‘imehi kho, vāseṭṭha, catūhi maṇḍalehi samaṇamaṇḍalassa abhinibbatti hotī’’ti iminā vacanena. ^b^Imaṃ dassetī^eb^ti samaṇamaṇḍalaṃ nāma…pe… suddhiṃ pāpuṇantīti imaṃ atthajātaṃ dasseti. Yadi imehi…pe… abhinibbatti hoti, evaṃ sante imāneva cattāri maṇḍalāni padhānāni, samaṇamaṇḍalaṃ appadhānaṃ tato abhinibbattattāti? Nayidamevanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘imānī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Samaṇamaṇḍalaṃ anuvattanti^eb^ guṇehi visiṭṭhabhāvato. Guṇo hi viññūnaṃ anuvattanahetu, na kolaputtiyaṃ, vaṇṇapokkharatā, vākkaraṇamattaṃ vā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhammeneva anuvattanti, no adhammenā’’^eb^ti. So dhammo ca lokuttarova adhippeto, yena saṃsārato visujjhati, tasmā ^b^samaṇamaṇḍala^eb^nti ca sāsanikameva ^a^P3.0062^ea^ samaṇagaṇaṃ vadatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samaṇamaṇḍalañhī’’^eb^tiādi.


volume: 27
item: 34
title: mahāsammatarājavaṇṇanā^brāhmaṇamaṇḍalādivaṇṇanā^duccaritādikathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^136^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Micchādiṭṭhivasena samādinnakammaṃ^eb^ nāma ‘‘ko anubandhitabbo. Ajotaggisoṭṭhimiso’’tiādinā yaññavidhānādivasena pavattitaṃ hiṃsādipāpakammaṃ. ^b^Micchādiṭṭhikammassā^eb^ti ‘‘esa saddhādhigato devayāno, yena yanti puttino visokā’’tiādinā pavattitassa micchādiṭṭhisahagatakammassa. ^b^Samādānaṃ^eb^ tassa tathā pavattanaṃ, tassā vā diṭṭhiyā upagamanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^137^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dvayakārī^eb^ti kusalākusaladvayassa kattā. Tayidaṃ dvayaṃ yasmā ekajjhaṃ nappavattati, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘kālenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ekakkhaṇe ubhayavipākadānaṭṭhānaṃ nāma natthi^eb^ ekasmiṃ khaṇe cittadvayūpasañhitāya sattasantatiyā abhāvato. Yathā pana dvayakārino sukhadukkhapaṭisaṃveditā sambhavati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yena panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Evaṃbhūto^eb^ti vikalāvayavo. Dvepihi kusalākusalakammāni katūpacitāni sabhāvato balavantāneva honti, tasmā maraṇakāle upaṭṭhahanti ^a^M3.0050^ea^. ^b^Tesu akusalaṃ balavataraṃ hoti^eb^ paccayalābhato. Nikantiādayo hi paccayavisesā akusalasseva sabhāgā, na kusalassa, tasmā katūpacitabhāvena samānabalesupi kusalākusalesu paccayalābhena vipaccituṃ laddhokāsatāya kusalato akusalaṃ balavataraṃ hotīti, tathābhūtampi ^b^taṃ^eb^ yathā vipākadāne laddhokāsassa kusalassāpi avasaro hoti, tathā laddhapaccayaṃ paṭisandhidānābhimukhaṃ ^b^kusalaṃ paṭibāhitvā^eb^ paṭisandhiṃ dentaṃ ^b^tiracchānayoniyaṃ nibbattāpetī^eb^ti. ‘‘Akusalaṃ balavataraṃ hotī’’ti ettha ‘‘akusalaṃ ce balavataraṃ hoti, taṃ kusalaṃ paṭibāhitvā’’ti vuttanayeneva atthaṃ vatvā ^a^P3.0063^ea^ tesu kusalaṃ ce balavataraṃ hoti, tañca ^a^V3.0046^ea^ akusalaṃ paṭibāhitvā manussayoniyaṃ nibbattāpeti, akusalaṃ pavattivedanīyaṃ hoti, atha naṃ taṃ kāṇampi karoti khujjampi pīṭhasappimpi kucchirogādīhi vā upaddutaṃ. Evaṃ so pavattiyaṃ nānappakāraṃ dukkhaṃ paccanubhavatīti idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘sukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī hotī’’ti. Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – vuttakāle vā kārena samānabalesu kusalākusalakammesu upaṭṭhahantesu maraṇassa āsannavelāyaṃ yadi balavatarāni kusalajavanāni javanti, yathāupaṭṭhitaṃ akusalaṃ paṭibāhitvā kusalaṃ vuttanayena paṭisandhiṃ deti. Atha balavatarāni akusalajavanāni javanti, yathāupaṭṭhitaṃ kusalaṃ paṭibāhitvā akusalaṃ vuttanayeneva paṭisandhiṃ deti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Ubhinnaṃ kammānaṃ samānabalavabhāvato, paccayantarasāpekkhato cāti, sabbaṃ vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 35
title: brāhmaṇamaṇḍalādivaṇṇanā^duccaritādikathāvaṇṇanā^bodhipakkhiyabhāvanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^138^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bodhi^eb^ vuccati maggasammādiṭṭhi, cattāri ariyasaccāni bujjhatīti katvā, sabhāvato, taṃsabhāvato ca tassā pakkhe bhavāti bodhipakkhiyā, sativīriyādayo dhammā, tesaṃ ^b^bodhipakkhiyānaṃ. Paṭipāṭiyā^eb^ti bodhipakkhiyadesanāpaṭipāṭiyā. ^b^Bhāvanaṃ anugantvā^eb^ti anukkamena pavattaṃ bhāvanaṃ patvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭipajjitvā’’^eb^ti. Saupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā vasena khīṇāsavassa seṭṭhabhāvaṃ lokassa pākaṭaṃ katvā dassetuṃ sakkā, na itarāya sabbaso apaññattibhāvūpagamane tassa ^a^M3.0051^ea^ adassanatoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘parinibbātīti kilesaparinibbānena parinibbāyatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vinivattetvā^eb^ti tato catuvaṇṇato nīharitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^140^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tamevattha^eb^nti ‘‘khīṇāsavova devamanussesu seṭṭho’’ti vuttamevatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Seṭṭhacchedakavādamevā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0064^ea^ jātibrāhmaṇānaṃ seṭṭhabhāvasamucchedakameva kathaṃ. ^b^Dassetvā^eb^ bhāsitvā. ^b^Suttantaṃ vinivattetvā^eb^ti pubbe lokiyadhammasandassanavasena pavattaṃ aggaññasuttaṃ ‘‘sattannaṃ bodhipakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanamanvāyā’’tiādinā tato vinivattetvā nīharitvā tena asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ katvā. ^b^Āvajjantā^eb^ti samannāharantā. ^b^Anumajjantā^eb^ti pubbenāparaṃ atthato vicarantāti.<br/><br/>[06]Aggaññasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 27
item: 36
title: sampasādanīyasuttavaṇṇanā^^sāriputtasīhanādavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^141^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pāvārenti ^a^V3.0047^ea^^a^P3.0065^ea^^a^M3.0052^ea^ sañchādenti sarīraṃ etenāti ^b^pāvāro,^eb^ vatthaṃ. Pāvaraṇaṃ vā ^b^pāvāro,^eb^ ‘‘vatthaṃ dussa’’nti pariyāyasaddā eteti dussameva pāvāro, so etassa bahuvidho anekakoṭippabhedo bhaṇḍabhūto atthīti ^b^dussapāvāriko.^eb^ So kira pubbe daharakāle dussapāvārabhaṇḍameva bahuṃ pariggahetvā vāṇijjaṃ akāsi, tena naṃ seṭṭhiṭṭhāne ṭhitampi ‘‘pāvāriko’’ tveva sañjānanti. ^b^Bhagavatī^eb^ti ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, pakārattho vā, tena bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā therena vuttavacanaṃ sabbaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ‘‘Kasmā evaṃ avocā’’ti tathāvacane kāraṇaṃ pucchitvā ^b^‘‘somanassapavedanattha’’^eb^nti kasmā payojanaṃ vissajjitaṃ, tayidaṃ ambaṃ puṭṭhassa labujaṃ byākaraṇasadisanti? Nayidamevaṃ cintetabbaṃ. Yā hissa therassa tadā bhagavati somanassuppatti, sā niddhāritarūpā kāraṇabhāvena coditā, tasmā evaṃ avocāti, sā eva ca yasmā niddhāritarūpā pavedanavasena bhagavato sammukhā tathāvacanaṃ payojeti, tasmā ‘‘attano uppannasomanassapavedanattha’’nti payojanabhāvena vissajjitaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tasmiṃ somanassapavedane. Vihāre nivāsaparivattanavasena ^b^sunivatthanivāsano. Ābhujitvā^eb^ti ābandhitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samāpattito vuṭṭhāya^eb^ ‘‘aho santo vatāyaṃ ariyavihāro’’ti samāpattisukhapaccavekkhaṇamukhena ^b^attano guṇe anussarituṃ āraddho,^eb^ ārabhitvā ca nesaṃ taṃ taṃ sāmaññavisesavibhāgavasena anussari. Tathā hi ‘‘samādhī’’ti sāmaññato gahitasseva ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhāna’’ntiādinā ^a^P3.0066^ea^ visesavibhāgo, ‘‘paññā’’ti sāmaññato ca gahitasseva ‘‘vipassanāñāṇa’’ntiādinā visesavibhāgo uddhaṭo. ‘‘Lokiyābhiññāsu dibbacakkhuñāṇasseva gahaṇaṃ therassa ^a^V3.0048^ea^ itarehi sātisayanti dassetu’’nti vadanti, pubbenivāsañāṇampi pana ‘‘kappasatasahassādhikassā’’tiādinā kiccavasena dassitameva, lakkhaṇahāravasena vā itaresaṃ pettha gahitatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Atthappabhedassa ^a^M3.0053^ea^ sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ atthe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ ^b^atthapaṭisambhidā.^eb^ Tathā dhammappabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ dhamme pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ ^b^dhammapaṭisambhidā.^eb^ Niruttipabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthānakaraṇasamatthaṃ niruttiyaṃ pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ ^b^niruttipaṭisambhidā.^eb^ Paṭibhānappabhedassa sallakkhaṇavibhāvanavavatthāna karaṇasamatthaṃ paṭibhāne pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ ^b^paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā.^eb^ Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimagge,^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.428) taṃ saṃvaṇṇanāsu (visuddhi. ṭī. 2.428) vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Sāvakavisaye paramukkaṃsagataṃ ñāṇaṃ ^b^sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ^eb^ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ viya sabbañeyyadhammesu. Tassāpi hi visuṃ parikammaṃ nāma natthi, sāvakapāramiyā pana sammadeva paripūritattā aggamaggasamadhigamenevassa samadhigamo hoti. Sabbaññutaññāṇasseva sammāsambuddhānaṃ yāva nisinnapallaṅkā anussaratoti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]Bhagavato sīlaṃ nissāya guṇe anussaritumāraddhoti yojanā. Yasmā guṇānaṃ bahubhāvato nesaṃ ekajjhaṃ āpāthāgamanaṃ natthi, sati ca tasmiṃ anirūpitarūpeneva anussaraṇena bhavitabbaṃ, tasmā thero savisaye ṭhatvā te anupadaṃ sarūpato anussari, anussaranto ca sabbapaṭhamaṃ sīlaṃ anussari, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘bhagavato sīlaṃ nissāyā’’^eb^ti āha, sīlaṃ ārabbhāti attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Yasmā cettha thero ekekavasena ^a^P3.0067^ea^ bhagavato guṇe anussaritvā tato paraṃ catukkapañcakādivasena anussari, tasmā ‘‘cattāro iddhipāde’’ti vatvā tato paraṃ bojjhaṅgabhāvanāsāmaññena indriyesu vattabbesu tāni aggahetvā ^b^‘‘cattāro magge’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Catuyoniparicchedakañāṇaṃ^eb^ mahāsīhanādasutte (ma. ni. 1.152) āgatanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Cattāro ariyavaṃsā^eb^ ariyavaṃsasutte (a. ni. 4.28) āgatanayeneva veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Padhāniyaṅgā^eb^dayo saṅgīti (dī. ni. 3.317) dasuttarasuttesu (dī. ni. 3.355) āgamissanti. ^b^Cha sāraṇīya dhammā^eb^ parinibbānasutte (dī. ni. 2.141) āgatā eva. Sukhaṃ supanādayo (a. ni. 11.15; paṭi. ma. 2.22) ^b^ekādasa^eb^ mettānisaṃsā ^a^M3.0054^ea^. ‘‘Idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasacca’’ntiādinā saṃ. ni. 5.1081, mahāva. 15, paṭi. ma. 2.30) catūsu ariyasaccesu tiparivattavasena āgatā ^b^dvādasa dhammacakkākārā.^eb^ Maggaphalesu pavattāni ^a^V3.0049^ea^ aṭṭha ñāṇāni, cha asādhāraṇañāṇāni cāti ^b^cuddasa buddhañāṇāni. Pañcadasa vimuttiparipācaniyā dhammā^eb^ meghiyasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ (udā. aṭṭha. 31) gahetabbā, ^b^soḷasavidhā ānāpānassati^eb^ ānāpānassatisutte (ma. ni. 3.148), ^b^aṭṭhārasa buddhadhammā^eb^ (mahāni. 69, 156; cūḷani. 85; paṭi. ma. 3.5; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.305) evaṃ veditabbā –<br/><br/>[08]Atītaṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ, anāgataṃse, paccuppannaṃse buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ. Imehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgatassa buddhassa bhagavato sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ, sabbaṃ manokammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatti. Imehi chahi dhammehi samannāgatassa buddhassa bhagavato natthi chandassa hāni, natthi dhammadesanāya hāni, natthi vīriyassa hāni, natthi samādhissa hāni, natthi paññāya hāni, natthi vimuttiyā hāni. Imehi dvādasahi dhammehi samannāgatassa buddhassa bhagavato natthi davā, natthi ravā, natthi apphuṭṭhaṃ, natthi vegāyitattaṃ, natthi abyāvaṭamano, natthi appaṭisaṅkhānupekkhāti.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^a^P3.0068^ea^^b^‘‘natthi davā^eb^ti khiḍḍādhippāyena kiriyā natthi. ^b^Natthi ravā^eb^ti sahasā kiriyā natthī’’ti vadanti. Sahasā pana kiriyā ^b^davā,^eb^ ‘‘aññaṃ karissāmī’’ti aññassa karaṇaṃ ^b^ravā. Natthi apphuṭa^eb^nti ñāṇena aphusitaṃ natthi. ^b^Natthi vegāyitatta^eb^nti turitakiriyā natthi. ^b^Natthi abyāvaṭamano^eb^ti niratthakacittasamudācāro natthi. ^b^Natthi appaṭisaṅkhānupekkhā^eb^ti aññāṇupekkhā natthi. Keci pana ‘‘natthi dhammadesanāya hānī’’ti apaṭhitvā ‘‘natthi chandassa hāni, natthi vīriyassa hāni, natthi satiyā [sattiyā (vibha. mūlaṭī. suttantabhājanīyavaṇṇanā)] hānī’’ti paṭhanti.<br/><br/>[03]Jarāmaraṇādīsu ekādasasu paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu paccekaṃ catusaccayojanāvasena pavattāni ^b^catucattālīsa^eb^ ñāṇāniyeva (saṃ. ni. 2.33) sukhavisesānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhāvato ^b^ñāṇavatthūni.^eb^ Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Yato ^a^M3.0055^ea^ kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako evaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānātī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.33).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jarāmaraṇasamudayo^eb^ti ^a^V3.0050^ea^ cettha jāti adhippetā. Sesapadesu bhavādayo veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Kusalacittuppādesu phassādayo ^b^paropaṇṇāsa kusaladhammā.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti ñāṇaṃ, ‘‘asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇa’’nti ñāṇaṃ, atītampi addhānaṃ ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti ñāṇaṃ, ‘‘asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇa’’nti ñāṇaṃ, anāgatampi addhānaṃ ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti ñāṇaṃ, ‘‘asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇa’’nti ñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Yampi idaṃ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ, tampi khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti ñāṇanti evaṃ ^a^P3.0069^ea^ jarāmaraṇādīsu ekādasasu paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu paccekaṃ satta satta katvā ^b^sattasattati ñāṇavatthūni^eb^ (saṃ. ni. 2.34) veditabbāni. Tattha ^b^yampī^eb^ti chabbidhampi paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ vipassanārammaṇabhāvena ekajjhaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇa^eb^nti chapi ñāṇāni saṅkhipitvā vuttaṃ ñāṇaṃ. ^b^‘‘Khayadhamma’’^eb^ntiādinā pana pakārena pavattañāṇassa dassanaṃ, vipassanādassanato vipassanā paṭivipassanādassanamattamevāti na taṃ ‘‘aṅga’’nti vadanti, pāḷiyaṃ (saṃ. ni. 2.34) pana sabbattha ñāṇavasena aṅgānaṃ vuttattā ^b^‘‘nirodhadhammanti ñāṇa’’^eb^nti ^b^iti^eb^-saddena pakāsetvā vuttaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ sattamaṃ ñāṇanti ayamattho dissati. Na hi yampi idaṃ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ, tampi ñāṇanti sambandho hoti ñāṇaggahaṇena etasmiṃ ñāṇabhāvadassanassa anadhippetattā, ‘‘khayadhammaṃ…pe… nirodhadhamma’’nti etesaṃ sambandhabhāvappasaṅgo cāti. ^b^Catuvīsati…pe… vajirañāṇa^eb^nti ettha keci tāva āhu ‘‘bhagavā devasikaṃ dvādasakoṭisatasahassakkhattuṃ mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, dvādasakoṭisatasahassakkhattumeva ca arahattaphalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, tāsaṃ purecaraṃ, sahavacarañca ñāṇaṃ paṭipakkhehi abhejjataṃ, mahattañca upādāya ^b^mahāvajirañāṇaṃ^eb^ nāma. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –<br/><br/>[08]‘Tathāgataṃ ^a^M3.0056^ea^, bhikkhave, arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ dve vitakkā bahulaṃ samudācaranti – khemo ca vitakko, paviveko ca vitakko’ti (itivu. 38).<br/><br/>[03]Khemavitakko hi bhagavato mahākaruṇāsamāpattiṃ pūretvā ṭhito, pavivekavitakko arahattaphalasamāpattiṃ. Buddhānañhi bhavaṅgaparivāso lahuko, matthakappatto samāpattīsu ^a^P3.0070^ea^ vasībhāvo, tasmā samāpajjanavuṭṭhānāni katipayacittakkhaṇeheva ijjhanti. Pañca rūpāvacarasamāpattiyo catasso arūpasamāpattiyo appamaññāsamāpattiyā saddhiṃ dasa, nirodhasamāpatti, arahattaphalasamāpatti ^a^V3.0051^ea^ cāti dvādasetā samāpattiyo bhagavā paccekaṃ divase divase koṭisatasahassakkhattuṃ purebhattaṃ samāpajjati, tathā pacchābhatta’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ samāpajjitabbasamāpattisañcāritañāṇaṃ ^b^mahāvajirañāṇaṃ^eb^ nāmā’’ti keci.<br/><br/>[03]Apare pana ‘‘yaṃ taṃ bhagavatā abhisambodhidivase pacchimayāme paṭiccasamuppādamukhena paṭilomanayena jarāmaraṇato paṭṭhāya ñāṇaṃ otāretvā anupadadhammavipassanaṃ ārabhantena yathā nāma puriso suviduggaṃ mahāgahanaṃ mahāvanaṃ chindanto antarantarā nisānasilāyaṃ pharasuṃ sunisitaṃ karoti, evameva nisānasilāsadisiyo samāpattiyo antarantarā samāpajjitvā ñāṇassa tikkhavisadasūrabhāvaṃ sampādetuṃ anulomapaṭilomato paccekaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṅgavasena sammasanto divase divase lakkhakoṭilakkhakoṭiphalasamāpattiyo samāpajjati, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘catuvīsati…pe… mahāvajirañāṇaṃ nissāyā’^eb^ti’’. Nanu bhagavato samāpattisamāpajjane parikamme payojanaṃ natthīti? Nayidaṃ ekantikaṃ. Tathā hi vedanāpaṭippaṇāmanādīsu savisesaṃ parikammapubbaṅgamena samāpattiyo samāpajji. Apare pana ‘‘lokiyasamāpattisamāpajjane parikammena payojanaṃ natthi. Lokuttarasamāpattisamāpajjane tajjaṃ parikammaṃ icchitabbamevā’’ti vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Aparamparā’’ti ^a^P3.0071^ea^ padaṃ yesaṃ desanāya atthi, te ^b^aparampariyāva. Kusalapaññattiya^eb^nti kusaladhammānaṃ paññāpane. ^b^Anuttaro^eb^ti uttamo. ^b^Upanissaye ṭhatvā^eb^ti ñāṇūpanissaye ṭhatvā yādiso pubbūpanissayo pubbayogo, ^a^M3.0057^ea^ tattha patiṭṭhāya. ^b^Mahantato saddahati^eb^ paṭipakkhavigamena ñāṇassa viya saddhāyapi tikkhavisadabhāvāpattito. ^b^Avasesārahantehī^eb^ti pakatisāvakehi. ^b^Asīti mahātherā^eb^ paramatthadīpaniyaṃ theragāthāvaṇṇanāyaṃ nāmato uddhaṭā. ^b^Cattāro mahātherā^eb^ti mahākassapānuruddhamahākaccānamahākoṭṭhikattherā. ^b^Tesupi^eb^ aggasāvakesu ^b^sāriputtatthero^eb^ paññāya visiṭṭhabhāvato. ^b^Sāriputtattheratopi eko paccekabuddho^eb^ tikkhavisadañāṇo abhinīhāramahantatāya sambhatañāṇasambhārattā. Satipi paccekabodhiyā avisesesu bahūsu ekajjhaṃ sannipatitesu pubbayogavasena lokiye visaye siyā kassaci ñāṇassa visiṭṭhatāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sace panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Sabbaññubuddhova buddhaguṇe mahantato saddahatī’’^eb^ti idaṃ heṭṭhā āgatadesanāsotavasena vuttaṃ. Buddhā hi buddhaguṇe mahattaṃ paccakkhatova passanti, na saddahanavasena.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni yathāvuttamatthaṃ upamāya vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘seyyathāpi nāmā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Gambhīro uttāno^eb^ti ^a^V3.0052^ea^ gambhīro vā uttāno vāti ^b^jānanatthaṃ. ‘‘Evamevā’’^eb^tiādi yathādassitāya upamāya upameyyena saṃsandanaṃ. Buddhaguṇesu appamattavisayampi lokiyamahājanassa ñāṇaṃ apavattitarūpeneva pavattati anavattitasabhāvattāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ekabyāma…pe… veditabbā’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^a^P3.0072^ea^^b^ñātaudakaṃ viyā^eb^ti pamāṇato ñātaudakaṃ viya. Ariyānaṃ pana tattha attano visaye pavattanakañāṇaṃ pavattitarūpeneva pavattati attano paṭivedhānurūpaṃ, abhinīhārānurūpañca avattitasabhāvattāti dassento ^b^‘‘dasabyāmayottenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha paṭividdhasaccānampi paṭipakkhavidhamanapubbayogavisesavasena ñāṇaṃ sātisayaṃ, mahānubhāvañca hotīti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ sotāpannañāṇassa dasabyāmaudakaṃ opammabhāvena dassetvā tato paresaṃ dasuttaradiguṇadasaguṇāsītiguṇavisiṭṭhaṃ udakaṃ opammaṃ katvā dassitaṃ. Nanu evaṃ sante buddhaguṇā parimitaparicchinnā, therena ca te paricchijja ñātāti āpajjatīti? Nāpajjatīti dassento ^b^‘‘tattha yathā so puriso’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^so puriso^eb^ti so caturāsītibyāmasahassappamāṇena yottena caturāsītibyāmasahassaṭṭhāne mahāsamudde udakaṃ minitvā ṭhito puriso. So hi therassa upamābhāvena gahito. ^b^Dhammanvayenā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0058^ea^ anumānañāṇena. Tañhi siddhaṃ dhammaṃ anugantvā pavattanato ‘‘dhammanvayo’’ti vuccati, tathā anvayavasena atthassa bujjhanato ^b^anvayabuddhi,^eb^ anumeyyaṃ anuminotīti ^b^anumānaṃ,^eb^ nidassane diṭṭhanayena anumeyyaṃ gaṇhātīti ^b^‘‘nayaggāho’’^eb^ti ca vuccati. Tenāha ‘‘dhammanvayenā’’tiādi. Svāyaṃ dhammanvayo na yassa kassaci hoti, atha kho tathārūpassa aggasāvakassevāti āha ^b^‘‘sāvakapāramiñāṇe ṭhatvā’’^eb^ti. Yadi thero buddhaguṇe ekadesato paccakkhe katvā tadaññe nayaggāhena gaṇhi, nanu evaṃ sante buddhaguṇā parimitaparicchinnā āpannāti? Nayidaṃ evanti dassento ^b^‘‘anantā aparimāṇā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Saddahatī’’ti vatvā puna tamevatthaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘therena hi…pe… bahutarā’’^eb^ti āha. Kathaṃ panāyamattho evaṃ daṭṭhabboti evaṃ adhippāyabhedakaṃ upamāya saññāpetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā kathaṃ viyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ ‘‘upamāyamidhekacce ^a^P3.0073^ea^ viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.67) ^b^ito nava ito navā^eb^ti ito majjhaṭṭhānato yāva dakkhiṇatīrā nava ito majjhaṭṭhānato yāva uttaratīrā nava. Idāni yathāvuttamatthaṃ suttena samatthetuṃ ^b^‘‘buddhopī’’^eb^ti gāthamāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yamakayugaḷamahānadīmahogho viyā^eb^ti dvinnaṃ ekato samāgatattā yugaḷabhūtānaṃ mahānadīnaṃ mahogho viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anucchavikaṃ^eb^^a^V3.0053^ea^^b^katvā^eb^ti yoyaṃ mama pasādo buddhaguṇe ārabbha ogāḷho hutvā uppanno, taṃ anucchavikaṃ anurūpaṃ katvā. ^b^Paṭiggahetuṃ^eb^ sampaṭicchituṃ añño koci ^b^na sakkhissati^eb^ yāthāvato anavabujjhanato. ^b^Paṭiggahetuṃ sakkoti^eb^ tassa hetuto, paccayato, sabhāvato, kiccato, phalato sammadeva paṭivijjhanato. ^b^Pūratta^eb^nti puṇṇabhāvo. ^b^Paggharaṇakāle^eb^ti vikiraṇakāle, patanakāleti attho. ^b^‘‘Pasanno’’^eb^ti iminā pasādassa vattamānatā dīpitāti ^b^‘‘uppannasaddho’’^eb^ti imināpi saddhāya paccuppannatā pakāsitāti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ saddahāmīti attho’’^eb^ti. Abhiññāyatīti ^b^abhiñño,^eb^ adhiko abhiñño ^b^bhiyyobhiñño,^eb^ so eva atisayavacanicchāvasena ^b^‘‘bhiyyobhiññataro’’^eb^ti vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘bhiyyataro abhiññāto’’^eb^ti. Dutiyavikappe pana abhijānātīti ^b^abhiññā,^eb^ abhivisiṭṭhā paññā, bhiyyo abhiññā ^a^M3.0059^ea^ etassāti ^b^bhiyyobhiñño,^eb^ so eva atisayavacanicchāvasena ^b^bhiyyobhiññataro,^eb^ svāyamassa atisayo abhiññāya bhiyyobhāvakatoti āha ^b^‘‘bhiyyatarābhiñño vā’’^eb^ti. Sambujjhati etāyāti ^b^sambodhi,^eb^ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, aggamaggañāṇañca. Sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānañhi aggamaggañāṇaṃ, aggamaggañāṇapadaṭṭhānañca sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ sambodhi nāma. Tattha padhānavasena tadatthadassane ^a^P3.0074^ea^ paṭhamavikappo, padaṭṭhānavasena dutiyavikappo. Kasmā panettha arahattamaggañāṇasseva gahaṇaṃ, nanu heṭṭhimānipi bhagavato maggañāṇāni savāsanameva yathāsakaṃ paṭipakkhavidhamanavasena pavattāni. Savāsanappahānañhi ñeyyāvaraṇappahānanti? Saccametaṃ, taṃ pana aparipuṇṇaṃ paṭipakkhavidhamanassa vippakatabhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘arahattamaggañāṇe vā’’^eb^ti. Aggamaggavasena cettha ariyānaṃ bodhittayapāripūrīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘arahattamaggeneva hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Nippadesā^eb^ti anavasesā. ^b^Gahitā hontī^eb^ti arahattamaggena gahitena adhigatena gahitā adhigatā honti. ^b^Sabba^eb^nti tehi adhigantabbaṃ. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti sambodhinā sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānena arahattamaggañāṇena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^142^eb^^b^.^eb^ Khādanīyānaṃ uḷāratā sātarasānubhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘madhure āgacchatī’’^eb^ti. Pasaṃsāya uḷāratā visiṭṭhabhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘seṭṭhe’’^eb^ti, obhāsassa uḷāratā mahantabhāvenāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vipule’’^eb^ti. Usabhassa ayanti ^b^āsabhī,^eb^ idha pana āsabhī viyāti ^b^āsabhī.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘usabhassa vācāsadisī’’^eb^ti. Yena pana guṇenassā taṃsadisatā, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘acalā asampavedhī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yato kutoci anussavanaṃ ^b^anussavo.^eb^ Vijjāṭṭhānesu kataparicayānaṃ ācariyānaṃ taṃ tamatthaṃ viññāpentī paveṇī ^b^ācariyaparamparā.^eb^ Kevalaṃ attano matiyā ‘‘itikira evaṃkirā’’ti parikappanā ^b^itikira.^eb^ Piṭakassa ganthassa sampadānato sayaṃ sampadānabhāvena gahaṇaṃ ^b^piṭakasampadānaṃ. ^eb^ Yathāsutānaṃ atthānaṃ ākārassa parivitakkanaṃ ^b^ākāraparivitakko. ^eb^ Tatheva ‘‘evameta’’nti diṭṭhiyā nijjhānakkhamanaṃ ^b^diṭṭhinijjhānakkhanti.^eb^ Āgamādhigamehi ^a^V3.0054^ea^ vinā takkamaggaṃ nissāya takkanaṃ ^b^takko.^eb^ Anumānavidhiṃ nissāya ^b^nayaggāho. ^eb^ Yasmā buddhavisaye ^a^P3.0075^ea^ ṭhatvā bhagavato ayaṃ therassa codanā, therassa ca so avisayo, tasmā ^b^‘‘paccakkhato ñāṇena paṭivijjhitvā viyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sīhanādo viyāti ^b^sīhanādo,^eb^ taṃsadisatā cassa seṭṭhabhāvena, so ^a^M3.0060^ea^ cettha evaṃ veditabboti dassento ^b^‘‘sīhanādo’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Neva dandhāyantenā^eb^ti na mandāyantena. ^b^Na bhaggarāyantenā^eb^ti aparisaṅkantena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anuyogadāpanattha^eb^nti anuyogaṃ sodhāpetuṃ. Vimaddakkhamañhi sīhanādaṃ nadanto atthato tattha anuyogaṃ sodheti nāma. Anuyuñjanto ca naṃ sodhāpeti nāma. ^b^Dātu^eb^nti sodhetuṃ. Keci ‘‘dānattha’’nti atthaṃ vadanti, tadayuttaṃ. Na hi yo sīhanādaṃ nadati, so eva tattha anuyogaṃ detīti yujjati. ^b^Nighaṃsana^eb^nti vimaddanaṃ. ^b^Dhamamāna^eb^nti tāpayamānaṃ, ^b^tāpana^eb^ñcettha gaggariyā dhamāpanasīsena vadati. ^b^Sabbe te^eb^ti sabbe te atīte niruddhe sammāsambuddhe, tenetaṃ dasseti – ye te ahesuṃ atītaṃ addhānaṃ tava abhinīhārato oraṃ sammāsambuddhā, tesaṃ tāva sāvakañāṇagocare dhamme paricchindanto mārādayo viya buddhānaṃ lokiyacittacāraṃ tvaṃ jāneyyāsi. Ye pana te abbhatītā tato parato chinnavaṭumā chinnapapañcā pariyādiṇṇavaṭṭā sabbadukkhavītivattā sammāsambuddhā, tesaṃ sabbesampi sāvakañāṇassa avisayabhūte dhamme kathaṃ jānissasīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anāgatabuddhānaṃ panā^eb^ti ^b^pana^eb^-saddo visesatthajotano, tena atītesu tāva khandhānaṃ bhūtapubbattā tattha siyā ñāṇassa savisaye gati, anāgatesu pana sabbaso asañjātesu kathanti imamatthaṃ joteti. Tenāha ‘‘anāgatāpī’’tiādi ^a^P3.0076^ea^. ‘‘Cittena paricchinditvā viditā’’ti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu atītānāgate sattāhe eva pavattaṃ cittaṃ cetopariyañāṇassa visayo, na tato paranti? Nayidaṃ cetopariyañāṇakiccavasena vuttaṃ, atha kho pubbenivāsānāgataṃsañāṇavasena vuttaṃ, tasmā nāyaṃ doso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Viditaṭṭhāne na karoti^eb^ sikkhāpadeneva tādisassa paṭikkhepassa paṭikkhittattā, setughātato ca. Kathaṃ pana thero dvayasambhave paṭikkhepameva akāsi, na vibhajja byākāsīti āha ^b^‘‘thero kirā’’^eb^tiādi. Pāraṃ pariyantaṃ minotīti ^b^pāramī,^eb^ sā eva ñāṇanti ^b^pāramiñāṇaṃ,^eb^ sāvakānaṃ pāramiñāṇaṃ ^b^sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ,^eb^ tasmiṃ. Sāvakānaṃ ukkaṃsapariyantagate jānane nāyaṃ anuyogo, atha kho ^b^sabbaññutaññāṇe^eb^ sabbaññutāya jānane. Keci pana ^b^‘‘sāvakapāramiñāṇe^eb^ti sāvakapāramiñāṇavisaye’’ti atthaṃ vadanti. Tathā sesapadesupi. ^b^Sīla^eb^^a^V3.0055^ea^^b^..pe… samattha^eb^nti sīlasamādhipaññāvimuttisaṅkhātakāraṇānaṃ ^a^M3.0061^ea^ jānanasamatthaṃ. Buddhasīlādayo hi buddhānaṃ buddhakiccassa, parehi ‘‘buddhā’’ti jānanassa ca kāraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^143^eb^^b^.^eb^ Anumānañāṇaṃ viya saṃsayapiṭṭhikaṃ ahutvā ‘‘idamida’’nti yathāsabhāvato ñeyyaṃ dhāreti nicchinotīti ^b^dhammo,^eb^ paccakkhañāṇanti āha ^b^‘‘dhammassa paccakkhato ñāṇassā’’^eb^ti. Anuetīti ^b^anvayo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘anuyogaṃ anugantvā’’^eb^ti. Paccakkhasiddhañhi atthaṃ anugantvā anumānañāṇassa pavatti diṭṭhena adiṭṭhassa anumānanti veditabbo. Vidite vedakampi ñāṇaṃ atthato viditameva hotīti ^b^‘‘anumānañāṇaṃ nayaggāho vidito’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Vidito^eb^ti viddho paṭiladdho, adhigatoti attho. ^b^Appamāṇo^eb^ti aparimāṇo mahāvisayattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘apariyanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti apariyantattā, tena vā apariyantena ñāṇena, eteneva thero yaṃ yaṃ anumeyyamatthaṃ ñātukāmo ^a^P3.0077^ea^ hoti, tattha tatthassa asaṅgamappaṭihaṭānumānañāṇaṃ pavattatīti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘so iminā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^iminā^eb^ti iminā kāraṇena. Pākārassa thirabhāvaṃ uddhamuddhaṃ āpetīti ^b^uddhāpaṃ,^eb^ pākāramūlaṃ. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena pākāradvārabandhaparikhādīnaṃ saṅgaho veditabbo. Paccante bhavaṃ ^b^paccantimaṃ.^eb^ Paṇḍitadovārikaṭṭhāniyaṃ katvā thero attānaṃ dassetīti dassento ^b^‘‘ekadvāranti kasmā āhā’’^eb^ti codanaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Yassā paññāya vasena puriso ‘‘paṇḍito’’ti vuccati, taṃ ^b^paṇḍicca^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘paṇḍiccena samannāgato’’^eb^ti. Taṃtaṃitikattabbatāsu chekabhāvo byattabhāvo ^b^veyyattiyaṃ.^eb^ Medhati sammosaṃ hiṃsati vidhamatīti ^b^medhā,^eb^ sā etassa atthīti ^b^medhāvī.^eb^ Ṭhāne ṭhāne uppatti etissā atthīti ^b^ṭhānuppattikā,^eb^ ṭhānaso uppajjanakapaññā. Anupariyāyanti etenāti ^b^anupariyāyo,^eb^ so eva pathoti ^b^anupariyāyapatho,^eb^ parito pākārassa anusaṃyāyanamaggo. Pākārabhāgā sandhātabbā etthāti ^b^pākārasandhi,^eb^ pākārassa phullitappadeso. So pana heṭṭhimantena dvinnampi iṭṭhakānaṃ vigamena evaṃ vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘dvinnaṃ iṭṭhakānaṃ apagataṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Chinnaṭṭhāna^eb^nti chinnabhinnappadeso, chinnaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Tañhi ‘‘vivara’’nti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kiliṭṭha^eb^nti malīnaṃ. ^b^Upatāpentī^eb^ti kilesapariḷāhena santāpenti. ^b^Vibādhentī^eb^ti pīḷenti. Uppannāya paññāya nīvaraṇehi na kiñci kātuṃ sakkāti āha ^b^‘‘anuppannāya paññāya uppajjituṃ na dentī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti paccayūpaghātena ^a^M3.0062^ea^ uppajjituṃ appadānato. ^b^Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suṭṭhu ṭhapitacittā^eb^ti catubbidhāyapi ^a^P3.0078^ea^ satipaṭṭhānabhāvanāya sammadeva ṭhapitacittā. ^b^Yathāsabhāvena bhāvetvā^eb^ti aviparītasabhāvena yathā paṭipakkhā samucchijjanti, evaṃ bhāvetvā.<br/><br/>[03]Purimanaye ^a^V3.0056^ea^ satipaṭṭhānāni, bojjhaṅgā ca missakā adhippetāti tato aññathā vattuṃ ^b^‘‘apicetthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Missakā^eb^ti samathavipassanāmaggavasena missakā. ‘‘Catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā’’tiādito vuttattā ^b^satipaṭṭhāne vipassanāti gahetvā^eb^ ‘‘satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā’’ti vuttattā, maggapariyāpannānaṃyeva ca nesaṃ nippariyāyabojjhaṅgabhāvato, tesu ca sabbaso adhigatesu lokanāthena sabbaññutaññāṇampi adhigatameva hotīti ^b^‘‘bojjhaṅge maggo, sabbaññutaññāṇañcāti gahite sundaro pañho bhaveyyā’’^eb^ti mahāsivatthero āha, ^b^na panevaṃ gahitaṃ^eb^ porāṇehīti adhippāyo. ^b^Itī^eb^ti vuttappakāraparāmasanaṃ. ^b^Thero^eb^ti sāriputtatthero.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tesu paccantanagarādīsu. ^b^Nagaraṃ viya nibbānaṃ^eb^ tadatthikehi upagantabbato, upagatānañca parissayarahitasukhādhigamanaṭṭhānato. ^b^Pākāro viya sīlaṃ^eb^ tadupagatānaṃ parito ārakkhabhāvato. ^b^Pariyāyapatho viya hirī^eb^ sīlapākārassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘pariyāyapathoti kho bhikkhu hiriyā etaṃ adhivacana’’nti. ^b^Dvāraṃ viya ariyamaggo^eb^ nibbānanagarappavesanāñjasabhāvato. ^b^Paṇḍitadovāriko viya dhammasenāpati^eb^ nibbānanagarapaviṭṭhapavisanakānaṃ sattānaṃ sallakkhaṇato. ^b^Dinno^eb^ti dāpito, sodhitoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^144^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nipphattidassanattha^eb^nti ^a^P3.0079^ea^ siddhidassanatthaṃ, adhigamadassanatthanti attho. ^b^‘‘Pañcanavutipāsaṇḍe’’^eb^ti idaṃ yasmā thero paribbājako hutvā tato pubbeva nibbānapariyesanaṃ caramāno te te pāsaṇḍino upasaṅkamitvā nibbānaṃ pucchi, te nāssa cittaṃ ārādhesuṃ, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Te pana pāsaṇḍā heṭṭhā vuttā eva. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti tassayeva bhāgineyyassa desiyamānāya desanāya. Parassa vaḍḍhitaṃ bhattaṃ bhuñjanto viya ^b^sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ hatthagataṃ akāsi^eb^ adhigacchi. ^b^Uttaruttara^eb^nti heṭṭhimassa heṭṭhimassa uttaraṇato atikkamanato uttaruttaraṃ, tato eva padhānabhāvaṃ pāpitatāya ^a^M3.0063^ea^^b^paṇītapaṇītaṃ. Uttaruttara^eb^nti vā uparūpari. ^b^Paṇītapaṇīta^eb^nti paṇītataraṃ, paṇītatamañcāti attho. ^b^Kaṇha^eb^nti kāḷakaṃ saṃkilesadhammaṃ. ^b^Sukka^eb^nti odātaṃ vodānadhammaṃ. ^b^Savipakkhaṃ katvā^eb^ti pahātabbapahāyakabhāvadassanavasena yathākkamaṃ ubhayaṃ savipakkhaṃ katvā. ‘‘Ayaṃ kaṇhadhammo, imassa ayaṃ pahāyako’’ti evaṃ ^b^kaṇhaṃ paṭibāhitvā^eb^ desanāvasena nīharitvā ^b^sukkaṃ,^eb^ ‘‘ayaṃ sukkadhammo, iminā ayaṃ pahātabbo’’ti evaṃ ^b^sukkaṃ paṭibāhitvā kaṇhaṃ.^eb^^b^Saussāha^eb^nti phaluppādanasamatthatāvasena sabyāpāraṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘savipāka’’^eb^nti. Vipākadhammanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ^eb^^a^V3.0057^ea^^b^desite dhamme^eb^ti tasmiṃ vuttanayena bhagavā tumhehi desite dhamme ^b^ekaccaṃ dhammaṃ nāma sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ jānitvā^eb^ paṭivijjhitvā. Taṃjānane hi vutte catusaccadhammajānanaṃ avuttasiddhanti. ^b^‘‘Catusaccadhammesū’’^eb^ti idaṃ porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttākāradassanaṃ. Vipakkho pana parato āgamissati. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘dhammesu niṭṭhaṃ agama’’nti etasmiṃ pade. ^b^Therasallāpo^eb^ti therānaṃ sallāpasadiso vinicchayavādo ^a^P3.0080^ea^. ^b^Kāḷavallavāsī^eb^ti kāḷavallavihāravāsī. ^b^Idānī^eb^ti etarahi ‘‘idāhaṃ bhante’’tiādivacanakāle. ^b^Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne^eb^ti ‘‘dhammesu niṭṭhaṃ agama’’nti imasmiṃ padese, imasmiṃ vā niṭṭhānakāraṇabhūte yoniso parivitakkane. ‘‘Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne buddhaguṇesu niṭṭhaṅgato’’ti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu sāvakapāramiñāṇasamadhigatakāle eva thero buddhaguṇesu niṭṭhaṅgatoti? Saccametaṃ, idāni pana taṃ pākaṭaṃ jātanti evaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabba^eb^nti ‘‘catusaccadhammesū’’tiādi sumattherena vuttaṃ sabbaṃ. ^b^Arahatte niṭṭhaṅgato^eb^ti etthāpi vuttanayeneva anuyogaparihārā veditabbā. Yadipi dhammasenāpati ‘‘sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ mayā samadhigata’’nti ito pubbepi jānātiyeva, idāni pana asaṅkhyeyyāparimeyyabhede buddhaguṇe nayaggāhavasena pariggahetvā kiccasiddhiyā tasmiṃ ñāṇe niṭṭhaṅgato ahosīti dassento ^b^‘‘mahāsivatthero…pe… dhammesūti sāvakapāramiñāṇe niṭṭhaṅgato’’^eb^ti avoca.<br/><br/>[03]Buddhaguṇā pana nayato āgatā, te nayaggāhato yāthāvato jānanto sāvakapāramiñāṇe tathājānanavasena niṭṭhaṅgatattā sāvakapāramiñāṇameva tassa aparāparuppattivasena, tena tena bhāvetabbakiccabahutāvasena ca ^b^‘‘dhammesū’’^eb^ti puthuvacanena vuttaṃ. Anantāparimeyyānaṃ anaññavisayānaṃ ^a^M3.0064^ea^ buddhaguṇānaṃ nayato pariggaṇhanena therassa sātisayo bhagavati pasādo uppajjatīti āha ^b^‘‘bhiyyosomattāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Suṭṭhu akkhāto’’ti vatvā taṃ evassa suṭṭhu akkhātataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘niyyāniko maggo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Svākkhātatā hi dhammassa yadatthaṃ desito, tadatthasādhanena veditabbā. ^b^Phalatthāya niyyātī^eb^ti anantaravipākattā, attano uppattisamanantarameva phalanipphādanavasena pavattatīti attho. Vaṭṭacārakato niyyātīti vā ^b^niyyāniko,^eb^ niyyānasīloti vā. ^b^Rāgadosamohanimmadanasamattho^eb^ti idhāpi ^a^P3.0081^ea^ ‘‘pasannosmi bhagavatīti dassetī’’ti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Vaṅkādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena jimhakuṭile, aññe ca paṭipattidose saṅgaṇhāti. Bhagavā tumhākaṃ buddhasubuddhatā viya dhammasudhammatā, saṅghasuppaṭipatti ca dhammesu niṭṭhaṅgamanena sāvakapāramiñāṇe niṭṭhaṅgatattā mayhaṃ suṭṭhu vibhūtā supākaṭā jātāti dassento thero ‘‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṅghoti pasīdi’’nti avoca.


volume: 27
item: 37
title: ^sāriputtasīhanādavaṇṇanā^kusaladhammadesanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^145^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anuttarabhāvo^eb^ti ^a^V3.0058^ea^ seṭṭhabhāvo. Anuttaro bhagavā yena guṇena, so anuttarabhāvo, taṃ ^b^anuttariyaṃ.^eb^ Yasmā tassāpi guṇassa kiñci uttaritaraṃ natthi eva, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘sā tumhākaṃ desanā anuttarāti vadatī’’ti. ^b^Kusalesu dhammesū^eb^ti kusaladhammanimittaṃ. Nimittatthe hi etaṃ bhummaṃ, tasmā kusaladhammadesanāhetupi bhagavāva anuttaroti attho. ^b^Bhūmiṃ dassento^eb^ti visayaṃ dassento. Kusaladhammadesanāya hi kusalā dhammā visayo. ^b^Vuttapade^eb^ti ‘‘kusalesu dhammesū’’ti evaṃ vuttavākye, evaṃ vā vuttadhammakoṭṭhāse. ‘‘Pañcadhā’’ti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu chekaṭṭhenapi kusalaṃ icchitabbaṃ ‘‘kusalo tvaṃ rathassa aṅgapaccaṅgāna’’ntiādīsūti (ma. ni. 2.87)? Saccametaṃ, so pana chekaṭṭho kosallasambhūtaṭṭheneva saṅgahitoti visuṃ na gahito. ‘‘Kacci nu bhoto kusalaṃ, kacci bhoto anāmaya’’nti (jā. 1.15.146; 2.22.2008) ^b^jātake^eb^ āgatattā ^b^‘‘jātakapariyāyaṃ patvā ārogyaṭṭhena kusalaṃ vaṭṭatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Taṃ ^a^P3.0082^ea^ kiṃ maññatha, gahapatayo, ime dhammā kusalā vā akusalā vā sāvajjā vā anavajjā vā’’tiādīsu suttapadesesu ‘‘kusalā’’ti vuttadhammā eva ‘‘anavajjā’’ti vuttāti ^a^M3.0065^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘suttantapariyāyaṃ patvā anavajjaṭṭhena kusalaṃ vaṭṭatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhidhamme^eb^ ‘‘kosalla’’nti paññā āgatāti yonisomanasikārahetukassa kusalassa ^b^kosallasammūtaṭṭho,^eb^ darathābhāvadīpanato ^b^niddarathaṭṭho,^eb^ ‘‘kusalassa katattā upacitattā’’ti vatvā iṭṭhavipākaniddisanato ^b^sukhavipākaṭṭho^eb^ ca abhidhammanayasiddhoti āha ^b^‘‘abhidhamma…pe… vipākaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bāhitikasutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 2.358) bhagavato kāyasamācārādike vaṇṇentena dhammabhaṇḍāgārikena ‘‘yo kho mahārāja kāyasamācāro anavajjo’’ti kusalo kāyasamācāro rañño pasenadissa vutto. Na hi bhagavato sukhavipākakammaṃ atthīti sabbasāvajjarahitā kāyasamācārādayo ‘‘kusalā’’ti vuttā, idha pana ‘‘kusalesu dhammesū’’ti bodhipakkhiyadhammā ‘‘kusalā’’ti vuttā, te ca samathavipassanā maggasampayuttā ekantena sukhavipākā evāti avajjarahitatāmattaṃ upādāya anavajjattho kusala-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ pana…pe… daṭṭhabba’’^eb^nti. Evañca katvā ‘‘phalasatipaṭṭhānaṃ pana idha anadhippeta’’nti idañca vacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti savipākasseva gahaṇanti katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Cuddasavidhenā’’^eb^tiādi satipaṭṭhāne (dī. ni. 2.376; ma. ni. 1.109) vuttanayena veditabbaṃ. ^b^Paggahaṭṭhenā^eb^ti kusalapakkhassa paggaṇhanasabhāvena. ^b^Kiccavasenā^eb^ti anuppannākusalānuppādanādikiccavasena. Tato eva cassa catubbidhatā. ^b^Ijjhanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti nippajjanasabhāvena. ^a^V3.0059^ea^ Chandādayo eva iddhipādesu visiṭṭhasabhāvā, itare avisiṭṭhā, tesampi viseso chandādikatoti āha ^b^‘‘chandādivasena nānāsabhāvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhimokkhādisabhāvavasenā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0083^ea^ pasādādhimokkhādisalakkhaṇavasena. ^b^Upatthambhanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti sampayuttadhammānaṃ upatthambhanakabhāvena. ^b^Akampiyaṭṭhenā^eb^ti paṭipakkhehi akampiyasabhāvena. ^b^Salakkhaṇenā^eb^ti adhimokkhādisabhāvena. ^b^Niyyānaṭṭhenā^eb^ti saṃkilesapakkhato, vaṭṭacārakato ca niggamanaṭṭhena. ^b^Upaṭṭhānādinā^eb^ti upaṭṭhānadhammavicayapaggahasampiyāyanapassambhanasamādhānājjhupekkhanasaṅkhātena attano sabhāvena. ^b^Hetuṭṭhenā^eb^ti nibbānassa sampāpakahetubhāvena. ^b^Dassanādinā^eb^ti dassanābhiniropanapariggahasamuṭṭhāpanavodāpanapaggahupaṭṭhānasamādhānasaṅkhātena attano sabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sāsanassa^eb^^a^M3.0066^ea^^b^pariyosānadassanattha^eb^nti sāsanaṃ nāma nippariyāyato sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhiyadhammā. Tattha ye samathavipassanāsahagatā, te sāsanassa ādi, maggapariyāpannā majjhe, phalabhūtā pariyosānaṃ, taṃdassanatthaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sāsanassa hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Puna ^b^etadānuttariyaṃ bhante^eb^ti yathāraddhāya desanāya nigamanaṃ. Vuttasseva atthassa puna vacanañhi nigamanaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Taṃ desana^eb^nti taṃ kusalesu dhammesu desanāppakāraṃ, desanāvidhiṃ, desetabbañca, ^b^sakalaṃ^eb^ vā sampuṇṇaṃ anavasesaṃ ^b^abhijānāti^eb^ abhivisiṭṭhena ñāṇena jānāti, ^b^asesaṃ abhijānanato^eb^ eva ^b^uttari^eb^ upari ^b^abhiññeyyaṃ natthi. Ito^eb^ti bhagavatā abhiññātato. ^b^Añño^eb^ paramatthavasena ^b^dhammo vā^eb^ paññattivasena ^b^puggalo vā^eb^ ayaṃ nāma yaṃ bhagavā na jānātīti idaṃ natthi na upalabbhati sabbasseva sammadeva tumhehi abhiññātattā. ^b^Kusalesu dhammesu^eb^ abhijānane, desanāyañca ^b^bhagavato uttaritaro natthi.^eb^


volume: 27
item: 38
title: sāriputtasīhanādavaṇṇanā^kusaladhammadesanāvaṇṇanā^āyatanapaṇṇattidesanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^146^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āyatanapaññāpanāsū^eb^ti cakkhādīnaṃ, rūpādīnañca āyatanānaṃ ^a^P3.0084^ea^ sambodhanesu, tesaṃ ajjhattikabāhiravibhāgato, sabhāgavibhāgato, samudayato, atthaṅgamato, āhārato, ādīnavato, nissaraṇato ca desanāyanti attho.


volume: 27
item: 39
title: kusaladhammadesanāvaṇṇanā^āyatanapaṇṇattidesanāvaṇṇanā^gabbhāvakkantidesanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^147^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gabbhokkamanesū^eb^ti ^a^V3.0060^ea^ gabbhabhāvena mātukucchiyaṃ avakkamanesu anuppavesesu, gabbhe vā mātukucchismiṃ avakkamanesu. ^b^Pavisatī^eb^ti paccayavasena tattha nibbattento pavisanto viya hotīti katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Ṭhātī^eb^ti santānaṭṭhitiyā pavattati, tathābhūto ca tattha vasanto viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘vasatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pakatilokiyamanussānaṃ paṭhamā gabbhāvakkantī^eb^ti pacuramanussānaṃ gabbhāvakkanti desanāvasena idha paṭhamā. ^b^‘‘Dutiyā gabbhāvakkantī’’^eb^tiādīsupi evaṃ yojanā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Alamevā^eb^ti yuttameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khipituṃ^eb^^a^M3.0067^ea^^b^na sakkontī^eb^ti tathā vātānaṃ anuppajjanameva vadati. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti puna ‘‘etadānuttariya’’tiādi pāṭhappadesaṃ vadati.


volume: 27
item: 40
title: āyatanapaṇṇattidesanāvaṇṇanā^gabbhāvakkantidesanāvaṇṇanā^ādesanavidhādesanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^148^eb^^b^.^eb^ Parassa cittaṃ ādisati etehīti ^b^ādesanāni,^eb^ yathāupaṭṭhitanimittādīni, tāni eva aññamaññassa asaṃkiṇṇarūpena ṭhitattā ^b^ādesanavidhā,^eb^ ādesanābhāgā, tāsu ^b^ādesanavidhāsu.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘ādesanakoṭṭhāsesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Āgatanimittenā^eb^ti yassa ādisati, tassa, attano ca upagatanimittena, nimittappattassa lābhālābhādiādisanavidhidassanassa pavattattā ^b^‘‘idaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘evampi te mano’’tiādinā parassa cittādisanameva āgataṃ, taṃ nidassanamattaṃ katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā hi ‘‘idaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’ti vuttasseva atthassa vibhāvanavasena vatthu āgataṃ. ^b^Gatanimittaṃ^eb^ nāma gamananimittaṃ. ^b^Ṭhitanimittaṃ^eb^^a^P3.0085^ea^ nāma attano samīpe ṭhānanimittaṃ, parassa gamanavasena, ṭhānavasena ca gahetabbanimittaṃ. ^b^Manussānaṃ^eb^ paracittavidūnaṃ, itaresampi vā savanavasena parassa cittaṃ ñatvā kathentānaṃ ^b^saddaṃ sutvā. Yakkhapisācādīna^eb^nti hiṅkārayakkhānañceva kaṇṇapisācādipisācānaṃ, kumbhaṇḍanāgādīnañca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vitakkavipphāravasenā^eb^ti vipphārikabhāvena pavattavitakkassa vasena. ^b^Uppanna^eb^nti tato samuṭṭhitaṃ. ^b^Vippalapantāna^eb^nti kassaci atthassa abodhanato virūpaṃ, vividhaṃ vā palapantānaṃ. ^b^Suttapamattādīna^eb^nti ^a^V3.0061^ea^^b^ādi^eb^-saddena vedanāṭṭakhittacittādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana ‘‘idaṃ vakkhāmi, evaṃ vakkhāmīti vitakkayato vitakkavipphārasaddo nāma uppajjatī’’ti (abhi. aṭṭha. 1.vacīkammadvārakathāpi) āgatattā jāgarantānaṃ pakatiyaṃ ṭhitānaṃ avippalapantānaṃ vitakkavipphārasaddo kadāci uppajjatīti viññāyati, yo loke ‘‘mantajappo’’ti vuccati. Yassa mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ asotaviññeyyatā vuttā. Tādisañhi sandhāya viññattisahajameva ‘‘jivhātālucalanādikaravitakkasamuṭṭhitaṃ sukhumasaddaṃ dibbasotena sutvā ādisatīti sutte vutta’’nti (dha. sa. mūlaṭī. vacīkammadvārakathāvaṇṇanā) ^b^ānandācariyo^eb^ avoca. Vuttalakkhaṇo eva pana nātisukhumo attano, accāsannappadese ṭhitassa ca maṃsasotassāpi āpāthaṃ gacchatīti sakkā viññātuṃ. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0068^ea^ tassa puggalassa. ^b^Tassa vasenā^eb^ti tassa vitakkassa vasena. Evaṃ ayampi ādesanavidhā cetopariyañāṇavaseneva āgatāti veditabbā ^a^P3.0086^ea^. Keci pana ^b^‘‘tassa vasenā^eb^ti tassa saddassa vasenā’’ti atthaṃ vadanti, taṃ ayuttaṃ. Na hi saddaggahaṇena taṃsamuṭṭhāpakacittaṃ gayhati, saddaggahaṇānusārenapi tadatthasseva gahaṇaṃ hoti, na cittassa. Eteneva yadeke ^b^‘‘yaṃ vitakkayato^eb^ti yamatthaṃ vitakkayato’’ti vatvā ^b^‘‘tassa vasenā^eb^ti tassa atthassa vasenā’’ti vaṇṇenti, tampi paṭikkhittaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Manasā saṅkharīyantīti ^b^manosaṅkhārā,^eb^ vedanāsaññā. ^b^Paṇihitā^eb^ti purimaparibandhavinayena padhānabhāvena nihitā ṭhapitā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cittasaṅkhārā suṭṭhapitā’’^eb^ti. Vitakkassa vitakkanaṃ nāma uppādanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘pavattessatī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Pajānātī’’ti pubbe vuttapadasambandhadassanavasena āneti. ^b^Āgamanenā^eb^ti jhānassa āgamanaṭṭhānavasena. ^b^Pubbabhāgenā^eb^ti maggassa sabbapubbabhāgena vipassanārambhena. Ubhayaṃ petaṃ yo sayaṃ jhānalābhī, adhigatamaggo ca aññaṃ tadatthāya paṭipajjantaṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ iminā nīhārena paṭipajjanto addhā jhānaṃ labhissati, maggaṃ adhigamissatī’’ti abhiññāya vinā anumānavasena jānāti, taṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āgamanena jānāti nāmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Anantarā^eb^ti vuṭṭhitakālaṃ sandhāyāha. Tadā hi pavattavitakkapajānaneneva jhānassa hānabhāgiyatādivisesapajānanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kiṃ panidaṃ cetopariyañāṇaṃ parassa cittaṃ paricchijja jānantaṃ iddhicittabhāvato avisesato sabbesampi cittaṃ jānātīti? Noti dassento ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Na ariyāna^eb^nti yena cittena te ariyā nāma jātā, taṃ lokuttaracittaṃ na jānāti appaṭividdhabhāvato ^a^P3.0087^ea^. Yathā hi puthujjano sabbesampi ariyānaṃ lokuttaracittaṃ na jānāti appaṭividdhattā, evaṃ ariyopi heṭṭhimo uparimassa lokuttaracittaṃ na jānāti appaṭividdhattā eva ^a^V3.0062^ea^. Yathā pana uparimo heṭṭhimaṃ phalasamāpattiṃ na samāpajjati, kiṃ evaṃ so tassa lokuttaracittaṃ na jānātīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘uparimo pana heṭṭhimassa jānātī’’^eb^ti, paṭividdhattāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Uparimo heṭṭhimaṃ na samāpajjatī’’ti vatvā tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘tesañhī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti ariyānaṃ. ^b^Heṭṭhimā heṭṭhimā samāpatti^eb^ bhūmantarappattiyā paṭippassaddhikappā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tatrupapattiyeva hotī’’^eb^ti, na ^a^M3.0069^ea^ uparibhūmipatti. Nimittādivasena ñātassa kadāci byabhicāropi siyā, na pana abhiññāñāṇena ñātassāti āha ^b^‘‘ceto…pe… natthī’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Taṃ bhagavā’’tiādi ^b^sesaṃ^eb^ nāma.


volume: 27
item: 41
title: gabbhāvakkantidesanāvaṇṇanā^ādesanavidhādesanāvaṇṇanā^dassanasamāpattidesanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^149^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Brahmajāle^eb^ti brahmajālasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ. Uttarapadalopena hesa niddeso. ^b^Ātappanti vīriyaṃ^eb^ ātappati kosajjaṃ sabbampi saṃkilesapakkhanti. Kusalavīriyasseva hettha gahaṇaṃ appamādādipadantarasannidhānato. ^b^Padahitabbato^eb^ti padahanato, bhāvanaṃ uddissa vāyamanatoti attho. ^b^Anuyuñjitabbato^eb^ti anuyuñjanato. Īdisānaṃ padānaṃ bahulaṃkattuvisayatāya icchitabbattā ātappapadassa viya itaresampi kattusādhanatā daṭṭhabbā. Paṭipattiyaṃ nappamajjati etenāti ^b^appamādo,^eb^ satiavippavāso. Sammā manasi karoti etenāti ^b^sammāmanasikāro,^eb^ tathāpavatto kusalacittuppādo. Bhāvanānuyogameva tathā vadati. Desanākkamena ^b^paṭhamā, dassanasamāpatti nāma^eb^ karajakāye paṭikkūlākārassa sammadeva dassanavasena pavattasamāpattibhāvato. ^b^Nippariyāyenevā^eb^ti vuttalakkhaṇadassanasamāpattisannissayattā, dassanamaggaphalabhāvato ^a^P3.0088^ea^ ca paṭhamasāmaññaphalaṃ pariyāyena vinā ^b^dassanasamāpatti.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atikkamma chavimaṃsalohitaṃ aṭṭhiṃ paccavekkhatī^eb^ti tāni apaccavekkhitvā aṭṭhimeva paccavekkhati. ^b^Aṭṭhiārammaṇā dibbacakkhupādakajjhānasamāpattī^eb^ti vuttanayena aṭṭhiārammaṇā dibbacakkhuadhiṭṭhānā paṭhamajjhānasamāpatti. Yo hi bhikkhu ālokakasiṇe catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā taṃ pādakaṃ katvā adhigatadibbacakkhuñāṇo hutvā saviññāṇake kāye aṭṭhiṃ pariggahetvā tattha paṭikkūlamanasikāravasena paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ nibbatteti, tassāyaṃ paṭhamajjhānasamāpatti ^b^dutiyā dassanasamāpatti.^eb^ Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhi aṭṭhī’’tiādi. Yo panettha pāḷiyaṃ dvattiṃsākāramanasikāro vutto, so maggasodhanavasena vutto. Tattha vā kataparicayassa sukheneva vuttanayā aṭṭhipaccavekkhaṇā samijjhatīti. Tenevettha ‘‘imaṃ cevā’’ti ^b^‘‘atikkamma cā’’^eb^ti ^b^ca^eb^-saddo samuccayattho vutto. ^b^Taṃ jhāna^eb^nti yathāvuttaṃ ^a^M3.0070^ea^ paṭhamajjhānaṃ. ^b^Aya^eb^nti ayaṃ sakadāgāmiphalasamāpatti ^a^V3.0063^ea^. Sātisayaṃ catusaccadassanāgamanato pariyāyena vinā mukhyā ^b^dutiyā dassanasamāpatti. Yāva tatiyamaggā vattatīti āha^eb^ ‘‘khīṇāsavassa vasena catutthā dassanasamāpatti kathitā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]Pāḷiyaṃ ^b^purisassa cā^eb^ti ^b^ca^eb^-saddo byatireke, tena yathāvuttasamāpattidvayato vuccamānaṃyeva imassa visesaṃ joteti. Avicchedena pavattiyā sotasadisatāya viññāṇameva ^b^viññāṇasotaṃ,^eb^ tadetaṃ viññāṇaṃ purimato anantarapaccayaṃ labhitvā pacchimassa anantarapaccayo hutvā pavattatīti ayaṃ assa sotāgatatāya sotasadisatā, tasmā pajānitabbabhāvena vuttaṃ ekameva cettha viññāṇaṃ ^a^P3.0089^ea^, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ^b^‘‘viññāṇasotanti viññāṇamevā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Dvīhipi bhāgehī^eb^ti orabhāgaparabhāgehi. Idhaloko hissa orabhāgo, paraloko parabhāgo dvinnampi vasenetaṃ sambandhanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idhaloke patiṭṭhita’’^eb^ntiādi. Viññāṇassa khaṇe khaṇe bhijjantassa kāmaṃ natthi kassaci patiṭṭhitatā, taṇhāvasena pana taṃ ‘‘patiṭṭhita’’nti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘chandarāgavasenā’’^eb^ti. Vuttañhetaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Kabaḷīkāre ce bhikkhave āhāre atthi rāgo, atthi nandī, atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ viruḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ viruḷhaṃ…pe… atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.64; kathā. 296; mahāni. 7).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kamma^eb^nti kusalākusalakammaṃ, upayogavacanametaṃ. ^b^Kammato upagacchanta^eb^nti kammabhāvena upagacchantaṃ, viññāṇanti adhippāyo. Abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇañhi yena kammunā sahagataṃ, aññadatthu tabbhāvameva upagataṃ hutvā pavattati. ^b^Idhaloke patiṭṭhitaṃ nāma^eb^ idha katūpacitakammabhāvūpagamanato. ^b^Kammabhavaṃ ākaḍḍhanta^eb^nti kammaviññāṇaṃ attanā sampayuttakammaṃ javāpetvā paṭisandhinibbattanena tadabhimukhaṃ ākaḍḍhantaṃ. Teneva paṭisandhinibbattanasāmatthiyena ^b^paraloke patiṭṭhitaṃ nāma^eb^ attano phalassa tattha patiṭṭhāpanena. Keci pana ‘‘abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ parato vipākaṃ dātuṃ asamatthaṃ idhaloke patiṭṭhitaṃ nāma, dātuṃ samatthaṃ pana paraloke patiṭṭhitaṃ ^a^M3.0071^ea^ nāmā’’ti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ ‘‘ubhayato abbocchinna’’nti vuttattā. Yañca tehi ‘‘paraloke patiṭṭhita’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ idhalokepi patiṭṭhitameva. Na hi tassa idhaloke patiṭṭhitabhāvena vinā paraloke patiṭṭhitabhāvo sambhavati. ^b^Sekkhaputhujjanānaṃ^eb^^a^P3.0090^ea^^b^cetopariyañāṇa^eb^nti sekkhānaṃ ^a^V3.0064^ea^, puthujjanānañca cetaso paricchindanakañāṇaṃ. ^b^Kathitaṃ^eb^ paricchinditabbassa cetaso chandarāgavasena patiṭṭhitabhāvajotanato.<br/><br/>[03]Catutthāya dassanasamāpattiyā tatiyadassanasamāpattiyaṃ vuttappaṭikkhepena attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Purimānaṃ dvinnaṃ samāpattīnaṃ pubbe samathavasena atthassa vuttattā idāni vipassanāvasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Niccalameva^eb^ pubbe vuttassa atthassa apanetabbato. Atthantaratthatāya dassiyamānāya padaṃ calitaṃ nāma hoti. ^b^Aparo nayo^eb^ti ettha paṭhamajjhānassa paṭhamadassanasamāpattibhāve apubbaṃ natthi. ^b^Dutiyajjhānaṃ dutiyā^eb^ti ettha pana ‘‘aṭṭhikavaṇṇakasiṇavasena paṭiladdhadutiyajjhānaṃ dutiyā dassanasamāpattī’’ti vadanti, tatiyajjhānampi tatheva paṭiladdhaṃ. Dassanasamāpattibhāvo pana yo bhikkhu ālokakasiṇe catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā taṃ pādakaṃ katvā adhigatadibbacakkhuko hutvā saviññāṇake aṭṭhiṃ pariggahetvā tattha vaṇṇakasiṇavasena heṭṭhimāni tīṇi jhānāni nibbatteti, tassa. ^b^Tatiyajjhānaṃ tatiyā^eb^ dassanasamāpatti adhiṭṭhānabhūtassa dibbacakkhuñāṇassa vasena. ^b^Catutthajjhānaṃ catutthā^eb^ti rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā taṃ pādakaṃ katvā adhigatadibbacakkhuñāṇassa taṃ catutthajjhānaṃ catutthā dassanasamāpatti. Idhāpi sekkhaputhujjanānaṃ cetaso paricchindanena tatiyā dassanasamāpatti, arahato cittassa paricchindanena catutthā dassanasamāpatti veditabbā. Evañhesā atthavaṇṇanā pāḷiyā saṃsandeyya. ^b^‘‘Paṭhamamaggo’’^eb^tiādīsu aṭṭhiārammaṇapaṭhamajjhānapādako ^b^paṭhamamaggo paṭhamā dassanasamāpatti. ^eb^ Aṭṭhiārammaṇadutiyajjhānapādako ^b^dutiyamaggo dutiyā^eb^ dassanasamāpatti. Paracittañāṇasahagatā catutthajjhānapādakā ^b^tatiyacatutthamaggā tatiyacatutthadassanasamāpattiyo^eb^ti ^a^P3.0091^ea^. Purisassa viññāṇapajānanaṃ panettha asammohavasena daṭṭhabbaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 42
title: ādesanavidhādesanāvaṇṇanā^dassanasamāpattidesanāvaṇṇanā^puggalapaṇṇattidesanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^150^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Puggalapaṇṇattīsū^eb^ti ^a^M3.0072^ea^ puggalānaṃ paññāpanesu. Guṇavisesavasena aññamaññaṃ asaṅkarato ṭhapanesu. ^b^Lokavohāravasenā^eb^ti lokasammutivasena. Lokavohāro hesa, yadidaṃ ‘‘satto puggalo’’tiādi. Rūpādīsu sattavisattatāya ^b^satto.^eb^ Tassa tassa sattanikāyassa pūraṇato galanato, maraṇavasena patanato ca ^b^puggalo.^eb^ Santatiyā nayanato ^b^naro. ^eb^ Attabhāvassa posanato ^b^poso. Evaṃ paññāpetabbāsu^eb^ voharitabbāsu. ‘‘Sabbametaṃ puggalo’’ti imissā sādhāraṇapaññattiyā ^a^V3.0065^ea^ vibhāvanavasena vuttaṃ, na idhādhippetāsādhāraṇapaññattiyā, tasmā ^b^lokapaññattīsū^eb^ti sattalokagatapaññattīsu. ^b^Anuttaro hoti^eb^ anaññasādhāraṇattā tassa paññāpanassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dvīhi bhāgehī^eb^ti kāraṇe, nissakke cetaṃ puthuvacanaṃ, āvuttiādivasena cāyamattho veditabboti āha ^b^‘‘arūpasamāpattiyā’’^eb^tiādi, etena ‘‘samāpattiyā vikkhambhanavimokkhena, maggena samucchedavimokkhena vimuttattā ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti evaṃ pavatto ^b^tipiṭakacūḷanāgattheravādo,^eb^ ‘‘nāmakāyato, rūpakāyato ca vimuttattā ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti evaṃ pavatto ^b^tipiṭakamahādhammarakkhitattheravādo,^eb^ ‘‘samāpattiyā vikkhambhanavimokkhena ekavāraṃ vimuttova maggena samucchedavimokkhena ekavāraṃ vimuttattā ubhatobhāgavimutto’’ti evaṃ pavatto ^b^tipiṭakacūḷābhayattheravādo^eb^ cāti imesaṃ tiṇṇampi theravādānaṃ ekajjhaṃ saṅgaho katoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Vimutto^eb^ti kilesehi vimutto, kilesavikkhambhanasamucchedanehi ^a^P3.0092^ea^ vā kāyadvayato vimuttoti attho. ^b^Arūpasamāpattīna^eb^nti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Arahattappattānāgāmino^eb^ti bhūtapubbagatiyā vuttaṃ. Na hi arahattappatto anāgāmī nāma hoti. ^b^Pāḷī^eb^ti puggalapaññattipāḷi. ^b^Aṭṭha vimokkhe kāyena phusitvā^eb^ti aṭṭha samāpattiyo sahajātanāmakāyena paṭilabhitvā. ^b^Paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā hontī^eb^ti vipassanāpaññāya saṅkhāragataṃ, maggapaññāya cattāri saccāni passitvā cattāropi āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. ^b^Disvā^eb^ti dassanahetu. Na hi āsave paññāya passanti, dassanakāraṇā pana ^a^M3.0073^ea^ parikkhīṇā ‘‘disvā parikkhīṇā’’ti vuttā dassanāyattaparikkhīṇattā. Evañhi dassanaṃ āsavānaṃ khayassa purimakiriyābhāvena vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññāya^eb^ visesato ^b^muttoti paññāvimutto^eb^ anavasesato āsavānaṃ parikkhīṇattā. ^b^Aṭṭhavimokkhapaṭikkhepavaseneva,^eb^ na tadekadesabhūtarūpajjhānapaṭikkhepavasena. Evañhi arūpajjhānekadesābhāvepi aṭṭhavimokkhapaṭikkhepo na hotīti siddhaṃ hoti. Arūpāvacarajjhānesu hi ekasmimpi sati ubhatobhāgavimuttoyeva nāma hoti, na paññāvimuttoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Phuṭṭhantaṃ sacchikarotī^eb^ti phuṭṭhānaṃ anto ^b^phuṭṭhanto,^eb^ phuṭṭhānaṃ arūpajjhānānaṃ anantaro kāloti adhippāyo, accantasaṃyoge cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ, phuṭṭhānantarakālameva sacchikātabbaṃ, sacchikato sacchikaraṇūpāyenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘so jhānaphassa’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Ekacce āsavā^eb^ti heṭṭhimamaggattayavajjhā āsavā. Yo hi arūpajjhānena rūpakāyato, nāmakāyekadesato ^a^V3.0066^ea^ ca vikkhambhanavimokkhena vimutto, tena nirodhasaṅkhāto vimokkho ālocito pakāsito ^a^P3.0093^ea^ viya hoti, na pana kāyena sacchikato. Nirodhaṃ pana ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaccesu āsavesu khepitesu tena sacchikato hoti, tasmā so sacchikātabbaṃ nirodhaṃ yathālocitaṃ nāmakāyena sacchikarotīti ^b^kāyasakkhī^eb^ti vuccati, na tu vimuttoti ekaccānaṃ āsavānaṃ aparikkhīṇattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Diṭṭhantaṃ patto^eb^ti dassanasaṅkhātassa sotāpattimaggañāṇassa anantaraṃ pattoti attho. ‘‘Diṭṭhattā patto’’tipi pāṭho, tena catusaccadassanasaṅkhātāya diṭṭhiyā nirodhassa pattataṃ dīpeti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dukkhā saṅkhārā’’^eb^tiādi. Paṭhamaphalato paṭṭhāya yāva aggamaggā diṭṭhippattoti āha ^b^‘‘esopi kāyasakkhī viya chabbidho hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Idaṃ dukkha^eb^nti ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ, ettakaṃ dukkhaṃ, na ito uddhaṃ dukkha’’nti ^b^yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.^eb^ Yasmā idaṃ yāthāvasarasato pajānāti, pajānanto ca ṭhapetvā taṇhaṃ pañcupādānakkhandhe ‘‘dukkhasacca’’nti pajānāti. Taṇhaṃ pana idaṃ dukkhaṃ ito samudeti, tasmā ^b^‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.^eb^ Yasmā idaṃ dukkhañca samudayo ca nibbānaṃ patvā nirujjhanti vūpasamanti appavattiṃ gacchanti, tasmā taṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.^eb^ Ariyo pana aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo ^a^M3.0074^ea^ taṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ gacchati, tena taṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.^eb^ Ettāvatā nānakkhaṇe saccavavatthānaṃ dassitaṃ. Idāni taṃ ekakkhaṇe dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tathāgatappaveditā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Tathāgatappaveditā^eb^ti tathāgatena bodhimaṇḍe paṭividdhā viditā pākaṭā katā. ^b^Dhammā^eb^ti catusaccadhammā. ^b^Vodiṭṭhā hontī^eb^ti sudiṭṭhā honti. ^b^Vocaritā^eb^ti sucaritā, tesu tena paññā suṭṭhu carāpitāti attho. ^b^Aya^eb^nti ayaṃ evarūpo ^b^puggalo ‘‘diṭṭhippatto’’ti vuccati.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saddhāya^eb^^a^P3.0094^ea^^b^vimutto^eb^ti saddahanavasena vimutto, etena sabbathā avimuttassapi saddhāmattena vimuttabhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Saddhāvimutto^eb^ti vā saddhāya adhimuttoti attho. ^b^Vuttanayenevā^eb^ti kāyasakkhimhi vuttanayeneva. ^b^No ca kho yathā diṭṭhippattassā^eb^ti yathā diṭṭhippattassa āsavā parikkhīṇā, na evaṃ saddhāya vimuttassāti attho. Kiṃ pana nesaṃ kilesappahāne nānattaṃ atthīti? Natthi. Atha kasmā saddhāvimutto diṭṭhippattaṃ na pāpuṇātīti? Āgamanīyanānattena. Diṭṭhippatto hi āgamanamhi kilese vikkhambhento appadukkhena, akilamanto ca sakkoti vikkhambhetuṃ, saddhāvimutto dukkhena kilamanto vikkhambheti, tasmā diṭṭhippattaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘etesu hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Ārammaṇaṃ ^a^V3.0067^ea^ yāthāvato dhāreti avadhāretīti ^b^dhammo,^eb^ paññā. ^b^Paññāpubbaṅgama^eb^nti paññāpadhānaṃ. Paññaṃ vāhetīti ^b^paññāvāhī,^eb^ paññaṃ sātisayaṃ pavattetīti attho. Paññā vā imaṃ puggalaṃ vāheti, nibbānābhimukhaṃ gametīti attho. ^b^Saddhānusāri^eb^niddesepi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmā^eb^ti ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.770, 776) vuttattā, tato eva visuddhimagge, taṃ saṃvaṇṇanāsu (visuddhi. ṭī. 2.776) vuttanayenettha attho veditabbo.


volume: 27
item: 43
title: dassanasamāpattidesanāvaṇṇanā^puggalapaṇṇattidesanāvaṇṇanā^padhānadesanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^151^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Padahanavasenā^eb^ti bhāvanānuyogavasena. ^b^Satta bojjhaṅgā padhānāti vuttā^eb^ vivekanissitādibhāvena padahitabbato bhāvetabbato.


volume: 27
item: 44
title: puggalapaṇṇattidesanāvaṇṇanā^padhānadesanāvaṇṇanā^paṭipadādesanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^152^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dukkhena^eb^^a^M3.0075^ea^^b^kasirena samādhiṃ uppādentassā^eb^ti pubbabhāge āgamanakāle kicchena dukkhena sasaṅkhārena sappayogena kilamantassa kilese vikkhambhetvā lokuttarasamādhiṃ uppādentassa. ^b^Dandhaṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhijānantassā^eb^ti vikkhambhitesu kilesesu vipassanāparivāse ciraṃ ^a^P3.0095^ea^ vasitvā taṃ lokuttarasamādhisaṅkhātaṃ ṭhānaṃ dandhaṃ saṇikaṃ abhijānantassa paṭivijjhantassa, sacchikarontassa pāpuṇantassāti attho. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti yā esā evaṃ uppajjati, ayaṃ kilesavikkhambhanapaṭipadāya dukkhattā, vipassanāparivāsapaññāya ca dandhattā maggakāle ekacittakkhaṇe uppannāpi ^b^paññā^eb^ āgamanavasena ‘‘dukkhapaṭipadā dandhābhiññā nāmā’’ti vuccati. Upari tīsu padesupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.


volume: 27
item: 45
title: padhānadesanāvaṇṇanā^paṭipadādesanāvaṇṇanā^bhassasamācārādidesanāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^153^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhassasamācāre^eb^ti vacīsamācāre. ^b^Ṭhito^eb^ti yathāraddhaṃ taṃ avicchedavasena kathento. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kathāmaggaṃ anupacchinditvā kathento’’^eb^ti. ^b^Musāvādūpasañhita^eb^nti antarantarā pavattena musāvādena upasaṃhitaṃ. ^b^Vibhūti^eb^ vuccati visuṃbhāvo, tattha niyuttanti vebhūtikaṃ, tadeva ^b^vebhūtiyaṃ,^eb^ pesuññaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhedakaravāca’’^eb^nti. Karaṇuttariyalakkhaṇato sārambhato jātāti ^b^sārambhajā.^eb^ Tassā pavattiākāradassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘tvaṃ dussīlo’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Bahiddhākathā amanāpā, ^a^V3.0068^ea^ manāpāpi parassa cittavighātāvahattā karaṇuttariyapakkhiyamevāti dassento ^b^‘‘tuyha’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^Vikkhepakathāpavatta^eb^nti vikkhepakathāvasena pavattaṃ. ^b^Jayapurekkhāro hutvā^eb^ti attano jayaṃ purakkhatvā. Yaṃ kiñci na bhāsatīti yojanā. ^b^‘‘Mantā’’ti vuccati paññā,^eb^ mantanaṃ jānananti katvā. ^b^‘‘Mantā’’^eb^ti idaṃ ‘‘mantetvā’’ti iminā samānatthaṃ nipātapadanti āha ^b^‘‘upaparikkhitvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yuttakathamevā^eb^ti attano, suṇantassa ca yuttarūpameva kathaṃ. ^b^Hadaye nidahitabbayutta^eb^nti atthasampattiyā, byañjanasampattiyā ^a^P3.0096^ea^ atthavedādipaṭilābhanimittattā citte ṭhapetabbaṃ, vimuttāyatanabhāvena manasi kātabbanti attho. Sabbaṅgasampannāpi vācā akāle bhāsitā abhājane bhāsitā viya na atthāvahāti āha ^b^‘‘yuttapattakālenā’’^eb^ti. Ayañca caturaṅgasamannāgatā subhāsitavācā ^a^M3.0076^ea^ saccasambodhāvahāditāya sattānaṃ mahiddhikā mahānisaṃsāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ bhāsitā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīlācāre^eb^ti sīle ca ācāre ca parisuddhasīle ceva parisuddhamanosamācāre ca. ^b^Ṭhito^eb^ti patiṭṭhahanto. Saccaṃ etassa atthīti ^b^sacco^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘saccakatho’’^eb^ti. Esa nayo ^b^saddho^eb^ti etthāpi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saddhāsampanno’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Nanu ca heṭṭhā saccaṃ kathitamevā’’ti kasmā vuttaṃ? Heṭṭhā hi vacīsamācāraṃ kathentena saccaṃ kathitaṃ, paṭipakkhapaṭikkhepavasena idha sīlaṃ kathentena taṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā dassetuṃ saccaṃ sarūpeneva kathitaṃ. ‘‘Puggalādhiṭṭhānāya kathāya ārabbhantarañcetaṃ, tathāpi saccaṃ vatvā anantarameva saccassa kathanaṃ punaruttaṃ hotīti parassa codanāvasaro mā hotū’’ti tattha parihāraṃ dātukāmo ^b^‘‘idha kasmā puna vutta’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Heṭṭhā vācāsaccaṃ kathitaṃ^eb^ caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ subhāsitavācaṃ dassentena. ^b^Antamaso…pe… dassetuṃ idha vuttaṃ^eb^ ‘‘evaṃ sīlaṃ suparisuddhaṃ hotī’’ti. Imasmiṃ panatthe ‘‘evaṃ parittakaṃ kho, rāhula, tesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, yesaṃ natthi sampajānamusāvāde lajjā’’tiādi nayappavattaṃ ^b^rāhulovādasuttaṃ^eb^ dassetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Guttā satikavāṭena pidahitā dvārā etenāti ^b^guttadvāro^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘chasu indriyesū’’^eb^tiādi ^a^P3.0097^ea^. Pariyesanapaṭiggaṇhanaparibhogavissajjanavasena bhojane mattaṃ jānātīti ^b^bhojane mattaññū. Sama^eb^nti avisamaṃ. Samacāritā hi kāyavisamādīni pahāya kāyasamādipūraṇaṃ. ^b^Nisajjāyā^eb^ti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo ādiattho, tena ‘‘āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhetī’’ti evamādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Bhāvanāya cittaparisodhanañhi jāgariyānuyogo, na niddāvinodanamattaṃ. ^b^Nittandī^eb^ti vigatathinamiddho. Sā pana nittanditā kāyālasiyavigamane pākaṭā hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kāyālasiyavirahito’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Āraddhavīriyo’’^eb^ti iminā duvidhopi vīriyārambho gahitoti taṃ vibhajitvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kāyikavīriyenāpī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Saṅgamma gaṇavihāro ^a^V3.0069^ea^ sahavāso ^b^saṅgaṇikā,^eb^ sā pana kilesehipi evaṃ hotīti tato visesetuṃ ^b^‘‘gaṇasaṅgaṇika’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Gaṇena saṅgaṇikaṃ gaṇasaṅgaṇikanti. ^b^Ārambhavatthuvasenā^eb^ti anadhigatavisesādhigamakāraṇavasena ^b^ekavihārī,^eb^ na kevalaṃ ekībhāvavasena. ^b^Kilesasaṅgaṇika^eb^nti ^a^M3.0077^ea^ kilesasahitacittataṃ. ^b^Yathā tathā^eb^ti vipassanāvasena, paṭisaṅkhānavasena vā. Samathavasena ^b^ārammaṇūpanijjhānaṃ.^eb^ Vipassanāvasena ^b^lakkhaṇūpanijjhānaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kalyāṇapaṭibhāno^eb^ti sundarapaṭibhāno, sā panassa paṭibhānasampadā vacanacāturiyasahitāva icchitāti āha ^b^‘‘vākkaraṇa…pe… sampanno cā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Paṭibhāna’’nti hi ñāṇampi vuccati ñāṇassa upaṭṭhitavacanampi. Tattha atthayuttaṃ kāraṇayuttaṃ paṭibhānamassāti ^b^yuttapaṭibhāno.^eb^ Pucchitānantarameva sīghaṃ byākātuṃ asamatthatāya no muttapaṭibhānaṃ assāti ^b^no muttapaṭibhāno.^eb^ Idha pana vikiṇṇavāco muttapaṭibhāno adhippetoti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘sīlasamācārasmiñhi ṭhitabhikkhu muttapaṭibhāno na hotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Gamanasamatthāyā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0098^ea^ assutaṃ dhammaṃ gametuṃ samatthāya. ^b^Dhāraṇasamatthāyā^eb^ti sātisayaṃ sativīriyasahitatāya yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ dhāretuṃ samatthāya. Munanato anuminanato ^b^mutīti^eb^ anumāna ^b^paññāya nāmaṃ. Tīhi padehī^eb^ti ‘‘gatimā dhitimā mutimā’’ti tīhi padehi. ^b^Heṭṭhā^eb^ti heṭṭhā ‘‘āraddhavīriyo’’ti vuttaṭṭhāne. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti ‘‘dhitimā’’ti vuttaṭṭhāne. Vīriyampi heṭṭhā guṇabhūtaṃ gahitanti vuttovāyamattho. ^b^Heṭṭhā^eb^ti ‘‘jāgariyānuyogamanuyutto, jhāyī’’ti ettha ^b^vipassanāpaññā kathitā. Idhā^eb^ti ‘‘dhitimā mutimā’’ti ettha ^b^buddhavacanagaṇhanapaññā^eb^ kathitā karaṇapubbāparakosallapaññādīpanato. Kilesakāmopi vatthukāmo viya yathāpavatto assādīyatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vatthukāmakilesakāmesu agiddho’’^eb^ti.


volume: 27
item: 46
title: paṭipadādesanāvaṇṇanā^bhassasamācārādidesanāvaṇṇanā^anusāsanavidhādesanādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^154^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Attano upāyamanasikārenā^eb^ti attani sambhūtena pathamanasikārena bhāvanāmanasikārena. ^b^Paṭipajjamāno^eb^ti visuddhiṃ paṭipajjamāno.<br/><br/>[03]^b^155^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kilesavimuttiñāṇe^eb^ti kilesappahānajānane.<br/><br/>[03]^b^156^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pariyādiyamāno^eb^ti paricchijja gaṇhantoti attho. ^b^Suddhakkhandheyeva anussarati^eb^ nāmagottaṃ pariyādiyituṃ asakkonto. Vuttamevatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘eko hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sakkoti^eb^^a^V3.0070^ea^ pariyādiyituṃ. ^b^Asakkontassa^eb^^a^M3.0078^ea^^b^vasena gahitaṃ,^eb^ ‘‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo’’tiādi vuttanti attho. ^b^Asakkontassā^eb^ti ca ārohane asakkontassa, orohane pana ñāṇassa thirabhūtattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘suddhakkhandheyeva anussaranto’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Eta^eb^nti pubbāparavirodhaṃ. ^b^Na sallakkhesi^eb^ diṭṭhābhinivesena ^a^P3.0099^ea^ kuṇṭhañāṇattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhigatikattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ṭhāna^eb^nti ekasmiṃ pakkhe avaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Niyamo^eb^ti vādaniyamo paṭiniyatavādatā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imaṃ gahetvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^157^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Piṇḍagaṇanāyā^eb^ti ‘‘ekaṃ dve’’tiādinā agaṇetvā saṅkalanapaduppādanādinā piṇḍanavasena gaṇanāya. ^b^Acchiddakavasenā^eb^ti avicchindakagaṇanāvasena gaṇanā kamagaṇanaṃ muñcitvā ‘‘imasmiṃ rukkhe ettakāni paṇṇānī’’ti vā ‘‘imasmiṃ jalāsaye ettakāni udakāḷhakānī’’ti vā evaṃ gaṇetabbassa ekajjhampi piṇḍetvā gaṇanā. Kamagaṇanā hi antarantarā vicchijja pavattiyā pacchindikā. Sā panesā gaṇanā savanantaraṃ anapekkhitvā manasāva gaṇetabbato ^b^‘‘manogaṇanā’’^eb^tipi vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘manogaṇanāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Piṇḍagaṇanameva dasseti,^eb^ na vibhāgagaṇanaṃ. ^b^Saṅkhātuṃ na sakkā^eb^ aññehi asaṅkhyeyyābhāvato. Paññāpāramiyā pūritabhāvaṃ dassento itarāsaṃ pūraṇena vinā tassā pūraṇaṃ natthīti ^b^‘‘dasannaṃ pāramīnaṃ pūritattā’’^eb^ti āha. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbaññutaññāṇassa suppaṭividdhattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ettakanti dassethāti dīpeti^eb^ thero. Yaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anussaratī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ tassa anussaraṇamattaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na āyuno vassādigaṇanāya paricchindanaṃ tassa avisayabhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^158^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tumhākaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ yeva anuttarā^eb^ anaññasādhāraṇattā. Idāni tassā desanāya majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇassa viya vibhāgābhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘atītabuddhāpī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Imināpi kāraṇenā^eb^ti anuttarabhāvena, aññehi buddhehi ekasadisabhāvena ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^159^eb^^b^.^eb^ Āsavānaṃ ārammaṇabhāvūpagamanena ^b^sāsavā. ^eb^ Upecca ^a^P3.0100^ea^ ādhīyantīti ^b^upādhī,^eb^ dosāropanāni, saha upādhīhīti ^b^saupādhikā.^eb^ Anariyiddhiyañhi attano cittadosena ekacce upārambhaṃ dadanti, svāyamattho ^b^kevaṭṭasuttena^eb^ dīpetabbo. ^b^No ‘‘ariyā’’ti vuccati^eb^ sāsavabhāvato. Niddosehi ^a^M3.0079^ea^ khīṇāsavehi pavattetabbato ^b^niddosā^eb^ dosehi saha appavattanato. Tato eva ^b^anupārambhā.^eb^ Ariyānaṃ iddhīti ^b^ariyiddhīti vuccati.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appaṭikkūlasaññī^eb^ti iṭṭhasaññī iṭṭhākārena pavattacitto. ^b^Paṭikkūle^eb^ti amanuññe aniṭṭhe ^a^V3.0071^ea^. ^b^Dhātusañña^eb^nti ‘‘dhātuyo’’ti saññaṃ. ^b^Upasaṃharatī^eb^ti upaneti pavatteti. ^b^Aniṭṭhasmiṃ vatthusmi^eb^nti aniṭṭhe sattasaññite ārammaṇe. ^b^Mettāya vā pharatī^eb^ti mettaṃ hitesitaṃ upasaṃharanto sabbatthakameva taṃ tattha pharati. ^b^Dhātuto vā upasaṃharatī^eb^ti dhammasabhāvacintanena dhātuso, paccavekkhaṇāya dhātumanasikāraṃ vā tattha pavatteti. ^b^Appaṭikkūle satte^eb^ ñātimittādike yāthāvato dhammasabhāvacintanena aniccasaññāya visabhāgabhūte ‘‘kesādi asucikoṭṭhāsamevā’’ti ^b^asubhasaññaṃ pharati^eb^ asubhamanasikāraṃ pavatteti. ^b^Chaḷaṅgupekkhāyā^eb^ti iṭṭhāniṭṭhachaḷārammaṇāpāthe parisuddhapakatibhāvāvijahanalakkhaṇāya chasu dvāresu pavattanato ‘‘chaḷaṅgupekkhāyā’’ti laddhanāmāya tatramajjhattupekkhāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ desana^eb^nti taṃ dvīsu iddhividhāsu desanappakāraṃ desanāvidhiṃ. ^b^Asesaṃ sakala^eb^nti asesaṃ niravasesaṃ sampuṇṇaṃ abhivisiṭṭhena ñāṇena jānāti. ^b^Asesaṃ abhijānato^eb^ tato ^b^uttari abhiññeyyaṃ^eb^^a^P3.0101^ea^^b^natthi. Ito^eb^ti bhagavato abhiññātato. ^b^Añño^eb^ paramatthavasena ^b^dhammo vā^eb^ paññattivasena ^b^puggalo vā ayaṃ nāma yaṃ bhagavā na jānātīti idaṃ natthi^eb^ na upalabbhati sabbasseva sammadeva tumhehi abhiññātattā. Dvīsu ^b^iddhividhāsu^eb^ abhijānane, desanāyañca ^b^bhagavato uttaritaro natthi. Imināpī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddo na kevalaṃ vuttatthasamuccayattho, atha kho avuttatthasamuccayatthopi daṭṭhabbo. Yaṃ taṃ bhantetiādināpi hi bhagavato guṇadassanaṃ tasseva pasādassa kāraṇavibhāvanaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 47
title: bhassasamācārādidesanāvaṇṇanā^anusāsanavidhādesanādivaṇṇanā^aññathāsatthuguṇadassanādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^160^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pubbe ‘‘etadānuttariyaṃ bhante’’tiādinā yathāvuttabuddhaguṇā dassitā, tato añño evāyaṃ pakāro ‘‘yaṃ taṃ bhante’’tiādinā āraddhoti āha ^b^‘‘aparenāpi ākārenā’’^eb^ti. Buddhānaṃ sammāsambodhiyā saddahanato visesato ^b^saddhā kulaputtā nāma bodhisattā,^eb^ mahābodhisattāti adhippāyo. Te hi mahābhinīhārato paṭṭhāya ^a^M3.0080^ea^ mahābodhiyaṃ sattā āsattā laggā niyatabhāvūpagamanena kenaci asaṃhāriyabhāvato. Yato nesaṃ na kathañci tattha saddhāya aññathattaṃ hoti, eteneva tesaṃ kammaphalaṃ saddhāyapi aññathattābhāvo dīpito daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā atisayavacanicchāvasena, ‘‘anuppattaṃ taṃ bhagavatā’’ti saddantarasannidhānena ca visiṭṭhavisayaṃ ‘‘saddhena kulaputtenā’’ti idaṃ padaṃ, tasmā. Lokuttaradhammasamadhigamamūlakattā sabbabuddhaguṇasamadhigamassa ‘‘nava lokuttaradhammā’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Āraddhavīriyenā’’tiādīsu^eb^ samāsapadesu ^b^‘‘vīriyaṃ thāmo’’tiādīni^eb^ avayavapadāni. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena parakkamapadaṃ saṅgaṇhāti, na ^a^V3.0072^ea^ dhorayhapadaṃ. Na hi taṃ vīriyavevacanaṃ, atha kho vīriyavantavācakaṃ. Dhurāya niyuttoti hi ^b^dhorayho.^eb^ Tenāha ^a^P3.0102^ea^ ‘‘taṃ dhuraṃ vahanasamatthena mahāpurisenā’’ti. ^b^Paggahitavīriyenā^eb^ti asithilavīriyena. ^b^Thiravīriyenā^eb^ti ussoḷhībhāvūpagamanena thirabhāvappattavīriyena. ^b^Asamadhurehī^eb^ti anaññasādhāraṇadhurehi. Paresaṃ asayhasahanā hi lokanāthā. ^b^Taṃ sabbaṃ^eb^ acinteyyāparimeyyabhedaṃ buddhānaṃ guṇajātaṃ. Pāramitā, buddhaguṇā, veneyyasattāti yasmā idaṃ tayaṃ sabbesampi buddhānaṃ samānameva, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘atītānāgata…pe… ūno natthī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāmasukhallikānuyoga^eb^nti kāmasukhe allīnā hutvā anuyuñjanaṃ. ^b^Ko jānāti paralokaṃ^eb^ ‘‘atthī’’ti, ettha ‘‘ko ekavisayoyaṃ indriyagocaro’’ti evaṃdiṭṭhi hutvāti adhippāyo. ^b^Sukho^eb^ti iṭṭho sukhāvaho. ^b^Paribbājikāyā^eb^ti tāpasaparibbājikāya taruṇiyā. ^b^Mudukāyā^eb^ti sukhumālāya. ^b^Lomasāyā^eb^ti taruṇamudulomavatiyā. ^b^Moḷibandhāhī^eb^ti moḷiṃ katvā bandhakesāhi. ^b^Paricārentī^eb^ti attano pāricārikaṃ karonti, indriyāni vā tattha parito cārenti. ^b^Lāmaka^eb^nti paṭikiliṭṭhaṃ. ^b^Gāmavāsīnaṃ^eb^ bālānaṃ ^b^dhammaṃ.^eb^ Puthujjanānamidanti ^b^pothujjanikaṃ.^eb^ Yathā pana taṃ ‘‘puthujjanānamida’’nti vattabbataṃ labhati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘puthujjanehi sevitabba’’^eb^nti āha. Anariyehi sevitabbanti vā ^b^anariyaṃ. ^eb^ Yasmā pana niddosattho ariyattho, tasmā ^b^‘‘anariyanti na niddosa’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Anatthasaṃyutta^eb^nti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikādivividhavipulānatthasañhitaṃ. ^b^Attakilamathānuyoga^eb^nti attano kilamathassa khedanassa anuyuñjanaṃ. Dukkhaṃ ^a^P3.0103^ea^ etassa atthīti ^b^dukkhaṃ.^eb^ Dukkhamanaṃ etassāti ^b^dukkhamaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ābhicetasikāna^eb^nti ^a^M3.0081^ea^^b^abhiceto^eb^ vuccati abhikkantaṃ visuddhaṃ cittaṃ, adhicittaṃ vā, tasmiṃ abhicetasi jātānīti ābhicetasikāni, abhicetosannissitāni vā. ^b^Diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāna^eb^nti diṭṭhadhamme sukhavihārānaṃ, ^b^diṭṭhadhammo^eb^ vuccati paccakkho attabhāvo, tattha sukhavihārabhūtānanti attho, rūpāvacarajhānānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tāni hi appetvā nisinnā jhāyino imasmiṃyeva attabhāve asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ nekkhammasukhaṃ vindanti, tasmā ‘‘diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānī’’ti vuccantīti. ^b^Kathitā^eb^ ‘‘diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāro’’ti sappītikattā, lokuttaravipākasukhumasañhitattā ca. ^b^Saha maggena vipassanāpādakajjhānaṃ^eb^ kathitaṃ ‘‘cattārome cunda sukhallikānuyogā ekantanibbidāyā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.184) ^b^catutthajjhānikaphalasamāpattī^eb^ti catutthajjhānikā phalasamāpatti diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārabhāvena kathitā. Cattāri rūpāvacarāni ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārajjhānānī’’^eb^ti ^b^kathitānī^eb^ti attho. ^b^Nikāmalābhī^eb^ti nikāmena lābhī attano icchāvasena lābhī. Icchiticchitakkhaṇe samāpajjituṃ samatthoti attho ^a^V3.0073^ea^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathākāmalābhī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Adukkhalābhī^eb^ti sukheneva paccanīkadhammānaṃ samucchinnattā samāpajjituṃ samattho. ^b^Akasiralābhī^eb^ti akasirānaṃ vipulānaṃ lābhī, yathāparicchedeneva vuṭṭhātuṃ samattho. Ekacco hi lābhīyeva hoti, na pana sakkoti icchiticchitakkhaṇe samāpajjituṃ. Ekacco tathā samāpajjituṃ sakkoti, pāribandhake pana kicchena vikkhambheti. Ekacco tathā ca samāpajjati, pāribandhake ca akiccheneva vikkhambheti ^a^P3.0104^ea^, na sakkoti nāḷikayantaṃ viya yathāparicchede vuṭṭhātuṃ. Bhagavā pana sabbaso samucchinnapāribandhakattā vasibhāvassa sammadeva samadhigatattā sabbametaṃ sammadeva sakkoti.


volume: 27
item: 48
title: anusāsanavidhādesanādivaṇṇanā^aññathāsatthuguṇadassanādivaṇṇanā^anuyogadānappakāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^161^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dasasahassilokadhātuyā^eb^ti imāya lokadhātuyā saddhiṃ imaṃ lokadhātuṃ parivāretvā ṭhitāya dasasahassilokadhātuyā. Jātikhettabhāvena hi taṃ ekajjhaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ekissā lokadhātuyā’’ti vuttaṃ, tattakāya eva jātikhettabhāvo dhammatāvasena veditabbo. ‘‘Pariggahavasenā’’ti keci. Sabbesampi buddhānaṃ tattakaṃ eva ^a^M3.0082^ea^ jātikhettaṃ. ‘‘Tannivāsīnaṃyeva ca devānaṃ dhammābhisamayo’’ti vadanti. Pakampanadevatūpasaṅkamanādinā jātacakkavāḷena samānayogakkhamaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^jātikhettaṃ.^eb^ Saraseneva āṇāpavattanaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^āṇākhettaṃ.^eb^ Buddhañāṇassa visayabhūtaṃ ṭhānaṃ ^b^visayakhettaṃ. Okkamanādīnaṃ^eb^ channameva gahaṇaṃ nidassanamattaṃ mahābhinīhārādikālepi tassa pakampanalabbhanato. ^b^Āṇākhettaṃ nāma,^eb^ yaṃ ekaccaṃ saṃvaṭṭati, vivaṭṭati ca. ^b^Āṇā vattati^eb^ tannivāsidevatānaṃ sirasā sampaṭicchanena, tañca kho kevalaṃ buddhānaṃ ānubhāveneva, na adhippāyavasena. ‘‘Yāvatā pana ākaṅkheyyā’’ti (a. ni. 3.81) vacanato tato parampi āṇā pavatteyyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nuppajjantīti pana atthī^eb^ti ‘‘na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11; kathā. 405) imissā ^a^P3.0105^ea^ lokadhātuyā ṭhatvā vadantena bhagavatā, imasmiṃyeva sutte ‘‘kiṃ panāvuso, sāriputta, atthetarahi añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā samasamo sambodhiya’’nti (dī. ni. 3.161) evaṃ puṭṭho ‘‘ahaṃ bhante noti vadeyya’’nti (dī. ni. 3.161) vatvā tassa kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā’’ti (dī. ni. 3.161; ma. ni. 3.129; a. ni. 1.277; netti. 57; mi. pa. 5.1.1) imaṃ suttaṃ dassentena ^a^V3.0074^ea^ dhammasenāpatinā ca buddhakhettabhūtaṃ imaṃ lokadhātuṃ ṭhapetvā aññattha anuppatti vuttā hotīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekato^eb^ti saha, ekasmiṃ kāleti attho. So pana kālo kathaṃ paricchinnoti? Carimabhave paṭisandhiggahaṇato paṭṭhāya yāva dhātuparinibbānanti dassento ^b^‘‘tattha bodhipallaṅke’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Nisinnakālato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti paṭilomakkamena vadati. ^b^Khettapariggaho katova^eb^ hoti ‘‘idaṃ buddhānaṃ jātikhetta’’nti. Kena pana pariggaho kato? Uppajjamānena bodhisattena. ^b^Parinibbānato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbānato paṭṭhāya. ^b^Etthantare^eb^ti carimabhave bodhisattassa paṭisandhiggahaṇaṃ, dhātuparinibbānanti imehi dvīhi paricchinne etasmiṃ antare.


volume: 27
item: 49
title: aññathāsatthuguṇadassanādivaṇṇanā^anuyogadānappakāravaṇṇanā^tipiṭakāntaradhānakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]‘‘Na ^a^M3.0083^ea^ nivāritā’’ti vatvā tattha kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tīṇi hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Paṭipattiantaradhānena sāsanassa osakkitattā aparassa uppatti laddhāvasarā hoti. ^b^Paṭipadā^eb^ti paṭivedhāvahā pubbabhāgapaṭipadā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Pariyatti pamāṇa’’nti vatvā tamatthaṃ bodhisattaṃ nidassanaṃ katvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tayidaṃ hīnaṃ nidassanaṃ katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Niyyānikadhammassa hi ṭhitiṃ dassento aniyyānikadhammaṃ nidasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mātikāya antarahitāyā^eb^ti ‘‘yo pana bhikkhū’’tiādi (pārā. 39, 44; pāci. 45) nayappavattāya ^a^P3.0106^ea^ sikkhāpadapāḷimātikāya antarahitāya. Nidānuddesasaṅkhāte pātimokkhe, pabbajjāupasampadākammesu ca ^b^sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhati.^eb^ Yathā vā pātimokkhe dharante eva pabbajjā upasampadā ca, evaṃ sati eva tadubhaye pātimokkhaṃ tadubhayābhāve pātimokkhābhāvato. Tasmā tayidaṃ tayaṃ sāsanassa ṭhitihetūti āha ^b^‘‘pātimokkhapabbajjāupasampadāsu ṭhitāsu sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā vā upasampadādhīnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ anupasampannassa anicchitattā, upasampadā ca pabbajjādhīnā, tasmā pātimokkhe, taṃ siddhiyā siddhāsu pabbajjupasampadāsu ca sāsanaṃ tiṭṭhati. ^b^Osakkitaṃ nāmā^eb^ti pacchimakapaṭivedhasīlabhedadvayaṃ ekato katvā tato paraṃ ^a^V3.0075^ea^ vinaṭṭhaṃ nāma hoti, pacchimakapaṭivedhato paraṃ paṭivedhasāsanaṃ, pacchimakasīlabhedato paraṃ paṭipattisāsanaṃ vinaṭṭhaṃ nāma hotīti attho.


volume: 27
item: 50
title: anuyogadānappakāravaṇṇanā^tipiṭakāntaradhānakathāvaṇṇanā^sāsanāntarahitavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Etena kāmaṃ ‘‘sāsanaṭṭhitiyā pariyatti pamāṇa’’nti vuttaṃ, pariyatti pana paṭipattihetukāti paṭipattiyā asati sā appatiṭṭhā hoti paṭivedho viya, tasmā paṭipattiantaradhānaṃ sāsanosakkanassa visesakāraṇanti dassetvā tayidaṃ sāsanosakkanaṃ dhātuparinibbānosānanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tīṇi parinibbānānī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Dhātūnaṃ sannipātanādi^eb^ buddhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānenevāti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0084^ea^ rasmiyo. ^b^Kāruñña^eb^nti paridevanakāruññaṃ. Jambudīpe, dīpantaresu, devanāgabrahmalokesu ca vippakiritvā ṭhitānaṃ dhātūnaṃ mahābodhipallaṅkaṭṭhāne ekajjhaṃ sannipātanaṃ, rasmivissajjanaṃ, tattha tejodhātuyā uṭṭhānaṃ, ekajālibhāvo cāti sabbametaṃ satthu adhiṭṭhānavasenevāti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anacchariyattā^eb^ti dvīsupi uppajjamānesu acchariyattābhāvadosatoti ^a^P3.0107^ea^ attho. Buddhā nāma majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya ekasadisāti tesaṃ desanāpi ekarasā evāti āha ^b^‘‘desanāya ca visesābhāvato’’^eb^ti, etena ca anacchariyattameva sādheti. ^b^‘‘Vivādabhāvato’’^eb^ti etena vivādābhāvatthaṃ dve ekato na uppajjantīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti milindapañhe (mi. pa. 5.1.1). ^b^Ekuddeso^eb^ti eko ekavidho abhinno uddeso. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]Ekaṃ eva buddhaṃ dhāretīti ^b^ekabuddhadhāraṇī,^eb^ etena evaṃsabhāvā ete buddhaguṇā, yena dutiyaṃ buddhaguṇaṃ dhāretuṃ asamatthā ayaṃ lokadhātūti dasseti. Paccayavisesanipphannānañhi dhammānaṃ sabhāvaviseso na sakkā nivāretunti. ‘‘Na dhāreyyā’’ti vatvā tameva adhāraṇaṃ pariyāyehi pakāsento ^b^‘‘caleyyā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^caleyyā^eb^ti paripphandeyya. ^b^Kampeyyā^eb^ti pavedheyya. ^b^Nameyyā^eb^ti ekapassena natā bhaveyya. ^b^Oṇameyyā^eb^ti osīdeyya. ^b^Vinameyyā^eb^ti vividhā ito cito ca nameyya. ^b^Vikireyyā^eb^ti vātena bhusamuṭṭhi viya vippakireyya. ^b^Vidhameyyā^eb^ti ^a^V3.0076^ea^ vinasseyya. ^b^Viddhaṃseyyā^eb^ti sabbaso viddhastā bhaveyya. Tathābhūtā ca na katthaci tiṭṭheyyāti āha ^b^‘‘na ṭhānaṃ upagaccheyyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni tattha nidassanaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yathā mahārājā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^samupādikā^eb^ti samaṃ uddhaṃ pajjati pavattatīti samupādikā, udakassa upari samaṃgāminīti attho. ^b^Vaṇṇenā^eb^ti saṇṭhānena. ^b^Pamāṇenā^eb^ti ārohena. ^b^Kisathūlenā^eb^ti kisathūlabhāvena, pariṇāhenāti attho. ^b^Dvinnampī^eb^ti dvepi, dvinnampi vā sarīrabhāraṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Chādenta^eb^nti rocentaṃ ruciṃ uppādentaṃ. ^b^Tandīkato^eb^ti tena bhojanena tandībhūto. ^b^Anoṇamitadaṇḍajāto^eb^ti yāvadatthabhojanena oṇamituṃ asamatthatāya ^a^M3.0085^ea^ anoṇamitadaṇḍo viya jāto. ^b^Sakiṃ^eb^^a^P3.0108^ea^^b^bhuttovā^eb^ti ekaṃ vaḍḍhitakaṃ bhuttamattova ^b^mareyyā^eb^ti. ^b^Atidhammabhārenā^eb^ti dhammena nāma pathavī tiṭṭheyya, sakiṃ teneva calati vinassatīti adhippāyena pucchati. Puna thero ratanaṃ nāma loke kuṭumbaṃ sandhārentaṃ, abhimatañca lokena; taṃ attano garusabhāvatāya sakaṭabhaṅgassa kāraṇaṃ atibhārabhūtaṃ diṭṭhamevaṃ dhammo ca hitasukhavisesehi taṃsamaṅginaṃ dhārento, abhimato ca viññūnaṃ gambhīrappameyyabhāvena garusabhāvattā atibhārabhūto pathavicalanassa kāraṇaṃ hotīti dassento ^b^‘‘idha mahārāja dve sakaṭā’’^eb^tiādimāha, eteneva tathāgatassa mātukucchiokkamanādikāle pathavikampanakāraṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ekassā^eb^ti ekasmā, ^b^ekassa^eb^ vā sakaṭassa ^b^ratanaṃ^eb^ tasmā ^b^sakaṭato gahetvā^eb^ti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Osārita^eb^nti uccāritaṃ, kathitanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aggo^eb^ti sabbasattehi aggo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabhāvapakatikā^eb^ti sabhāvabhūtā akittimā pakatikā. ^b^Kāraṇamahantattā^eb^ti kāraṇānaṃ mahantatāya, mahantehi buddhakaradhammehi pāramisaṅkhātehi kāraṇehi buddhaguṇānaṃ nibbattitoti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Pathavi^eb^ādīni mahantāni vatthūni, mahantā ca ^b^sakka^eb^bhāvādayo attano attano visaye ekekāva, evaṃ ^b^sammāsambuddhopi^eb^ mahanto attano visaye eko eva. Ko ca tassa visayo? Buddhabhūmi, yāvatakaṃ vā ñeyyamevaṃ ‘‘ākāso viya anantavisayo bhagavā eko eva hotī’’ti vadanto ‘‘ekissā lokadhātuyā’’ti vuttalokadhātuto aññesupi cakkavāḷesu aparassa buddhassa abhāvaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sammukhā ^a^V3.0077^ea^ meta’’ntiādinā pavattitaṃ attano byākaraṇaṃ aviparītatthatāya satthari pasāduppādanena sammāpaṭipajjamānassa anukkamena lokuttaradhammāvahampi ^a^P3.0109^ea^ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘dhammassa…pe… paṭipada’’^eb^nti. Vādassa anupatanaṃ anuppavatti ^b^vādānupāto^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘vādoyevā’’^eb^ti.


volume: 27
item: 51
title: tipiṭakāntaradhānakathāvaṇṇanā^sāsanāntarahitavaṇṇanā^acchariyābbhutavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^162^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Udāyī^eb^ti ^a^M3.0086^ea^ nāmaṃ, mahāsarīratāya pana thero ^b^mahāudāyī^eb^ti paññāyittha, yassa vasena vinaye nisīdanassa dasā anuññātā. ^b^Pañcavaṇṇā^eb^ti khuddikādibhedato pañcappakārā. Pītisamuṭṭhānehi paṇītarūpehi atibyāpitadeho ^b^‘‘nirantaraṃ pītiyā phuṭasarīro’’^eb^ti vutto, tato evassā pariyāyato pharaṇalakkhaṇampi vuttaṃ. ^b^Appa^eb^-saddo ‘‘appakasirenevā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.101; 5.158; a. ni. 7.71) viya idha abhāvatthoti āha ^b^‘‘appicchatāti nittaṇhatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tīhākārehī^eb^ti yathālābhayathābalayathāsāruppappakārehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na na katheti^eb^ kathetiyeva. ^b^Cīvarādihetu^eb^nti cīvaruppādādihetubhūtaṃ payuttakathaṃ ^b^na katheti. Veneyyavasenā^eb^ti vinetabbapuggalavasena. ^b^Katheti^eb^ ‘‘evamayaṃ vinayaṃ upagacchatī’’ti. ‘‘Sabbābhibhū sabbavidūhamasmī’’tiādikā (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11; kathā. 405; dha. pa. 353) ^b^gāthāpi^eb^ ‘‘dasabalasamannāgato, bhikkhave, tathāgato’’tiādikā (saṃ. ni. 2.21, 22) ^b^suttantāpi.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^163^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhikkhaṇa^eb^nti abhiṇhaṃ. ^b^Niggāthakattā,^eb^ pucchanavissajjanavasena pavattitattā ca ^b^‘‘veyyākaraṇa’’nti vuttaṃ^eb^. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ suviññeyyaṃ evāti.<br/><br/>[06]Sampasādanīyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 27
item: 52
title: pāsādikasuttavaṇṇanā^^nigaṇṭhanāṭaputtakālaṅkiriyavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^164^eb^^b^.^eb^ Lakkhassa ^a^M3.0087^ea^^a^V3.0078^ea^^a^P3.0110^ea^ saravedhaṃ avirajjhitvāna vijjhanavidhiṃ jānantīti ^b^vedhaññā.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhanumhi katasikkhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sippaṃ uggahaṇatthāyāti^eb^ dhanusippādisippassa uggahaṇatthāya. Majjhimena pamāṇena sarapātayogyatāvasena katattā ^b^dīghapāsādo.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sampati kālaṃ kato^eb^ti acirakālaṃ kato. ^b^Dvedhikajātā^eb^ti jātadvedhikā sañjātabhedā. ^b^Dvejjhajātā^eb^ti duvidhabhāvappattā. Bhaṇḍanti paribhāsanti etenāti ^b^bhaṇḍanaṃ,^eb^ viruddhacittaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti bhaṇḍanaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ nahānādi na kattabba’’nti paññattavattaṃ ^b^paṇṇatti. Dhammavinaya^eb^nti pāvacanaṃ siddhantaṃ. ^b^Vijjhantā^eb^ mukhasattīhi. ^b^Sahitaṃ me^eb^ti mayhaṃ vacanaṃ sahitaṃ siliṭṭhaṃ pubbāparasambandhaṃ atthayuttaṃ kāraṇayuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘atthasaṃhita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Adhiciṇṇa^eb^nti āciṇṇaṃ. ^b^Viparāvatta^eb^nti virodhadassanavasena parāvattitaṃ, parāvattaṃ dūsitanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cirakālavasena paguṇaṃ, taṃ mama vādaṃ āgamma nivatta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pariyesamāno vicara^eb^ tattha gantvā sikkhāti attho. ^b^Sace sakkosi,^eb^ idāniyeva mayā veṭhitaṃ dosaṃ nibbeṭhehi. ^b^Maraṇamevā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0111^ea^ aññamaññaghātanavasena maraṇameva. Nāṭaputtassa imeti ^b^nāṭaputtiyā,^eb^ te pana tassa sissāti āha ^b^‘‘antevāsikesū’’^eb^ti. Purimapaṭipattito paṭinivattanaṃ ^b^paṭivānaṃ,^eb^ taṃ rūpaṃ sabhāvo etesanti ^b^paṭivānarūpā.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘nivattanasabhāvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kathanaṃ^eb^ atthassa ācikkhanaṃ. ^b^Pavedanaṃ^eb^ hetudāharaṇāni āharitvā bodhanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘duppavediteti duviññāpite’’^eb^ti. Na upasamāya saṃvattatīti ^b^anupasamasaṃvattanaṃ,^eb^ tadeva ^b^anupasamasaṃvattanikaṃ,^eb^ tasmiṃ. Samussitaṃ hutvā patiṭṭhāhetubhāvato ^b^thūpaṃ,^eb^ patiṭṭhāti āha ^b^‘‘bhinnathūpeti bhinnapatiṭṭhe’’^eb^ti, ^b^thūpo^eb^ti vā dhammassa niyyānabhāvo veditabbo aññe dhamme abhibhuyya samussitaṭṭhena, so nigaṇṭhassa samaye. Kehici abhinnasammatopi bhinno vinaṭṭho eva sabbena sabbaṃ abhāvatoti so ^b^bhinnathūpo,^eb^ so eva ^a^V3.0079^ea^ niyyānabhāvo vaṭṭadukkhato muccitukāmānaṃ ^b^paṭisaraṇaṃ,^eb^ tamettha natthīti ^b^appaṭisaraṇo^eb^^a^M3.0088^ea^, tasmiṃ bhinnathūpe appaṭisaraṇeti evamettha attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ācariyappamāṇa^eb^nti ācariyamuṭṭhi hutvā pamāṇabhūtaṃ. ^b^Nānānīhārenā^eb^ti nānākārena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^165^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatheva samudācariṃsu^eb^ bhūtapubbagatiyā. ^b^Sāmākāna^eb^nti sāmākadhaññānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Yenassa upajjhāyo’’ti vatvā yathāssa āyasmato cundassa dhammabhaṇḍāgāriko upajjhāyo ahosi, taṃ vitthārena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘buddhakāle kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^buddhakāle^eb^ti bhūtakathanametaṃ, na visesanaṃ. Satthu parinibbānato puretarameva hi dhammasenāpati parinibbuto.


volume: 27
item: 53
title: ^nigaṇṭhanāṭaputtakālaṅkiriyavaṇṇanā^dhammaratanapūjāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Saddhivihārikaṃ^eb^^a^P3.0112^ea^^b^adāsī^eb^ti saddhivihārikaṃ katvā adāsi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kathāya mūla^eb^nti bhagavato santikā labhitabbadhammakathāya kāraṇaṃ. ^b^Samuṭṭhāpetī^eb^ti uṭṭhāpeti, dāliddiyapaṅkato uddharatīti adhippāyo. ^b^Sandhama^eb^nti sammadeva dhamanto. Ekekasmiṃ pahāreyeva tayo tayo vāre katvā ^b^divā navavāre rattiṃ navavāre.^eb^^b^Upaṭṭhānameva gacchati^eb^ buddhupaṭṭhānavasena, pañhāpucchanādivasena pana antarantarāpi gacchateva, gacchanto ca ^b^divasassa…pe… gacchati.^eb^ Ñātuṃ icchitassa atthassa uddharaṇabhāvato pañhova ^b^pañhuddhāro,^eb^ taṃ ^b^gahetvāva gacchati^eb^ attano mahāpaññatāya, satthu ca dhammadesanāyaṃ akilāsubhāvato.


volume: 27
item: 54
title:
  nigaṇṭhanāṭaputtakālaṅkiriyavaṇṇanā^dhammaratanapūjāvaṇṇanā^asammāsambuddhappaveditadhammavinayavaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^166^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ārocitepi^eb^ tasmiṃ atthe. ^b^Sāmiko^eb^ hoti, tassa sāmikabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sova tassā ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ jānātī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Eva^eb^nti vacanasampaṭicchanaṃ. Cundattherena hi ānītaṃ kathāpābhataṃ bhagavā sampaṭicchanto ^b^‘‘eva’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^‘‘Eva’’^eb^nti durakkhāte dhammavinaye sāvakānaṃ dvedhikādibhāvena viharaṇakiriyāparāmasanañhetaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yasmā^eb^^a^M3.0089^ea^^b^…pe… pākaṭaṃ hoti^eb^ byatirekamukhena ca neyyassa atthassa vibhūtabhāvāpattito. Atha ^a^V3.0080^ea^ vā ^b^yasmā…pe… pākaṭaṃ hoti^eb^ dosesu ādīnavadassanena tappaṭipakkhesu guṇesu ānisaṃsassa vibhūtabhāvāpattito. ^b^Vokkammā^eb^ti apasakketvā. Āmeḍitalopena cāyaṃ niddeso, vokkamma vokkammāti vuttaṃ hoti, tena tassa vokkamanassa antarantarāti ayamattho labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘na nirantara’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Dhammānudhammapaṭipattiādayo^eb^ti tena satthārā vuttamuttidhammassa anudhammaṃ appaṭipajjanādayo ^a^P3.0113^ea^. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena pāḷiyaṃ āgatā asāmīcipaṭipadādayo ca saṅgayhanti. ^b^Manussattampī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena ‘‘vicāraṇapaññāya asambhavo, dosesu anabhinivesitā, asandiṭṭhiparāmāsitā’’ti evamādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ‘‘Tathā eva’’nti padehi yathākkamaṃ pakārassa kāmaṃ tirokkhatā, paccakkhatā vuccati, tathāpi yathā ‘‘tathā paṭipajjatū’’ti padena paṭipajjanākāro niyametvā vihito, tathā ‘‘evaṃ paṭipajjatū’’ti imināpīti idaṃ tassa atthadassanabhāvena vuttaṃ.^b^ Samādapitattā ^eb^micchāpaṭipadāya^b^ apuññaṃ pasavati.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^167^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ñāyati muttidhammo etenāti ^b^ñāyo,^eb^ tena satthārā vutto dhammānudhammo, taṃ paṭipannoti ^b^ñāyappaṭipanno,^eb^ so pana yasmā tassa muttidhammassa adhigame kāraṇasammato, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kāraṇappaṭipanno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nipphādessatī^eb^ti sādhessati, siddhiṃ gamissatīti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Dukkhanibbattaka^eb^nti sampati, āyatiñca dukkhassa nibbattakaṃ. ^b^Vīriyaṃ karoti^eb^ micchāpaṭipannattā.


volume: 27
item: 55
title:
  dhammaratanapūjāvaṇṇanā^asammāsambuddhappaveditadhammavinayavaṇṇanā^sammāsambuddhappaveditadhammavinayādivaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^168^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Niyyātī^eb^ti vattati, saṃvattatīti vā attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^170^eb^^b^.^eb^ Idha sāvakassa sammāpaṭipattiyā ekantikāpassayadassanatthaṃ satthu sammāsambuddhatā, dhammassa ca svākkhātatā kittitāti ^b^‘‘sammāpaṭipannassa kulaputtassa pasaṃsaṃ dassetvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Evañhi imissā desanāya saṃkilesabhāgiyabhāvena uṭṭhitāya vodānabhāgiyabhāvena yathānusandhinā pavatti dīpitā hoti. ^b^Abodhitatthā^eb^ti appaveditatthā, paramatthaṃ catutthasaccapaṭivedhaṃ apāpitāti attho. Pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘assā’’ti padaṃ ^a^P3.0114^ea^ ‘‘sāvakā saddhamme’’ti ^a^M3.0090^ea^ dvīhi padehi yojetabbaṃ ‘‘assa sammāsambuddhassa sāvakā, assa saddhamme’’ti. ^b^Sabbasaṅgahapadehi kata^eb^nti sabbassa sāsanatthassa saṅgaṇhanapadehi ekajjhaṃ kataṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbasaṅgāhikaṃ kataṃ na hotīti attho’’^eb^ti. Pubbenāparaṃ sambandhatthabhāvena saṅgahetabbatāya vā saṅgahāni ^a^V3.0081^ea^ padāni katāni etassāti ^b^saṅgahapadakataṃ,^eb^ brahmacariyaṃ. Tappaṭikkhepena na ca saṅgahapadakatanti yojanā. Rāgādipaṭipakkhaharaṇaṃ, yathānusiṭṭhaṃ vā paṭipajjamānānaṃ vaṭṭadukkhato paṭiharaṇaṃ nibbānapāpanaṃ ^b^paṭihāro,^eb^ so eva ā-kārassa i-kāraṃ katvā ^b^paṭihiro,^eb^ paṭihiro eva ^b^pāṭihiro,^eb^ saha pāṭihirenāti ^b^sappāṭihiraṃ,^eb^ tathā suppaveditatāya sappāṭihiraṃ katanti ^b^sappāṭihirakataṃ. ^eb^ Tādisaṃ pana vaṭṭato niyyāne niyuttaṃ, niyyānappayojanañca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘niyyānika’’^eb^nti. ^b^Devalokato^eb^ti devalokato paṭṭhāya rūpīdevanikāyato pabhuti. ^b^Suppakāsita^eb^nti suṭṭhu pakāsitaṃ. ^b^Yāva devamanussehī^eb^ti vā yāva devamanussehi yattakā devā manussā ca, tāva te sabbe abhibyāpetvā ^b^suppakāsitaṃ.^eb^ Anutāpāya hotīti ^b^anutappo,^eb^ so pana anutāpaṃ karonto viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘anutāpakaro hotī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^172^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Thiro^eb^ti ṭhitadhammo kenaci asaṃhāriyo, asekkhā sīlakkhandhādayo therakārakā dhammā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^173^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yogehi khemattā^eb^ti yogehi anupaddutattā. ^b^Saddhammassā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0115^ea^ assa saddhammassa. ^b^Assā^eb^ti ca assa satthuno.<br/><br/>[03]^b^174^eb^^b^.^eb^ Upāsakā brahmacārino nāma visesato anāgāmino. Sotāpannasakadāgāminopi tādisā tathā vuccantīti ^b^‘‘brahmacariyavāsaṃ vasamānā ariyasāvakā’’^eb^ icceva vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^176^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabbakāraṇasampanna^eb^nti yattakehi kāraṇehi sampannaṃ nāma hoti, tehi sabbehi kāraṇehi sampannaṃ sampattaṃ upagataṃ paripuṇṇaṃ, samannāgataṃ vā. ^b^Imameva dhamma^eb^nti imameva sāsanadhammaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Udakena ^a^M3.0091^ea^ padesaññunā attano paññāveyyattiyataṃ dassetuṃ aniyyānike atthe payuttaṃ paheḷikasadisaṃ vacanaṃ, bhagavatā attano sabbaññutāya niyyānike atthe yojetvā dassetuṃ ‘‘udako suda’’ntiādi vuttanti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘so kirā’’^eb^tiādimāha.


volume: 27
item: 56
title:
  asammāsambuddhappaveditadhammavinayavaṇṇanā^sammāsambuddhappaveditadhammavinayādivaṇṇanā^saṅgāyitabbadhammādivaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^177^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṅgamma samāgammā^eb^ti tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne labbhamānānaṃ gativasena saṅgamma ṭhānantarato pakkosanena ^a^V3.0082^ea^ samāgatānaṃ vasena samāgamma. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṅgantvā samāgantvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Atthena attha^eb^nti padantare āgatātthena saha tattha tattha āgatamatthaṃ. ^b^Byañjanena byañjana^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Samānentehī^eb^ti samānaṃ karontehi, opammaṃ vā ānentehi. ^b^Saṅgāyitabba^eb^nti sammadeva gāyitabbaṃ kathetabbaṃ, taṃ pana saṅgāyanaṃ vācanāmaggoti āha ^b^‘‘vācetabba’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^178^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tassa vā bhāsite^eb^ti tassa bhikkhuno bhāsite atthe ceva byañjane ca. Atthamicchāgahaṇaropanāni yathā honti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ārammaṇaṃ ‘‘satipaṭṭhāna’’nti gaṇhāti,^eb^ na satiyeva ‘‘satipaṭṭhāna’’nti. ^b^‘‘Satipaṭṭhānānī’’ti^eb^^a^P3.0116^ea^^b^byañjanaṃ ropeti^eb^ tasmiṃ atthe, na ‘‘satipaṭṭhānā’’ti. ^b^Upapannatarānī^eb^ti yuttatarāni. ^b^Allīnatarānī^eb^ti siliṭṭhatarāni. ^b^Yā cevā^eb^ti liṅgavipallāsena vuttaṃ, vibhattilopena vā. Puna ^b^yā cevā^eb^ti liṅgavipallāseneva niddeso. ^b^Neva ussādetabbo^eb^ti na ukkaṃsetabbo virajjhitvā vuttattā. ^b^Na apasādetabbo^eb^ti na santajjetabbo vivādapariharaṇatthaṃ. ^b^Dhāraṇattha^eb^nti upadhāraṇatthaṃ sallakkhaṇatthaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^181^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Atthena upeta^eb^nti aviparītena atthena upetaṃ taṃ ‘‘ayamettha attho’’ti upecca paṭijānitvā ṭhitaṃ. Tathārūpo ca tassa bujjhitā nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘atthassa viññātāra’’^eb^nti. ^b^Evametaṃ bhikkhuṃ pasaṃsathā^eb^ti vuttanayena dhammabhāṇakaṃ amuṃ bhikkhuṃ ‘‘evaṃ lābhā no āvuso’’tiādiākārena pasaṃsatha. Idānissa pasaṃsabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘eso hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Esā^eb^ti pariyattidhammassa satthukiccakaraṇato, tattha cassa sammadeva avaṭṭhitabhāvato ^b^‘‘buddho nāma esā’’^eb^ti ^a^M3.0092^ea^ vutto. ‘‘Lābhā no’’tiādinā cassa bhikkhūnaṃ piyagarubhāvaṃ vibhāvento satthā taṃ attano ṭhāne ṭhapesīti vutto.


volume: 27
item: 57
title:
  sammāsambuddhappaveditadhammavinayādivaṇṇanā^saṅgāyitabbadhammādivaṇṇanā^paccayānuññātakāraṇādivaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^182^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tatopi uttaritara^eb^nti yā pubbe sammāpaṭipannassa bhikkhuno pasaṃsanavasena ‘‘idha pana cunda satthā ca hoti sammāsambuddho’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.167, 169) pavattitadesanāya upari ‘‘idha cunda satthā ca loke udapādī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.170, 171) desanā vaḍḍhitā. Tatopi uttaritaraṃ savisesaṃ desanaṃ vaḍḍhento ^b^‘‘paccayahetū’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^paccayahetū^eb^ti paccayasaṃvattanahetu. ^b^Uppajjanakā āsavā^eb^ti paccayānaṃ pariyesanahetu ^a^P3.0117^ea^ ceva paribhogahetu ca uppajjanakā kāmāsavādayo. Tesaṃ diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ ^a^V3.0083^ea^ āsavānaṃ ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako micchāājīvaṃ pahāya sammāājīvena jīvitaṃ kappetī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.8) ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṃ paṭisevatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.23; a. ni. 6.58) ca sammāpaṭipattiṃ upadisanto bhagavā ^b^paṭighātāya dhammaṃ deseti^eb^ nāma. ‘‘Yo tumhesu pāḷiyā atthabyañjanāni micchā gaṇhāti, so neva ussādetabbo, na apasādetabbo, sādhukaṃ saññāpetabbo tasseva atthassa nisantiyā’’ti evaṃ pariyattidhamme micchāpaṭipanne sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ bhikkhū niyojento bhagavā bhaṇḍanahetu uppajjanakānaṃ samparāyikānaṃ āsavānaṃ paṭighātāya dhammaṃ deseti nāma. ^b^Yathā te na pavisantī^eb^ti te āsavā attano cittasantānaṃ yathā na otaranti. ^b^Mūlaghātena paṭihananāyā^eb^ti yathā mūlaghāto hoti, evaṃ mūlaghātavasena pajahanāya. ^b^Ta^eb^nti cīvaraṃ. ^b^Yathā cīvaraṃ^eb^ idamatthikatameva upādāya anuññātaṃ, ^b^evaṃ piṇḍapātādayopi.^eb^


volume: 27
item: 58
title: saṅgāyitabbadhammādivaṇṇanā^paccayānuññātakāraṇādivaṇṇanā^sukhallikānuyogādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^183^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sukhita^eb^nti sañjātasukhaṃ. ^b^Pīṇita^eb^nti dhātaṃ suhitaṃ. Tathābhūto pana yasmā thūlasarīro hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘thūlaṃ karotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^186^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Naṭhitasabhāvā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0093^ea^ anavaṭṭhitasabhāvā, evarūpāya kathāya anavaṭṭhānabhāvato sabhāvopi tesaṃ anavaṭṭhitoti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘jivhā no atthī’’^eb^tiādi. Kāmaṃ ‘‘pañcahi cakkhūhī’’ti vuttaṃ, aggahitaggahaṇena pana ^a^P3.0118^ea^ cattāri cakkhūni veditabbāni. Sabbaññutaññāṇañhi samantacakkhūti. Tassa vā ñeyyadhammesu jānanavasena pavattiṃ upādāya ^b^‘‘jānatā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Hatthāmalakaṃ viya paccakkhato dassanavasena pavattiṃ upādāya ^b^‘‘passatā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Nemaṃ^eb^ vuccati thambhādīhi anupaviṭṭhabhūmippedesoti āha ^b^‘‘gambhīrabhūmiṃ anupaviṭṭho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Suṭṭhu nikhāto^eb^ti bhūmiṃ nikhanitvā sammadeva ṭhapito. ^b^Tasmi^eb^nti khīṇāsave. ^b^Anajjhācāro acalo asampavedhī,^eb^ yasmā ajjhācāro setughāto khīṇāsavānaṃ. ^b^Sotāpannādayo^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena gahitesu anāgāmino tāva navasupi ṭhānesu khīṇāsavā viya abhabbā, sotāpannasakadāgāmino pana ‘‘tatiyapañcamaṭṭhānesu abhabbā’’ti na vattabbā, itaresu sattasu ṭhānesu abhabbāva.


volume: 27
item: 59
title: paccayānuññātakāraṇādivaṇṇanā^sukhallikānuyogādivaṇṇanā^pañhabyākaraṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^187^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gihibyañjanenā^eb^ti ^a^V3.0084^ea^ gihiliṅgena. Khīṇāsavo pana gihibyañjanena arahattaṃ pattopi na tiṭṭhati vivekaṭṭhānassa abhāvāti adhippāyo. ^b^Tassa vasenā^eb^ti bhummadevattabhāve ṭhatvā arahattappattassa vasena. ^b^Ayaṃ pañho^eb^ti ‘‘abhabbo so nava ṭhānāni ajjhācaritu’’nti ayaṃ pañho ^b^āgato^eb^ itarassa pabbajjāya, parinibbānena vā abhabbatāya avuttasiddhattā. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ bhikkhugahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘bhinnadosattā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Apariccheda^eb^nti apariyantaṃ, tayidaṃ suvipulanti āha ^b^‘‘mahanta’’^eb^nti. Ñeyyassa hi vipulatāya ñāṇassa vipulatā veditabbā, etena ‘‘apariccheda’’nti vuccamānampi ñeyyaṃ satthu ñāṇassa vasena paricchedamevāti dassitaṃ hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘ñāṇapariyantikaṃ neyya’’nti (mahāni. 69, 156; cūḷani. 85; paṭi. ma. 3.5) ^b^anāgate^eb^^a^P3.0119^ea^^b^apaññāpana^eb^nti anāgate visaye ñāṇassa apaññāpanaṃ. ‘‘Paccakkhaṃ viya katvā’’ti kasmā viya-saddaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ, nanu buddhānaṃ sabbampi ñāṇaṃ attano visayaṃ paccakkhameva katvā pavattati ekappamāṇabhāvatoti? Saccametaṃ, ^b^‘‘akkha’’^eb^nti pana cakkhādīndriyaṃ vuccati, taṃ akkhaṃ pati vattatīti cakkhādinissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ, tassa ^a^M3.0094^ea^ ca ārammaṇaṃ ^b^‘‘paccakkha’’^eb^nti loke niruḷhametanti taṃ nidassanaṃ katvā dassento ^b^‘‘paccakkhaṃ viya katvā’’^eb^ti avoca, na pana bhagavato ñāṇassa appaccakkhākārena pavattanato. Tathā hi vadanti –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Āvibhūtaṃ pakāsanaṃ, anupaddutacetasaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Atītānāgate ñāṇaṃ, paccakkhānaṃ vasissatī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññattha vihitakenā^eb^ti aññasmiṃ visaye pavattitena. ^b^Saṅgāhetabba^eb^nti samaṃ katvā kathayitabbaṃ, kathanaṃ pana paññāpanaṃ nāma hotīti ^b^paññāpetabba^eb^nti attho vutto. ^b^Tādisa^eb^nti satataṃ samitaṃ pavattakaṃ. ^b^Ñāṇaṃ nāma natthī^eb^ti āvajjanena vinā ñāṇuppattiyā asambhavato. Ekākārena ca ñāṇe pavattamāne nānākārassa visayassa avabodho na siyā. Athāpi siyā, anirupitarūpeneva avabodho siyā, tena ca ñāṇaṃ ñeyyaṃ aññātasadisameva siyā. Na hi ‘‘idaṃ ta’’nti vivekena anavabuddho attho ñāto nāma hoti, tasmā ‘‘carato ca tiṭṭhato cā’’tiādi bālalāpanamattaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathariva bālā abyattā, evaṃ maññantī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Satiṃ ^a^P3.0120^ea^ anussaratīti ^b^satānusāri,^eb^ satiyānuvattanavasena pavattañāṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pubbenivāsānussatisampayuttaka’’^eb^nti ^a^V3.0085^ea^. ^b^Ñāṇaṃ pesesī^eb^ti ñāṇaṃ pavattesi. Sabbatthakameva ñeyyāvaraṇassa suppahīnattā ^b^appaṭihataṃ anivāritaṃ ñāṇaṃ gacchati^eb^ pavattaticceva attho. ‘‘Bodhi vuccati catūsu maggesu ñāṇa’’nti (cūḷani. 211) vacanato catumaggañāṇaṃ ^b^bodhi,^eb^ tato tassa adhigatattā uppajjanakaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ ‘‘bodhijaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjatī’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Bodhijaṃ^eb^ bodhimūle jātaṃ catumagga^b^ñāṇaṃ,^eb^ tañca kho ^b^anāgataṃ ārabbha^eb^ uddissa tassa appavattiatthaṃ ^b^tathāgatassa uppajjati^eb^ tassa uppannattā āyatiṃ punabbhavābhāvato. Kathaṃ tathāgato anāgatamaddhānaṃ ārabbha atīrakaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paññāpetīti? Atītassa pana addhuno mahantatāya atīrakaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ tattha paññāpetīti ko ettha virodho. Titthiyā pana imamatthaṃ yāthāvato ajānantā – ‘‘tayidaṃ kiṃ su, tayidaṃ kathaṃsū’’ti attano aññāṇameva pākaṭaṃ karonti. Tasmā bhagavatā sasantatipariyāpannadhammappavattiṃ sandhāya ‘‘aññavihitakaṃ ñāṇadassana’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Itaraṃ pana sandhāya vuccamāne sati tathārūpe payojane anāgatampi addhānaṃ ^a^M3.0095^ea^ ārabbha atīrakameva ñāṇadassanaṃ paññāpeyya bhagavāti anatthasaṃhitanti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘na idhalokatthaṃ vā paralokatthaṃ vā nissita’’^eb^nti. Yaṃ pana sattānaṃ anatthāvahattā anatthasaṃhitaṃ, tattha setughāto tathāgatassa. ^b^‘‘Bhāratayuddhasītāharaṇasadisa’’^eb^nti ^a^P3.0121^ea^ iminā tassā kathāya yebhuyyena abhūtatthataṃ dīpeti. ^b^Sahetuka^eb^nti ñāpakena hetunā sahetukaṃ. So pana hetu yena nidassanena sādhīyati, taṃ tassa kāraṇanti tena ^b^sakāraṇaṃ katvā. ^eb^ Yathā hi paṭiññātatthasādhanato hetu, evaṃ sādhakaṃ nidassananti. ^b^Yuttapattakāleyevā^eb^ti yuttānaṃ pattakāle eva. Ye hi veneyyā tassā kathāya yuttā anucchavikā, tesaṃyeva yojane sandhāya vā kathāya patto upakārāvaho kālo, tadā eva ^b^kathetī^eb^ti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^188^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Tathā tatheva gadanato’’^eb^ti iminā ‘‘tathāgato’’ti āmeḍitalopenāyaṃ niddesoti dasseti. ^b^Tathā tathevā^eb^ti ca dhammātthasabhāvānurūpaṃ, veneyyajjhāsayānurūpañcāti adhippāyo. ^b^Diṭṭhanti rūpāyatanaṃ^eb^ daṭṭhabbato, tena yaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, yaṃ dissati, yaṃ dakkhati, yaṃ sati samavāye passeyyaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ’’ tveva gahitaṃ kālavisesassa anāmaṭṭhabhāvato. ^b^‘‘Suta’’^eb^ntiādīsupi eseva nayo. ^b^Sutanti saddāyatanaṃ^eb^ sotabbato. ^b^Muta^eb^nti sanissayena ghānādīndriyena sayaṃ patvā pāpuṇitvā gahetabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘patvā gahetabbato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Viññāta^eb^nti vijānitabbaṃ, taṃ pana diṭṭhādivinimuttaṃ viññeyyanti āha ^b^‘‘sukhadukkhādidhammāyatana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Patta^eb^nti yathā tathā pattaṃ, hatthagataṃ adhigatanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pariyesitvā vā apariyesitvā vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pariyesita^eb^nti pattiyāmatthaṃ pariyiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ pana ^a^P3.0122^ea^ pattaṃ vā siyā appattaṃ vā ubhayathāpi pariyesitamevāti āha ^b^‘‘pattaṃ vā appattaṃ vā’’^eb^ti. Padadvayenāpi dvippakārampi pattaṃ, dvippakārampi ^a^V3.0086^ea^ pariyesitaṃ, tena tena pakārena tathāgatena abhisambuddhanti dasseti. ^b^Cittena anusañcarita^eb^nti copanaṃ apāpetvā citteneva anusaṃcaritaṃ, parivitakkitanti attho. ^b^Pītakanti ādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena lohitakaodātādi sabbaṃ rūpārammaṇavibhāgaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Sumano^eb^ti rāgavasena, lobhavasena, saddhādivasena vā sumano. ^b^Dummano^eb^ti byāpādavitakkavasena, vihiṃsāvitakkavasena vā dummano. ^b^Majjhatto^eb^ti aññāṇavasena vā ñāṇavasena ^a^M3.0096^ea^ vā majjhatto. Eseva nayo sabbattha. Tattha tattha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena saṅkhasaddo paṇavasaddo, pattagandho pupphagandho, pattaraso phalaraso, upādinnaṃ anupādinnaṃ, majjhattavedanā kusalakammaṃ akusalakammanti evaṃ ādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appatta^eb^nti ñāṇena asampattaṃ, aviditanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ñāṇena asacchikata’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tatheva gatattā^eb^ti tatheva ñātattā abhisambuddhattā. ^b^Gata-saddena ekatthaṃ^eb^ buddhiatthanti attho. ‘‘Gatiatthā hi dhātavo buddhiatthā bhavantī’’ti akkharacintakā.


volume: 27
item: 60
title: sukhallikānuyogādivaṇṇanā^pañhabyākaraṇavaṇṇanā^abyākataṭṭhānādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^189^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Asamataṃ kathetvā’’ti vatvā samopi nāma koci natthi, kuto uttaritaroti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘anuttarata’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Sā panāyaṃ asamatā, anuttaratā ca sabbaññutaṃ pūretvā ṭhitāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sabbaññuta’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Sā sabbaññutā saddhammavaracakkavattibhāvena loke pākaṭā jātāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dhammarājabhāvaṃ kathetvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tathā sabbaññubhāvena ca satthā imesu diṭṭhigatavipallāsesu ^a^P3.0123^ea^ evaṃ paṭipajjatīti dassento ^b^‘‘idānī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^sīhanāda^eb^nti abhītanādaṃ seṭṭhanādaṃ. Seṭṭhanādo hesa, yadidaṃ ṭhapanīyassa pañhassa ṭhapanīyabhāvadassanaṃ. Ṭhapanīyatā cassa pāḷiāruḷhā eva ‘‘na heta’’ntiādinā. Yathā upacitakammakilesena itthattaṃ āgantabbaṃ, tathā naṃ āgatoti ^b^tathāgato,^eb^ satto. Tathā hi so rūpādīsu satto visattoti katvā ^b^‘‘satto’’^eb^ti ca vuccati. ^b^Itthatta^eb^nti ca paṭiladdhattā tathā paccakkhabhūto attabhāvoti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Atthasaṃhitaṃ na hotī’’^eb^ti iminā ubhayattha vidhuratādassanena niratthakavippalāpataṃ tassa vādassa vibhāveti, ubhayalokatthavidhurampi samānaṃ ‘‘kiṃ nu kho vivaṭṭanissita’’nti koci āsaṅkeyyāti tadāsaṅkānivattanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘na ca dhammasaṃhita’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘navalokuttaradhammanissitaṃ na hotī’’^eb^ti. Yadipi taṃ na vivaṭṭogataṃ hoti, vivaṭṭassa pana adhiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ ^a^V3.0087^ea^ nu khoti koci āsaṅkeyyāti tadāsaṅkānivattanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘na ādibrahmacariyaka’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^190^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kāmaṃ ^a^M3.0097^ea^ taṇhāpi dukkhasabhāvattā ‘‘dukkha’’nti byākātabbā, pabhavabhāvena pana sā tato visuṃ kātabbāti ^b^‘‘taṇhaṃ ṭhapetvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasseva dukkhassa pabhāvikā’’^eb^tiādi. Nanu ca avijjādayopi dukkhassa samudayoti? Saccaṃ samudayo, tassā pana kammassa vicittabhāvahetuto, dukkhuppādane visesapaccayabhāvato ca sātisayo samudayaṭṭhoti sā eva suttesu tathā vuttā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taṇhā dukkhasamudayoti^eb^^a^P3.0124^ea^^b^byākata’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ubhinnaṃ appavattī^eb^ti dukkhasamudayānaṃ appavattinimittaṃ. ^b^‘‘Dukkhaparijānano’’^eb^tiādi maggakiccadassanaṃ, tena maggassa bhāvanatthopi atthato dassitovāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Na hi bhāvanābhisamayena vinā pariññābhisamayādayo sambhavantīti. Saccavavatthāpanaṃ appamādapaṭipattibhāvato asammohakalyāṇakittisaddādinimittatāya yathā sātisayaṃ idhalokatthāvahaṃ, evaṃ yāva ñāṇassa tikkhavisadabhāvappattiyā abhāvena navalokuttaradhammasampāpakaṃ na hoti, tāva tattha tattha sampattibhave abbhudayasampatti anugatameva siyāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘etaṃ idhalokaparalokatthanissita’’^eb^nti. ^b^Navalokuttaradhammanissita^eb^nti navavidhampi lokuttaradhammaṃ nissāya pavattaṃ tadadhigamūpāyabhāvato. Yasmā saccasambodhaṃ uddissa sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ vussati, na aññadatthaṃ, tasmā etaṃ saccavavatthāpanaṃ ‘‘ādipadhāna’’nti vuttaṃ paṭhamataraṃ citte ādātabbato.


volume: 27
item: 61
title: pañhabyākaraṇavaṇṇanā^abyākataṭṭhānādivaṇṇanā^pubbantasahagatadiṭṭhinissayavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^191^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Taṃ mayā byākatamevā^eb^ti taṃ mayā tathā byākatameva, byākātabbaṃ nāma mayā abyākataṃ natthīti byākaraṇāvekallena attano dhammasudhammatāya buddhasubuddhataṃ vibhāveti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sīhanādaṃ nadanto’’^eb^ti. Purimuppannā diṭṭhiyo aparāparuppannānaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ avassayā hontīti ^b^‘‘diṭṭhiyova diṭṭhinissayā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhigatikā^eb^ti diṭṭhigatiyo, diṭṭhippavattiyoti attho. ^b^Idameva dassanaṃ sacca^eb^nti ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti idameva dassanaṃ saccaṃ amoghaṃ aviparītaṃ. ^b^Aññesaṃ vacanaṃ mogha^eb^nti ‘‘asassato attā ca loko ^a^P3.0125^ea^ cā’’ti evamādikaṃ aññesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vacanaṃ moghaṃ tucchaṃ, micchāti attho. Na sayaṃ kātabboti ^b^asayaṃkāro^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘asayaṃkato’’^eb^ti, yādicchikattāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^192^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Atthi^eb^^a^M3.0098^ea^^b^kho^eb^ti ettha ^b^kho^eb^-saddo pucchāyaṃ, atthi nūti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘atthi^eb^^a^V3.0088^ea^^b^kho idaṃ āvuso vuccatī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Āvuso yaṃ tumhehi ‘‘sassato attā ca loko cā’’ti vuccati,^eb^ idamatthi kho idaṃ vācāmattaṃ, no natthi, tasmā vācāvatthumattato tassa ^b^yaṃ kho te evamāhaṃsu ‘‘idameva saccaṃ moghaṃ añña’’nti, taṃ tesaṃ nānujānāmī^eb^ti evamettha attho ca yojanā ca veditabbā. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ ^b^brahmajālaṭīkāyaṃ^eb^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.30) vuttameva. ^b^Diṭṭhipaññattiyā^eb^ti diṭṭhiyā paññāpane ‘‘evaṃ esā diṭṭhi uppannā’’ti tassā diṭṭhiyā samudayato, atthaṅgamato, assādato, ādīnavato, nissaraṇato ca yāthāvato paññāpane. Aviparītavuttiyā ^b^samena ñāṇena samaṃ^eb^ kañci neva samanupassāmi. ^b^Adhipaññattī^eb^ti abhiññeyyadhammapaññāpanā. Yaṃ ajānantā bāhirakā diṭṭhipaññattiyeva allīnāti tañca paññattito ajānantā thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharanti. Ettha ca yāyaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhipaññatti nāmā’’ti vuttā diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatikehi evaṃ gahitatāya vibhāvanā, tattha ca bhagavato uttaritaro nāma koci natthi, svāyamattho ^b^brahmajāle^eb^ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.30) vibhāvito eva. ‘‘Adhipaññattī’’ti vuttā pana vibhāviyamānā lokassa nibbidāhetubhāvena bahulīkārāti tassā vasena bhagavā anuttarabhāvaṃ pavedento ‘neva attanā samasamaṃ samanupassāmī’ti sīhanādaṃ nadī’’ti keci. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.192) pana ‘‘yañca vuttaṃ ‘paññattiyā’ti yañca ‘adhipaññattī’ti ^a^P3.0126^ea^, ubhayametaṃ atthato eka’’nti ‘‘idha pana paññattiyāti etthāpi paññatti ceva adhipaññatti ca adhippetā, adhipaññattīti etthāpī’’ti ca vuttā, ubhayassapi vasenettha bhagavā sīhanādaṃ nadīti viññāyati. ^b^Ubhayaṃ petaṃ atthato eka^eb^nti ca paññattibhāvasāmaññaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na bhedābhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhedato hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Khandhapaññattī^eb^ti khandhānaṃ ‘‘khandhā’’ti paññāpanā dassanā pakāsanā ṭhapanā nikkhipanā. ‘‘Ācikkhati dasseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapetī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.20, 97) āgataṭṭhāne hi paññāpanā dassanā pakāsanā ^b^paññatti^eb^ nāma, ‘‘supaññattaṃ mañcapīṭha’’nti (pārā. 269) āgataṭṭhāne ṭhapanā nikkhipanā ^b^paññatti^eb^ nāma, idha ubhayampi yujjati.


volume: 27
item: 62
title: abyākataṭṭhānādivaṇṇanā^pubbantasahagatadiṭṭhinissayavaṇṇanā^diṭṭhinissayappahānavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^196^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pajahanattha^eb^nti ^a^M3.0099^ea^ accantāya paṭinissajjanatthaṃ. Yasmā tena pajahanena sabbe diṭṭhinissayā sammadeva atikkantā honti vītikkantā, tasmā ^b^‘‘samatikkamāyāti tasseva vevacana’’^eb^nti avoca. Na kevalaṃ satipaṭṭhānā kathitamattā, atha kho veneyyasantāne patiṭṭhāpitāti dassetuṃ ‘‘desitā’’ti vatvā ‘‘paññattā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘desitāti kathitā. Paññattāti ṭhapitā’’^eb^ti. Idāni satipaṭṭhānadesanāya diṭṭhinissayānaṃ ekantikaṃ pahānāvahabhāvaṃ ^a^V3.0089^ea^ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘satipaṭṭhānabhāvanāya hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha satipaṭṭhānabhāvanāyāti iminā tesaṃ bhāvanāya eva nesaṃ pahānaṃ, desanā pana tadupanissayabhāvato tathā vuttāti dasseti. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ suviññeyyamevāti.<br/><br/>[06]Pāsādikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 27
item: 63
title: lakkhaṇasuttavaṇṇanā^^dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^199^eb^^b^.^eb^ Abhinīhārādiguṇamahattena ^a^M3.0100^ea^^a^V3.0090^ea^^a^P3.0127^ea^ mahanto purisoti ^b^mahāpuriso,^eb^ so lakkhīyati etehīti ^b^mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni. ^eb^ Taṃ mahāpurisaṃ byañjayanti pakāsentīti ^b^mahāpurisabyañjanāni. ^eb^ Mahāpuriso nimīyati anumīyati etehīti ^b^mahāpurisanimittāni.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ…pe… kāraṇānī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^200^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhārentī^eb^ti lakkhaṇapāṭhaṃ dhārenti, tena lakkhaṇāni te sarūpato jānanti, na pana samuṭṭhānatoti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘no ca kho’’^eb^tiādi, tena anaññasādhāraṇametaṃ, yadidaṃ mahāpurisalakkhaṇānaṃ kāraṇavibhāvananti dasseti. ^b^Kasmā āhā^eb^ti yathāvuttassa suttassa samuṭṭhānakāraṇaṃ pucchati, ācariyo ‘‘aṭṭhuppattiyā anurūpattā’’ti vatvā tamevassa aṭṭhuppattiṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sā panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Sabbapāliphullo^eb^ti sabbaso samantato vikasitapuppho. Vikasanameva hi pupphassa nipphatti. ^b^Pāricchattako viyā^eb^ti anussavaladdhamattaṃ gahetvā vadanti. ^b^Uppajjatī^eb^ti labbhati, nibbattatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yena kammenā^eb^ti yena kusalakammunā. ^b^Yaṃ nibbatta^eb^nti yaṃ yaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ nibbattaṃ. ^b^Dassanattha^eb^nti tassa tassa kusalakammassa sarūpato, kiccato, pavattiākāravisesato, paccayato, phalavisesato ca dassanatthaṃ, eteneva paṭipāṭiyā uddiṭṭhānaṃ lakkhaṇānaṃ ^a^P3.0128^ea^ asamuddesakāraṇavibhāvanāya kāraṇaṃ dīpitaṃ hoti samānakāraṇānaṃ lakkhaṇānaṃ ekajjhaṃ kāraṇadassanavasenassa pavattattā. ^b^Evamāhā^eb^ti ‘‘bāhirakāpi isayo dhārentī’’tiādinā iminā iminā pakārena āha.


volume: 27
item: 64
title: ^dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^suppatiṭṭhitapādatālakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^201^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Purimaṃ^eb^^a^V3.0091^ea^^b^jāti^eb^nti purimāyaṃ jātiyaṃ, bhummatthe etaṃ upayogavacana’’nti vadanti. ‘‘Pubbe nivutthakkhandhasantāne ṭhito’’ti vacanato accantasaṃyoge vā upayogavacanaṃ. Yattha yattha hi jātiyaṃ mahāsatto puññakammaṃ ^a^M3.0101^ea^ kātuṃ ārabhati, ārabhato paṭṭhāya accantameva tattha puññakammappasuto hoti. Tenāha ‘‘daḷhasamādāno’’tiādi. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. ^b^Nivutthakkhandhā ‘‘jātī’’ti vuttā^eb^ khandhavinimuttāya jātiyā abhāvato, nibbattilakkhaṇassa ca vikārassa idha anupayujjanato. ^b^Jātavasenā^eb^ti jāyanavasena. ^b^‘‘Tathā’’^eb^ti iminā ‘‘pubbe nivutthakkhandhā’’ti imaṃ padaṃ upasaṃharati. ^b^Bhavanavasenā^eb^ti paccayato nibbattanavasena. ^b^Nivutthavasenā^eb^ti nivusitatāvasena. ^b^Ālayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti āvasitabhāvena. Nivāsattho hi niketattho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti devalokādimhi. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena ekaccaṃ tiracchānayoniṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Na sukara^eb^nti devagatiyā ekantasukhatāya, duggatiyā ekantadukkhatāya, dukkhabahulatāya ca puññakiriyāya okāso na sulabharūpo paccayasamavāyassa dullabhabhāvato, uppajjamānā ca sā uḷārā, vipulā ca na hotīti gativasenāpi khettavisesatā icchitabbā ‘‘tiracchānagate dānaṃ datvā sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā, puthujjanadussīle dānaṃ datvā sahassaguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.379) vacanato ^a^P3.0129^ea^. Manussagatiyā pana sukhabahulatāya puññakiriyāya okāso sulabharūpo paccayasamavāyassa ca yebhuyyena sulabhabhāvato. Yañca tattha dukkhaṃ uppajjati, tampi visesato puññakiriyāya upanissayo hoti, dukkhūpanisā saddhāti. Yathā hi ayoghanena satthake nipphādiyamāne tassa ekantato aggimhi tāpanaṃ, udakena vā temanaṃ chedanakiriyāsamatthatāya na visesapaccayo, tāpetvā pana samānayogato udakatemanaṃ tassā visesapaccayo, evameva sattasantānassa ekantadukkhasamaṅgitā dukkhabahulatā ekantasukhasamaṅgitā sukhabahulatā ca puññakiriyāsamatthatāya na visesapaccayo, sati pana samānayogato dukkhasantāpane, sukhumabrūhane ca laddhūpanissayā puññakiriyā samatthatāya sambhavati, tathā sati uppajjamānā puññakiriyā mahājutikā mahāvipphārā paṭipakkhacchedanasamatthā hoti. Tasmā manussabhāvo puññakiriyāya visesapaccayo. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tattha na sukaraṃ, manussabhūtasseva sukara’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha ^a^M3.0102^ea^ ‘‘manussabhūtassā’’ti ettha ko vacanattho? ‘‘Manassa ussannatāya ^b^manussā^eb^ti, sūrabhāvasatimantatābrahmacariyayogyatādiguṇavasena ^a^V3.0092^ea^ upacitamanakā ukkaṭṭhaguṇacittāti attho. Ke pana te? Jambudīpavāsino sattavisesā. Tenāha bhagavā –<br/><br/>[08]‘Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi jambudīpakā manussā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti deve ca tāvatiṃse. Katamehi tīhi? Sūrā satimanto idha brahmacariyavāso’ti (a. ni. 9.21; kathā. 271).<br/><br/>[03]Tathā hi buddhā bhagavanto, paccekabuddhā, aggasāvakā ^a^P3.0130^ea^, mahāsāvakā, cakkavattino, aññe ca mahānubhāvā sattā tattheva uppajjanti. Te hi samānarūpāditāya pana saddhiṃ parittadīpavāsīhi itaramahādīpavāsinopi manussā tveva paññāyiṃsū’’ti keci. Apare pana bhaṇanti ‘‘lobhādīhi, alobhādīhi ca sahitassa manassa ussannatāya ^b^manussā.^eb^ Ye hi sattā manussajātikā, tesu visesato lobhādayo, alobhādayo ca ussannā, te lobhādiussannatāya apāyamaggaṃ, alobhādiussannatāya sugatimaggaṃ, nibbānagāmimaggañca paripūrenti, tasmā lobhādīhi, alobhādīhi ca sahitassa manassa ussannatāya parittadīpavāsīhi saddhiṃ catudīpavāsino sattavisesā manussāti vuccantī’’ti. Lokiyā pana ‘‘manuno apaccabhāvena ^b^manussā’’^eb^ti vadanti. ^b^Manu^eb^ nāma paṭhamakappiko lokamariyādāya ādibhūto sattānaṃ hitāhitavidhāyako kattabbākattabbatāsu niyojanatāvasena pituṭṭhāniyo, yo sāsane ‘‘mahāsammato’’ti vuccati amhākaṃ mahābodhisatto, paccakkhato, paramparā ca tassa ovādānusāsaniyaṃ ṭhitā sattā puttasadisatāya ‘‘manussā, mānusā’’ti ca vuccanti. Tato eva hi te ‘‘mānavā, manujā’’ti ca voharīyanti. ^b^Manussabhūtassā^eb^ti manussesu bhūtassa jātassa, manussabhāvaṃ vā pattassāti attho. Ayañca nayo lokiyamahājanassa vasena vutto. Mahābodhisattānaṃ pana santānassa mahābhinīhārato paṭṭhāya kusaladhammapaṭipattiyaṃ sammadeva abhisaṅkhatattā tesaṃ sugatiyaṃ, attano uppajjanaduggatiyañca nibbattānaṃ kusalakammaṃ garutaramevāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘akāraṇaṃ vā eta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evarūpe^eb^^a^M3.0103^ea^^b^attabhāve^eb^ti hatthiādiattabhāve. ^b^Ṭhitena katakammaṃ na sakkā sukhena dīpetuṃ^eb^ loke appaññātarūpattā. ^b^Sukhena dīpetuṃ^eb^ ‘‘asukasmiṃ dese asukasmiṃ nagare asuko nāma rājā, brāhmaṇo hutvā imaṃ kusalakammaṃ akāsī’’ti evaṃ suviññāpayabhāvato. ^b^Thiraggahaṇo^eb^ti ^a^P3.0131^ea^ asithilaggāhī thāmappattaggahaṇo. ^b^Niccalaggahaṇo^eb^ti acañcalaggāhī tattha kenacipi asaṃhāriyo ^a^V3.0093^ea^. ^b^Paṭikuṭatī^eb^ti saṃkuṭati, jigucchanavasena vivaṭṭati vā. ^b^Pasāriyatī^eb^ti vitthataṃ hoti vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taveso mahāsamuddasadiso^eb^ti eso udakogho teva mahāsamuddasadiso.<br/><br/>[03]Dīyati etenāti ^b^dānaṃ,^eb^ pariccāgacetanā. ^b^Diyyanavasenā^eb^ti deyyadhammassa pariyattaṃ katvā pariccajanavasena ^b^dānaṃ. Saṃvibhāgakaraṇavasenā^eb^ti tasseva attanā saddhiṃ parassa saṃvibhajanavasena ^b^saṃvibhāgo,^eb^ tathāpavattā cetanā. ^b^Sīlasamādāne^eb^ti sīlassa sammadeva ādāne, gahaṇe pavattaneti attho. Taṃ pavattikālena dassento ^b^‘‘pūraṇakāle’’^eb^ti āha. Mātu hito matteyyo, yassa pana dhammassa vasena so ‘‘matteyyo’’ti vuccati, so ^b^matteyyatā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘mātu kātabbavatte’’^eb^ti. Eseva nayo ^b^‘‘petteyyatāyā’’^eb^tiādīsu. ^b^Aññataraññataresū^eb^ti aññamaññavisiṭṭhesu aññesu, te pana kusalabhāvena vuttā kusalāti āha ^b^‘‘evarūpesū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Adhikusalesū^eb^ti abhivisiṭṭhesu kusalesu, sā pana abhivisiṭṭhatā upādāyupādāya hoti. Yaṃ panettha ukkaṃsagataṃ adhikusalaṃ, tadukkaṃsanayena idhādhippetanti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘atthi kusalā, atthi adhikusalā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Nanu paññāpāramisaṅgahañāṇasambhārabhūtā kusalā dhammā nippariyāyena sabbaññutaññāṇapaṭilābhapaccayā kusalā nāma, ime pana mahāpurisalakkhaṇanibbattakā puññasambhārabhūtā kasmā tathā vuttāti? Sabbesampi mahābodhisattasantānagatānaṃ pāramidhammānaṃ ^a^P3.0132^ea^ sabbaññutaññāṇapaṭilābhapaccayabhāvato. Mahābhinīhārato paṭṭhāya hi mahāpuriso yaṃ kiñci puññaṃ karoti, sabbaṃ taṃ sammāsambodhisamadhigamāyeva pariṇāmeti. Tathā hi sasambhārābyāso, dīghakālābyāso, nirantarābyāso, sakkaccābyāsoti cattāro abyāsā caturadhiṭṭhānaparipūritasambandhā anupubbena mahābodhiṭṭhānā sampajjanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakimpī^eb^ti ^a^M3.0104^ea^^b^pi^eb^-saddena anekavārampi kataṃ vijātiyena antaritaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Abhiṇhakaraṇenā^eb^ti bahulīkārena. ^b^Upacita^eb^nti uparūpari vaḍḍhitaṃ. ^b^Piṇḍīkata^eb^nti piṇḍaso kataṃ. ^b^Rāsīkata^eb^nti rāsibhāvena kataṃ. Anekakkhattuñhi pavattiyamānaṃ kusalakammaṃ santāne tathāladdhaparibhāvanaṃ piṇḍībhūtaṃ viya, rāsībhūtaṃ viya ca hoti. Vipākaṃ pati saṃhaccakāribhāvattā ^b^cakkavāḷaṃ atisambādhaṃ bhavaggaṃ atinīcaṃ,^eb^ sace pane taṃ rūpaṃ siyāti adhippāyo. ^b^Vipulattā^eb^ti mahantattā. Yasmā pana taṃ kammaṃ mettākaruṇāsatisampajaññāhi pariggahitatāya durasamussāritaṃ pamāṇakaraṇadhammanti pamāṇarahitatāya ‘‘appamāṇa’’nti vattabbataṃ arahati, tasmā ^b^‘‘appamāṇattā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhibhavatī^eb^ti ^a^V3.0094^ea^ phalassa uḷārabhāvena abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati. Atthato paṇītapaṇītānaṃ bhogānaṃ paṭilābho evāti āha ^b^‘‘atirekaṃ labhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Adhigacchatī^eb^ti vindati, nibbattamānova tena samannāgato hotīti attho. Ekadesena aphusitvā sabbappadesehi phusanato sabbappadesehi ^a^P3.0133^ea^ phusantiyo etesaṃ pādatalānaṃ santīti ^b^‘‘sabbāvantehi pādatalehī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yathā nikkhipane sabbe pādatalappadesā saṃhaccakārino aninnatāya samabhāvato, evaṃ uddharaṇepīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘samaṃ phusati, samaṃ uddharatī’’^eb^ti. Idāni imassa mahāpurisalakkhaṇassa samadhigamena laddhabbanissandaphalavibhāvanamukhena ānubhāvaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘sacepi hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^naraka^eb^nti āvāṭaṃ. ^b^Anto pavisati^eb^ samabhāvāpattiyā. ^b^‘‘Cakkalakkhaṇena^eb^^b^patiṭṭhātabbaṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti idaṃ yaṃ bhūmippadesaṃ pādatalaṃ phusati, tattha cakkalakkhaṇampi phusanavasena patiṭṭhātīti katvā vuttaṃ. Tassa pana tathā patiṭṭhānaṃ suppatiṭṭhitapādatāya evāti suppatiṭṭhitapādatāya ānubhāvakittane ‘‘lakkhaṇantarānayanaṃ kimatthiya’’nti na cintetabbaṃ. ^b^Sīlatejenā^eb^ti sīlappabhāvena. ^b^Puññatejenā^eb^ti kusalappabhāvena. ^b^Dhammatejenā^eb^ti ñāṇappabhāvena. Tīhipi padehi bhagavato buddhabhūtassa dhammā gahitā, ^b^‘‘dasannaṃ pāramīna’’^eb^nti iminā buddhakaradhammā gahitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^202^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mahāsamuddova sīmā^eb^ sabbabhūmissarabhāvato. ^b^‘‘Akhilamanimittamakaṇṭaka’’^eb^nti tīhipi padehi theyyābhāvova vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘niccora’’^eb^ntiādi ^a^M3.0105^ea^. ^b^Kharasamphassaṭṭhenā^eb^ti ghaṭṭanena dukkhasamphassabhāvena ^b^khilā^eb^ti. ^b^Upaddavapaccayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti anatthahetutāya ^b^nimittā^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Akhila’’^eb^ntiādinā ekacārīhi corābhāvo vutto, ^b^‘‘nirabbuda’’^eb^nti iminā pana gaṇabandhavasena vicaraṇacorābhāvo vuttoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘gumbaṃ gumbaṃ hutvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Avikkhambhanīyo^eb^ti ^a^P3.0134^ea^ na vibandhanīyo kenaci appaṭibāhanīyo ṭhānato anikkaḍḍhanīyo. Paṭipakkhaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ atthetīti ^b^paccatthiko,^eb^ etena pākaṭabhāvena virodhaṃ akaronto veripuggalo vutto. Paṭiviruddho amitto ^b^paccāmitto,^eb^ etena pākaṭabhāvena virodhaṃ karonto veripuggalo vutto. ^b^Vikkhambhetuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu,^eb^ aññadatthu sayameva vighātabyasanaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu ceva sāvakattañca pavedesuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Kamma’’^eb^ntiādīsu ^b^kammaṃ nāma^eb^ buddhabhāvaṃ uddissa katūpacito lakkhaṇasaṃvattaniyo puññasambhāro. Tenāha ^b^‘‘satasahassakappādhikānī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kammasarikkhakaṃ nāma^eb^ tasseva puññasambhārassa karaṇakāle kenaci akampanīyassa daḷhāvatthitabhāvassa anucchaviko suppatiṭṭhitapādatāsaṅkhātassa lakkhaṇassa parehi avikkhambhanīyatāya ñāpakanimittabhāvo, svāyaṃ nimittabhāvo tasseva lakkhaṇassāti aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ^b^‘‘kammasarikkhakaṃ nāma…pe… mahāpurisalakkhaṇa’’^eb^nti ^a^V3.0095^ea^ vuttaṃ. Ṭhānagamanesu pādānaṃ daḷhāvatthitabhāvo ^b^lakkhaṇaṃ nāma.^eb^ Pādānaṃ bhūmiyaṃ samaṃ nikkhipanaṃ, pādatalānaṃ sabbabhāgehi phusanaṃ, samameva uddharaṇaṃ, tasmā suṭṭhu samaṃ sabbabhāgehi patiṭṭhitā pādā etassāti ^b^suppatiṭṭhitapādo,^eb^ tassa bhāvo ^b^suppatiṭṭhitapādatā^eb^ti vuccati lakkhaṇaṃ. Suṭṭhu samaṃ bhūmiyā phusaneneva hi nesaṃ tattha daḷhāvatthitabhāvo siddho, yaṃ ‘‘kammasarikkhaka’’nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Lakkhaṇānisaṃso^eb^ti lakkhaṇapaṭilābhassa udrayo, lakkhaṇasaṃvattaniyassa kammassa ānisaṃsaphalanti attho. Nissandaphalaṃ pana heṭṭhā bhāvitameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^203^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kammādibhede^eb^ti kammakammasarikkhakalakkhaṇa lakkhaṇānisaṃsavisaññite vibhāge. ^b^Gāthābandhaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ,^eb^ attho pana apubbaṃ natthīti adhippāyo. ^b^Porāṇakattherā^eb^ti aṭṭhakathācariyā. ^b^Vaṇṇanāgāthā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0135^ea^ thomanāgāthā vuttamevatthaṃ gahetvā thomanāvasena pavattattā. ^b^Aparabhāge^eb^^a^M3.0106^ea^^b^therā^eb^ nāma pāḷiṃ, aṭṭhakathañca potthakāropanavasena samāgatā mahātherā, ye sāṭṭhakathaṃ piṭakattayaṃ potthakāruḷhaṃ katvā saddhammaṃ addhaniyaciraṭṭhitikaṃ akaṃsu. ^b^Ekapadiko^eb^ti ^b^‘‘daḷhasamādāno ahosī’’^eb^tiādipāṭhe ekekapadagāhī. ^b^Atthuddhāro^eb^ti tadatthassa sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ gāthābandhavasena uddharaṇato atthuddhārabhūto, tayidaṃ pāḷiyaṃ āgatapadāni gahetvā gāthābandhavasena tadatthavicāraṇabhāvadassanaṃ, na pana dhammabhaṇḍāgārikena ṭhapitabhāvapaṭikkhipananti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kusaladhammānaṃ vacīsaccassa bahukārataṃ, tappaṭipakkhassa ca musāvādassa mahāsāvajjataṃ dassetuṃ anantarameva kusalakammapathadhamme vadantopi tato vacīsaccaṃ nīharitvā katheti ^b^sacce^eb^ti vā sannidhāneva ‘‘dhamme’’ti vuccamānā kusalakammapathadhammā eva yuttāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dhammeti dasakusalakammapathadhamme’’^eb^ti. Gobalībaddañāyena vā ettha attho veditabbo. ^b^Indriyadamane^eb^ti indriyasaṃvare. Kusalakammapathagghaṇenassa vārittasīlameva gahitanti itarampi saṅgahetvā dassetuṃ saṃyamasseva gahaṇaṃ katanti ^b^‘‘saṃyameti sīlasaṃyame’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Suci^eb^ vuccati puggalo yassa dhammassa vasena, taṃ ^b^soceyyaṃ,^eb^ kāyasucaritādi. Etasseva hi vibhāgassa dassanatthaṃ vuttampi cetaṃ puna vuttaṃ, manosoceyyaggahaṇena vā jhānādiuttarimanussadhammānampi saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ ^b^soceyya^eb^ggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Ālayabhūta^eb^nti samathavipassanānaṃ ^a^P3.0136^ea^ adhiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. ^b^Uposathakamma^eb^nti uposathadivase samādiyitvā samācaritabbaṃ puññakammaṃ ^b^uposatho^eb^ sahacaraṇañāyena. ^b^‘‘Avihiṃsāyā^eb^ti sattānaṃ aviheṭhanāyā’’ti vadanti, taṃ pana sīlaggahaṇeneva gahitaṃ. Tasmā ^b^avihiṃsāyā^eb^ti karuṇāyāti attho. ^b^Avihiṃsā^eb^ggahaṇeneva cettha appamaññāsāmaññena cattāropi brahmavihārā upacārāvatthā gahitā lakkhaṇahāranayena. ^b^Sakala^eb^nti anavasesaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ. Evamettha kāmāvacarattabhāvapariyāpannattā lakkhaṇassa taṃsaṃvattanikakāmāvacarakusaladhammā eva pāramitāsaṅgahapuññasambhārabhūtakāyasucaritādīhi ^a^V3.0096^ea^ dvādasadhā vibhattā eva. Gāthāyaṃ ‘‘sacce’’tiādinā dasadhā saṅgayha dassitā. Esa nayo sesalakkhaṇepi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṃnubhī^eb^ti gāthāsukhatthaṃ akāraṃ sānunāsikaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. Byañjanāni lakkhaṇāni ācikkhantīti ^b^veyañjanikā.^eb^^b^Vikkhambhetabba^eb^nti paṭibāhitabbaṃ ^b^tassā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0107^ea^ mahāpurisassa, ^b^tassa^eb^ vā mahāpurisalakkhaṇassa. Lakkhaṇasīsena cettha taṃsaṃvattanikapuññasambhāro vuccati.


volume: 27
item: 65
title:
  dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^suppatiṭṭhitapādatālakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^pādatalacakkalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^204^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhayaṃ^eb^ nāma bhīti, taṃ pana ubbijjanākārena, uttasanākārena ca pavattiyā duvidhanti āha ^b^‘‘ubbegabhayañceva uttāsabhayañcā’’^eb^ti. Tadubhayampi bhayaṃ vibhāgena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Apanūditā^eb^ti yathā corādayo viluppanabandhanādīni parassa na karonti, katañca paccāharaṇādinā paṭipākatikaṃ hoti, evaṃ yathā ca caṇḍahatthiādayo ^a^P3.0137^ea^ dūrato parivajjitā honti, aparivajjite tassa yathā ṭhāne ṭhitehi abhibhavo na hoti, evaṃ apanūditā. ^b^Ativāhetī^eb^ti atikkāmeti. ^b^Taṃ ṭhāna^eb^nti taṃ sāsaṅkaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Asakkontāna^eb^nti upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ, asakkonteti attho. ^b^Asakkontāna^eb^nti vā anādare sāmivacanaṃ. Saha parivārenāti ^b^saparivāraṃ.^eb^ Tattha kiñci deyyadhammaṃ dento yadā tassa parivārabhāvena aññampi deyyadhammaṃ deti, evaṃ tassa taṃ dānamayaṃ puññaṃ saparivāraṃ nāma hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Tamatthaṃ vitthārena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha anna’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yathā deyyadhammaṃ tassa annadānassa parivāro, evaṃ tassa sakkaccakaraṇaṃ pīti dassento ^b^‘‘atha kho’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yāgubhattaṃ datvāva adāsīti yojanā. Esa nayo ito paratopi. ^b^Suttaṃ vaṭṭetī^eb^ti cīvarassa sibbanasuttakaṃ duvaṭṭativaṭṭādivasena vaṭṭitaṃ akāsi. ^b^Rajana^eb^nti alliādirajanavatthuṃ. ^b^Paṇḍupalāsa^eb^nti rajanupagameva paṇḍuvaṇṇaṃ palāsaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Heṭṭhimānī^eb^ti annādīni ^b^cattāri. Nisada^eb^ggahaṇeneva nisadapotopi gahito. ^b^Cīnapiṭṭhaṃ^eb^ sindhurakacuṇṇaṃ. ^b^Kojava^eb^nti uddalomiekantalomiādikojavattharaṇa. ^b^Suvibhattāntarānī^eb^ti suṭṭhu vibhattāntarāni, etena cakkāvayavaṭṭhānānaṃ suparicchinnataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Laddhābhisekā khattiyā attano vijite visavitāya brāhmaṇādike ^a^P3.0138^ea^ catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi rañjetuṃ ^a^V3.0097^ea^ sakkonti, na itarāti āha ^b^‘‘rājānoti abhisittā’’^eb^ti. Rājato yathāladdhagāmanigamādiṃ issaravatāya bhuñjantīti ^b^bhojakā,^eb^ tādiso bhogo etesaṃ atthi ^a^M3.0108^ea^, tattha vā niyuttāti ^b^bhogikā,^eb^ te eva ^b^‘‘bhogiyā’’^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^Saparivāraṃ dāna^eb^nti vuttanayena saparivāradānaṃ. ^b^Jānātū^eb^ti ‘‘sadevako loko jānātū’’ti iminā viya adhippāyena ^b^nibbattaṃ cakkalakkhaṇa^eb^nti lakkhaṇasseva kammasarikkhatā dassitā. Evaṃ sati tikameva siyā, na catukkaṃ, tasmā cakkalakkhaṇassa mahāparivāratāya ñāpakanimittabhāvo kammasarikkhakaṃ nāma. Tenevāha ‘‘saparivāraṃ…pe… jānātūti nibbatta’’nti. ‘‘Dīghāyukatāya taṃ nimitta’’nti (dī. ni. 3.207) ca vakkhati, tathā ‘‘taṃ lakkhaṇaṃ bhavati tadatthajotaka’’nti (dī. ni. 3.221) ca. Nissandaphalaṃ pana paṭipakkhābhibhavo daṭṭhabbo. Tenevāha gāthāyaṃ ‘‘sattumaddano’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^205^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Eta^eb^nti etaṃ gāthābandhabhūtaṃ vacanaṃ, taṃ panatthato gāthā evāti āha ^b^‘‘imā tadatthaparidīpanā gāthā vuccantī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puratthā^eb^ti vā ‘‘pure’’ti vuttatopi pubbe. Yasmā mahāpuriso na atītāya ekajātiyaṃ, nāpi katipayajātīsu, atha kho purimapurimatarāsu tathāva paṭipanno, tasmā tattha paṭipattiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘pure puratthā’’ti vuttaṃ. Imissāpi jātiyaṃ atītakālavasena ‘‘purepuratthā’’ti vattuṃ labbhāti tato visesanatthaṃ ‘‘purimāsu ^a^P3.0139^ea^ jātīsū’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘imissā’’^eb^tiādi. Keci ‘‘imissā jātiyā pubbe tusitadevaloke katakammapaṭikkhepavacana’’nti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ tattha tādisassa katakammassa abhāvato. ^b^Apanūdano^eb^ti apanetā. ^b^Adhimutto^eb^ti yuttapayutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puññakammenā^eb^ti dānādipuññakammena. ^b^Evaṃ sante^eb^ti satamattena puññakammena ekekaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ nibbatteyya, evaṃ sati. ^b^Na rocayiṃsū^eb^ti kevalaṃ satamattena puññakammena lakkhaṇanibbattiṃ na rocayiṃsu aṭṭhakathācariyā. Kathaṃ pana rocayiṃsūti āha ^b^‘‘anantesu panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ekekaṃ kamma^eb^nti ekekaṃ dānādipubbakammaṃ. ^b^Ekekaṃ sataguṇaṃ katvā^eb^ti anantāsu lokadhātūsu yattakā sattā, tehi sabbehi paccekaṃ satakkhattuṃ katāni dānādipuññakammāni yattakāni, tato ekekaṃ puññakammaṃ mahāsattena sataguṇaṃ kataṃ ‘‘sata’’nti adhippetaṃ, tasmā idha ^b^sata^eb^-saddo bahubhāvapariyāyo, na saṅkhyāvacanoti dasseti ‘‘satagghi sataṃ devamanussā’’tiādīsu ^a^M3.0109^ea^ viya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tasmā satapuññalakkhaṇoti imamatthaṃ rocayiṃsū’’^eb^ti.


volume: 27
item: 66
title: suppatiṭṭhitapādatālakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^pādatalacakkalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^āyatapaṇhitāditilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^206^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sarasacuti^eb^^a^V3.0098^ea^ nāma jātassa sattassa yāvajīvaṃ jīvitvā pakatiyā maraṇaṃ. Ākaḍḍhajiyassa dhanudaṇḍassa viya pādānaṃ antomukhaṃ kuṭilatāya ^b^antovaṅkapādatā.^eb^ Bahimukhaṃ kuṭilatāya ^b^bahivaṅkapādatā.^eb^ Pādatalassa majjhe ūnatāya ^b^ukkuṭikapādatā.^eb^ Aggapādena khañjanakā ^b^aggakoṇḍā.^eb^ Paṇhippadesena khañjanakā ^b^paṇhikoṇḍā. Unnatakāyenā^eb^ti anonatabhāvena samussitasarīrena ^a^P3.0140^ea^. ^b^Muṭṭhikatahatthā^eb^ti āvudhādīnaṃ gahaṇatthaṃ katamuṭṭhihatthā. ^b^Phaṇahatthakā^eb^ti aññamaññaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṅgulihatthā. ^b^Idamettha kammasarikkhaka^eb^nti idaṃ imesaṃ tiṇṇampi lakkhaṇānaṃ tathāgatassa dīghāyukatāya ñāpakanimittabhāvo ettha āyatapaṇhitā, dīghaṅgulitā brahmujugattatāti etasmiṃ lakkhaṇattaye kammasarikkhakattaṃ. Nissandaphalaṃ pana anantarāyatādi daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^207^eb^^b^.^eb^ Bhāyitabbavatthunimittaṃ uppajjamānampi bhayaṃ attasinehahetukaṃ pahīnasinehassa tadabhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘yathā mayhaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ mama jīvitaṃ piya’’^eb^nti. ^b^Suciṇṇenā^eb^ti suṭṭhu katūpacitena sucaritakammunā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cavitvā^eb^ti saggato cavitvā. ^b^‘‘Sujātagatto subhujo’’^eb^ti ādayo sarīrāvayavaguṇā imehi lakkhaṇehi avinābhāvinoti dassetuṃ vuttā. ^b^Cirayapanāyā^eb^ti attabhāvassa cirakālaṃ pavattanāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dīghāyukabhāvāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tato^eb^ti cakkavattī hutvā yāpanato. ^b^Vasippatto^eb^ti jhānādīsu vasībhāvañceva cetovasibhāvañca patto ^b^hutvā,^eb^ kathaṃ iddhibhāvanāya iddhipādabhāvanāyāti attho. Yāpeti cirataranti yojanā.


volume: 27
item: 67
title: pādatalacakkalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^āyatapaṇhitāditilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^sattussadatālakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^208^eb^^b^.^eb^ Raso jāto etesanti ^b^rasitāni,^eb^ mahārasāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rasasampannāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Piṭṭhakhajjakādīnī^eb^ti pūpasakkhalimodakādīni. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena pana kadaliphalādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Piṭṭhaṃ pakkhipitvā pacitabbapāyasaṃ ^b^piṭṭhapāyasaṃ. Ādi^eb^-saddena tathārūpabhojjayāguādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]Idha ^a^M3.0110^ea^^a^V3.0099^ea^^a^P3.0141^ea^ kammasarikkhakaṃ nāma sattussadatālakkhaṇassa paṇītalābhitāya ñāpakanimittabhāvo. Iminā nayena tattha tattha lakkhaṇe kammasarikkhakaṃ niddhāretvā yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^209^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uttamo aggarasadāyako^eb^ti sabbasattānaṃ uttamo lokanātho aggānaṃ paṇītānaṃ rasānaṃ dāyako. ^b^Uttamānaṃ aggarasāna^eb^nti paṇītesupi paṇītarasānaṃ. ^b^Khajjabhojjādijotaka^eb^nti khajjabhojjādilābhajotakaṃ. Lābhasaṃvattanikassa kammassa phalaṃ ^b^‘‘lābhasaṃvattanika’’^eb^nti kāraṇūpacārena vadati. ^b^Tadatthajotaka^eb^nti vā tassa paṇītabhojanadāyakattasaṅkhātassa atthassa jotakaṃ. ^b^Tadādhigacchatī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ā^eb^-kāro nipātamattanti āha ^b^‘‘taṃ adhigacchatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Lābhiruttama^eb^nti ra-kāro padasandhikaro.


volume: 27
item: 68
title: āyatapaṇhitāditilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^sattussadatālakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^karacaraṇādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^210^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pabbajitaparikkhāraṃ^eb^ pattacīvarādiṃ ^b^gihiparikkhāraṃ^eb^ vatthāvudhayānasayanādiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabba^eb^nti sabbaṃ upakāraṃ. ^b^Makkhetvā nāseti^eb^ makkhibhāve ṭhatvā. ^b^Telena viya makkhetī^eb^ti satadhotatelena makkheti viya. ^b^Atthasaṃvaḍḍhanakathāyā^eb^ti hitāvahakathāya. ^b^Kathā^eb^gahaṇañcettha nidassanamattaṃ. Paresaṃ hitāvaho kāyapayogopi ^b^atthacariyā.^eb^ Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vacīpayogavaseneva atthacariyā vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samānattatāyā^eb^ti sadisabhāve samānaṭṭhāne ṭhapanena, taṃ panassa samānaṭṭhāne ṭhapanaṃ attasadisatākaraṇaṃ, sukhena ekasambhogatā, attano sukhuppattiyaṃ; tassa ca dukkhuppattiyaṃ tena attano ekasambhogatāti āha ^b^‘‘samānasukhadukkhabhāvenā’’^eb^ti. Sā ca samānasukhadukkhatā ekato nisajjādinā pākaṭā hotīti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘ekāsane’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Na hi sakkā ekaparibhogo kātuṃ^eb^ jātiyā hīnattā. ^b^Tathā akariyamāne^eb^^a^P3.0142^ea^^b^ca so kujjhati^eb^ bhogena adhikattā, tasmā ^b^dussaṅgaho. Na hi so ekaparibhogaṃ icchati^eb^ jātiyā hīnabhāvato. ^b^Na akariyamāne ca kujjhati^eb^ bhogena hīnabhāvato. ^b^Ubhohī^eb^ti jātibhogehi. ^b^Sadisopi susaṅgaho^eb^ ekasadisabhāveneva ^a^M3.0111^ea^ itarena saha ekaparibhogassa paccāsīsāya, akaraṇe ca tassa kujjhanassābhāvato. ^b^Adīyamānepi^eb^ kismiñci āmise ^b^akariyamānepi^eb^ saṅgahe. ^b^Na pāpakena cittena passati^eb^ pesalabhāvato. Tato eva ^b^paribhogopi…pe… hoti.^eb^^b^Evarūpa^eb^nti gihī ce, ubhohi sadisaṃ; pabbajito ce, sīlavantanti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Susaṅgahitāva^eb^^a^V3.0100^ea^^b^hontī^eb^ti suṭṭhu saṅgahitā eva honti daḷhabhattibhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na bhijjantī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dānādisaṅgahakamma^eb^nti dānādibhedaṃ parasaṅgaṇhanavasena pavattaṃ kusalakammaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^211^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anavaññātena^eb^ aparibhūtena sambhāvitena. ^b^Pamodo^eb^ vuccati hāso, ^b^na appamodenā^eb^ti ettha paṭisedhadvayena so eva vutto. So ca odagyasabhāvattā na dīno dhammūpasañhitattā na gabbhayuttoti āha ^b^‘‘na dīnena na gabbhitenāti attho’’^eb^ti. Sattānaṃ agaṇhanaguṇenāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atirucira^eb^nti ativiya rucirakataṃ, taṃ pana passantānaṃ pasādāvahanti āha ^b^‘‘supāsādika’’^eb^nti. ^b^Suṭṭhu cheka^eb^nti ativiya sundaraṃ. ^b^Vidhātabbo^eb^ti vidhātuṃ sandisituṃ sakkuṇeyyo. Piyaṃ vadatīti ^b^piyavadū^eb^ yathā ‘‘sabbavidū’’ti. Sukhameva sukhatā, taṃ ^b^sukhataṃ. Dhammañca^eb^^a^P3.0143^ea^^b^anudhammañcā^eb^ti lokuttaradhammañceva tassa anurūpapubbabhāgadhammañca.


volume: 27
item: 69
title: sattussadatālakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^karacaraṇādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^ussaṅkhapādādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^212^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Atthūpasaṃhita’’^eb^nti iminā vaṭṭanissitā dhammakathā vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘idhalokaparalokatthanissita’’^eb^nti. ^b^‘‘Dhammūpasaṃhita’’^eb^nti iminā vivaṭṭanissitā, tasmā dasakusalakammapathā vivaṭṭasannissayā veditabbā. ^b^Nidaṃsesī^eb^ti sandassesi te dhamme paccakkhe katvā pakāsesi. ^b^Nidaṃsanakatha^eb^nti pākaṭakaraṇakathaṃ. Jeṭṭhaṭṭhena ^b^aggo,^eb^ pāsaṃsaṭṭhena ^b^seṭṭho,^eb^ pamukhaṭṭhena ^b^pāmokkho,^eb^ padhānaṭṭhena ^b^uttamo,^eb^ hitasukhatthikehi pakārato varaṇīyato rajanīyato ^b^pavaro^eb^ti evaṃ atthavisesavācīnampi ‘‘aggo’’tiādīnaṃ padānaṃ bhāvatthassa bhedābhāvato ^b^‘‘sabbāni aññamaññavevacanānī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uddhaṅgamanīyā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0112^ea^ suṇantānaṃ uparūpari visesaṃ gamentīti uddhaṅgamanīyā. Saṅkhāya adho piṭṭhipādasamīpe eva patiṭṭhitattā adhosaṅkhā pādā etassāti ^b^adhosaṅkhapādo. Saṅkhā^eb^ti ca gopphakānamidaṃ nāmaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^213^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dhammadānayañña^eb^nti dhammadānasaṅkhātaṃ yaññaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Suṭṭhu^eb^^a^V3.0101^ea^^b^saṇṭhitā^eb^ti sammadeva saṇṭhitā. Piṭṭhipādassa upari pakatiaṅgulena caturaṅgule jaṅghāpadese ^b^nigūḷhā^eb^ apaññāyamānarūpā hutvā ṭhitāti attho.


volume: 27
item: 70
title: karacaraṇādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^ussaṅkhapādādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^eṇijaṅghalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^214^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sippa^eb^nti sikkhitabbaṭṭhena ‘‘sippa’’nti laddhanāmaṃ sattānaṃ jīvikāhetubhūtaṃ ājīvavidhiṃ. Jīvikatthaṃ, sattānaṃ upakāratthañca veditabbaṭṭhena ^b^vijjā,^eb^ mantasatthādi. Caranti tena sugatiṃ, sukhañca gacchantīti ^b^caraṇaṃ.^eb^ Kammassakatāñāṇaṃ ^a^P3.0144^ea^ uttarapadalopena ^b^‘‘kamma’’^eb^nti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘kammanti kammassakatājānanapaññā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tāni cevā^eb^ti pubbe vuttahatthiādīni ceva. ^b^Satta ratanānī^eb^ti muttādīni satta ratanāni. ^b^Ca^eb^-saddena rañño upabhogabhūtānaṃ vatthaseyyādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Rañño anucchavikānī^eb^ti rañño paribhuñjanayogyāni. ^b^Sabbesa^eb^nti ‘‘rājārahānī’’tiādinā vuttānaṃ sabbesaṃyeva ekajjhaṃ ^b^gahaṇaṃ.^eb^ Buddhānaṃ parisā nāma odhiso anodhiso ca samitapāpā, tathatthāya paṭipannā ca hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘samaṇānaṃ koṭṭhāsabhūtā catasso parisā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sippādivācana^eb^nti sippānaṃ sikkhāpanaṃ. Pāḷiyampi hi ‘‘vācetā’’ti vācanasīsena sikkhāpanaṃ dassitaṃ. ^b^Ukkuṭikāsana^eb^nti taṃtaṃveyyāvaccakaraṇena ukkuṭikassa nisajjā. Payojanavasena gehato gehaṃ gāmato gāmaṃ jaṅghāyo kilametvā pesanaṃ ^b^jaṅghapesanikā. Likhitvā pātitaṃ viya hoti^eb^ aparipuṇṇabhāvato. ^b^Anupubbauggatavaṭṭita^eb^nti gopphakaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya yāva jāṇuppadesā maṃsūpacayassa anukkamena samantato vaḍḍhitattā anupubbena uggataṃ hutvā suvaṭṭitaṃ. ^b^Eṇijaṅghalakkhaṇa^eb^nti saṇṭhānamattena eṇimigajaṅghāsadisajaṅghalakkhaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^215^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Yatupaghātāyā’’^eb^ti ^a^M3.0113^ea^ ettha ^b^ta^eb^-kāro padasandhikaro, anunāsikalopena niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘ya’’^eb^ntiādi. ‘‘Uddhaggalomā ^b^sukhumattacotthatā’’^eb^ti vuttattā codakena ‘‘kiṃ pana aññena kammena aññaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ nibbattatī’’ti codito, ācariyo ‘‘na nibbattatī’’ti vatvā ^a^P3.0145^ea^ ‘‘yadi evaṃ idha kasmā lakkhaṇantaraṃ kathita’’nti antolīnameva codanaṃ pariharanto ^b^‘‘yaṃ pana nibbattatīti…pe… idha vutta’’^eb^nti āha. Tattha ^b^yaṃ pana nibbattatī^eb^ti yaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ vuccamānalakkhaṇanibbattakena kammunā nibbattati. ^b^Taṃ anubyañjanaṃ hotī^eb^ti taṃ lakkhaṇaṃ vuccamānassa lakkhaṇassa anukūlalakkhaṇaṃ nāma hoti. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ tena kāraṇena ^b^idha^eb^ eṇijaṅghalakkhaṇakathane ‘‘uddhaggalomā sukhumattacotthatā’’ti lakkhaṇantaraṃ ^b^vuttaṃ.^eb^


volume: 27
item: 71
title: ussaṅkhapādādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^eṇijaṅghalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^sukhumacchavilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^216^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samitapāpaṭṭhena^eb^^a^V3.0102^ea^^b^samaṇaṃ,^eb^ na pabbajjāmattena. ^b^Bāhitapāpaṭṭhena brāhmaṇaṃ,^eb^ na jātimattena.<br/><br/>[03]Mahantānaṃ atthānaṃ pariggaṇhanato mahatī paññā etassāti ^b^mahāpañño.^eb^ Sesapadesupi eseva nayoti āha ^b^‘‘mahāpaññādīhi samannāgatoti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nānatta^eb^nti yāhi mahāpaññādīhi samannāgatattā bhagavā ‘‘mahāpañño’’tiādinā kittīyati, tāsaṃ mahāpaññādīnaṃ idaṃ nānattaṃ ayaṃ vemattatā.<br/><br/>[03]Yassa kassaci visesato arūpadhammassa mahattaṃ nāma kiccasiddhiyā veditabbanti tadassā kiccasiddhiyā dassento ^b^‘‘mahante sīlakkhandhe pariggaṇhātīti mahāpaññā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha hetumahantatāya, paccayamahantatāya, nissayamahantatāya, pabhedamahantatāya, kiccamahantatāya, phalamahantatāya, ānisaṃsamahantatāya ca sīlakkhandhassa mahantabhāvo veditabbo. Tattha ^b^hetu^eb^ alobhādayo. ^b^Paccayo^eb^ hirottappasaddhāsativīriyādayo. ^b^Nissayo^eb^ sāvakabodhipaccekabodhisammāsambodhiniyatatā, taṃsamaṅgino ca purisavisesā. ^b^Pabhedo^eb^ cārittavārittādivibhāgo. ^b^Kiccaṃ^eb^ tadaṅgādivasena paṭipakkhavidhamanaṃ. ^b^Ānisaṃso^eb^ piyamanāpatādi. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimagge,^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.6) ^b^ākaṅkheyyasuttādīsu^eb^^a^P3.0146^ea^ (ma. ni. 1.65) ca āgatanayeneva veditabbo. Iminā nayena ^a^M3.0114^ea^^b^samādhikkhandhā^eb^dīnampi mahantatā yathārahaṃ vitthāretvā veditabbā. ^b^Ṭhānāṭhānānaṃ^eb^ pana mahāvisayatāya, sā ^b^bahudhātukasutte^eb^ āgatanayena veditabbā. ^b^Vihārasamāpattiyo^eb^ samādhikkhandhaniddhāraṇanayena veditabbā. ^b^Ariyasaccānaṃ^eb^ sakalasāsanasaṅgahato, so saccavibhaṅga- (vibha. 189) taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāsu (vibha. aṭṭha. 189) āgatanayena, ^b^satipaṭṭhānā^eb^ dīnaṃ satipaṭṭhānavibhaṅgādīsu, (vibha. 355) taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāsu (vibha. aṭṭha. 355) ca āgatanayena, ^b^sāmaññaphalānaṃ^eb^ mahato hitassa, mahato sukhassa, mahato atthassa, mahato yogakkhemassa nibbattibhāvato, santapaṇītanipuṇātakkāvacarapaṇḍitavedanīyabhāvato ca; ^b^abhiññānaṃ^eb^ mahāsambhārato, mahāvisayato, mahākiccato, mahānubhāvato, mahānibbattito ca, ^b^nibbānassa^eb^ madanimmadanādimahattasiddhito mahantatā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puthupaññā^eb^ti etthāpi vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – ^b^nānākhandhesu ñāṇaṃ pavattatī^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ rūpakkhandho nāma…pe… ayaṃ viññāṇakkhandho nāmā’’ti ^a^V3.0103^ea^ evaṃ pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tesupi ‘‘ekavidhena rūpakkhandho, ekādasavidhena rūpakkhandho. Ekavidhena vedanākkhandho, bahuvidhena vedanākkhandho. Ekavidhena saññākkhandho. Ekavidhena saṅkhārakkhandho. Ekavidhena viññāṇakkhandho, bahuvidhena viññāṇakkhandho’’ti evaṃ ekekassa khandhassa atītādibhedavasenāpi nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. Tathā ‘‘idaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ nāma…pe...idaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ nāma. Tattha dasāyatanā kāmāvacarā, dve catubhūmakā’’ti evaṃ āyatanānaṃ nānattaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati. ^b^Nānādhātūsū^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ cakkhudhātu nāma…pe… ayaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu nāma. Tattha soḷasa dhātuyo kāmāvacarā, dve dhātuyo catubhūmikā’’ti ^a^P3.0147^ea^ evaṃ nānādhātūsu ñāṇaṃ pavattati, tayidaṃ upādinnakadhātuvasena vuttaṃ. Paccekabuddhānampi hi dvinnañca aggasāvakānaṃ upādinnakadhātūsu evaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati, tañca kho ekadesatova, na nippadesato. Anupādinnakadhātūnaṃ pana lakkhaṇādimattameva jānanti, na nānākaraṇaṃ. Sabbaññubuddhānameva pana ‘‘imāya nāmadhātuyā ussannattā imassa rukkhassa khandho seto, imassa kāḷo, imassa maṭṭho, imassa bahalattaco ^a^M3.0115^ea^, imassa tanutaco. Imassa pattaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivasena evarūpaṃ. Imassa pupphaṃ nīlaṃ, imassa pītakaṃ, lohitakaṃ, odātaṃ, sugandhaṃ, duggandhaṃ. Phalaṃ khuddakaṃ, mahantaṃ, dīghaṃ, vaṭṭaṃ, susaṇṭhānaṃ, dussaṇṭhānaṃ, maṭṭhaṃ, pharusaṃ, sugandhaṃ, duggandhaṃ, madhuraṃ, tittakaṃ, ambilaṃ, kaṭukaṃ, kasāvaṃ. Kaṇṭako tikhiṇo, atikhiṇo, ujuko, kuṭilo, kaṇho, nīlo, odāto hotī’’ti dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca ñāṇaṃ pavattati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānāpaṭiccasamuppādesū^eb^ti ajjhattabahiddhābhedato ca nānāpabhedesu paṭiccasamuppādaṅgesu. Avijjādiaṅgāni hi paccekaṃ paṭiccasamuppādasaññitāni. Tenāha ^b^saṅkhārapiṭake^eb^ ‘‘dvādasa paccayā dvādasa paṭiccasamuppādā’’ti. ^b^Nānāsuññatamanupalabbhesū^eb^ti nānāsabhāvesu niccasārādivirahitesu suññatabhāvesu tato eva itthipurisāttattaniyādivasena anupalabbhanasabhāvesu pakāresu. ^b^Ma^eb^-kāro hettha padasandhikaro. ^b^Nānāatthesū^eb^ti atthapaṭisambhidāya visayabhūtesu paccayuppannādivasena nānāvidhesu atthesu. ^b^Dhammesū^eb^ti dhammapaṭisambhidāya ^a^P3.0148^ea^ visayabhūtesu paccayādivasena nānāvidhesu dhammesu. ^b^Niruttīsū^eb^ti tesaṃyeva atthadhammānaṃ niddhāraṇavacanasaṅkhātesu nānāniruttīsu. ^b^Paṭibhānesū^eb^ti atthapaṭisambhidādīsu visayabhūtesu ‘‘imāni ñāṇāni idamatthajotakānī’’ti (vibha. 726, 729, 731, 732, 734, 736, 739) tathā tathā paṭibhānato upatiṭṭhanato ‘‘paṭibhānānī’’ti laddhanāmesu nānāñāṇesu. ^b^‘‘Puthunānāsīlakkhandhesū’’^eb^tiādīsu sīlassa puthuttaṃ vuttameva, itaresaṃ pana vuttanayānusārena suviññeyyattā pākaṭameva. Yaṃ pana abhinnaṃ ekameva nibbānaṃ, tattha upacāravasena ^a^V3.0104^ea^ puthuttaṃ gahetabbanti āha ^b^‘‘puthujjanasādhāraṇe dhamme samatikkammā’’^eb^ti, tenassa madanimmadanādipariyāyena puthuttaṃ paridīpitaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ visayavasena paññāya mahattaṃ, puthuttaṃ dassetvā idāni sampayuttadhammavasena hāsabhāvaṃ, pavattiākāravasena javanabhāvaṃ, kiccavasena tikkhādibhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘katamā hāsapaññā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^hāsabahulo^eb^ti pītibahulo. Sesapadāni tasseva vevacanāni. ^b^Sīlaṃ paripūretī^eb^ti haṭṭhapahaṭṭho udaggudaggo hutvā ṭhapetvā indriyasaṃvaraṃ tassa visuṃ vuttattā anavasesasīlaṃ paripūreti. Pītisomanassasahagatā hi paññā abhirativasena ārammaṇe phullitavikasitā viya ^a^M3.0116^ea^ pavattati, na evaṃ upekkhāsahagatā. Puna ^b^sīlakkhandha^eb^nti ariyasīlakkhandhamāha. ^b^‘‘Samādhikkhandha’’^eb^ntiādīsupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ aniccato khippaṃ javatī^eb^ti yā rūpadhamme ‘‘aniccā’’ti sīghavegena pavattati, paṭipakkhadūrabhāvena pubbābhisaṅkhārassa sātisayattā indena vissaṭṭhavajiraṃ viya lakkhaṇaṃ avirajjhantī adandhāyantī ^a^P3.0149^ea^ rūpakkhandhe aniccalakkhaṇaṃ vegasā paṭivijjhati, sā javanapaññā nāmāti attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāvasena javanapaññaṃ dassetvā balavavipassanāvasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘rūpa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^khayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti yattha yattha uppajjati, tattha tattheva bhijjanato khayasabhāvattā. ^b^Bhayaṭṭhenā^eb^ti bhayānakabhāvato. ^b^Asārakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti asārakabhāvato attasāravirahato, niccasārādivirahato ca. ^b^Tulayitvā^eb^ti tulanabhūtāya vipassanāpaññāya tuletvā. ^b^Tīrayitvā^eb^ti tāya eva tīraṇabhūtāya tīrayitvā. ^b^Vibhāvayitvā^eb^ti yāthāvato pakāsetvā paccakkhaṃ katvā. ^b^Vibhūtaṃ katvā^eb^ti pākaṭaṃ katvā. ^b^Rūpanirodhe^eb^ti rūpakkhandhanirodhahetubhūte ^b^nibbāne^eb^ ninnapoṇapabbhārabhāvena. Idāni sikhāppattavipassanāvasena javanapaññaṃ dassetuṃ puna ^b^‘‘rūpa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāvasenā’’ti keci.<br/><br/>[03]Ñāṇassa tikkhabhāvo nāma savisesaṃ paṭipakkhapahānena veditabboti. ‘‘Khippaṃ kilese chindatīti tikkhapaññā’’ti vatvā te pana kilese vibhāgena dassento ^b^‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakka’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tikkhapañño khippābhiñño hoti, paṭipadā cassa na calatīti āha ^b^‘‘ekasmiṃ āsane cattāro ariyamaggā…pe… adhigatā hontī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā, saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā ^a^V3.0105^ea^ virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā’’ti yāthāvato dassanena saccappaṭivedho ijjhati, na aññathāti kāraṇamukhena nibbedhikapaññaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sabbasaṅkhāresu ubbegabahulo hotī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ubbegabahulo^eb^ti vuttanayena sabbasaṅkhāresu abhiṇhapavattasaṃvego. ^b^Uttāsabahulo^eb^ti ñāṇuttāsavasena sabbasaṅkhāresu bahuso utrāsamānaso ^a^P3.0150^ea^, etena ādīnavānupassanamāha. ^b^‘‘Ukkaṇṭhanabahulo’’^eb^ti pana iminā nibbidānupassanamāha ^a^M3.0117^ea^, ^b^‘‘aratibahulo’’^eb^tiādinā tassā eva aparāparuppattiṃ. ^b^Bahimukho^eb^ti sabbasaṅkhārato bahibhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ uddissa pavattañāṇamukho, tathā vā pavattitavimokkhamukho. Nibbijjhanaṃ ^b^nibbedho,^eb^ so etissā atthi, nibbijjhatīti vā ^b^nibbedhikā,^eb^ sā eva paññā ^b^nibbedhikapaññā.^eb^ Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayattā, uttānatthattā ca suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^217^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pabbajitaṃ upāsitā^eb^ti ettha yādisaṃ pabbajitaṃ upāsato paññāpaṭilābho hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘paṇḍitaṃ pabbajita’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Upāsana^eb^ñcettha upaṭṭhānavasena icchitaṃ, na upanisīdanamattenāti āha ^b^‘‘payirupāsitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Attha^eb^nti hitaṃ. ^b^Abbhantaraṃ karitvā^eb^ti abbhantaragataṃ katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘atthayutta’’^eb^nti. Bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso cāyaṃ, hitūpasañhitaṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Antara^eb^-saddo vā cittapariyāyo ‘‘yassantarato na santi kopā’’tiādīsu (udā. 20) viya. Tasmā ^b^atthantaro^eb^ti hitajjhāsayoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭilābhatthāya gatenā^eb^ti paṭilābhatthāya pavattena, paṭilābhasaṃvattaniyenāti attho. ^b^Uppāde ca nimitte ca chekā^eb^ti uppādavidhimhi ceva nimittavidhimhi ca kusalā. Uppādanimittakovidatāsīsena cettha lakkhaṇakosallameva dasseti. Atha vā sesalakkhaṇānaṃ nibbattiyā buddhānaṃ, cakkavattīnañca uppādo anumīyati, yāni tehi laddhabbāanisaṃsāni nimittāni ^a^P3.0151^ea^, tasmiṃ ^b^uppāde ca nimitte ca^eb^ anuminanādivasena ^b^chekā^eb^ nipuṇāti attho. ^b^Ñatvā passissatī^eb^ti ñāṇena jānitvā passissati, na cakkhuviññāṇenāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthānusāsanīsū^eb^ti atthānaṃ hitānaṃ anusāsanīsu. Yasmā anatthapaṭivajjanapubbikā sattānaṃ atthapaṭipatti, tasmā anatthopi paricchijja gahetabbo, jānitabbo cāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘atthānatthaṃ pariggāhakāni ñāṇānī’’^eb^ti, yato ‘‘āyupāyakosallaṃ viya apāyakosallampi icchitabba’’nti vuttaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 72
title: eṇijaṅghalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^sukhumacchavilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^suvaṇṇavaṇṇalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^218^eb^^b^.^eb^ Paṭisaṅkhānabalena ^a^M3.0118^ea^^a^V3.0106^ea^ kodhavinayena ^b^akkodhano,^eb^ na bhāvanābalenāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘na anāgāmimaggenā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ akkodhavasikattā^eb^ti evaṃ maghamāṇavo viya na kodhavasaṃ gatattā. ^b^Nābhisajjī^eb^ti kujjhanavaseneva na abhisajji. Yañhi kodhassa uppattiṭṭhānabhūte ārammaṇe upanāhassa paccayabhūtaṃ kujjhanavasena abhisajjanaṃ, taṃ idhādhippetaṃ, na lubbhanavasena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kuṭilakaṇṭako viyā’’^eb^tiādi. So hi yattha laggati, taṃ khobhento eva laggati. ^b^Tattha tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ mammaṭṭhāne. ^b^Mamma^eb^nti phuṭṭhamattepi rujjanaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Pubbuppattiko^eb^ti paṭhamuppanno. ^b^Tato balavataro byāpādo^eb^ laddhāsevanatāya cittassa byāpajjanato. ^b^Tato balavatarā^eb^^a^P3.0152^ea^^b^patitthiyanā^eb^ti sātisayaṃ laddhāsevanatāya tato byāpādāvatthāyapi balavatarā patitthiyanā paccatthikabhāvena thāmappattito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukhumattharaṇādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena paṇītabhojanīyādīnampi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo bhojanadānassapi vaṇṇasampadānimittabhāvato. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘bhojanaṃ bhikkhave dadamāno dāyako paṭiggāhakānaṃ…pe… āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ detī’’ti (a. ni. 5.37) tathā ca vakkhati ‘‘āmisadānena vā’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^219^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ti adāsi. ^b^Devo^eb^ti megho, pajjunno eva vā. ^b^Varataro^eb^ti uttamataro. Pabbajjāya visadisāvatthādi bhāvato na pabbajjāti ^b^apabbajjā,^eb^ gihibhāvo. Acchādenti kopīnaṃ paṭicchādenti etehīti acchādanāni, nivāsanāni, tesaṃ ^b^acchādanānañceva^eb^ sesa ^b^vatthānañca^eb^ kojavādi ^b^uttamapāvuraṇānañca. Vināso^eb^ti katassa kammassa avipaccitvā vināso.


volume: 27
item: 73
title: sukhumacchavilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^suvaṇṇavaṇṇalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^kosohitavatthaguyhalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^220^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samānetā^eb^ti sammadeva ānetā samāgametā. ^b^Rajje patiṭṭhitena sakkā kātuṃ^eb^ bahubhatikasseva ijjhanato. Kattā nāma natthīti vajjaṃ paṭicchādentīti ānetvā sambandho, karonti vajjapaṭicchādanakammanti vā. Nanu vajjapaṭicchādanakammaṃ nāma sāvajjanti? Saccaṃ sāvajjaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhacittena ^a^M3.0119^ea^ paṭicchādentassa, idaṃ pana asaṃkiliṭṭhacittena parassa uppajjanakānatthaṃ ^a^V3.0107^ea^ pariharaṇavasena pavattaṃ adhippetaṃ. ^b^‘‘Ñātisaṅgahaṃ karontenā’’^eb^ti ^a^P3.0153^ea^ etena ñātatthacariyāvasena taṃ kammaṃ pavattatīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^221^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Amittatāpanā^eb^ti amittānaṃ tapanasīlā, amittatāpanaṃ hotu vā mā vā evaṃsabhāvāti attho. Na hi cakkavattino puttānaṃ amittā nāma keci honti, ye te bhaveyyuṃ, cakkānubhāveneva sabbepi khattiyādayo anuvattakā tesaṃ bhavanti.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 27
item: 74
title: suvaṇṇavaṇṇalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^kosohitavatthaguyhalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^parimaṇḍalādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^222^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sama^eb^nti samānaṃ. ^b^Tena tena^eb^ loke viññātaguṇena ^b^samaṃ^eb^ samānaṃ ^b^jānāti,^eb^ yato tattha paṭipajjanavidhināva itarasmiṃ paṭipajjati. ^b^Sayaṃ jānātī^eb^ti aparaneyyo hutvā sayameva jānāti. ^b^Purisaṃ jānātī^eb^ti vā ‘‘ayaṃ seṭṭho, ayaṃ majjhimo, ayaṃ nihīno’’ti taṃ taṃ purisaṃ yāthāvato jānāti. ^b^Purisavisesaṃ jānātī^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ purise vijjamānaṃ visesaṃ jānāti, yato tattha tattha anurūpadānapadānādipaṭipattiyā yuttapattakārī hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayamidamarahatī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sampattipaṭilābhaṭṭhenā^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikādisampattīnaṃ paṭilābhāpanaṭṭhena. ^b^Samasaṅgahakamma^eb^nti samaṃ jānitvā tadanurūpaṃ tassa tassa saṅgaṇhanakammaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^223^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tulayitvā^eb^ti tīrayitvā. ^b^Paṭivicinitvā^eb^ti vīmaṃsitvā. Nipuṇayogato ^b^nipuṇā,^eb^ ativiya nipuṇā ^b^atinipuṇā,^eb^ sā pana tesaṃ nipuṇatā saṇhasukhumā paññāti āha ^b^‘‘sukhumapaññā’’^eb^ti.


volume: 27
item: 75
title:
  kosohitavatthaguyhalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^parimaṇḍalādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^sīhapubbaddhakāyādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^

content:
  [03]^b^224^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Khemakāmo^eb^ti ^a^P3.0154^ea^^a^V3.0108^ea^ anupaddavakāmo. Kammassakatāñāṇaṃ sattānaṃ vaḍḍhiāvahaṃ sabbasampattividhāyakanti āha ^b^‘‘paññāyāti kammassakatāpaññāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samantaparipūrānī^eb^ti ^a^M3.0120^ea^ samantato sabbabhāgehi paripuṇṇāni. Tato eva ^b^ahīnāni^eb^ anūnāni. ^b^Dhanādīhī^eb^ti dhanadhaññādīhi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^225^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Okappanasaddhā^eb^ saddheyyavatthuṃ okkanditvā pakkhanditvā saddahanasaddhā. Sā eva pasādanīyavatthusmimpi abhippasīdanavasena pavattiyā ^b^pasādasaddhā.^eb^^b^Pariyattisavanenā^eb^ti sattānaṃ hitasukhāvahāya pariyattiyā savanena. Dhāraṇaparicayādīnaṃ taṃmūlakattā tathā vuttaṃ. ^b^Etesa^eb^nti saddhādīnaṃ. Saha hānadhammenāti ^b^sahānadhammo,^eb^ na sahānadhammoti ^b^asahānadhammo,^eb^ tassa bhāvo asahānadhammatā, taṃ ^b^asahānadhammataṃ,^eb^ aparihāniyasabhāvanti attho.


volume: 27
item: 76
title: parimaṇḍalādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^sīhapubbaddhakāyādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^rasaggasaggitālakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^226^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tilaphalamattampi^eb^ bhojanaṃ. ^b^Sabbattha pharatī^eb^ti sabbā rasāharaṇiyo anussarantaṃ sabhāvena sabbasmiṃ kāye pharati. ^b^Samā hutvā vahantī^eb^ti avisamā ujukā hutvā pavattanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ārogyakaraṇakamma^eb^nti arogabhāvakaraṃ sattānaṃ aviheṭhanakammaṃ. Madhurādibhedaṃ rasaṃ gasati harati etehi, sayameva vā taṃ gasanti gilanti anto pavesentīti ^b^rasaggasā,^eb^ rasaggasānaṃ aggā ^b^rasaggasaggā,^eb^ te ettha santīti ^b^rasaggasaggī,^eb^ tadeva lakkhaṇaṃ. Bhavati hi abhinnepi vatthusmiṃ taggatavisesāvabodhanatthaṃ bhinnaṃ viya katvā vohāro yathā ‘‘silāputtakassa sarīra’’nti ^a^P3.0155^ea^. Rasaggasaggitāsaṅkhātaṃ vā lakkhaṇaṃ ^b^rasaggasaggilakkhaṇaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^227^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vadha^eb^-saddo ‘‘attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodatī’’tiādīsu (pāci. 879) bādhanatthopi hotīti tato visesanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘māraṇavadhenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, māraṇasaṅkhātena vadhenāti attho. Bādhanattho eva vā ^b^vadha^eb^-saddo, māraṇena, bādhanena cāti attho. ^b^Ubbādhanāyā^eb^ti bandhanāgāre pakkhipitvā uddhaṃ uddhaṃ bādhanena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bandhanāgārappavesanenā’’^eb^ti.


volume: 27
item: 77
title: sīhapubbaddhakāyādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^rasaggasaggitālakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^abhinīlanettādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^228^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Visaṭa^eb^nti ^a^V3.0109^ea^ kujjhanavasena vinisaṭaṃ katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kakkaṭako viyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Visācī^eb^ti virūpaṃ sācitakaṃ, vijimhanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vaṅkakkhikoṭiyā’’^eb^ti ^a^M3.0121^ea^, kuṭilākkhikoṭipātenāti attho. ^b^Viceyya pekkhitā^eb^ti ujukaṃ anoloketvā diṭṭhipātaṃ vicāretvā oloketvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yo kujjhitvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paro^eb^ti kujjhito. ^b^Na oloketi^eb^ taṃ sammukhā gacchantaṃ kujjhitvā na oloketi, parammukhā. ^b^Viteyyā^eb^ti virūpaṃ tiriyaṃ, viññūnaṃ olokanakkamaṃ vītikkamitvāti attho. Jimhaṃ anoloketvā ujukaṃ olokanaṃ nāma kuṭilabhāvakarānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ abhājanaujukatacittatasseva ^a^P3.0156^ea^ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ujumano hutvā ujuṃ pekkhitā’’^eb^ti. Yathā ca ujuṃ pekkhitā hotīti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Pasaṭa^eb^nti ummīlanavasena sammadeva patthaṭaṃ. ^b^Vipulaṃ vitthata^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Piyaṃ piyāyitabbaṃ dassanaṃ olokanaṃ etassāti ^b^piyadassano.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāṇo^eb^ti akkhīni nimmīletvā pekkhanako. ^b^Kākakkhī^eb^ti kekarakkho. ^b^Vaṅkakkhī^eb^ti jimhapekkhanako. ^b^Āvilakkhī^eb^ti ākuladiṭṭhipāto. Nīlapītalohitasetakāḷavaṇṇānaṃ vasena ^b^pañcavaṇṇo.^eb^ Tattha pītalohitavaṇṇā setamaṇḍalagatarājivasena, nīlasetakāḷavaṇṇā pana taṃtaṃmaṇḍalavaseneva veditabbā. ^b^‘‘Pasādo^eb^ti pana tesaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ pasannākāraṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti keci. ^b^Pañcavaṇṇo pasādo^eb^ti pana yathāvuttapañcavaṇṇaparivāro, tehi vā paṭimaṇḍito pasādoti attho. ^b^Nettasampattikarānī^eb^ti ‘‘pañcavaṇṇapasādatā tirohitavidūragatadassanasamatthatā’’ti evamādi cakkhusampadāya kāraṇāni. ^b^Lakkhaṇasatthe yuttā^eb^ti lakkhaṇasatthe āyuttā sukusalā.


volume: 27
item: 78
title: rasaggasaggitālakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^abhinīlanettādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^uṇhīsasīsalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^230^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pubbaṅgamo^eb^ti ettha pubbaṅgamatā nāma pamukhatā, jeṭṭhaseṭṭhakabhāvo bahujanassa anuvattanīyatāti āha ^b^‘‘gaṇajeṭṭhako’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pubbaṅgamatā^eb^ti pubbaṅgamassa kammaṃ. Yassa hi kāyasucaritādikammassa vasena mahāpuriso bahujanassa pubbaṅgamo ahosi, tadassa kammaṃ ‘‘pubbaṅgamatā’’ti adhippetaṃ, na pubbaṅgamabhāvo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idha kammaṃ nāma pubbaṅgamatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pītipāmojjena^eb^^a^M3.0122^ea^^b^paripuṇṇasīso^eb^ti pītiyā, ^a^V3.0110^ea^ pāmojjena ca sampuṇṇapaññāsīso bahulaṃ somanassasahagatañāṇasampayuttacittasamaṅgī ^a^P3.0157^ea^ eva hutvā ^b^vicarati. Mahāpuriso^eb^ti mahāpurisajātiko.<br/><br/>[03]^b^231^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bahujana^eb^nti sāmiatthe upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘bahujanassā’’^eb^ti. Paribhuñjanaṭṭhena ^b^paṭibhogo,^eb^ upayogavatthu paṭibhogo, tassa hitāti ^b^paṭibhogiyā.^eb^ Desakālaṃ ñatvā tadupakaraṇūpaṭṭhānādi ^b^veyyāvaccakarā^eb^ sattā. ^b^Abhiharantī^eb^ti byāharanti. Tassa tassa veyyāvaccassa paṭiharaṇato pavattanakaraṇato ^b^paṭihāro,^eb^ veyyāvaccakaro, tassa bhāvo ^b^paṭihāraka^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘veyyāvaccakarabhāva’’^eb^nti. Visavanaṃ ^b^visavo,^eb^ kāmakāro vasitā, so etassa atthīti ^b^visavī^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘ciṇṇavasī’’^eb^ti.


volume: 27
item: 79
title: abhinīlanettādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^uṇhīsasīsalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^ekekalomatādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^232^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Upavattatī^eb^ti anukūlabhāvaṃ upecca vattati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ajjhāsayaṃ anuvattatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekekalomalakkhaṇa^eb^nti ekekasmiṃ lomakūpe ekekalomatālakkhaṇaṃ. ^b^Ekekehi lomehī^eb^ti aññesaṃ sarīre ekekasmimpi lomakūpe anekānipi lomāni uṭṭhahanti, na tathāgatassa. Tehi puna paccekaṃ lomakūpesu ekekeheva uppannehi kuṇḍalāvattehi padakkhiṇāvattakajātehi nicitaṃ viya sarīraṃ hotīti vuttaṃ ‘‘ekekalomūpacitaṅgavā’’ti.


volume: 27
item: 80
title: uṇhīsasīsalakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^ekekalomatādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^cattālīsādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^234^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhinditabbapariso^eb^ti parehi kenaci saṅgahena saṅgahetvā, yuttikāraṇaṃ dassetvā vā na bhinditabbapariso.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Apisuṇavācāyā^eb^ti upayogatthe sāmivacanaṃ, pesuññassa paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ kusalakammaṃ. Pisuṇā vācā etassāti pisuṇavāco, tassa ^b^pisuṇavācassa^eb^ puggalassa. ^b^Aparipuṇṇā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0158^ea^ cattārīsato ūnabhāvena na paripuṇṇā. ^b^Viraḷā^eb^ti savivarā.


volume: 27
item: 81
title: ekekalomatādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^cattālīsādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^pahūtajivhādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^236^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ādeyyavāco^eb^ti ^a^M3.0123^ea^^a^V3.0111^ea^ ādaragāravavasena ādātabbavacano. ‘‘Evameta’’nti ^b^gahetabbavacano^eb^ sirasā sampaṭicchitasāsano.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Baddhajivhā^eb^ti yathā sukhena parivattati, evaṃ sirādīhi palibuddhajivhā. ^b^Gūḷhajivhā^eb^ti rasabahalatāya gūḷhagaṇḍasadisajivhā. ^b^Dvijivhā^eb^ti agge kappabhāvena dvidhābhūtajivhā. ^b^Mammanā^eb^ti apparippuṭatalāpā. Kharapharusakakkasādivasena ^b^saddo bhijjati^eb^ bhinnakāro hoti. Vicchinditvā pavattassaratāya ^b^chinnassarā vā.^eb^ Anekākāratāya ^b^bhinnassarā vā.^eb^ Kākassa viya amanuññassaratāya ^b^kākassarā vā. Madhuro^eb^ti iṭṭhe, kammaphalena vatthuno suvisuddhattā. ^b^Pemanīyo^eb^ti pītisañjanano, piyāyitabbo vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^237^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Akkosayuttattā^eb^ti akkosupasañhitattā akkosavatthusahitattā. ^b^Ābādhakari^eb^nti ghaṭṭanavasena paresaṃ pīḷāvahaṃ. Bahuno janassa avamaddanato, pamaddābhāvakaraṇato vā ^b^bahujanappamaddanaṃ. Abāḷha^eb^nti vā ettha ^b^a^eb^-kāro vuddhiattho ‘‘asekkhā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. tikamātikā 11) viya, tasmā ativiya bāḷhaṃ pharusaṃ ^b^gira^eb^nti evamettha ^a^P3.0159^ea^ attho veditabbo. ^b^Na bhaṇī^eb^ti cettha ‘‘na abhaṇi na bhaṇī’’ti saralopena niddeso. ^b^Susaṃhita^eb^nti suṭṭhu saṃhitaṃ. Kena pana suṭṭhu saṃhitaṃ? ‘‘Madhura’’nti anantarameva vuttattā madhuratāyāti viññāyati, kā panassa madhuratāti āha ^b^‘‘suṭṭhu pemasaṃhita’’^eb^nti. Upayogaputhuttavisayo yaṃ ^b^vācā^eb^-saddoti āha ^b^‘‘vācāyo’’^eb^ti, sā cassā upayogaputhuttavisayatā ‘‘hadayagāminiyo’’ti padena samānādhikaraṇatāya daṭṭhabbā. ^b^‘‘Kaṇṇasukha’’^eb^nti pāṭhe bhāvanapuṃsakaniddesoyanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Vedayathā^eb^ti kālavipallāsenāyaṃ niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘vedayitthā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Brahmassarata^eb^nti seṭṭhassarataṃ, brahmuno sarasadisassarataṃ vā. ^b^Bahūnaṃ bahu^eb^nti bahūnaṃ janānaṃ bahuṃ subhaṇitanti yojanā.


volume: 27
item: 82
title: cattālīsādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^pahūtajivhādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^sīhahanulakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^238^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Appadhaṃsiko^eb^ti appadhaṃsiyo. ^b^Ya^eb^-kārassa hi ^b^ka^eb^-kāraṃ katvā ayaṃ niddeso yathā ‘‘niyyānikā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. dukamātikā 97) ^b^guṇato^eb^ti attanā adhigataguṇato. ^b^Ṭhānato^eb^ti yathāṭhitaṭṭhānantarato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Palāpakathāyā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0124^ea^^a^V3.0112^ea^ samphappalāpakathāya. ^b^Antopaviṭṭhahanukā^eb^ ekato, ubhato vā saṃkucitavisukā. ^b^Vaṅkahanukā^eb^ ekapassena kuṭilavisukā. ^b^Pabbhārahanukā^eb^ purato olambamānavisukā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^239^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vikiṇṇavacanā^eb^^a^P3.0160^ea^ nāma samphappalāpino, tappaṭikkhepena ^b^avikiṇṇavacanā^eb^ mahābodhisattā. Vācā eva tadatthādhigamupāyatāya ^b^‘‘byāppatho’’^eb^ti vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘avikiṇṇa…pe… vacanapatho assā’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Dvīhi dvīhī’’^eb^ti nayidaṃ āmeḍitavacanaṃ asamānādhikaraṇato, atha kho dvīhi diguṇatādassananti āha ^b^‘‘dvīhi dvīhīti catūhī’’^eb^ti. Tasmā ‘‘dvidugamā’’ti catugamā vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘catuppadāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tathāsabhāvo^eb^ti yathāssa vuttanayena kenaci appadhaṃsiyatā hoti guṇehi, tathāsabhāvo.


volume: 27
item: 83
title: pahūtajivhādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^sīhahanulakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^samadantādilakkhaṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^240^eb^^b^.^eb^ Visuddhasīlācāratāya parisuddhā samantato sabbathā vā suddhā puggalā parivārā etassāti ^b^parisuddhaparivāro. ^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^241^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pahāsī^eb^ti tadaṅgavasena, vikkhambhanavasena ca pariccaji. Tidivaṃ tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ puraṃ nagaraṃ etesanti ^b^tidivapurā,^eb^ tāvatiṃsadevā, tesaṃ varo tidivapuravaro, indo. Tena ^b^tidivapuravarena.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘sakkenā’’^eb^ti. Lapanti kathenti etenāti ^b^lapanaṃ,^eb^ mukhanti āha ^b^‘‘lapanajanti mukhaja’’^eb^nti. Suṭṭhu dhavalatāya ^b^sukkā,^eb^ īsakampi asaṃkiliṭṭhatāya ^b^suci.^eb^ Sundarasaṇṭhānatāya suṭṭhu bhāvanato, vipassanato ca ^b^sobhanā.^eb^ Kāmaṃ janānaṃ manussānaṃ nivāsanaṭṭhānādibhāvena patiṭṭhābhūto desaviseso ‘‘janapado’’ti vuccati, idha pana saparivāracatumahādīpasaññito sabbo padeso tathā vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘cakkavāḷaparicchinno janapado’’^eb^ti. Nanu ca yathāvutto padeso samuddaparicchinno, na cakkavāḷapabbataparicchinnoti? So padeso cakkavāḷaparicchinnopi hotīti tathā vuttaṃ ^a^P3.0161^ea^. Ye vā samuddanissitā, cakkavāḷapādanissitā ca sattā, tesaṃ te te padesā patiṭṭhāti tepi saṅgaṇhanto ^b^‘‘cakkavāḷaparicchinno’’^eb^ti avoca. ^b^Cakkavāḷaparicchinno^eb^ti ca cakkavāḷena paricchinnoti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti tassa cakkavattino. Puna ^a^M3.0125^ea^^b^tassā^eb^ti tassa janapadassa. ^b^Bahujana sukha^eb^nti ettha paccattabahuvacanalopena bahujanaggahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘bahujanā’’^eb^ti. Yathā pana te hitasukhaṃ caranti, taṃ vidhiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘samānasukhadukkhā hutvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Vigatapāpo^eb^ti sabbaso ^a^V3.0113^ea^ samucchindanena viniddhutapāpadhammo. ^b^Daratho^eb^ vuccati kāyiko, cetasiko ca pariḷāho. Tattha cetasikapariḷāho ‘‘vigatapāpo’’ti imināva vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘vigatakāyikadarathakilamatho’’^eb^ti. Rāgādayo yasmiṃ santāne uppannā, tassa malīnabhāvakaraṇena ^b^malā.^eb^ Kacavarabhāvena ^b^khilā.^eb^ Sattānaṃ mahānatthakarattā visesato doso ^b^kalī^eb^ti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dosakalīnañcā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Panūdehī^eb^ti samucchindanavasena sasantānato nīhārakehi, pajahanakehīti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca yasmā sabbesampi lakkhaṇānaṃ mahāpurisasantānagatapuññasambhārahetukabhāvena sabbaṃyeva taṃ puññakammaṃ sabbassa lakkhaṇassa kāraṇaṃ visiṭṭharūpattā phalassa. Na hi abhinnarūpakāraṇaṃ bhinnasabhāvassa phalassa paccayo bhavituṃ sakkoti, tasmā yassa yassa lakkhaṇassa yaṃ yaṃ puññakammaṃ visesakāraṇaṃ, taṃ taṃ vibhāgena dassentī ayaṃ desanā pavattā. Tattha yathā yādisaṃ kāyasucaritādipuññakammaṃ suppatiṭṭhitapādatāya kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ, tādisameva ‘‘uṇhīsasīsatāya’’ kāraṇanti na sakkā vattuṃ daḷhasamādānatāvisiṭṭhassa tassa suppatiṭṭhitapādatāya kāraṇabhāvena ^a^P3.0162^ea^ vuttattā, itarassa ca pubbaṅgamatāvisiṭṭhassa vuttattā, evaṃ yādisaṃ āyatapaṇhitāya kāraṇaṃ, na tādisameva dīghaṅgulitāya, brahmujugattatāya ca kāraṇaṃ visiṭṭharūpattā phalassa. Na hi abhinnarūpakāraṇaṃ bhinnasabhāvassa phalassa paccayo bhavituṃ sakkoti. Tattha yathā ekeneva kammunā cakkhādinānindriyuppattiyaṃ avatthābhedato, sāmatthiyabhedato vā kammabhedo icchitabbo. Na hi yadavatthaṃ kammaṃ cakkhussa kāraṇaṃ, tadavatthameva sotādīnaṃ kāraṇaṃ hoti abhinnasāmatthiyaṃ vā, tasmā pañcāyatanikattabhāvapatthanābhūtā purimanipphannā kāmataṇhā paccayavasena visiṭṭhasabhāvā kammassa visiṭṭhasabhāvaphalanibbattanasamatthatāsādhanavasena paccayo hotīti ekampi anekavidhaphalanibbattanasamatthatāvasena anekarūpataṃ āpannaṃ viya hoti, evamidhāpi ‘‘ekampi pāṇātipātā veramaṇivasena ^a^M3.0126^ea^ pavattaṃ kusalakammaṃ āyatapaṇhitādīnaṃ tiṇṇampi lakkhaṇānaṃ nibbattakaṃ hotī’’ti vuccamānepi na koci virodho. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘so tassa kammassa katattā…pe… imāni tīṇi mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭilabhatī’’ti nānākammunā pana tesaṃ nibbattiyaṃ vattabbameva natthi, pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘tassa kammassā’’ti ekavacananiddeso sāmaññavasenāti daṭṭhabbo. Evañca katvā satapuññalakkhaṇavacanaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. ‘‘Imāni dve mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni paṭilabhatī’’tiādīsupi eseva nayoti.<br/><br/>[06]Lakkhaṇasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 27
item: 84
title: siṅgālasuttavaṇṇanā^^nidānavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^242^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pākārena ^a^V3.0114^ea^^a^M3.0127^ea^^a^P3.0163^ea^ parikkhittanti padaṃ ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Gopuraṭṭālakayutta^eb^nti dvārapāsādena ceva tattha tattha pākāramatthake patiṭṭhāpitāṭṭālakehi ca yuttaṃ. Veḷūhi parikkhittattā, abbhantare pupphūpagaphalūpagarukkhasañchannattā ca ^b^nīlobhāsaṃ.^eb^ Chāyūdakasampattiyā, bhūmibhāgasampattiyā ca ^b^manoramaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāḷakavesenā^eb^ti kalandakarūpena. ^b^Nivāpa^eb^nti bhojanaṃ. ^b^Ta^eb^nti uyyānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Kho panā’’^eb^ti vacanālaṅkāramattametanti ^b^tena samayenā^eb^ti atthavacanaṃ yuttaṃ. ^b^Gahapati mahāsālo^eb^ti gahapatibhūto mahāsāro, ra-kārassa la-kāraṃ katvā ayaṃ niddeso. Vibhavasampattiyā mahāsārappatto kuṭumbiko. ^b^‘‘Putto panassa assaddho’’^eb^tiādi aṭṭhuppattiko yaṃ suttanikkhepoti taṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ dassetuṃ āraddhaṃ. Kammaphalasaddhāya abhāvena ^b^assaddho.^eb^ Ratanattaye pasādābhāvena ^b^appasanno. Evamāhā^eb^ti evaṃ idāni vuccamānākārena vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yāvajīvaṃ anussaraṇīyā hoti^eb^ hitesitāya vuttā pacchimā vācāti adhippāyena. ^b^Puthudisā^eb^ti visuṃ visuṃ disā, tā pana anekāti āha ^b^‘‘bahudisā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^243^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Na tāva paviṭṭho’’^eb^tiādīsu vattabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. ^b^Na idānevā^eb^ti na imāya eva velāya. Kiṃ carahīti āha ^b^‘‘paccūsasamayepī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Gihivinaya^eb^nti gihīnaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ vinayatantibhūtaṃ ‘‘gihinā evaṃ vattitabba’’nti gahaṭṭhācārassa gahaṭṭhavattassa anavasesato imasmiṃ ^a^V3.0115^ea^ sutte savisesaṃ ^a^P3.0164^ea^ katvā vuttattā. ^b^Tathevā^eb^ti yathā buddhacakkhunā diṭṭhaṃ, tatheva passi. ^b^Namassati^eb^ vattavasena kattabbanti gahetvā ṭhitattā.


volume: 27
item: 85
title: ^nidānavaṇṇanā^chadisādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^244^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vacanaṃ sutvāva cintesi^eb^ buddhānubhāvena attasammāpaṇidhānanimittena puññabalena ca codiyamāno. ^b^Na kira tā etā^eb^ti tā cha ^a^M3.0128^ea^ disā etā idāni mayā namassiyamānā puratthimādikā na honti kirāti. ^b^Nipātamatta^eb^nti anatthakabhāvaṃ tassa vadati. ^b^Pucchāpada^eb^nti pucchāvacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Bhagavā gahapatiputtena namassitabbā cha disā pucchito desanākusalatāya ādito eva tā akathetvā tassa tāva paṭipattiyā naṃ bhājanabhūtaṃ kātuṃ vajjanīyavajjanatthañceva sevitabbasevanatthañca ovādaṃ dento ^b^‘‘yato kho gahapatiputtā’’^eb^tiādinā desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha ^b^kammakilesā^eb^ti kammabhūtā saṃkilesā. ^b^Kilissantī^eb^ti kiliṭṭhā malīnā viya ṭhitā, upatāpitā ca hontīti attho. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti kilissananimittattā. Yadipi surāpānaṃ pañcaverabhāvena upāsakehi parivajjanīyaṃ, tassa pana apāyamukhabhāvena parato vattukāmatāya pāṇātipātādike eva sandhāya ‘‘cattāro’’ti vuttaṃ, na ‘‘pañcā’’ti. ‘‘Visuṃ akammapathabhāvato cā’’ti apare. ‘‘Surāpānampi ‘surāmerayapānaṃ, bhikkhave, āsevitaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ nirayasaṃvattanika’ntiādi (a. ni. 8.40) vacanato visuṃ kammapathabhāvena āgataṃ. Tathā hi taṃ duccaritakammaṃ hutvā duggatigāmipiṭṭhivattakabhāvena niyata’’nti keci, tesaṃ matena ekādasa kammapathā siyuṃ ^a^P3.0165^ea^. Tasmā yathāvuttesveva kammapathesu upakārakattasabhāgattavasena anuppaveso daṭṭhabboti ‘‘visuṃ akammapathabhāvato cā’’ti suvuttametaṃ. Surāpānassa bhogāpāyamukhabhāvena vattukāmatāya ‘‘cattāro’’ tveva avoca. Tiṭṭhati ettha phalaṃ tadāyattavuttitāyāti ^b^ṭhānaṃ,^eb^ hetūti āha ^b^‘‘ṭhānehīti kāraṇehī’’^eb^ti. Apenti apagacchanti, apeti vā etehīti ^b^apāyā,^eb^ apāyānaṃ, apāyā eva vā mukhāni dvārānīti ^b^apāyamukhāni. Vināsamukhānī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]Kiñcāpi ‘‘ariyasāvakassā’’ti pubbe sādhāraṇato vuttaṃ, visesato pana paṭhamāya bhūmiyaṃ ṭhitasseva vakkhamānanayo yujjatīti ^b^‘‘soti so sotāpanno’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Pāpaka-saddo nihīnapariyāyoti ^b^‘‘lāmakehī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Apāyadukkhaṃ, vaṭṭadukkhañca pāpentīti vā pāpakā, tehi ^a^V3.0116^ea^^b^pāpakehi. Cha disā paṭicchādento^eb^ti tena tena bhāgena dissantīti ‘‘disā’’ti saññite cha bhāge satte yathā tehi saddhiṃ attano chiddaṃ na hoti, evaṃ paṭicchādento paṭisandhārento. ^b^Vijinanatthāyā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0129^ea^ abhibhavanatthāya. Yo hi diṭṭhadhammikaṃ, samparāyikañca anatthaṃ parivajjanavasena abhibhavati, tato eva tadubhayatthaṃ sampādeti, so ubhayalokavijayāya paṭipanno nāma hoti paccatthikaniggaṇhanato, sakatthasampādanato ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayañceva loko’’^eb^tiādi. Pāṇātipātādīni ^b^pañca verāni^eb^ verappasavanato. ^b^Āraddho hotī^eb^ti saṃsādhito hoti, tayidaṃ saṃsādhanaṃ kittisaddena idha sattānaṃ cittatosanena ^a^P3.0166^ea^, verābhāvāpādanena ca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘paritosito ceva nipphādito cā’’^eb^ti. Puna ^b^pañca verānī^eb^ti pañca veraphalāni uttarapadalopena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Katamassā^eb^ti katame assa. ^b^Kilesasampayuttattā kileso^eb^ti taṃyogato taṃsadisaṃ vadati yathā ‘‘pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, (dī. ni. 1.226; ma. ni. 1.271, 287, 297; saṃ. ni. 2.152; a. ni. 4.123; 5.28; pārā. 11; dha. sa. 499; vibha. 508) nīlaṃ vattha’’nti ca. Sampayuttatā cettha tadekaṭṭhatāya veditabbā, na ekuppādāditāya. Evañca katvā pāṇātipātakammassa diṭṭhimānalobhādīhipi kiliṭṭhatā siddhā hoti, micchācārassa dosādīhi kiliṭṭhatā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṃkilesoyevā’’^eb^tiādi. Pubbe vuttātthavasena pana sammukhenapi nesaṃ kilesapariyāyo labbhateva. ^b^Etadatthaparidīpakamevā^eb^ti yo ‘‘pāṇātipāto kho’’tiādinā vutto, etassa atthassa paridīpakameva. Yadi evaṃ kasmā puna vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘gāthābandha’’^eb^nti, tassa atthassa sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ bhagavā gāthābandhaṃ avocāti adhippāyo.


volume: 27
item: 86
title: nidānavaṇṇanā^chadisādivaṇṇanā^catuṭhānādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^246^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Pāpakammaṃ karotī’’ti kasmā ayaṃ uddesaniddeso pavattoti antolīnacodanaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘idaṃ bhagavā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Sukkapakkhavasena hi uddeso kato, kaṇhapakkhavasena ca niddeso āraddho. ^b^Kārake^eb^ti pāpakammassa kārake. ^b^Akārako pākaṭo hoti^eb^ yathā paṭipajjanto pāpaṃ karoti nāma, tathā appaṭipajjanato. Saṃkilesadhammavivajjanapubbakaṃ vodānadhammapaṭipattiācikkhanaṃ idha desanākosallaṃ. ^b^Paṭhamataraṃ kārakaṃ dassento āha^eb^ yathā ‘‘vāmaṃ muñca dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhā’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 498) tathā ^a^M3.0130^ea^^a^P3.0167^ea^ hi bhagavā aṭṭhatiṃsa maṅgalāni dassento ‘‘asevanā ca bālāna’’nti (khu. pā. 5.3; su. ni. 262) vatvā ‘‘paṇḍitānañca ^a^V3.0117^ea^ sevanā’’ti (khu. pā. 5.3; su. ni. 262) avoca. ^b^Chandāgati^eb^nti ettha sandhivasena saralopoti dassento āha ^b^‘‘chandena pemena agati’’^eb^nti. ^b^Chandā^eb^ti hetumhi nissakkavacananti āha ^b^‘‘chandenā’’^eb^ti. Chanda-saddo cettha taṇhāpariyāyo, na kusalacchandādipariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘pemenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘dosāgatiṃ gacchanto’’tiādīsu vākyesu. ^b^‘‘Eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā ‘‘dosena kopenā’’ti evamādi atthavacanaṃ atidisati. ^b^Mitto^eb^ti daḷhamitto, sambhattoti attho. ^b^Sandiṭṭho^eb^ti diṭṭhamattasahāyo. ^b^Pakativeravasenā^eb^ti pakatiyā uppannaveravasena, cirakālānubandhavirodhavasenāti attho. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘taṅkhaṇuppannakodhavasena vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yaṃ vā taṃ vā^eb^ ayuttaṃ akāraṇaṃ ^b^vatvā.^eb^ Visame corādike, visamāni vā kāyaduccaritādīni samādāya vattanena nissito ^b^visamanissito. ^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Chandāgatiādīni na gacchati^eb^ maggeneva catunnampi agatigamanānaṃ pahīnattā, ^b^agatigamanānī^eb^ti ca tathāpavattā apāyagamanīyā akusalacittuppādā veditabbā agati gacchati etehīti.<br/><br/>[03]Yassati tena kittīyatīti ^b^yaso,^eb^ thutighoso. Yassati tena purecarānucarabhāvena parivārīyatīti ^b^yaso,^eb^ parivāroti āha ^b^‘‘kittiyasopi parivārayasopī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parihāyatī^eb^ti pubbe yo ca yāvatake labbhati, tato parito hāyati parikkhayaṃ gacchati.


volume: 27
item: 87
title: chadisādivaṇṇanā^catuṭhānādivaṇṇanā^chāpāyamukhādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^247^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pūve bhājane pakkhipitvā tajjaṃ udakaṃ datvā madditvā katā ^a^P3.0168^ea^^b^pūvasurā.^eb^ Evaṃ sesasurāpi. ^b^Kiṇṇā^eb^ti pana tassā surāya bījaṃ vuccati, ye ‘‘surāmodakā’’ tipi vuccanti, te pakkhipitvā katā ^b^kiṇṇapakkhittā.^eb^ Harītakīsāsapādinānāsambhārehi saṃyojitā ^b^sambhārasaṃyuttā.^eb^ Madhukatālanāḷikerādipuppharaso cirapārivāsiko ^b^pupphāsavo.^eb^ Panasādiphalaraso ^b^phalāsavo.^eb^ Muddikāraso ^b^madhvāsavo.^eb^ Ucchuraso ^b^guḷāsavo.^eb^ Harītakāmalakakaṭukabhaṇḍādinānāsambhārānaṃ raso cirapārivāsiko ^b^sambhārasaṃyutto. Taṃ sabbampī^eb^ti taṃ sabbaṃ dasavidhampi. ^b^Madakaraṇavasena^eb^^a^M3.0131^ea^^b^majjaṃ^eb^ pivantaṃ madayatīti katvā. Surāmerayamajje pamādaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ. Anu anu yogo^eb^ti punappunaṃ taṃsamaṅgitā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘punappunaṃ karaṇa’’^eb^nti, aparāparaṃ pavattananti attho. ^b^Uppannā ceva bhogā parihāyanti^eb^ pānabyasanena byasanakaraṇato. ^b^Anuppannā ca nuppajjanti^eb^ pamattassa kammantesu ñāyakaraṇābhāvato. ^b^Bhogāna^eb^nti bhuñjitabbaṭṭhena ^a^V3.0118^ea^ ‘‘bhogā’’ti laddhanāmānaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ. Apāyamukha-saddassa attho heṭṭhā vutto eva. ^b^Avelāyā^eb^ti ayuttavelāya. Yadā vicarato attharakkhādayo na honti. ^b^Visikhāsu cariyā^eb^ti racchāsu vicaraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samajjā^eb^ vuccati maho, yattha naccānipi payojīyanti, tesaṃ dassanādiatthaṃ tattha abhirativasena caraṇaṃ upagamanaṃ ^b^samajjābhicaraṇaṃ. Naccādidassanavasenā^eb^ti naccādīnaṃ dassanādivasenāti ādisaddalopo daṭṭhabbo, dassanena vā savanampi gahitaṃ virūpekasesanayena. Ālocanasabhāvatāya vā pañcaviññāṇānaṃ savanakiriyāyapi dassanasaṅkhepasambhavato ‘‘dassanavasena’’ icceva vuttaṃ. Idha ^a^P3.0169^ea^ cittālasiyatā akāraṇanti ^b^‘‘kāyālasiyatā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Yuttappayuttatā^eb^ti tappasutatā atirekataratāya.


volume: 27
item: 88
title: catuṭhānādivaṇṇanā^chāpāyamukhādivaṇṇanā^surāmerayassa chāadīnavādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^248^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sayaṃ daṭṭhabbanti ^b^sandiṭṭhaṃ.^eb^ Sandiṭṭhameva ^b^sandiṭṭhikaṃ,^eb^ dhanajānisaddāpekkhāya pana itthiliṅgavasena niddeso, diṭṭhadhammikāti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘idhalokabhāvinī’’^eb^ti. Samaṃ, sammā passitabbāti vā ^b^sandiṭṭhikā,^eb^ pānasamakālabhāvinīti attho. ^b^Kalahappavaḍḍhanī^eb^ mittassa kalahe anādīnavadassibhāvato. ^b^Khettaṃ^eb^ uppattiṭṭhānabhāvato. ^b^Āyatana^eb^nti vā kāraṇaṃ, ākaro vāti attho. ^b^Paraloke akittiṃ pāpuṇanti^eb^ akittisaṃvattaniyassa kammassa pasavanato. ^b^Kopīnaṃ^eb^ vā pākaṭabhāvena akattabbarahassakammaṃ. Surāmadamattā ca pubbe attanā kataṃ tādisaṃ kammaṃ amattakāle chādentā vicaritvā mattakāle paccatthikānampi vivaranti pākaṭaṃ karonti, tena tesaṃ sā surā tassa kopīnassa nidaṃsanato ^b^‘‘kopīnanidaṃsanī’’^eb^ti vuccatīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Kammassakatāpañña^eb^nti nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci lokiyaṃ paññaṃ dubbalaṃ karotiyevā’’ti hi sakkā viññātuṃ. Tathā hi byatirekamukhena tamatthaṃ patiṭṭhapetuṃ ^a^M3.0132^ea^^b^‘‘maggapaññaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Antomukhameva na pavisatī’’^eb^ti iminā surāya maggapaññādubbalakaraṇassa durasamussāritabhāvamāha ^a^P3.0170^ea^. Nanu cevaṃ surāya tassā paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe sāmatthiyavighāto acodito hoti ariyānaṃ anuppayogasseva coditattāti? Nayidaṃ evaṃ upayogopi nāma sadā tesaṃ natthi, kuto kiccakaraṇanti imassa atthassa vuttattā. Atha pana aṭṭhānaparikappavasenassā kadāci siyā upayogo, tathāpi so tassā dubbaliyaṃ īsakampi kātuṃ nālameva sammadeva paṭipakkhadūrībhāvena suppatiṭṭhitabhāvato. Tenāha ‘‘maggapaññaṃ pana dubbalaṃ kātuṃ na sakkotī’’ti. Maggasīsena cettha ariyānaṃ sabbassāpi lokiyalokuttarāya ^a^V3.0119^ea^ paññāya dubbalabhāvāpādāne asamatthatā dassitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pajjati etena phalanti ^b^padaṃ,^eb^ kāraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^249^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Attāpissa^eb^ akālacārissa ^b^agutto^eb^ sarasato ^b^arakkhito^eb^ upakkamatopi parivajjanīyānaṃ aparivajjanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avelāya caranto hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kaṇṭakādīnipī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena sobbhādike saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Verinopī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena corādikā saṅgayhanti. ^b^Puttadārā^eb^ti ettha puttaggahaṇena puttīpi gahitāti āha ^b^‘‘puttadhītaro’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bahi patthana^eb^nti kāmapatthanāvasena antogehassitato nibaddhavatthuto bahiddhā patthanaṃ katvā. ^b^Aññehi katapāpakammesū^eb^ti parehi katāsu pāpakiriyāsu. ^b^Saṅkitabbo hoti^eb^ akāle tattha tattha caraṇato. ^b^Ruhati^eb^ yasmiṃ padese corikā pavattā, tattha parehi diṭṭhattā. ^b^Vattuṃ na sakkā^eb^ti ‘‘ettakaṃ dukkhaṃ, ettakaṃ domanassa’’nti paricchinditvā vattuṃ na sakkā. ^b^Taṃ sabbampi vikālacārimhi^eb^ puggale ^b^āharitabbaṃ^eb^ tassa upari pakkhipitabbaṃ ^b^hoti^eb^. Kathaṃ? ^b^Aññasmiṃ puggale^eb^ tathārūpe āsaṅkitabbe ^b^asati. Itī^eb^ti evaṃ. ^b^So^eb^ti vikālacārī. ^b^Purakkhato^eb^^a^P3.0171^ea^ purato attano upari āsaṅkante katvā carati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^250^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Naṭanāṭakādinacca^eb^nti naṭehi nāṭakehi naccitabbanāṭakādinaccavidhi. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena avasiṭṭhaṃ sabbaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ‘‘Tattha gantabbaṃ hotī’’ti vatvā tatthassa gamanena yathā anuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ anuppādo, uppannānañca vināso hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Gīta^eb^nti saragataṃ, pakaraṇagataṃ ^a^M3.0133^ea^, tāḷagataṃ, apadhānagatanti gandhabbasatthavihitaṃ aññampi sabbaṃ gītaṃ veditabbaṃ. ^b^Vādita^eb^nti vīṇāveṇumudiṅgādivādanaṃ. ^b^Akkhāna^eb^nti bhāratayuddhasītāharaṇādiakkhānaṃ. ^b^Pāṇissara^eb^nti kaṃsatāḷaṃ, ‘‘pāṇitāḷa’’ntipi vadanti. ^b^Kumbhathūna^eb^nti caturassāmbaṇakatāḷaṃ. ‘‘Kuṭabherisaddo’’ti keci. ^b^‘‘Eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā ‘‘kasmiṃ ṭhāne’’tiādinā nacce vuttamatthaṃ gītādīsu atidisati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^251^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jaya^eb^nti jūtaṃ jinanto. ^b^Vera^eb^nti jitena kīḷakapurisena jayanimittaṃ attano upari veraṃ virodhaṃ ^b^pasavati^eb^ uppādeti. Tañhissa verapasavanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘jitaṃ mayā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Jino^eb^ti jūtaparājayāpannāya dhanajāniyā jino. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aññena jito samāno’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vittaṃ anusocatī^eb^ti taṃ jinaṃ vittaṃ uddissa anutthunati. ^b^Vinicchayaṭṭhāne^eb^ti yasmiṃ kismiñci aṭṭavinicchayaṭṭhāne. ^b^Sakkhipuṭṭhassā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0172^ea^ sakkhibhāvena puṭṭhassa. ^b^Akkhasoṇḍo^eb^ti akkhadhutto. ^b^Jūtakaro^eb^ti jūtapamādaṭṭhānānuyutto. ^b^Tvampi nāma kulaputto^eb^ti kulaputto nāma tvaṃ, na ^a^V3.0120^ea^ mayaṃ tayi kolaputtiyaṃ idāni passāmāti adhippāyo. ^b^Chinnabhinnako^eb^ti chinnabhinnahirottappo, ahiriko anottappīti attho. ^b^Tassa kāraṇā^eb^ti tassa atthāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anicchito^eb^ti na icchito. ^b^Positabbā bhavissati^eb^ jūtaparājayena sabbakālaṃ rittatucchabhāvato.


volume: 27
item: 89
title: chāpāyamukhādivaṇṇanā^surāmerayassa chāadīnavādivaṇṇanā^pāpamittatāya chāadīnavādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^252^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Akkhadhuttā^eb^ti akkhesu dhuttā, akkhanimittaṃ atthavināsakā. ^b^Itthisoṇḍā^eb^ti itthīsu soṇḍā, itthisambhoganimittaṃ ātappanakā. Tathā ^b^bhattasoṇḍā^eb^dayo veditabbā. ^b^Pipāsā^eb^ti uparūpari surāpipāsā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pānasoṇḍā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nekatikā^eb^dayo heṭṭhā vuttā eva. Mettiuppattiṭṭhānatāya ^b^mittā honti. Tasmā^eb^ti pāpamittatāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^253^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kammanta^eb^nti kammaṃ, yathā suttaṃyeva suttanto, evaṃ kammaṃyeva kammanto, taṃ kātuṃ ^b^gacchāmāti vutto.^eb^ Kammaṃ vā anto niṭṭhānaṃ gacchati etthāti ^b^kammanto,^eb^ kammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ ^b^gacchāmāti vutto.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pannasakhā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0134^ea^ suraṃ pātuṃ panne paṭipajjante eva sakhāti pannasakhā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayamevattho’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Sammiyasammiyo’’ti vacanamettha atthīti ^b^sammiyasammiyo.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘sammasammāti vadanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sahāyo hotī^eb^ti sahāyo viya hoti. ^b^Otārameva gavesatī^eb^ti randhameva pariyesati anatthamassa kātukāmo. ^b^Verappasavo^eb^ti parehi attani verassa pasavanaṃ anupavattanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘verabahulatā’’^eb^ti. Paresaṃ kariyamāno anattho ettha atthīti ^b^anattho,^eb^ tabbhāvo ^b^anatthatā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘anatthakāritā’’^eb^ti. Yo hi paresaṃ ^a^P3.0173^ea^ anatthaṃ karoti, so atthato attano anatthakāro nāma, tasmā ^b^anatthatā^eb^ti ubhayānatthakāritā. ^b^Ariyo^eb^ vuccati satto, kucchito ariyo ^b^kadariyo.^eb^ Yassa dhammassa vasena so ‘‘kadariyo’’ti vuccati, so dhammo ^b^kadariyatā,^eb^ macchariyaṃ. Taṃ pana dubbisajjanīyabhāve ṭhitaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘suṭṭhu kadariyatā thaddhamacchariyabhā’’vo^eb^ti. Avipaṇṇasabhāvato uṭṭhātuṃ asakkonto ca iṇaṃ gaṇhanto ^b^saṃsīdantova iṇaṃ vigāhati^eb^ nāma. Sūriye anuggate eva kammante anārabhanto rattiṃ ^b^anuṭṭhānasīlo.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthā^eb^ti dhanāni. ^b^Atikkamantī^eb^ti apagacchanti. Atha vā ^b^atthā^eb^ti kiccāni. ^b^Atikkamantī^eb^ti ^a^V3.0121^ea^ atikkantakālāni honti, tesaṃ atikkamopi atthato dhanānameva atikkamo. ^b^Iminā kathāmaggenā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘yato kho gahapatiputtā’’tiādi (dī. ni. 3.244) nayappavattena kathāsaṅkhātena hitādhigamūpāyena. ^b^Ettakaṃ kamma^eb^nti cattāro kammakilesā, cattāri agatigamanāni, cha bhogānaṃ apāyamukhānīti evaṃ vuttaṃ cuddasavidhaṃ pāpakammaṃ.


volume: 27
item: 90
title: surāmerayassa chāadīnavādivaṇṇanā^pāpamittatāya chāadīnavādivaṇṇanā^mittapatirūpakavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^254^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anattho^eb^ti ‘‘bhogajāni, āyasakyaṃ, parisamajjhe maṅkubhāvo, sammūḷhamaraṇa’’nti evaṃ ādiko diṭṭhadhammiko ‘‘duggatiparikileso, sugatiyañca appāyukatā, bahvābādhatā, atidaliddatā, appannapānatā’’ti evaṃ ādiko ca anattho ^b^uppajjati. Yāni kānici bhayānī^eb^ti attānuvādabhayaparānuvādabhayadaṇḍabhayādīni loke labbhamānāni yāni kānici bhayāni. ^b^Upaddavā^eb^ti antarāyā. ^b^Upasaggā^eb^ti sarīrena saṃsaṭṭhāni viya ^a^M3.0135^ea^ uparūpari uppajjanakāni byasanāni. ^b^Aññadatthū^eb^ti ekantenāti etasmiṃ atthe nipāto ‘‘aññadatthudaso’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.42) viyāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ekaṃsenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yaṃ kiñci^eb^ gahaṇayogyaṃ ^b^haratiyeva^eb^ gaṇhātiyeva. Vācā ^a^P3.0174^ea^ eva paramā etassa kammanti ^b^vacīparamo.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘vacanamattenevā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Anuppiya^eb^nti takkanaṃ, yaṃ vā ‘‘rucī’’ti vuccati yehi surāpānādīhi bhogā apenti vigacchanti, tesu tesaṃ ^b^apāyesu^eb^ byasanahetūsu ^b^sahāyo hoti. ^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^255^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Hārakoyeva hoti,^eb^ na dāyako, tamassa ekaṃsato hārakabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sahāyassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Yaṃ kiñci appaka^eb^nti pupphaphalādi yaṃ kiñci parittaṃ vatthuṃ ^b^datvā, bahuṃ pattheti^eb^ bahuṃ mahagghaṃ vatthayugādiṃ paccāsīsati. Dāso viya hutvā mittassa taṃ taṃ kiccaṃ karonto kathaṃ amitto nāma jātoti āha ^b^‘‘aya’’^eb^ntiādi. Yassa kiccaṃ karoti anatthaparihāratthaṃ, attano mittabhāvadassanatthañca, taṃ ^b^sevati. Atthakāraṇā^eb^ti vaḍḍhinimittaṃ, ayametesaṃ bhedo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^256^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pare^eb^ti paradivase. ^b^Na āgato sī^eb^ti āgato nāhosi. ^b^Khīṇa^eb^nti tādisassa, asukassa ca dinnattā. ^b^Sassasaṅgahe^eb^ti sassato kātabbadhaññasaṅgahe ^b^kate. ^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^257^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Dānādīsu yaṃ kiñci karomā’’ti vutte ‘‘sādhu samma karomā’’ti anujānātīti imamatthaṃ ^b^‘‘kalyāṇepi eseva nayo’’^eb^ti atidisati. Nanu evaṃ anujānanto ayaṃ ^a^V3.0122^ea^ mitto eva, na amitto mittapatirūpakoti? Anuppiyabhāṇīdassanamattametaṃ. Sahāyena vā desakālaṃ, tasmiṃ vā kate uppajjanakavirodhādiṃ asallakkhetvā ‘‘karomā’’ti vutte yo taṃ jānanto eva ‘‘sādhu samma karomā’’ti anuppiyaṃ bhaṇati, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘kalyāṇaṃ pissa anujānātī’’ti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘kalyāṇepi eseva nayo’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^259^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mittapatirūpakā ete^eb^ mittāti ^b^evaṃ jānitvā.^eb^


volume: 27
item: 91
title: pāpamittatāya chāadīnavādivaṇṇanā^mittapatirūpakavaṇṇanā^suhadamittavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^260^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sundarahadayā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0136^ea^ pemassa atthivasena bhaddacittā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^261^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pamattaṃ rakkhatī^eb^ti ettha pamādavasena kiñci ^a^P3.0175^ea^ ayutte kate tādise kāle rakkhaṇaṃ ‘‘bhītassa saraṇaṃ hotī’’ti imināva taṃ gahitanti tato aññameva pamattassa rakkhaṇavidhiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘majjaṃ pivitvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Gehe ārakkhaṃ asaṃvihitassa bahigamanampi pamādapakkhikamevāti ^b^‘‘sahāyo bahigato vā hotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Bhayaṃ haranto^eb^ti bhayaṃ paṭibāhanto. Bhogahetutāya phalūpacārena dhanaṃ ^b^‘‘bhoga’’^eb^nti vadati. ^b^Kiccakaraṇīye^eb^ti khuddake, mahante ca kātabbe ^b^uppanne. ^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^262^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nigūhituṃ yuttakatha^eb^nti nigūhituṃ chādetuṃ yuttakathaṃ, nigūhituṃ vā yuttā kathā etassāti ^b^nigūhituṃ yuttakathaṃ,^eb^ attano kammaṃ. ^b^Rakkhatī^eb^ti anāvikaronto chādeti. ^b^Jīvitampī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena kimaṅgaṃ pana aññaṃ pariggahitavatthunti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^263^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Passantesu passantesū^eb^ti āmeḍitavacanena nivāriyamānassa pāpassa punappunaṃ karaṇaṃ dīpeti. Punappunaṃ karonto hi pāpato visesena nivāretabbo hoti. ^b^Saraṇesū^eb^ti saraṇesu ^b^vattassu^eb^ abhinnāni katvā paṭipajja, ^b^saraṇesu^eb^ vā upāsakabhāvena ^b^vattassu. Nipuṇa^eb^nti saṇhaṃ. ^b^Kāraṇa^eb^nti kammassakatādibhedayuttaṃ. ^b^Idaṃ kamma^eb^nti imaṃ dānādibhedaṃ kusalakammaṃ. ‘‘Kamma’’nti sādhāraṇato vuttassāpi tassa ‘‘sagge nibbattantī’’ti padantarasannidhānena saddhāhirottappālobhādiguṇadhammasamaṅgitā viya kusalabhāvo jotito hoti. Saddhādayo hi dhammā saggagāmimaggo. Yathāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Saddhā ^a^V3.0123^ea^ hiriyaṃ kusalañca dānaṃ,<br/><br/>[27]Dhammā ete sappurisānuyātā;<br/><br/>[26]Etañhi maggaṃ diviyaṃ vadanti,<br/><br/>[22]Etena hi gacchati devaloka’’nti. (a. ni. 8.32);<br/><br/>[03]^b^264^eb^^b^.^eb^ Bhavanaṃ ^a^M3.0137^ea^^a^P3.0176^ea^ sampattivaḍḍhanaṃ ^b^bhavo^eb^ti attho, tappaṭikkhepena ^b^abhavo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘abhavena avuḍḍhiyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pārijuñña^eb^nti jāni. ^b^Anattamano hotī^eb^ti attamano na hoti anukampakabhāvato. Aññadatthu taṃ abhavaṃ attani āpatitaṃ viya maññati. Idāni taṃ bhavaṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tathārūpa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Virūpo^eb^ti bībhaccho. ^b^Na pāsādiko^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^Sujāto^eb^ti sundarajātiko jātisampanno.<br/><br/>[03]^b^265^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jala^eb^nti jalanto. ^b^Aggīvā^eb^ti aggikkhandho viya. ^b^Bhāsatī^eb^ti virocati. Yasmāssa bhagavatā savisesaṃ virocanaṃ loke pākaṭabhāvañca dassetuṃ ‘‘jalaṃ aggīva bhāsatī’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā yadā aggi savisesaṃ virocati, yattha ca ṭhito dūre ṭhitānampi paññāyati, taṃ dassanādivasena tamatthaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘ratti’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Bhamarasseva irīyato’’ti etenevassa bhogasaṃharaṇaṃ dhammikaṃ ñāyopetanti dassento ^b^‘‘attānampī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Rāsiṃ karontassā^eb^ti yathāssa dhanadhaññādibhogajātaṃ sampiṇḍitaṃ rāsibhūtaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, evaṃ irīyato āyūhantassa ca. ^b^Cakkappamāṇa^eb^nti rathacakkappamāṇaṃ. ^b^Nicaya^eb^nti vuḍḍhiṃ parivuḍḍhiṃ. ‘‘Bhogā sannicayaṃ yantī’’ti keci paṭhanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samāhatvā^eb^ti saṃharitvā. ^b^Alaṃ^eb^-saddo ‘‘alameva sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindituṃ, alaṃ virajjitu’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.272; saṃ. ni. 2.124, 129, 134, 143) yuttanti imamatthaṃ joteti, ‘‘alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.328) pariyattanti. Yo veṭhitattotiādīsu ^a^P3.0177^ea^ (su. ni. 217) viya atta-saddo sabhāvapariyāyoti taṃ sabbaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yuttasabhāvo’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Saṇṭhapetu^eb^nti sammā ṭhapetuṃ, sammadeva pavattetunti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ vibhajanto^eb^ti evaṃ vuttanayena attano dhanaṃ catudhā vibhajanto vibhajanahetu ^b^mittāni ganthati^eb^ soḷasa kalyāṇamittāni mettāya ajīrāpanena pabandhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘abhejjamānāni ṭhapetī’’^eb^ti ^a^V3.0124^ea^. Kathaṃ pana vuttanayena catudhā bhogānaṃ vibhajanena mittāni ganthatīti āha ^b^‘‘yassa hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘dadaṃ mittāni ganthatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.246). ^b^Bhuñjeyyā^eb^ti ^a^M3.0138^ea^ upabhuñjeyya, upayuñjeyya cāti attho. Samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ dānavasena ceva adhivatthadevatādīnaṃ petabalivasena, nhāpitādīnaṃ vetanavasena ca viniyogopi upayogo eva. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘imesu panā’’tiādi āyo nāma heṭṭhimantena vayato catugguṇo icchitabbo, aññathā vayo avicchedavasena na santāneyya, nidheyya, bhājeyya ca asambhateti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dvīhi kammaṃ payojaye’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nidhetvā^eb^ti nidahitvā, bhūmigataṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Rājādivasenā^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena aggiudakacoradubbhikkhādike saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Nhāpitādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena kulālarajakādīnaṃ saṅgaho.


volume: 27
item: 92
title: mittapatirūpakavaṇṇanā^suhadamittavaṇṇanā^chaddisāpaṭicchādanakaṇḍavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^266^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Catūhi kāraṇehī^eb^ti na chandagamanādīhi catūhi kāraṇehi ^a^P3.0178^ea^. ^b^Akusalaṃ pahāyā^eb^ti ‘‘cattāro kammakilesā’’ti vuttaṃ akusalañceva agatigamanākusalañca pajahitvā. ^b^Chahi kāraṇehī^eb^ti surāpānādīsu ādīnavadassanasaṅkhātehi chahi kāraṇehi. Surāpānānuyogādibhedaṃ chabbidhaṃ ^b^bhogānaṃ apāyamukhaṃ^eb^ vināsamukhaṃ ^b^vajjetvā. Soḷasa mittānī^eb^ti upakārādivasena cattāro, pamattarakkhaṇādikiccavisesavasena paccekaṃ cattāro cattāro katvā soḷasavidhe kalyāṇamitte ^b^sevanto^eb^ bhajanto. Satthavāṇijjādimicchājīvaṃ pahāya ñāyeneva vattanato ^b^dhammikena ājīvena jīvati. Namassitabbā^eb^ti upakāravasena, guṇavasena ca namassitabbā sabbadā natena hutvā vattitabbā. Disā-saddassa attho heṭṭhā vutto eva. ^b^Āgamanabhaya^eb^nti tattha sammā appaṭipattiyā, micchāpaṭipattiyā ca uppajjanakānattho. So hi bhāyanti etasmāti ‘‘bhaya’’nti vuccati. Yena kāraṇena mātāpituādayo puratthimādibhāvena apadiṭṭhā, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pubbupakāritāyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ, tena atthasarikkhatāya nesaṃ puratthimādibhāvoti dasseti. Tathā hi mātāpitaro puttānaṃ puratthimabhāvena tāva upakāribhāvena dissanato, apadissanato ca puratthimā disā. Ācariyā antevāsikassa dakkhiṇabhāvena, hitāhitaṃ patikusalabhāvena dakkhiṇārahatāya ca vuttanayena dakkhiṇā disā. Iminā nayena ^b^‘‘pacchimā disā’’^eb^tiādīsu yathārahaṃ ^a^M3.0139^ea^ attho veditabbo. Gharāvāsassa dukkhabahulatāya te te ca kiccavisesā yathāuppatitadukkhanittharaṇatthāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘te te dukkhavisese uttaratī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā dāsakammakarā sāmikassa pādānaṃ payirupāsanavasena ceva tadanucchavikakiccasādhanavasena ca yebhuyyena ^a^V3.0125^ea^ santikāvacarā, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pādamūle patiṭṭhānavasenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Guṇehī^eb^ti uparibhāvāvahehi guṇehi. ^b^Upari ṭhitabhāvenā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0179^ea^ saggamagge mokkhamagge ca patiṭṭhitabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^267^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhato^eb^ti posito, taṃ pana bharaṇaṃ jātakālato paṭṭhāya sukhapaccayūpaharaṇena dukkhapaccayāpaharaṇena ca tehi pavattitanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘thaññaṃ pāyetvā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Jaggito^eb^ti paṭijaggito. ^b^Te^eb^ti mātāpitaro.<br/><br/>[03]Mātāpitūnaṃ santakaṃ khettādiṃ avināsetvā rakkhitaṃ tesaṃ paramparāya ṭhitiyā kāraṇaṃ hotīti ^b^‘‘taṃ rakkhanto kulavaṃsaṃ saṇṭhapeti nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Adhammikavaṃsato^eb^ti ‘‘kulappadesādinā attanā sadisaṃ ekaṃ purisaṃ ghaṭetvā vā gīvāyaṃ vā hatthe vā bandhamaṇiyaṃ vā hāretabba’’nti evaṃ ādinā pavattādhammikapaveṇito. ^b^Hāretvā^eb^ti apanetvā taṃ gāhaṃ vissajjāpetvā. Mātāpitaro tato gāhato vivecaneneva hi āyatiṃ tesaṃ paramparāhārikā siyā. ^b^Dhammikavaṃse^eb^ti hiṃsādiviratiyā dhammike vaṃse dhammikāya paveṇiyaṃ. ^b^Ṭhapento^eb^ti patiṭṭhapento. ^b^Salākabhattādīni anupacchinditvā^eb^ti salākabhattadānādīni avicchinditvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjāmī^eb^ti ettha yasmā dāyapaṭilābhassa yogyabhāvena vattamānoyeva dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjati nāma, na itaro, tasmā tamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘mātāpitaro’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Dārake^eb^ti putte. ^b^Vinicchayaṃ patvā^eb^ti ‘‘puttassa cajavissajjana’’nti evaṃ āgataṃ vinicchayaṃ āgamma. ^b^Dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjāmīti vutta^eb^nti ‘‘dāyajjaṃ paṭipajjāmī’’ ti idaṃ catutthaṃ vattanaṭṭhānaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti mātāpitūnaṃ. ^b^Tatiyadivasato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti matadivasato tatiyadivasato paṭṭhāya.<br/><br/>[03]Pāpato ^a^P3.0180^ea^ nivāraṇaṃ nāma anāgatavisayaṃ. Sampattavatthutopi hi nivāraṇaṃ vītikkame anāgate eva siyā, na vattamāne. Nibbattitā pana pāpakiriyā ^a^M3.0140^ea^ garahaṇamattapaṭikārāti āha ^b^‘‘katampi garahantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nivesentī^eb^ti patiṭṭhapenti. Vuttappakārā mātāpitaro anavajjameva sippaṃ sikkhāpentīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘muddāgaṇanādisippa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Rūpādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena bhogaparivārādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Anurūpenā^eb^ti anucchavikena.<br/><br/>[03]Niccabhūto samayo abhiṇhakaraṇakālo. Abhiṇhattho hi ayaṃ nicca-saddo ‘‘niccapahaṃsito niccapahaṭṭho’’tiādīsu viya. Yuttapattakālo eva samayo ^b^kālasamayo. ‘‘Uṭṭhāya ^a^V3.0126^ea^ samuṭṭhāyā’’^eb^ti imināssa niccameva dāne tesaṃ yuttapayuttataṃ dasseti. ^b^Sikhāṭhapanaṃ^eb^ dārakakāle. ^b^Āvāhavivāhaṃ^eb^ puttadhītūnaṃ yobbanappattakāle.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṃ^eb^ bhayaṃ yathā nāgacchati, evaṃ pihitā hoti ‘‘puratthimā disā’’ti vibhattiṃ pariṇāmetvā yojanā. Yathā pana taṃ bhayaṃ āgaccheyya, yathā ca nāgaccheyya, tadubhayaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sace hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Vippaṭipannā^eb^ti ‘‘bhato ne bharissāmī’’tiādinā uttasammāpaṭipattiyā akāraṇena ceva tappaṭipakkhamicchāpaṭipattiyā akaraṇena ca vippaṭipannā ^b^puttā assu. Etaṃ bhaya^eb^nti etaṃ ^b^‘‘mātāpitūnaṃ appatirūpā^eb^ti viññūnaṃ garahitabbatābhayaṃ, paravādabhaya’’nti evamādi ^b^āgaccheyya^eb^ puttesu. ^b^Puttānaṃ nānurūpā^eb^ti ettha ‘‘puttāna’’nti padaṃ etaṃ bhayaṃ puttānaṃ āgaccheyyāti evaṃ idhāpi ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Tādisānañhi mātāpitūnaṃ puttānaṃ ovādānusāsaniyo dātuṃ samatthakālato paṭṭhāya tā tesaṃ dātabbā evāti katvā tathā vuttaṃ. Puttānañhi vasenāyaṃ desanā anāgatā ^b^sammāpaṭipannesu^eb^ ubhosu attano, mātāpitūnañca ^a^P3.0181^ea^ vasena uppajjanakatāya ^b^sabbaṃ bhayaṃ na hoti^eb^ sammāpaṭipannattā. Evaṃ paṭipannattā eva ^b^paṭicchannā hoti^eb^ tattha kātabbapaṭisanthārassa sammadeva katattā. ^b^Khemā^eb^ti anupaddavā. Yathāvuttasammāpaṭipattiyā akaraṇena hi uppajjanakaupaddavā karaṇena na hontīti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Na kho te’’tiādinā vutto saṅgītianāruḷho bhagavatā tadā tassa vutto paramparāgato attho veditabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhagavā siṅgālakaṃ etadavocā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ayañhī^eb^ti ettha ^b^hi^eb^-saddo avadhāraṇe. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘no aññā’’^eb^ti aññadisaṃ nivatteti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^268^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ācariyaṃ ^a^M3.0141^ea^ dūratova disvā uṭṭhānavacaneneva tassa paccuggamanādisāmīcikiriyā avuttasiddhāti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘paccuggamanaṃ katvā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Upaṭṭhānenā^eb^ti payirupāsanena. ^b^Tikkhattuṃupaṭṭhānagamanenā^eb^ti pāto, majjhanhike, sāyanti tīsu kālesu upaṭṭhānatthaṃ upagamanena. Sippuggahaṇatthaṃ pana upagamanaṃ upaṭṭhānantogadhaṃ payojanavasena gamanabhāvatoti āha ^b^‘‘sippuggahaṇa…pe… hotī’’^eb^ti. Sotuṃ icchā ^b^sussūsā,^eb^ sā pana ācariye sikkhitabbasikkhe ca ādaragāravapubbikā icchitabbā ‘‘addhā iminā sippena sikkhitena evarūpaṃguṇaṃ paṭilabhissāmī’’ti. Tathābhūtañca taṃ savanaṃ saddhāpubbaṅgamaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘saddahitvā savanenā’’^eb^ti. Vuttamevatthaṃ byatirekavasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘asaddahitvā…pe… nādhigacchatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tasmā tassattho vuttapaṭipakkhanayena veditabbo. Yaṃ sandhāya ‘‘avasesakhuddakapāricariyāyā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ vibhajanaṃ anavasesato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘antevāsikena hī’’^eb^tiādi ^a^V3.0127^ea^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Paccupaṭṭhānādīnī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena āsanapaññāpanaṃ bījananti evamādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Antevāsikavatta^eb^nti ^a^P3.0182^ea^ antevāsikena ācariyamhi sammāvattitabbavattaṃ. ^b^Sippapaṭiggahaṇenā^eb^ti sippaganthassa sakkaccaṃ uggahaṇena. Tassa hi suṭṭhu uggahaṇena tadanusārenassa payogopi sammadeva uggahito hotīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘thokaṃ gahetvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Suvinītaṃ vinentī^eb^ti idha ācāravinayo adhippeto. Sippasmiṃ pana sikkhāpanavinayo ‘‘suggahitaṃ gāhāpentī’’ti imināva saṅgahitoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ te nisīditabba’’^eb^ntiādi. Ācariyā hi nāma antevāsike na diṭṭhadhammike eva vinenti, atha kho samparāyikepīti āha ^b^‘‘pāpamittā vajjetabbā’’^eb^ti. Sippaganthassa uggaṇhanaṃ nāma yāvadeva payogasampādanatthanti āha ^b^‘‘payogaṃ dassetvā gaṇhāpentī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mittāmaccesū^eb^ti attano mittāmaccesu. ^b^Paṭiyādentī^eb^ti pariggahetvā naṃ mamattavasena paṭiyādenti. ‘‘Ayaṃ amhākaṃ antevāsiko’’tiādinā hi attano pariggahitadassanamukhena ceva ‘‘bahussuto’’tiādinā tassa guṇapariggaṇhanamukhe ca taṃ tesaṃ paṭiyādenti. ^b^Sabbadisāsu rakkhaṃ karonti^eb^ cātuddisabhāvasampādanenassa sabbattha sukhajīvibhāvasādhanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uggahitasippo hī’’^eb^tiādi. Sattānañhi duvidhā sarīrarakkhā abbhantaraparissayapaṭighātena, bāhiraparissayapaṭighātena ca. Tattha ^a^M3.0142^ea^^b^abbhantaraparissayo^eb^ khuppipāsādibhedo, so lābhasiddhiyā paṭihaññati tāya tajjāparihārasaṃvidhānato. ^b^Bāhiraparissayo^eb^ corāmanussādihetuko, so vijjāsiddhiyā paṭihaññati tāya tajjāparihārasaṃvidhānato. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yaṃ yaṃ disa’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe ^b^‘‘uggahitasippo hī’’^eb^tiādinā sippasikkhāpaneneva lābhuppattiyā disāsu parittāṇakaraṇaṃ dassitaṃ, idāni ‘‘yaṃ vā so’’tiādinā tassa uggahitasippassa nipphattivasena guṇakittanamukhena ^a^P3.0183^ea^ paggaṇhanenapi lābhuppattiyāti ayametesaṃ vikappānaṃ bhedo. ^b^Sesa^eb^nti ‘‘paṭicchannā hotī’’tiādikaṃ pāḷiāgataṃ, ‘‘evañca pana vatvā’’tiādikaṃ aṭṭhakathāgatañca. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti etasmiṃ dutiyadisāvāre. ^b^Purimanayenevā^eb^ti pubbe paṭhamadisāvāre vuttanayeneva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^269^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sammānanā^eb^ nāma sambhāvanā, sā pana atthacariyālakkhaṇā ca dānalakkhaṇā ca catutthapañcamaṭṭhāneheva saṅgahitāti piyavacanalakkhaṇaṃ taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sambhāvitakathākathanenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Vigatamānanā ^b^vimānanā,^eb^ na vimānanā ^b^avimānanā,^eb^ vimānanāya akaraṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā dāsakammakarādayo’’^eb^tiādi. Sāmikena hi vimānitānaṃ itthīnaṃ sabbo parijano vimānetiyeva ^a^V3.0128^ea^. ^b^Paricaranto^eb^ti indriyāni paricaranto. ^b^Taṃ aticarati nāma^eb^ taṃ attano gihiniṃ atimaññitvā agaṇetvā vattanato. ^b^Issariyavossaggenā^eb^ti ettha yādiso issariyavossaggo gihiniyā anucchaviko, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘bhattagehe vissaṭṭhe’’^eb^ti āha. Gehe eva ṭhatvā vicāretabbampi hi kasivāṇijjādikammaṃ kulitthiyā bhāro na hoti, sāmikasseva bhāro, tato āgatasāpateyyaṃ pana tāya suguttaṃ katvā ṭhapetabbaṃ hoti. ^b^‘‘Sabbaṃ issariyaṃ vissaṭṭhaṃ nāma hotī’’^eb^ti etā maññantīti adhippāyo. Itthiyo nāma puttalābhena viya mahagghavipulālaṅkāralābhenapi na santussantevāti tāsaṃ tosanaṃ alaṅkāradānanti āha ^b^‘‘attano vibhavānurūpenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kulitthiyā saṃvihitabbakammantā nāma āhārasampādanavicārappakārāti āha ^b^‘‘yāgubhattapacanakālādīnī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sammānanādīhi^eb^ yathārahaṃ ^a^M3.0143^ea^ piyavacanehi ceva bhojanadānādīhi ca ^b^paheṇakapesanādīhi^eb^ aññato, tattheva vā uppannassa paṇṇākārassa chaṇadivasādīsu pesetabbapiyabhaṇḍehi ca ^b^saṅgahitaparijanā.^eb^ Gehasāminiyā ^a^P3.0184^ea^ antogehajano niccaṃ saṅgahito evāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘idha parijano nāma…pe… ñātijano’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ābhatadhana^eb^nti bāhirato antogehaṃ pavesitadhanaṃ. Gihiniyā nāma paṭhamaṃ āhārasampādane kosallaṃ icchitabbaṃ, tattha ca yuttapayuttatā, tato sāmikassa itthijanāyattesu kiccākiccesu, tato puttānaṃ parijanassa kātabbakiccesūti āha ^b^‘‘yāgubhattasampādanādīsū’’^eb^tiādi. ‘‘Nikkosajjā’’ti vatvā tameva nikkosajjataṃ byatirekato, anvayato ca vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ tatiyadisāvāre. ^b^Purimanayenevā^eb^ti paṭhamadisāvāre vuttanayeneva. Iti bhagavā ‘‘pacchimā disā puttadārā’’ti uddisitvāpi dāravaseneva pacchimaṃ disaṃ vissajjesi, na puttavasena. Kasmā? Puttā hi dārakakāle attano mātu anuggaṇhaneneva anuggahitā honti anukampitā, viññutaṃ pattakāle pana yathā tepi tadā anuggahetabbā, svāyaṃ vidhi ‘‘pāpā nivārentī’’tiādinā paṭhamadisāvāre dassito evāti kiṃ puna vissajjanenāti. Dānādisaṅgahavatthūsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttamevāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^270^eb^^b^.^eb^ Cattāripi ṭhānāni laṅghitvā pañcamameva ṭhānaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘avisaṃvādanatāyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^yassa yassa nāmaṃ gaṇhātī^eb^ti sahāyo atthikabhāvena yassa yassa vatthuno nāmaṃ katheti. ^b^Avisaṃvādetvā^eb^ti ettha duvidhaṃ avisaṃvādanaṃ vācāya, payogena cāti taṃ duvidhampi dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘idampī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Dānenā’’^eb^ti ca idaṃ nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ itarasaṅgahavatthuvasenapi avisaṃvādetvā saṅgaṇhanassa labbhanato, icchitabbato ^a^V3.0129^ea^ ca. Aparā pacchimā pajā ^b^aparapajā,^eb^ aparāparaṃ uppannā vā pajā ^b^aparapajā. Paṭipūjanā^eb^ nāma mamāyanā, sakkārakiriyā cāti tadubhayaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kelāyantī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Mamāyantī^eb^ti mamattaṃ karonti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^271^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yathābalaṃ kammantasaṃvidhānenā^eb^ti dāsakammakarānaṃ ^a^P3.0185^ea^ yathābalaṃ balānurūpaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ kammantānaṃ saṃvidahanena vicāraṇena, kārāpanenāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘daharehī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Bhattavetanānuppadānenā^eb^ti tassa tassa dāsakammakarassa anurūpaṃ bhattassa, vetanassa ca padānena ^a^M3.0144^ea^. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ khuddakaputto’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Bhesajjādīnī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena sappāyāhāravasanaṭṭhānādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Sātabhāvo eva rasānaṃ ^b^acchariyatā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘acchariye madhurarase’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti dāsakammakarānaṃ. ^b^Vossajjanenā^eb^ti kammakaraṇato vissajjanena. ^b^Velaṃ ñatvā^eb^ti ‘‘pahārāvaseso, upaḍḍhapahārāvaseso vā divaso’’ti velaṃ jānitvā. Yo koci mahussavo ^b^chaṇo^eb^ nāma. Kattikussavo, phagguṇussavoti evaṃ nakkhattasallakkhito mahussavo ^b^nakkhattaṃ.^eb^^b^Pubbuṭṭhāyitā, pacchānipātitā^eb^ ca mahāsudassane vuttā evāti idha anāmaṭṭhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dinnādāyino^eb^ti pubbapadāvadhāraṇavasena sāvadhāraṇavacananti avadhāraṇena nivattitaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘corikāya kiñci aggahetvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sāmikehi dinnasseva ādāyino’’^eb^ti. ^b^Na mayaṃ kiñci labhāmāti anujjhāyitvā^eb^ti paṭisedhadvayena tehi laddhabbassa lābhaṃ dasseti. ^b^‘‘Kiṃ etassa kammena katenāti anujjhāyitvā’’^eb^ti idaṃ tuṭṭhahadayatāya kāraṇadassanaṃ paṭipakkhadūrībhāvato. ^b^Tuṭṭhahadayatādassana^eb^mpi kammassa sukatakāritāya kāraṇadassanaṃ. Kitti eva vaṇṇo ^b^kittivaṇṇo,^eb^ taṃ kittivaṇṇaṃ guṇakathaṃ haranti, taṃ taṃ disaṃ upāharantīti ^b^kittivaṇṇaharā.^eb^ Tathā tathā kittetabbato hi ^b^kitti^eb^^a^P3.0186^ea^, guṇo, tesaṃ vaṇṇanaṃ kathanaṃ ^b^vaṇṇo.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘guṇakathāhārakā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^272^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kāraṇabhūtā mettā etesaṃ atthīti ^b^mettāni,^eb^ kāyakammādīni. Yāni pana tāni yathā yathā ca sambhavanti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Vihāragamana’’^eb^ntiādīsu ‘‘mettacittaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpetvā’’ti padaṃ āharitvā yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Anāvaṭadvāratāyā^eb^ti ettha ^b^dvāraṃ^eb^ nāma alobhajjhāsayatā dānassa mukhabhāvato. Tassa sato deyyadhammassa dātukāmatā ^b^anāvaṭatā^eb^ evañhi gharamāvasanto kulaputto gehadvāre pihitepi anāvaṭadvāro eva, aññathā apihitepi gharadvāre āvaṭadvāro evāti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi. Vivaritvāpi vasantoti vacanaseso. ^b^Pidahitvāpī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^‘‘Sīlavantesū’’^eb^ti idaṃ paṭiggāhakato dakkhiṇavisuddhidassanatthaṃ ^a^V3.0130^ea^ vuttaṃ. Karuṇākhettepi ^a^M3.0145^ea^ dānena anāvaṭadvāratā eva. ^b^‘‘Santaññevā’’^eb^ti iminā asantaṃ natthivacanaṃ pucchitapaṭivacanaṃ viya icchitabbaṃ evāti dasseti viññūnaṃ atthikānaṃ cittamaddavakaraṇato. ^b^‘‘Purebhattaṃ paribhuñjitabbaka’’^eb^nti idaṃ yāvakālike eva āmisabhāvassa niruḷhatāya vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Sabbe sattā’’^eb^ti idaṃ tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ ajjhāsayasampattidassanaṃ pakkhapātābhāvadīpanato, odhiso pharaṇāyapi mettābhāvanāya labbhanato. Yāya kusalābhivaḍḍhiākaṅkhāya tesaṃ upaṭṭhākānaṃ, tathā nesaṃ gehapavisanaṃ, taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘pavisantāpi kalyāṇena cetasā anukampanti nāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sutassa pariyodāpanaṃ^eb^ nāma tassa yāthāvato atthaṃ vibhāvetvā vicikicchātamavidhamanena visodhananti āha ^b^‘‘atthaṃ kathetvā kaṅkhaṃ vinodentī’’^eb^ti. Savanaṃ nāma dhammassa yāvadeva sammāpaṭipajjanāya asati tasmiṃ tassa niratthakabhāvato, tasmā sutassa pariyodāpanaṃ nāma ^a^P3.0187^ea^ sammāpaṭipajjāpananti āha ^b^‘‘tathattāya vā paṭipajjāpentī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^273^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Alamatto^eb^ti samatthasabhāvo, so ca atthato samattho evāti ^b^‘‘agāraṃ ajjhāvasanasamattho’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Disānamassanaṭṭhāne^eb^ti yathāvuttadisānaṃ paccupaṭṭhānasaññite namassanakāraṇe. Paṇḍito hutvā kusalo cheko labhate yasanti yojanā. Saṇhaguṇayogato ^b^saṇho, saṇhaguṇo^eb^ti panettha sukhumanipuṇapaññā, muduvācāti dassento ^b^‘‘sukhuma…pe… bhaṇanena vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Disānamassanaṭṭhānenā^eb^ti yena ñāṇena yathāvuttā cha disā vuttanayena paṭipajjanto namassati nāma, taṃ ñāṇaṃ disānamassanaṭṭhānaṃ, tena ^b^paṭibhānavā.^eb^ Tena hi taṃtaṃkiccayuttapattavasena paṭipajjanto idha ‘‘paṭibhānavā’’ti vutto. ^b^Nivātavuttī^eb^ti paṇipātasīlo. ^b^Atthaddho^eb^ti na thaddho ^b^thambharahito^eb^ti cittassa uddhumātalakkhaṇena thambhitabhāvena virahito. ^b^Uṭṭhānavīriyasampanno^eb^ti kāyikena vīriyena samannāgato. ^b^Nirantarakaraṇavasenā^eb^ti āraddhassa kammassa satatakāritāvasena. ^b^Ṭhānuppattiyā paññāyā^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthakicce upaṭṭhite ṭhānaso taṅkhaṇe eva uppajjanakapaññāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṅgahakaro^eb^ti yathārahaṃ sattānaṃ saṅgaṇhanako. ^b^Mittakaro^eb^ti mittabhāvakaro, so pana atthato mitte pariyesanako nāma hotīti ^a^M3.0146^ea^ vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mittagavesano’’^eb^ti. Yathāvuttaṃ vadaṃ vacanaṃ jānātīti ^b^vadaññū^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘pubbakārinā vuttavacanaṃ jānātī’’^eb^ti. Idāni tamevatthaṃ saṅkhepena vuttaṃ vitthāravasena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sahāyakassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Pubbe yathāpavattāya vācāya jānane ^a^P3.0188^ea^ vadaññutaṃ dassetvā idāni ākārasallakkhaṇena appavattāya vācāya jānanepi vadaññutaṃ dassetuṃ ^a^V3.0131^ea^^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Yena yena vā panā’’^eb^tiādinā vacanīyatthataṃ ^b^vadaññū^eb^-saddassa dasseti. ^b^Netā^eb^ti yathādhippetamatthaṃ paccakkhato pāpetā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘taṃ tamatthaṃ dassento paññāya netā’’^eb^ti. Neti taṃ tamatthanti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Punappunaṃ netī^eb^ti anu anu neti, taṃ tamatthanti ānetvā yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ tasmi^eb^nti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ dānādīhi saṅgahehi saṅgahetabbe ^b^puggale. Āṇiyā^eb^ti akkhasīsagatāya āṇiyā. ^b^Yāyato^eb^ti gacchato. ^b^Puttakāraṇā^eb^ti puttanimittaṃ. Puttahetukañhi puttena kattabbaṃ mānaṃ vā pūjaṃ vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upayogavacane^eb^ti upayogatthe. Vuccatīti ^b^vacanaṃ,^eb^ attho. Upayogavacane vā vattabbe. ^b^Paccatta^eb^nti paccattavacanaṃ. ^b^Sammā pekkhantī^eb^ti sammadeva kātabbe pekkhanti. ^b^Pasaṃsanīyā^eb^ti pasaṃsitabbā. ^b^Bhavanti^eb^ ete saṅgahetabbe tattha puggale yathārahaṃ pavattentāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^274^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Iti bhagavā’’^eb^tiādi nigamanaṃ. ^b^Yā disā^eb^ti yā mātāpituādilakkhaṇā puratthimādidisā. ^b^Namassā^eb^ti namasseyyāsīti attho ‘‘yathā kathaṃ panā’’tiādikāya gahapatiputtassa pucchāya vasena desanāya āraddhattā ^b^‘‘pucchāya ṭhatvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Akathitaṃ natthi^eb^ gihīhi kattabbakamme appamādapaṭipattiyā anavasesato kathitattā. Mātāpituādīsu hi tehi ca paṭipajjitabbapaṭipattiyā niravasesato kathaneneva rājādīsupi paṭipajjitabbavidhi atthato kathito eva hotīti. Gihino vinīyanti, vinayaṃ upenti etenāti ^b^gihivinayo. Yathānusiṭṭha^eb^nti yathā idha satthārā anusiṭṭhaṃ gihicārittaṃ ^a^P3.0189^ea^, tathā tena pakārena taṃ avirādhetvā. ^b^Paṭipajjamānassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi vuddhiyeva icchitabbā avassambhāvinīti.<br/><br/>[06]Siṅgālasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 27
item: 93
title: āṭānāṭiyasuttavaṇṇanā^^paṭhamabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^275^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Catuddisaṃ ^a^M3.0147^ea^^a^V3.0132^ea^^a^P3.0190^ea^ rakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā’’ti idaṃ dvīsu ṭhānesu catūsu disāsu ṭhapitaṃ rakkhaṃ sandhāya vuttanti tadubhayaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘asurasenāyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Attano hi adhikāre, attano rakkhāya ca appamajjanena tesaṃ idaṃ dvīsu ṭhānesu catūsu disāsu ārakkhaṭṭhapanaṃ. Yañhi taṃ asurasenāya paṭisedhanatthaṃ devapure catūsu disāsu sakkassa devānamindassa ārakkhaṭṭhapanaṃ, taṃ attano ^b^adhikāre appamajjanaṃ.^eb^ Yaṃ pana nesaṃ bhagavato santikaṃ upasaṅkamane catūsu disāsu ārakkhaṭṭhapanaṃ, taṃ attano katā ^b^rakkhāya appamajjanaṃ.^eb^ Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘asurasenāya nivāraṇattha’’^eb^ntiādi. Pāḷiyaṃ ^b^catuddisa^eb^nti bhummatthe upayogavacananti bhummavasena tadatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘catūsu disāsū’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Ārakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā^eb^ti vessavaṇādayo cattāro mahārājāno attanā attanā rakkhitabbadisāsu ārakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā guttiṃ sammadeva vidahitvā. ^b^Balagumbaṃ ṭhapetvā^eb^ti yakkhasenādisenābalasamūhaṃ ṭhapetvā. ^b^Ovaraṇaṃ ṭhapetvā^eb^ti paṭipakkhanisedhanasamatthaṃ āvaraṇaṃ ṭhapetvā. Iti tīhi padehi yathākkamaṃ paccekaṃ devanagaradvārassa anto, dvārasamīpe, dvārato bahi, disārakkhāvasanoti tividhāya rakkhāya ṭhapitabhāvo vā dīpito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ sakkassa…pe… katvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Satta buddhe ārabbhā^eb^ti ettha satteva buddhe ārabbha paribandhanakāraṇaṃ ^b^mahāpadānaṭīkāyaṃ^eb^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.12) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. ^b^Dhammāaṇa^eb^nti dhammamayaṃ āṇaṃ, satthu dhammacakkanti attho. ‘‘Parisato bāhirabhāvo, asambhogo’’ti evamādiṃ ^b^idañcidañca^eb^ vivajjanakaraṇaṃ ^a^P3.0191^ea^^b^karissāmā^eb^ti. ^b^Sāvana^eb^nti catunnampi parisānaṃ tikkhattuṃ parivārena anusāvanaṃ, yathā sakko devānamindo asurasenāya nivāraṇatthaṃ catūsu disāsu ārakkhaṃ ṭhapāpeti, evaṃ mahārājānopi tādise kiccavisese attano ārakkhaṃ ṭhapenti. Imesampi hi tato sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayanti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘attanopī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhikkantā^eb^ti ^a^V3.0133^ea^ atikkantā, vigatāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘khaye dissatī’’^eb^ti. Teneva hi ‘‘nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo’’ti anantaraṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Abhikkantataro^eb^ti ^a^M3.0148^ea^ ativiya kantataro. Tādiso ca sundaro bhaddako nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sundare dissatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ko^eb^ti devanāgayakkhagandhabbādīsu ko katamo. ^b^Me^eb^ti mama. ^b^Pādānī^eb^ti pāde. ^b^Iddhiyā^eb^ti imāya evarūpāya deviddhiyā. ^b^‘‘Yasasā’’^eb^ti iminā edisena parivārena, paricchedena ca. ^b^Jala^eb^nti vijjotamāno. ^b^Abhikkantenā^eb^ti ativiya kantena kamanīyena abhirūpena. ^b^Vaṇṇenā^eb^ti sarīravaṇṇanibhāya. ^b^Sabbā obhāsayaṃ disā^eb^ti dasapi disā pabhāsento cando viya, sūriyo viya ca ekobhāsaṃ ekālokaṃ karontoti gāthāya attho. ^b^Abhirūpe^eb^ti uḷārarūpe sampannarūpe. ^b^Abbhanumodane^eb^ti sampahaṃsane. ^b^Idha panā^eb^ti ‘‘abhikkantāya rattiyā’’ti etasmiṃ pade. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti khayapariyāyattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rūpāyatanādīsū^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena akkharādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Suvaṇṇavaṇṇo^eb^ti suvaṇṇacchavīti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘chaviya’’^eb^nti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘kañcanasannibhattaco’’ti (dī. ni. 2.35; 3.200, 218; ma. ni. 2.386) ^b^saññūḷhā^eb^ti saṅganthitā. ^b^Vaṇṇā^eb^ti guṇavaṇṇanāti āha ^b^‘‘thutiya’’^eb^nti, thomanāyanti attho. ^b^Kulavagge^eb^ti khattiyādikulakoṭṭhāse. Tattha ‘‘accho vippasanno’’tiādinā vaṇṇitabbaṭṭhena ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ chavi. Vaṇṇanaṭṭhena ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ thuti. Abhitthavanaṭṭhena ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ thuti, aññamaññaṃ asaṅkarato ^a^P3.0192^ea^ vaṇṇitabbato ṭhapetabbato ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ khattiyādikulavaggo. Vaṇṇīyati ñāpīyati etenāti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ ñāpakaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Vaṇṇanato thūlarassādibhāvena upaṭṭhānato ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ saṇṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Mahantaṃ khuddakaṃ, majjhima’’nti vaṇṇetabbato pamāṇetabbato ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ pamāṇaṃ. Vaṇṇīyati cakkhunā vivarīyatīti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ rūpāyatananti evaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthe ^b^vaṇṇa^eb^-saddassa pavatti veditabbā. ^b^So^eb^ti vaṇṇasaddo. ^b^Chaviyaṃ daṭṭhabbo^eb^ rūpāyatane gayhamānassa chavimukheneva gahetabbato. ‘‘Chavigatā pana vaṇṇadhātu eva suvaṇṇavaṇṇoti ettha vaṇṇaggahaṇena gahitā’’ti apare.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kevalaparipuṇṇa^eb^nti ekadesampi asesetvā niravasesatova paripuṇṇanti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘anavasesatā attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kevalakappā^eb^ti ^b^kappa^eb^-saddo nipāto padapūraṇamattaṃ, kevalaṃ icceva attho ^a^M3.0149^ea^. ^b^Kevala^eb^-saddo bahulavācīti āha ^b^‘‘yebhuyyatā attho’’^eb^ti. Keci pana ‘‘īsakaṃ asamattā kevalakappā’’ti vadanti. Evaṃ sati anavasesattho eva kevala-saddattho siyā, anatthantarena pana kappa-saddena padavaḍḍhanaṃ kataṃ kevalameva kevalakappanti. Atha vā kappanīyatā, paññāpetabbatā ^a^V3.0134^ea^ kevalakappā. ^b^Abyāmissatā^eb^ vijātiyena asaṅkarā suddhatā. ^b^Anatirekatā^eb^ taṃparamatā visesābhāvo. ^b^Kevalakappa^eb^nti kevalaṃ daḷhaṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Kevalaṃ^eb^ vuccati nibbānaṃ sabbasaṅkhatavivittattā. Taṃ etassa adhigataṃ atthīti ^b^kevalī,^eb^ sacchikatanirodho khīṇāsavo.<br/><br/>[03]Kappa-saddo ^a^P3.0193^ea^ panāyaṃ sa-upasaggo, anupasaggo cāti adhippāyena okappaniyapade labbhamānaṃ kappaniyasaddamattaṃ nidasseti, aññathā kappa-saddassa atthuddhāre okappaniyapadaṃ anidassanameva siyā. ^b^Samaṇakappehī^eb^ti vinayakkamasiddhehi samaṇavohārehi. ^b^Niccakappa^eb^nti niccakālaṃ. ^b^Paññattī^eb^ti nāmañhetaṃ tassa āyasmato, yadidaṃ kappoti. ^b^Kappitakesamassū^eb^ti kattariyā cheditakesamassu. ^b^Dvaṅgulakappo^eb^ti majjhanhikavelāya vītikkantāya dvaṅgulatāvikappo. ^b^Leso^eb^ti apadeso. Anavasesaṃ pharituṃ samatthassa obhāsassa kenaci kāraṇena ekadesapharaṇampi siyā, ayaṃ pana sabbasova pharīti dassetuṃ samantattho kappa-saddo gahitoti āha ^b^‘‘anavasesaṃ samantato’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā devatānaṃ sarīrappabhā dvādasayojanamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ, tato bhiyyopi pharitvā tiṭṭhati, tathā vatthābharaṇādīhi samuṭṭhitā pabhā, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘candimā viya, sūriyo viya ca ekobhāsaṃ ekaṃ pajjotaṃ karitvā’’^eb^ti. Kasmā ete mahārājāno bhagavato santike nisīdiṃsu? Nanu yebhuyyena devatā bhagavato santikaṃ upagatā ṭhatvāva kathetabbaṃ kathentā gacchantīti? Saccametaṃ, idha pana nisīdane kāraṇaṃ atthi, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘devatāna’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ parittaṃ nāma sattabuddhapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ garu, tasmā na amhehi ṭhatvā gahetabba’’nti cintetvā ^b^parittagāravavasena nisīdiṃsu.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^276^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kasmā panettha vessavaṇo eva kathesi, na itaresu yo kocīti? Tattha kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Vissāsiko^eb^^a^M3.0150^ea^ abhiṇhaṃ upasaṅkamanena. ^b^Byatto^eb^ti visārado, tañcassa veyyattiyaṃ suṭṭhu sikkhitabhāvenāti āha ^b^‘‘susikkhito’’^eb^ti. Manussesu viya hi devesupi kocideva purimajātiparicayena susikkhito hoti, tatrāpi kocideva yathādhippetamatthaṃ vattuṃ samattho paripuṇṇapadabyañjanāya poriyā vācāya samannāgato. ‘‘Mahesakkhā’’ti imassa atthavacanaṃ ‘‘ānubhāvasampannā’’ti, ^b^mahesakkhā^eb^ti vā mahāparivārāti attho. Pāṇātipāte ^a^P3.0194^ea^ ādīnavadassaneneva taṃ vipariyāyato tato veramaṇiyaṃ ānisaṃso pākaṭo hotīti ^b^‘‘ādīnavaṃ dassetvā’’^eb^ icceva vuttaṃ. ^b^Tesu senāsanesū^eb^ti yāni ‘‘araññavanappatthānī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.34-45) vuttāni ^a^V3.0135^ea^ bhikkhūnaṃ vasanaṭṭhānabhūtāni araññāyatanāni, tesu bhikkhūhi sayitabbato, āsitabbato ca senāsanasaññitesu. ^b^Nibaddhavāsino^eb^ti rukkhapabbatapaṭibaddhesu vimānesu niccavāsitāya nibaddhavāsino. ^b^Baddhattā^eb^ti gāthābhāvena ganthitattā sambandhitattā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Uggaṇhātu bhante bhagavā’’ti attanā vuccamānaṃ parittaṃ bhagavantaṃ uggaṇhāpetukāmo vessavaṇo avocāti adhippāyena codako ^b^‘‘kiṃ pana bhagavato appaccakkhadhammo nāma atthī’’^eb^ti codesi. Ācariyo sabbattha appaṭihatañāṇacārassa bhagavato na kiñci appaccakkhanti dassento ‘‘natthī’’ti vatvā ‘‘uggaṇhātu bhante bhagavā’’ti vadato vessavaṇassa adhippāyaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘okāsakaraṇattha’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Yathā hi pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputto devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ, brahmuno ca sanaṅkumārassa sammukhā attano yathāsutaṃ dhammaṃ bhagavato santikaṃ upagantvā pavedeti, evamayampi mahārājā itarehi saddhiṃ āṭānāṭanagare gāthāvasena bandhitaṃ parittaṃ bhagavato pavedetuṃ ^b^okāsaṃ kārento^eb^ ‘‘uggaṇhātu bhante bhagavā’’ti ^b^āha,^eb^ na naṃ tassa pariyāpuṇane niyojento. Tasmā ^b^uggaṇhātū^eb^ti yathidaṃ parittaṃ mayā paveditamattameva hutvā catunnaṃ parisānaṃ cirakālaṃ hitāvahaṃ hoti, evaṃ uddhaṃ ārakkhāya gaṇhātu, sampaṭicchatūti attho. ^b^Satthu kathite^eb^ti satthu ārocite, catunnaṃ parisānaṃ satthu kathane vāti attho. ^b^Sukhavihārāyā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0195^ea^ yakkhādīhi avihiṃsāya laddhabbasukhavihārāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^277^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sattapi^eb^^a^M3.0151^ea^^b^buddhā cakkhumanto^eb^ pañcahi cakkhūhi cakkhumabhāve visesābhāvato. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā cakkhumabhāvo viya sabbabhūtānukampitādayo sabbepi visesā sattannampi buddhānaṃ sādhāraṇā, tasmā, guṇanemittakāneva vā yasmā buddhānaṃ nāmāni nāma, na liṅgikāvatthikayādicchakāni, tasmā buddhānaṃ guṇavisesadīpanāni ‘‘cakkhumantassā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.277) vuttāni ^b^etāni ekekassa satta satta nāmāni honti. ^eb^ Tesaṃ nāmānaṃ sādhāraṇabhāvaṃ atthavasena yojetabbāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sabbepī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbabhūtānukampino^eb^ti anaññasādhāraṇamahākaruṇāya sabbasattānaṃ anukampikā. ^b^Nhātakilesattā^eb^ti aṭṭhaṅgikena ariyamaggajalena saparasantānesu niravasesato dhotakilesamalattā. ^b^Mārasenāpamaddino^eb^ti saparivāre pañcapi māre pamadditavanto. ^b^Vusitavanto^eb^ti maggabrahmacariyavāsaṃ, dasavidhaṃ ariyavāsañca vusitavanto. Vusitavantatāya eva bāhitapāpatā vuttā hotīti ‘‘brāhmaṇassā’’ti padaṃ anāmaṭṭhaṃ. ^b^Vimuttā^eb^ti anaññasādhāraṇānaṃ pañcannampi vimuttīnaṃ vasena niravasesato muttā. ^b^Aṅgato^eb^ti sarīraṅgato, ñāṇaṅgato ca, dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇa- (dī. ni. 2.33; 3.200; ma. ni. 2.385) asītianubyañjanehi nikkhamanappabhā, byāmappabhā, ketumālāuṇhīsappabhā ^a^V3.0136^ea^ ca sarīraṅgato nikkhamanakarasmiyo, yamakamahāpāṭihāriyādīsu uppajjanakappabhā ñāṇaṅgato nikkhamanakarasmiyo. ^b^Na etāneva^eb^ ‘‘cakkhumā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.277) vuttāni ^b^satta nāmāni,^eb^ atha kho aññānipi bahūni aparimitāni nāmāni. Kathanti āha ^b^‘‘asaṅkhyeyyāni nāmāni saguṇena mahesinoti vutta’’^eb^nti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1313; udā. aṭṭha. 53; paṭi. aṭṭha. 76). Kena vuttaṃ? Dhammasenāpatinā.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi evaṃ kasmā vessavaṇo etāneva gaṇhīti āha ^b^‘‘attano pākaṭanāmavasenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Khīṇāsavā^eb^^a^P3.0196^ea^^b^janāti adhippetā.^eb^ Te hi kammakilesehi jātāpi evaṃ na puna jāyissantīti iminā atthena ^b^janā.^eb^ Yathāha ‘‘yo ca kālaghaso bhūto’’ti (jā. 1.2.190) ^b^desanāsīsamatta^eb^nti nidassanamattanti attho, avayavena vā samudāyupalakkhaṇametaṃ. Sati ca pisuṇavācappahāne ^a^M3.0152^ea^ pharusavācā pahīnāva hoti, pageva ca musāvādoti ^b^‘‘apisuṇā’’^eb^ icceva vuttā. ^b^Mahattā^eb^ti mahā attā sabhāvo etesanti mahattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mahantabhāvaṃ pattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mahantā^eb^ti vā mahā antā, parinibbānapariyosānāti vuttaṃ hoti. Mahantehi vā sīlādīhi samannāgatā. Ayaṃ tāva aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgatanayena attho. Itaresaṃ pana matena buddhādīhi ariyehi mahanīyato pūjanīyato ^b^mahaṃ^eb^ nāma nibbānaṃ, mahamanto etesanti ^b^mahantā,^eb^ nibbānadiṭṭhāti attho. ^b^Nissāradā^eb^ti sārajjarahitā, nibbhayāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vigatalomahaṃsā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hita^eb^nti hitacittaṃ, sattānaṃ hitesīti attho. ^b^Yathābhūtaṃ vipassisu^eb^nti pañcupādānakkhandhesu samudayādito yāthāvato vividhenākārena passiṃsu. ‘‘Ye cāpī’’ti pubbe paccattabahuvacanena aniyamato vutte ^b^tesampī^eb^ti atthaṃ sampadānabahuvacanavasena niyametvā ‘‘namatthū’’ti ca padaṃ ānetvā yojeti yaṃ taṃ-saddānaṃ abyabhicāritasambandhabhāvato. Vipassiṃsu namassantīti vā yojanā. ^b^Paṭhamagāthāyā^eb^ti ‘‘ye cāpi nibbutā loke’’ti ^a^P3.0197^ea^ evaṃ vuttagāthāya. ^b^Dutiyagāthāyā^eb^ti tadantaragāthāya. Tattha ^b^desanāmukhamatta^eb^nti itaresampi buddhānaṃ nāmaggahaṇe patte imasseva bhagavato nāmaggahaṇaṃ tathā desanāya mukhamattaṃ, tasmā tepi atthato gahitā evāti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayampi hī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^aya^eb^nti ayaṃ gāthā. Purimayojanāyaṃ tassāti visesitabbatāya abhāvato ‘‘yanti nipātamatta’’nti vuttaṃ, idha pana ‘‘tassa namatthū’’ti evaṃ sambandhassa ca icchitattā ‘‘ya’’nti nāmapadaṃ upayogekavacananti dassento ^b^‘‘yaṃ namassanti gotama’’^eb^nti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^278^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Yato ^a^V3.0137^ea^ uggacchati sūriyo’’tiādikaṃ kasmā āraddhaṃ? Yaṃ ye yakkhādayo satthu dhammāaṇaṃ, attano ca rājāṇaṃ nādiyanti, tesaṃ ‘‘idañcidañca niggahaṃ karissāmā’’ti sāvanaṃ kātukāmā tattha tattha dvisahassaparittadīpaparivāresu catūsu mahādīpesu attano āṇāya vattānaṃ attano puttānaṃ, aṭṭhavīsatiyā yakkhasenāpatiādīnañca satthari pasādagāravabahumānañca pavedetvā niggahārahānaṃ santajjanatthaṃ āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^a^M3.0153^ea^ ‘‘yato uggacchatī’’tiādīsu ^b^‘‘yato ṭhānato udetī’’^eb^ti vuccati, kuto pana ṭhānato udetīti vuccati? Pubbavidehavāsīnaṃ tāva majjhanhikaṭṭhāne ṭhito jambudīpavāsīnaṃ udetīti vuccati, uttarakurukānaṃ pana oggacchatīti iminā nayena sesadīpesupi sūriyassa uggacchanoggacchanapariyāyo veditabbo. Ayañca attho heṭṭhā ^b^aggaññasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.121) pakāsito eva. ^b^Aditiyā putto^eb^ti lokasamudācāravasena vuttaṃ. Lokiyā hi deve aditiyā puttā, asure atithiyā puttāti vadanti. Ādippanato pana ^b^ādicco,^eb^ ekappahāreneva tīsu dīpesu ālokavidaṃsanena samujjalanatoti attho. ^b^Maṇḍalī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ī^eb^-kāro bhusatthoti āha ^b^‘‘mahantaṃ maṇḍalaṃ assāti maṇḍalī’’^eb^ti. Mahantaṃ hissa vimānamaṇḍalaṃ paññāsayojanāyāmavitthārato. ^b^‘‘Saṃvarīpi^eb^^a^P3.0198^ea^^b^nirujjhatī’’^eb^ti imināva divasopi jāyatīti ayampi attho vuttoti veditabbo. ^b^Ratti antaradhāyatī^eb^ti sinerupacchāyālakkhaṇassa andhakārassa vigacchanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Udakarahado^eb^ti jaladhi. ^b^‘‘Tasmiṃ ṭhāne’’^eb^ti idaṃ puratthimasamuddassa uparibhāgena sūriyassa gamanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tathā hi jambudīpe ṭhitānaṃ puratthimasamuddato sūriyo uggacchanto viya upaṭṭhāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yato uggacchati sūriyo’’^eb^ti. Samuddanaṭṭhena attani patitassa sammadeva, sabbaso ca undanaṭṭhena kiledanaṭṭhena ^b^samuddo.^eb^ Samuddo hi kiledanaṭṭho rahado. ^b^Sāritodako^eb^ti anekāni yojanasahassāni vitthiṇṇodako, saritā nadiyo udake etassāti vā ^b^saritodako.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Sinerupabbatarājā cakkavāḷassa vemajjhe ṭhito, taṃ padhānaṃ katvā vattabbanti adhippāyena ‘‘itoti sineruto’’ti vatvā tathā pana disāvavatthānaṃ anavaṭṭhitanti ^b^‘‘tesaṃ nisinnaṭṭhānato vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti catunnaṃ mahārājānaṃ. ^b^Nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ āṭānāṭanagaraṃ. Tattha hi nisinnā te imaṃ parittaṃ bandhiṃsu. ^b^Tesaṃ nisinnaṭṭhānato^eb^ti vā satthu santike tesaṃ nisinnaṭṭhānato. Ubhayathāpi sūriyassa udayaṭṭhānā puratthimā disā nāma hoti. Purimapakkhaṃyevettha vaṇṇenti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘ito sā purimā disā’’ti. Sūriyo, pana candanakkhattādayo ca sineruṃ dakkhiṇato, cakkavāḷapabbatañca vāmato katvā parivattenti. Yattha ^a^V3.0138^ea^ ca nesaṃ uggamanaṃ paññāyati, sā puratthimā ^a^M3.0154^ea^ disā. Yattha okkamanaṃ paññāyati, sā pacchimā disā. Dakkhiṇapasse ^a^P3.0199^ea^ uttarā disā, vāmapasse dakkhiṇā disāti catumahādīpavāsīnaṃ paccekaṃ sineru uttarādisāyameva, tasmā anavaṭṭhitā disāvavatthāti āha ‘‘iti naṃ ācikkhati jano’’ti. ^b^Yaṃ disa^eb^nti yaṃ puratthimadisaṃ ^b^yasassī^eb^ti mahāparivāro. Koṭisatasahassaparimāṇā hi devatā abhiṇhaṃ parivārenti. Candananāgarukkhādīsu osadhitiṇavanappatisugandhānaṃ abbanato, tehi dittabhāvūpagamanato ‘‘gandhabbā’’ti laddhanāmānaṃ cātumahārājikadevānaṃ adhipati bhāvato. ^b^Me suta^eb^nti ettha ^b^me^eb^ti nipātamattaṃ. ^b^Suta^eb^nti vissutanti attho. Ayañhettha yojanā – tassa dhataraṭṭhamahārājassa puttāpi bahavo. Kittakā? Asīti, dasa eko ca. Ekanāmā. Kathaṃ? Indanāmā. ‘‘Mahapphalā’’ti ca sutaṃ vissutametaṃ loketi.<br/><br/>[03]Ādicco gotamagotto, bhagavāpi gotamagotto, ādiccena samānagottatāya ādicco bandhu etassātipi ādiccabandhu, ādiccassa vā bandhūti ādiccabandhu, taṃ ^b^ādiccabandhunaṃ.^eb^^b^Anavajjenā^eb^ti avajjapaṭipakkhena brahmavihārena. ^b^Samekkhasi^eb^ odhiso, anodhiso ca pharaṇena olokesiāsayānusayacariyādhimuttiādivibhāgāvabodhavasena. ^b^Vatvā vandantī^eb^ti ‘‘lokassa anukampako’’ti kittetvā vandanti. ^b^Sutaṃ neta^eb^nti sutaṃ nanūti etasmiṃ atthe ^b^nu^eb^-saddo. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana nokāroyanti adhippāyena ^b^amhehī^eb^ti attho vutto. ^b^Eta^eb^nti etaṃ tathā parikittetvā amanussānaṃ devatānaṃ vandanaṃ. ^b^Vadanti^eb^ dhataraṭṭhamahārājassa puttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^279^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yena^eb^^a^P3.0200^ea^^b^petā pavuccantī^eb^ti ettha vacanasesena attho veditabbo, na yathārutavasenevāti dassento ^b^‘‘yena disābhāgena nīharīyantūti vuccantī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Ḍayhantu vā^eb^ti pete sandhāya vadati. ^b^Chijjantu vā^eb^ hatthapādādike pisuṇā piṭṭhimaṃsikā. ^b^Haññantu^eb^ pāṇātipātinotiādikā. ^b^Pavuccantī^eb^ti vā samuccanti, ‘‘alaṃ tesa’’nti samācinīyantīti attho. Evañhi vacanasesena vinā eva attho siddho hoti. ^b^Rahassaṅga^eb^nti bījaṃ sandhāya vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^280^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yasmiṃ disābhāge sūriyo atthaṃ gacchatī^eb^ti ettha ‘‘yato ṭhānato udetī’’ti ettha vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^281^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yena ^a^M3.0155^ea^ disābhāgena uttarakuru rammo avaṭṭhito, ito sā uttarā disāti yojanā ^a^V3.0139^ea^. ^b^Mahānerū^eb^ti mahanto, mahanīyo ca nerusaṅkhāto pabbato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mahāsineru pabbatarājā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Rajatamayaṃ.^eb^ Tathā hi tassa pabhāya ajjhotthataṃ tassaṃ disāyaṃ samuddodakaṃ khīraṃ viya paññāyati. ^b^Maṇimaya^eb^nti indanīlamayaṃ. Tathā hi dakkhiṇadisāya samuddodakaṃ yebhuyyena nīlavaṇṇaṃ hutvā paññāyati, tathā ākāsaṃ. ^b^Manussā jāyanti.^eb^ Kathaṃ jāyanti? Amamā apariggahāti yojanā. ^b^Mamattavirahitā^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ mama idaṃ mamā’’ti mamaṅkāravirahitāti adhippāyo. Yadi tesaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ bhariyā’’ti pariggaho natthi, ‘‘ayaṃ me mātā, ayaṃ bhaginī’’ti evarūpā idha viya mariyādāpi na siyā mātuādibhāvassa ajānanatoti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘mātaraṃ vā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Chandarāgo nuppajjatī^eb^ti ettha ‘‘dhammatāsiddhassa sīlassa ānubhāvena putte ^a^P3.0201^ea^ diṭṭhamatte eva mātu thanato thaññaṃ paggharati, tena saññāṇena nesaṃ mātari puttassa mātusaññā, mātu ca putte puttasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā’’ti keci.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Naṅgalā^eb^ti liṅgavipallāsena vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘naṅgalānipī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Akaṭṭhe^eb^ti akasite akatakasikamme.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṇḍulāva tassa phala^eb^nti sattānaṃ puññānubhāvahetukā thusādiabhāvena taṇḍulā eva tassa sālissa phalaṃ. ^b^Tuṇḍikira^eb^nti pacanabhājanassa nāmanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ukkhaliya’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ākiritvā^eb^ti taṇḍulāni pakkhipitvā. ^b^Niddhūmaṅgārenā^eb^ti dhūmaṅgārarahitena kevalena ^b^agginā.^eb^ Jotikapāsāṇato aggimhi uṭṭhahante kuto dhūmaṅgārānaṃ sambhavo. ^b^Bhojana^eb^nti odanamevādhippetanti ^b^‘‘bhojanamevā’’^eb^ti avadhāraṇaṃ katvā tena nivattetabbaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘añño sūpo vā byañjanaṃ vā na hotī’’^eb^ti āha. Yadi evaṃ rasavisesayutto tesaṃ āhāro na hotīti? Noti dassento ^b^‘‘bhuñjantānaṃ…pe… raso hotī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Macchariyacittaṃ nāma na hotī^eb^ti dhammatāsiddhassa sīlassa ānubhāvena. Tathā hi te katthacipi amamā pariggahāva hutvā vasanti.<br/><br/>[03]Apica ^a^M3.0156^ea^ tattha uttarakurukānaṃ puññānubhāvasiddho ayampi viseso veditabbo – tattha kira tesu tesu padesesu ghanacitapattasañchannasākhāpasākhā kūṭāgārūpamā manoramā rukkhā tesaṃ manussānaṃ nivesanakiccaṃ sādhenti, yattha sukhaṃ nivasanti, aññepi tattha rukkhā sujātā sabbadāpi pupphitaggā tiṭṭhanti, jalāsayāpi vikasitakamalakuvalayapuṇḍarīkasogandhikādipupphasañchannā sabbakālaṃ paramasugandhaṃ samantato pavāyantā ^a^P3.0202^ea^ tiṭṭhanti. Sarīrampi tesaṃ atidīghatādidosarahitaṃ ārohapariṇāhasampannaṃ jarāya anabhibhūtattā valipalitādidosarahitaṃ yāvatāyukaṃ aparikkhīṇajavabalaparakkamasobhameva hutvā tiṭṭhati. Anuṭṭhānaphalūpajīvitāya na ca ^a^V3.0140^ea^ nesaṃ kasivāṇijjādivasena, āhārapariyeṭṭhivasena dukkhaṃ atthi, tato eva na dāsadāsikammakarādipariggaho atthi, na ca tattha sītuṇhaḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapavāḷādiparissayo atthi. Yathā nāmettha gimhānaṃ pacchime māse paccūsavelāyaṃ samasītuṇhautu hoti, evameva sabbakālaṃ samasītuṇhova utu hoti, na ca tesaṃ koci upaghāto, vihesā vā uppajjati. Akaṭṭhapākimameva sāliṃ akaṇaṃ athusaṃ sugandhaṃ taṇḍulaphalaṃ paribhuñjantānaṃ nesaṃ kuṭṭhaṃ, gaṇḍo, kilāso, soso, kāso, sāso, apamāro, jaroti evamādiko na koci rogo uppajjati. Na te khujjā vā vāmanakā vā kāṇā vā kuṇī vā khañjā vā pakkhahatā vā vikalaṅgā vā vikalindriyā vā honti. Itthiyopi tattha nātidīghā nātirassā nātikisā nātithūlā nātikāḷā nāccodātā sobhaggappattarūpā honti. Tathā hi dīghaṅgulī tambanakhī lambatthanā tanumajjhā puṇṇacandamukhī visālakkhī mudugattā saṃhitūrū odātadantā gambhīranābhī tanujaṅghā dīghanīlavellitakesī puthulasusoṇī nātilomānālomā subhagā utusukhasamphassā saṇhā sakhilasambhāsā nānābharaṇavibhūsitā vicaranti. Sabbadā hi soḷasavassuddesikā viya honti. Purisā ca pañcavīsativassuddesikā viya, na puttadāresu rajjanti. Ayaṃ tattha dhammatā.<br/><br/>[03]Sattāhikameva ca tattha itthipurisā kāmaratiyā viharanti, tato vītarāgā yathāsakaṃ gacchanti. Na tattha idha viya gabbhokkantimūlakaṃ, gabbhapariharaṇamūlakaṃ ^a^P3.0203^ea^, vijāyanamūlakaṃ vā dukkhaṃ hoti. Rattakañcukato kañcanapaṭimā ^a^M3.0157^ea^ viya dārakā mātukucchito amakkhitā eva semhādinā sukheneva nikkhamanti, ayaṃ tattha dhammatā.<br/><br/>[03]Mātā pana puttaṃ vā dhītaraṃ vā vijāyitvā tesaṃ vicaraṇappadese ṭhapetvā anapekkhā yathāruci gacchati. Tesaṃ tattha sayitānaṃ ye passanti purisā, itthiyo vā, te attano aṅguliyo upanāmenti, tesaṃ kammabalena tato khīraṃ pavattati, tena dārakā yāpenti. Evaṃ pana vaḍḍhantā katipayadivaseheva laddhabalā hutvā dārikā itthiyo upagacchanti, dārakā purise. Kapparukkhato eva ca tesaṃ tattha tattha vatthābharaṇāni nippajjanti. Nānāvirāgavaṇṇavicittāni hi sukhumāni mudusukhasamphassāni vatthāni tattha tattha kapparukkhesu olambantāni iṭṭhanti. Nānāvidharaṃsijālasamujjalavividhavaṇṇaratanavinaddhāni anekavidhamālākammalatākammabhittikammavicittāni sīsūpagagīvūpagahatthūpagakaṭūpagapādūpagāni sovaṇṇamayāni ābharaṇāni ca kapparukkhato olambanti. Tathā vīṇāmudiṅgapaṇavasammatāḷasaṅkhavaṃsavetāḷaparivānivallakīpabhutikā tūriyabhaṇḍāpi tato tato olambanti. Tattha ca bahū phalarukkhā kumbhamattāni ^a^V3.0141^ea^ phalāni phalanti madhurarasāni, yāni paribhuñjitvā te sattāhampi khuppipāsāhi na bādhīyanti. Najjopi tattha suvisuddhajalā supatitthā ramaṇīyā akaddamā vālukatalā nātisītā nāccuṇhā surabhigandhīhi jalajapupphehi sañchannā sabbakālaṃ surabhiṃ vāyantiyo sandanti. Na tattha kaṇṭakatiṇakakkhaḷagacchalatā honti, akaṇṭakā pupphaphalasampannā eva honti. Candananāgarukkhā sayameva rasaṃ paggharanti ^a^P3.0204^ea^. Nhāyitukāmā ca nadītitthe ekajjhaṃ vatthābharaṇāni ṭhapetvā nadiṃ otaritvā nhatvā uttiṇṇuttiṇṇā upariṭṭhimaṃ vatthābharaṇaṃ gaṇhanti, na tesaṃ evaṃ hoti ‘‘idaṃ mama, idaṃ parassā’’ti, tato eva na tesaṃ koci viggaho vā vivādo vā. Sattāhikā eva ca nesaṃ kāmaratikīḷā hoti, tato vītarāgā viya vicaranti. Yattha ca rukkhe sayitukāmā honti, tattheva sayanaṃ upalabhanti. Mate ca satte disvā na rodanti, na socanti, tañca maṇḍayitvā nikkhipanti. Tāvadeva ca nesaṃ tathārūpā sakuṇā upagantvā mataṃ dīpantaraṃ nenti. Tasmā susānaṃ vā asuciṭṭhānaṃ vā tattha natthi. Na ca tato matā nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjanti. ‘‘Dhammatāsiddhassa pañcasīlassa ānubhāvena te ^a^M3.0158^ea^ devaloke nibbattantī’’ti vadanti. Vassasahassameva ca nesaṃ sabbakālaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Sabbametaṃ tesaṃ pañcasīlaṃ viya dhammatāsiddhaṃ evāti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ uttarakurudīpe.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekakhuraṃ katvā^eb^ti anekasaphampi ekasaphaṃ viya katvā, assaṃ viya katvāti attho. ‘‘Gāvi’’nti vatvā puna ‘‘pasu’’nti vuttattā gāvito itaro sabbo catuppado idha ^b^‘‘pasū’’^eb^ti adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘ṭhapetvā gāvi’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassā^eb^ti gabbhinitthiyā. ^b^Piṭṭhi onamituṃ sahatī^eb^ti kucchiyā garubhāratāya tesaṃ āruḷhakāle piṭṭhi onamati, tesaṃ nisajjaṃ sahati pallaṅke nisinnā viya honti. ^b^Sammādiṭṭhike^eb^ti kammapathasammādiṭṭhiyā sammādiṭṭhike. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti jambudīpe. Ettha hi janapadavohāro, na uttarakurumhi. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘paccantimamilakkhuvāsike’’^eb^ti ca vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassa rañño^eb^ti vessavaṇamahārājassa. Iti so attānameva paraṃ viya katvā vadati. Eseva nayo paratopi. ^b^Bahuvidhaṃ^eb^^a^P3.0205^ea^ nānāratanavicittaṃ nānāsaṇṭhānaṃ rathādi ^b^dibbayānaṃ upaṭṭhitameva hoti^eb^ sudantavāhanayuttaṃ, na nesaṃ yānānaṃ upaṭṭhāpane ussukkaṃ āpajjitabbaṃ atthi. ^b^Etānī^eb^ti hatthiyānādīni. ^b^Nesa^eb^nti vessavaṇaparicārikānaṃ. Kappitāni hutvā uṭṭhitāni āruhituṃ ^b^upakappanayānāni. Nipannāpi nisinnāpi vicaranti^eb^ candimasūriyā viya yathāsakaṃ vimānesu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nagarā^eb^^a^V3.0142^ea^^b^ahū^eb^ti liṅgavipallāsena vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘nagarāni bhaviṃsūti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Āṭānāṭā nāmā^eb^ti itthiliṅgavasena laddhanāmaṃ ^b^nagaraṃ āsi.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ ṭhatvā^eb^ti tasmiṃ padese parakusiṭanāṭānāmake nagare ṭhatvā. Tato ^b^ujuṃ uttaradisāyaṃ. Etassā^eb^ti kasivantanagarassa. ^b^Aparabhāge^eb^ aparakoṭṭhāse, parato icceva attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kuvero^eb^ti tassa purimajātisamudāgataṃ nāmanti teneva pasaṅgena yenāyaṃ sampatti adhigatā, tadassa pubbakammaṃ ācikkhituṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ kirā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ucchuvappa^eb^nti ucchusassaṃ. ^b^Avasesasālāhī^eb^ti avasesayantasālāhi, nissakkavacanañcetaṃ. ^b^Tatthevā^eb^ti puññatthaṃ dinnasālāyameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭiesanto^eb^ti ^a^M3.0159^ea^ pati pati atthe esanto vīmaṃsanto. Na kevalaṃ te vīmaṃsanti eva, atha kho tamatthaṃ patiṭṭhāpentīti āha ^b^‘‘visuṃ visuṃ atthe upaparikkhamānā anusāsamānā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yakkharaṭṭhikā^eb^ti yakkharaṭṭhādhipatino. Yakkhā ca vessavaṇassa rañño nivesanadvāre niyuttā cāti yakkhadovārikā, tesaṃ ^b^yakkhadovārikānaṃ.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā dharaṇīporakkhaṇito purāṇodakaṃ bhassayantaṃ heṭṭhā vuṭṭhi hutvā nikkhamati, tasmā taṃ tato gahetvā meghehi pavuṭṭhaṃ viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yato pokkharaṇito udakaṃ gahetvā meghā pavassantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yato^eb^ti yato dharaṇīpokkharaṇito. ^b^Sabhā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0206^ea^ yakkhānaṃ upaṭṭhānasabhā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti tassā pokkharaṇiyā tīre yakkhānaṃ vasanavane. ^b^Sadā phalitā^eb^ti niccakālaṃ sañjātaphalā. ^b^Niccapupphitā^eb^ti niccaṃ sañjātapupphā. ^b^Nānādijagaṇāyutā^eb^ti nānāvidhehi dijagaṇehi yuttā. Tehi pana sakuṇasaṅghehi ito cito ca sampatantehi paribbhamantehi yasmā sā pokkharaṇī ākulā viya hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vividhapakkhisaṅghasamākulā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Koñcasakuṇehī^eb^ti sārasasakuntehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Evaṃ viravantāna’’^eb^nti iminā tathā vassitavasena ‘‘jīvañjīvakā’’ti ayaṃ tesaṃ samaññāti dasseti. ^b^Uṭṭhavacittakā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘evaṃ vassamānā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pokkharasātakā^eb^ti pokkharasaṇṭhānatāya ‘‘pokkharasātakā’’ti evaṃ laddhanāmā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbakālaṃ^eb^^a^V3.0143^ea^^b^sobhatī^eb^ti sabbautūsu sobhati, na tassā hemantādivasena sobhāvirato atthi. Evaṃbhūtā ca niccaṃ pupphitajalajathalajapupphatāya, phalabhārabharitarukkhaparivāritatāya, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatasalilatāya ca ^b^nirantaraṃ sobhati.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^282^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Parikamma^eb^nti pubbupacāraṃ. ^b^Parisodhetvā^eb^ti ekakkharassāpi avirādhanavasena ācariyasantike sabbaṃ sodhetvā. ^b^Suṭṭhu uggahitā^eb^ti parimaṇḍalapadabyañjanāya poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpanīyā sammadeva uggahitā. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘atthañca byañjanañca parisodhetvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Atthaṃ jānato eva hi byañjanaṃ parisujjhati, no ajānato. ^b^Padabyañjanānī^eb^ti padañceva byañjanañca ^b^ahāpetvā.^eb^ Evañhi paripuṇṇā nāma ^a^M3.0160^ea^ hotīti. ^b^Visaṃvādetvā^eb^ti aññathā katvā. ^b^Tejavantaṃ na hoti^eb^ virajjhanato ceva vimhayatthabhāvato ^a^P3.0207^ea^ ca. ^b^Sabbaso^eb^ti anavasesato ādimajjhapariyosānato. ^b^Tejavantaṃ hotī^eb^ti sabhāvaniruttiṃ avirādhetvā suppavattibhāvena sādhanato. Evaṃ payogavipattiṃ pahāya payogasampattiyā sati parittassa atthasādhakataṃ dassetvā idāni ajjhāsayavipattiṃ pahāya ajjhāsayasampattiyā atthasādhakataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘lābhahetū’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Idaṃ parittabhaṇanaṃ sattānaṃ anatthapaṭibāhanahetūti tassa ñāṇakaruṇāpubbakatā ^b^nissaraṇapakkho. Mettaṃ purecārikaṃ katvā^eb^ti mettāmanasikārena sattesu hitapharaṇaṃ purakkhatvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Vatthuṃ vā’’^eb^tiādi pubbe catuparisamajjhe katāya sādhanāya bhagavato pavedanaṃ. ^b^Gharavatthu^eb^nti vasanagehaṃ. ^b^Nibaddhavāsa^eb^nti paragehepi nevāsikabhāvena vāsaṃ na labheyya, yaṃ pana mahārājānaṃ, yakkhasenāpatīnañca ajānantānaṃyeva kadāci vasitvā gamanaṃ, taṃ appamāṇanti adhippāyo. ^b^Samiti^eb^nti yakkhādisamāgamaṃ. Kāmaṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘na me so’’ti āgataṃ, itaresampi pana mahārājānamattanā ekajjhāsayatāya tesampi ajjhāsayaṃ hadaye ṭhapetvā vessavaṇo tathā avoca. Kaññaṃ anu anu vahituṃ ayutto anāvayho, sabbakālaṃ kaññaṃ laddhuṃ ayuttoti attho, taṃ ^b^anāvayhaṃ.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘na āvāhayutta’’^eb^nti. Na vivayhanti ^b^avivayhaṃ,^eb^ kaññaṃ gahetumayuttanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na vivāhayutta’’^eb^nti. Āhito ahaṃmāno etthāti ^b^attā,^eb^ attabhāvo. Attā ^a^P3.0208^ea^ visayabhūto etāsaṃ atthīti ^b^attā,^eb^ paribhāsā, tāhi. Pariyattaṃ katvā vacanena ^b^paripuṇṇāhi.^eb^ Yathā yakkhā akkositabbā, evaṃ pavattā akkosā ^b^yakkhākkosā^eb^ nāma, tehi. Te pana ‘‘kaḷārakkhi kaḷāradantā kāḷavaṇṇā’’ti evaṃ ādayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Viruddhā^eb^ti ^a^V3.0144^ea^ virujjhanakā parehi virodhino. ^b^Rabhasā^eb^ti sārambhakāti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘karaṇuttariyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Rabhasā^eb^ti vā sāhasikā. Sāmino manaso assavāti ^b^manassā,^eb^ kiṅkarā. Ye hi ‘‘kiṃ karomi bhaddante’’ti sāmikassa vase vattanti, te evaṃ vuccanti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yakkhasenāpatīnaṃ ye manassā, tesa’’^eb^nti. Āṇāya avarodhitupacārā ^b^avaruddhā,^eb^ te pana āṇāvato paccatthikā nāma hontīti ^b^‘‘paccāmittā verino’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ujjhāpetabba^eb^nti heṭṭhā katvā cintāpetabbaṃ, taṃ ^a^M3.0161^ea^ pana ^b^ujjhāpanaṃ^eb^ tesaṃ nīcakiriyāya jānāpanaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘jānāpetabbā’’^eb^ti.


volume: 27
item: 94
title: ^paṭhamabhāṇavāravaṇṇanā^parittaparikammakathāvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Parittassa parikammaṃ kathetabba^eb^nti āṭānāṭiyaparittassa parikammaṃ pubbupacāraṭṭhāniyaṃ mettasuttādi kathetabbaṃ. Evañhi taṃ laddhāsevanaṃ hutvā tejavantaṃ hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paṭhamameva hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Piṭṭhaṃ vā maṃsaṃ vā^eb^ti ^b^vā^eb^-saddo aniyamattho, tena macchaghatasūpādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Otāraṃ labhanti^eb^ attanā piyāyitabbāahāravasena piyāyitabbaṭṭhānavasena ca. ^b^‘‘Paritta…pe… nisīditabba’’^eb^nti imināva parittakārakassa bhikkhuno parisuddhipi icchitabbāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Parittakārako…pe… samparivāritenā’’^eb^ti idaṃ parittakaraṇe bāhirarakkhāsaṃvidhānaṃ. ^b^‘‘Mettacittaṃ …pe… kātabba’’^eb^nti idaṃ abbhantararakkhā ubhayato ^a^P3.0209^ea^ rakkhāsaṃvidhānaṃ. Evañhi amanussā parittakaraṇassa antarāyaṃ kātuṃ na visahanti. ^b^Maṅgalakathā vattabbā^eb^ pubbupacāravasena. ^b^Sabbasannipāto^eb^ti tasmiṃ vihāre, tasmiṃ vā gāmakhette sabbesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannipāto. ^b^Ghosetabbo,^eb^‘‘cetiyaṅgaṇe sabbehi sannipatitabba’’nti. ^b^Anāgantuṃ nāma na labbhati^eb^ amanussena buddhāṇābhayena, rājāṇābhayena ca. Gahitakāpadesena amanussova pucchito hotīti āha ^b^‘‘amanussaggahitako ‘tvaṃ ko nāmā’ti pucchitabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mālāgandhādīsu^eb^ pūjanatthaṃ viniyuñjiyamānesu. ^b^Pattī^eb^ti tuyhaṃ pattidānaṃ. ^b^Piṇḍapāte pattī^eb^ti piṇḍapāte diyyamāne pattidānaṃ. ^b^Devatāna^eb^nti yakkhasenāpatīnaṃ. ^b^Parittaṃ bhaṇitabba^eb^nti etthāpi ‘‘mettacittaṃ purecārikaṃ katvā’’ti ca ‘‘maṅgalakathā vattabbā’’ti ca ‘‘vihārassa upavane’’ti evamādi ca sabbaṃ gihīnaṃ parittakaraṇe vuttaṃ parikammaṃ kātabbameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sarīre adhimuccatī^eb^ti sarīraṃ anupavisitvā viya āvisanto yathā gahitakassa vasena na vattati, attano eva vasena vattati, evaṃ adhimuccati adhiṭṭhahitvā tiṭṭhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘āvisatīti^eb^^a^V3.0145^ea^^b^tasseva vevacana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Laggatī^eb^ti tattheva laggo allīno hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na apetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Rogaṃ^eb^^a^M3.0162^ea^^b^vaḍḍhento^eb^ti dhātūnaṃ samabhāvena vattituṃ appadānavasena uppannaṃ rogaṃ vaḍḍhento. Dhātūnaṃ visamabhāvāpattiyā ca āhārassa ca aruccanena gahitakassa sarīre lohitaṃ sussati, maṃsaṃ milāyati, taṃ panassa yakkho dhātukkhobhanimittatāya karonto viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘appamaṃsalohitaṃ karonto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^283^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tesaṃ nāmāni^eb^ indādināmabhāvena voharitabbato. ^b^Tato^eb^ti ^a^P3.0210^ea^ tato ārocanato paraṃ. ^b^Te^eb^ti yakkhasenāpatayo. ^b^Okāso na bhavissatī^eb^ti bhikkhubhikkhuniyo, upāsakaupāsikāyo viheṭhetuṃ avasaro na bhavissati sammadeva ārakkhāya vihitattāti.<br/><br/>[06]Āṭānāṭiyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā.


volume: 27
item: 95
title: saṅgītisuttavaṇṇanā^^^^
content:
  [03]^b^296^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dasasahassacakkavāḷe^eb^ti ^a^M3.0163^ea^^a^V3.0146^ea^^a^P3.0211^ea^ buddhakhettabhūte dasasahassaparimāṇe cakkavāḷe. Tattha hi imasmiṃ cakkavāḷe devamanussāyeva katādhikārā, itaresu devā visesabhāgino. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dasasahassacakkavāḷe ñāṇajālaṃ pattharitvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ñāṇajālapattharaṇa^eb^nti ca tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ āsayādivibhāvanavasena ñāṇassa pavattanameva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘lokaṃ volokayamāno’’^eb^ti, sattalokaṃ byavalokayamāno āsayānusayacaritādhimuttiādike visesato ogāhetvā passantoti attho. ^b^Maṅgalaṃ bhaṇāpessanti^eb^ ‘‘taṃ tesaṃ āyatiṃ visesādhigamassa vijjāṭṭhānaṃ hutvā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissā’’ti. ^b^Tīhi piṭakehi sammasitvā^eb^ti tipiṭakato ekakadukādinā saṅgahetabbassa saṅgaṇhanavasena sammasitvā vīmaṃsitvā. Ñātuṃ icchitā atthā ^b^pañhā,^eb^ te pana imasmiṃ sutte ekakādivasena āgatā sahassaṃ, cuddasa cāti āha ^b^‘‘cuddasapañhādhikena pañhasahassena paṭimaṇḍetvā’’^eb^ti. Evamidha sampiṇḍetvā dassite pañhe parato suttapariyosāne ‘‘ekakavasena dve pañhā kathitā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.349) vibhāgena parigaṇetvā sayameva dassessati.


volume: 27
item: 96
title: ^^ubbhatakanavasandhāgāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^297^eb^^b^.^eb^ Uccādhiṭṭhānatāya taṃ sandhāgāraṃ bhūmito ubbhataṃ viyāti ^b^‘‘ubbhataka’’^eb^nti nāmaṃ labhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uccattā vā evaṃ vutta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sandhāgārasālā^eb^ti ekā mahāsālā. Uyyogakaraṇādīsu hi rājāno tattha ṭhatvā ‘‘ettakā purato gacchantu, ettakā pacchā’’tiādinā tattha nisīditvā sandhaṃ karonti mariyādaṃ ^a^P3.0212^ea^ bandhanti, tasmā taṃ ṭhānaṃ ^b^‘‘sandhāgāra’’^eb^nti vuccati. Uyyogaṭṭhānato ca āgantvā yāva gehaṃ gomayaparibhaṇḍādivasena paṭijagganaṃ karonti, tāva ekaṃ dve divase te rājāno tattha santhambhantītipi ^b^sandhāgāraṃ,^eb^ tesaṃ rājūnaṃ saha atthānusāsanāgārantipi ^b^sandhāgāra^eb^nti. Yasmā vā te tattha sannipatitvā ‘‘imasmiṃ ^a^V3.0147^ea^ kāle kasituṃ vaṭṭati, imasmiṃ kālevapitu’’ntiādinā gharāvāsakiccaṃ sandharanti, tasmā chiddāvachiddaṃ gharāvāsaṃ ^a^M3.0164^ea^ tattha sandharantītipi ^b^sandhāgāraṃ,^eb^ sā eva sālāti ^b^sandhāgārasālā. Devatā^eb^ti gharadevatā. Nivāsavasena anajjhāvutthattā ^b^‘‘kenaci vā manussabhūtenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Kammakaraṇavasena pana manussā tattha nisajjādīni kappesumeva. ‘‘Sayameva pana satthu idhāgamanaṃ amhākaṃ puññavaseneva, aho mayaṃ puññavanto’’ti haṭṭhatuṭṭhā evaṃ sammā cintesunti dassento ^b^‘‘amhehī’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^298^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aṭṭakā^eb^ti cittakammakaraṇatthaṃ baddhā mañcakā. ^b^Muttamattā^eb^ti tāvadeva sandhāgāre navakammassa niṭṭhāpitabhāvamāha, tena‘‘acirakārita’’ntiādinā vuttamevatthaṃ vibhāveti. Araññaṃ ārāmo āramitabbaṭṭhānaṃ etesanti ^b^araññārāmā.^eb^ Santharaṇaṃ ^b^santhari,^eb^ sabbo sakalo santhari etthāti ^b^sabbasanthari,^eb^ bhāvanapuṃsakaniddesoyaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathā sabbaṃ santhataṃ hoti, eva’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^299^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samantapāsādiko^eb^ti samantato sabbabhāgena pasādāvaho ^a^P3.0213^ea^ cāturiyaso. ^b^‘‘Asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti idaṃ buddhānaṃ kāyappabhāya pakatiyā asītihatthe ṭhāne abhibyāpanato vuttaṃ. Iddhānubhāvena pana anantaṃ aparimāṇaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjotateva. Nīlapītalohitodātamañjaṭṭhapabhassaravasena ^b^chabbaṇṇā. Sabbe disābhāgā^eb^ti sarīrappabhāya bāhullato vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Abbhamahikādīhi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ suññaṃ na sobhati, tārakācitaṃ pana antalikkhaṃ tāsaṃ pabhāhi samantato vijjotamānaṃ virocatīti āha ^b^‘‘samuggatatārakaṃ viya gaganatala’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sabbapāliphullo^eb^ti mūlato paṭṭhāya yāva sākhaggā phullo. ^b^‘‘Paṭipāṭiyāṭhapitāna’’^eb^ntiādi parikappūpamā. Tathā hi ^b^viya^eb^-saddaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. ^b^Siriyā siriṃ abhibhavamānaṃ viyā^eb^ti attano sobhāya tesaṃ sobhanti attho. ^b^‘‘Bhikkhūpi sabbevā’’^eb^ti idaṃ nesaṃ ‘‘appicchā’’tiādinā vuttaguṇesu lokiyaguṇānaṃ vasena yojetabbaṃ. Na hi te sabbeva dasakathāvatthulābhino. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘suttantaṃ āvajjetvā…pe… arahattaṃ pāpuṇissantī’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.296). Tasmā ye tattha ariyā, te sabbesampi padānaṃ vasena bodhitā honti. Ye pana puthujjanā, te lokiyaguṇadīpakehi padehīti na tathā heṭṭhā ^a^M3.0165^ea^ ‘‘asītimahātherā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Pubbe arahattabhāgino gahitā.<br/><br/>[03]Rūpakāyassa asītianubyañjana-paṭimaṇḍita-dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇakāyappabhābyāmappabhāketumālāvicittatāva ^a^V3.0148^ea^ (dī. ni. 2.33; 3.200; ma. ni. 2.385) ^b^buddhaveso.^eb^ Chabbaṇṇā buddharasmiyo vissajjentassa bhagavato kāyassa ālokitavilokitādīsu paramukkaṃsagato buddhāveṇiko accantupasamo ^b^buddhavilāso. Assa^eb^nti tassaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sandhāgārānumodanapaṭisaṃyuttā^eb^ti ‘‘sītaṃ uṇhaṃ paṭihantī’’tiādinā ^a^P3.0214^ea^ (cūḷava. 295, 315) nayena sandhāgāraguṇūpasañhitā sandhāgārakaraṇapuññānisaṃsabhāvinī. ^b^Pakiṇṇakakathā^eb^ti saṅgītianāruḷhā suṇantānaṃ ajjhāsayānurūpatāya vividhavipulahetūpamāsamālaṅkatā nānānayavicittā vitthārakathā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tadā hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya^eb^ nirupakkilesatāya suvisuddhena, vipulodāratāya aparimeyyena ca atthena suṇantānaṃ kāyacittapariḷāhavūpasamanato. ^b^Pathavojaṃ ākaḍḍhanto viya^eb^ aññesaṃ sudukkaratāya, mahāsāratāya vā atthassa. ^b^Mahājambuṃ matthake gahetvā cālento viya^eb^ cālanapaccayaṭṭhānavasena pubbenāparaṃ anusandhānato. ^b^Yojaniya…pe… pāyamāno viya^eb^ desanaṃ catusaccayante pakkhipitvā atthavedadhammavedasseva labhāpanena sātamadhuradhammāmatarasūpasaṃharaṇato. ^b^Madhugaṇḍa^eb^nti madhupaṭalaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^300^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^‘‘Tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūta’’^eb^nti byāpanicchāyaṃ idaṃ āmeḍitavacananti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yaṃ yandisa’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Anuviloketvā^eb^ti ettha ^b^anu^eb^-saddo ‘‘parī’’ti iminā samānattho, ^b^vilokana^eb^ñcettha satthu cakkhudvayenapi icchitabbanti ‘‘maṃsacakkhunā…pe… tato tato viloketvā’’ti saṅkhepato vatvā tamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘maṃsacakkhunā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Hatthena kucchitaṃ kataṃ ^b^hatthakukkuccaṃ^eb^ kukatameva kukkuccanti katvā. Evaṃ ^b^pādakukkuccaṃ^eb^ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Niccalā nisīdiṃsu^eb^ attano suvinītabhāvena, buddhagāravena ca. ^b^‘‘Ālokaṃ pana vaḍḍhayitvā’’^eb^tiādi kadāci bhagavā evampi karotīti ^a^M3.0166^ea^ adhippāyena vuttaṃ. Na hi satthu sāvakānaṃ viya evaṃ payogasampādanīyametaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Tirohitavidūravattanipi rūpagate maṃsacakkhuno pavattiyā icchitattā vīmaṃsitabbaṃ ^a^P3.0215^ea^. ^b^Arahattupagaṃ^eb^ arahattapadaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Cakkhutalesu nimittaṃ ṭhapetvā^eb^ti bhāvanānuyogasampattiyā sabbesaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ cakkhutalesu labbhamānaṃ santindriyavigatathinamiddhatākārasaṅkhātaṃ nimittaṃ attano hadaye ṭhapetvā sallakkhetvā. ^b^Kasmā āgilāyati^eb^ koṭisatasahassahatthināgānaṃ balaṃ dhārentassāti codakassa adhippāyo. Ācariyo esa saṅkhārānaṃ sabhāvo, yadidaṃ aniccatā. Ye pana aniccā, te ekanteneva udayavayapaṭipīḷitatāya dukkhā eva, dukkhasabhāvesu tesu satthu kāye dukkhuppattiyā ayaṃ paccayoti ^a^V3.0149^ea^ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavato hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Piṭṭhivāto uppajji,^eb^ so ca kho pubbe katakammapaccayā. Svāyamattho paramatthadīpaniyaṃ ^b^udānaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ āgatanayeneva veditabbo.


volume: 27
item: 97
title: ^ubbhatakanavasandhāgāravaṇṇanā^bhinnanigaṇṭhavatthuvaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^301^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Heṭṭhā vuttameva^eb^ pāsādikasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.164).<br/><br/>[03]^b^302^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Svākhyātaṃ dhammaṃ desetukāmo^eb^ti svākhyātaṃ katvā dhammaṃ kathetukāmo, satthārā vā svākhyātaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kathetukāmo. Satthārā desitadhammameva hi tato tato gahetvā sāvakā sabrahmacārīnaṃ kathenti.


volume: 27
item: 98
title: ubbhatakanavasandhāgāravaṇṇanā^bhinnanigaṇṭhavatthuvaṇṇanā^ekakavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^303^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Samaggehi bhāsitabba^eb^nti aññamaññaṃ samaggehi hutvā bhāsitabbaṃ, sajjhāyitabbañceva vaṇṇetabbañcāti attho. Yathā pana samaggehi saṅgāyanaṃ hoti, tampi dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ekavacanehī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ekavacanehī^eb^ti virodhābhāvena samānavacanehi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aviruddhavacanehī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Sāmaggirasaṃ dassetukāmo^eb^ti yasmiṃ dhamme saṅgāyane sāmaggirasānubhavanaṃ icchitaṃ desanākusalatāya, tattha ekakadukatikādivasena bahudhā sāmaggirasaṃ dassetukāmo. ^b^Sabbe sattā^eb^ti anavasesā sattā ^a^M3.0167^ea^, te pana bhavabhedato saṅkhepeneva ^a^P3.0216^ea^ bhinditvā dassento ^b^‘‘kāmabhavādīsū’’^eb^tiādimāha. Byadhikaraṇānampi bāhiratthasamāso hoti yathā ‘‘urasilomo’’ti āha ^b^‘‘āhārato ṭhiti etesanti āhāraṭṭhitikā’’^eb^ti. Tiṭṭhati etenāti ^b^ṭhiti,^eb^ āhāro ṭhiti etesanti ^b^āhāraṭṭhitikā^eb^ti evaṃ vā ettha samāsaviggaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Āhāraṭṭhitikā^eb^ti paccayaṭṭhitikā, paccayāyattavuttikāti attho. Paccayattho hettha āhāra-saddo ‘‘ayaṃ āhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassauppādāyā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.183, 232) viya. Evañhi ^b^‘‘sabbe sattā’’^eb^ti iminā asaññasattāpi pariggahitā honti. Sā panāyaṃ āhāraṭṭhitikatā nippariyāyato saṅkhāradhammo, na sattadhammo. Tenevāhu ^b^aṭṭhakathācariyā^eb^ ‘‘sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikāti āgataṭṭhāne saṅkhāraloko veditabbo’’ti (visuddhi. 1.136; pārā. aṭṭha. verañjakaṇḍavaṇṇanā; udā. aṭṭha. 30; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 65; udā. aṭṭha. 186) yadi evaṃ ‘‘sabbe sattā’’ti idaṃ kathanti? Puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanāti nāyaṃ doso. Yathāha bhagavā ‘‘ekadhamme bhikkhave bhikkhu sammā nibbindamāno sammā virajjamāno sammā ^a^V3.0150^ea^ vimuccamāno sammā pariyantadassāvī sammattaṃ abhisamecca diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhassantakaro hoti, katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? Sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti (a. ni. 10.27) ^b^eko dhammo^eb^ti ‘‘sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti yvāyaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānāya kathāya sabbesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ paccayāyattavuttitāya āhārapariyāyena sāmaññato paccayadhammo vutto, ayaṃ āhāro nāma eko dhammo. ^b^Yāthāvato ñatvā^eb^ti yathāsabhāvato ^a^P3.0217^ea^ abhisambujjhitvā. ^b^Sammadakkhāto^eb^ti teneva abhisambuddhākārena sammadeva desito.<br/><br/>[03]Codako vuttampi atthaṃ yāthāvato appaṭipajjamāno neyyatthaṃ suttapadaṃ nītatthato dahanto ‘‘sabbe sattā’’ti vacanamatte ṭhatvā ^b^‘‘nanu cā’’^eb^tiādinā codeti. Ācariyo aviparītaṃ tattha yathādhippetamatthaṃ pavedento ‘‘na virujjhatī’’ti vatvā ^b^‘‘tesañhi jhānaṃ āhāro hotī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Jhāna^eb^nti ekavokārabhavāvahaṃ saññāya virajjanavasena pavattaṃ rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘anāhārā’’ti vacanaṃ asaññabhave catunnaṃ āhārānaṃ abhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na paccayāhārassa abhāvato. ^b^‘‘Evaṃ santepī’’^eb^ti idaṃ sāsane yesu dhammesu visesato ^a^M3.0168^ea^ āhāra-saddo niruḷho, ‘‘āhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti ettha yadi te eva gayhanti, abyāpitadoso āpanno. Atha sabbopi paccayadhammo āhāroti adhippeto, imāya āhārapāḷiyā virodho āpannoti dassetuṃ āraddhaṃ. ‘‘Na virujjhatī’’ti yenādhippāyena vuttaṃ, taṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘etasmiñhi sutte’’^eb^tiādimāha. Kabaḷīkārāhārādīnaṃ ojaṭṭhamakarūpāharaṇādi nippariyāyena āhārabhāvo. Yathā hi kabaḷīkārāhāro ojaṭṭhamakarūpāharaṇena rūpakāyaṃ upatthambheti, evaṃ phassādayo ca vedanādiāharaṇena nāmakāyaṃ upatthambhenti, tasmā satipi janakabhāve upatthambhakabhāvo ojādīsu sātisayo labbhamāno mukhyo āhāraṭṭhoti te eva nippariyāyena āhāralakkhaṇā dhammā vuttā. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ saṅgītisutte. ^b^Pariyāyena paccayo āhāroti vutto^eb^ sabbo paccayo dhammo attano phalaṃ āharatīti imaṃ pariyāyaṃ labhatīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbadhammānañhī’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^sabbadhammāna^eb^nti sabbesaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ. Idāni yathāvuttamatthaṃ ^a^P3.0218^ea^ suttena (a. ni. 10.61) samatthetuṃ ^b^‘‘tenevāhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Aya^eb^nti paccayāhāro.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nippariyāyāhāropi gahitova hoti,^eb^ yāvatā sopi paccayabhāveneva janako, upatthambhako ca hutvā taṃ taṃ phalaṃ āharatīti vattabbataṃ labhatīti. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti pariyāyāhāro, nippariyāyāhāroti dvīsu āhāresu. Asaññabhave yadipi nippariyāyāhāro na labbhati, ^b^paccayāhāro^eb^ pana ^b^labbhati^eb^ pariyāyāhāralakkhaṇo. Idāni imamevatthaṃ vitthārena dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘anuppanne hi buddhe’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Uppanne buddhe titthakaramatanissitānaṃ jhānabhāvanāya asijjhanato ^b^‘‘anuppanne^eb^^a^V3.0151^ea^^b^buddhe’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Sāsanikā tādisaṃ jhānaṃ na nibbattentīti ^b^‘‘titthāyatane pabbajitā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Titthiyā hi upattivisese vimuttisaññino, aññāvirāgāvirāgesu ādīnavānisaṃsadassino vā hutvā asaññasamāpattiṃ nibbattetvā akkhaṇabhūmiyaṃ uppajjanti, na sāsanikā. ^b^Vāyokasiṇe parikammaṃ katvā^eb^ti vāyokasiṇe paṭhamādīni tīṇi jhānāni nibbattetvā tatiyajjhāne ciṇṇavasī hutvā tato vuṭṭhāya catutthajjhānādhigamāya parikammaṃ katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā’’^eb^ti. Kasmā panettha vāyokasiṇeyeva parikammaṃ vuttanti? Yadettha vattabbaṃ ^a^M3.0169^ea^, taṃ ^b^brahmajālaṭīkāyaṃ^eb^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.41) vitthāritameva. ^b^Dhī^eb^ti jigucchanatthe nipāto, tasmā ^b^dhī citta^eb^nti cittaṃ jigucchāmīti attho. ^b^Dhibbatetaṃ citta^eb^nti etaṃ mama cittaṃ jigucchitaṃ vata hotu. ^b^Vatā^eb^ti sambhāvane, tena jigucchaṃ sambhāvento vadati. ^b^Nāmā^eb^ti ca sambhāvane eva, tena cittassa abhāvaṃ sambhāveti. Cittassa bhāvābhāvesu ādīnavānisaṃse dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cittañhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Khantiṃ ruciṃ uppādetvā^eb^ti ‘‘cittassa abhāvo eva sādhu suṭṭhū’’ti imaṃ diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiṃ, tattha ca abhiruciṃ uppādetvā.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā bhāvitassa jhānassa ṭhitibhāgiyabhāvappattiyā aparihīnajjhānassa titthāyatane pabbajitasseva tathā jhānabhāvanā hotīti āha ^b^‘‘manussaloke’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṇihito ahosī^eb^ti maraṇassa ^a^P3.0219^ea^ āsannakāle ṭhapito ahosi. Yadi ṭhānādinā ākārena nibbatteyya, kammabalena yāva bhedā tenevākārena tiṭṭheyya vāti āha ^b^‘‘so tena iriyāpathenā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eva rūpānampī^eb^ti evaṃ acetanānampi. ^b^Pi^eb^-saddena pageva sacetanānanti dasseti. Kathaṃ pana acetanānaṃ nesaṃ paccayāhārassa upakappananti codanaṃ sandhāya tattha nidassanaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yathā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Ye uṭṭhānavīriyeneva divasaṃ vītināmetvā tassa nissandaphalamattaṃ kiñcideva labhitvā jīvikaṃ kappenti, te ^b^uṭṭhānaphalūpajīvino.^eb^ Ye pana attano puññaphalameva upajīventi, te ^b^puññaphalūpajīvino.^eb^ Nerayikānaṃ pana neva uṭṭhānavīriyavasena jīvikākappanaṃ, puññaphalassa pana lesopi natthīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ye pana te nerayikā…pe… na puññaphalūpajīvīti vuttā’’^eb^ti. Paṭisandhiviññāṇassa āharaṇena manosañcetanāhāroti vuttā, na yassa kassaci phalassāti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘kiṃ pañca āhārā atthī’’^eb^ti codeti. Ācariyo nippariyāyāhāre adhippete siyā tava codanāyāvasaro, sā pana ettha anavasarāti dassetuṃ ‘‘pañca na pañcāti idaṃ na vattabba’’nti vatvā pariyāyāhārasseva panettha adhippetabhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘nanu paccayo āhāroti^eb^^a^V3.0152^ea^^b^vuttameta’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yassa kassaci paccayassa ‘‘āhāro’’ti icchitattā. Idāni vuttamevatthaṃ pāḷiyā samatthento ^b^‘‘yaṃ sandhāyā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Mukhyāhāravasenapi ^a^M3.0170^ea^ nerayikānaṃ āhāraṭṭhitikataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kabaḷīkāraṃ āhāraṃ…pe… sādhetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ nerayikā sukhapaṭisaṃvedinopi hontīti? Noti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kheḷopi hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Tayo^eb^ti tayo arūpāhārā kabaḷīkārāhārassa abhāvato. ^b^Avasesāna^eb^nti asaññasattehi avasesānaṃ. Kāmabhavādīsu nibbattasattānaṃ paccayāhāro hi sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇoti. ^b^Etaṃ pañha^eb^nti ‘‘katamo eko dhammo’’ti ^a^P3.0220^ea^ evaṃ coditametaṃ pañhaṃ. ^b^Kathetvā^eb^ti vissajjetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Tattha tattha…pe… dukkhaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti etena yathā idha paṭhamassa pañhassa niyyātanaṃ, dutiyassa uddharaṇaṃ na kataṃ, evaṃ iminā eva adhippāyena ito paresu dukatikādipañhesu tattha tattha ādipariyosānesu eva uddharaṇaniyyātanāni katvā sesesu na katanti dasseti. Paṭicca etasmā phalaṃ etīti ^b^paccayo,^eb^ kāraṇaṃ, tadeva attano phalaṃ saṅkharotīti ^b^saṅkhāro^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘imasmimpi…pe… saṅkhāroti vutto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Āhārapaccayo^eb^ti āharaṇaṭṭhavisiṭṭho paccayo. ^b^Āharaṇa^eb^ñcettha uppādakattappadhānaṃ, ^b^saṅkharaṇaṃ^eb^ upatthambhakattappadhānanti ayametesaṃ viseso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayamettha heṭṭhimato viseso’’^eb^ti. Nippariyāyāhāre gahite ‘‘sabbe sattā’’ti vuttepi asaññasattā na gahitā eva bhavissantīti padesavisayo sabba-saddo hoti yathā ‘‘sabbe tasantidaṇḍassā’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 130). Na hettha khīṇāsavādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ hoti. ^b^Pākaṭo bhaveyya^eb^ visesasāmaññassa visayattā pañhānaṃ. ^b^No ca gaṇhiṃsu^eb^ aṭṭhakathācariyā. ^b^Dhammo nāma natthi^eb^ saṅkhatoti adhippāyo. ^b^Idha^eb^ dutiyapañhe ^b^‘‘saṅkhāro’’^eb^ti paccayo eva kathitoti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]Yadā sammāsambodhisamadhigato, tadā eva sabbañeyyaṃ sacchikataṃ jātanti āha ^b^‘‘mahābodhimaṇḍe nisīditvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saya^eb^nti sāmaṃyeva. ^b^Addhaniya^eb^nti addhānakkhamaṃ cirakālāvaṭṭhāyi pārampariyavasena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekena hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paramparakathāniyamenā^eb^ti paramparakathākathananiyamena, niyamitatthabyañjanānupubbiyā kathāyāti attho. ^b^Ekakavasenā^eb^ti ekaṃ ekaṃ parimāṇaṃ ^a^P3.0221^ea^ etassāti ^b^ekako,^eb^ pañho. Tassa ekakassa vasena. ^b^Ekakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ^eb^ vissajjananti adhippāyoti.<br/><br/>[06]Ekakavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 27
item: 99
title: bhinnanigaṇṭhavatthuvaṇṇanā^ekakavaṇṇanā^dukavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^304^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cattāro^eb^^a^V3.0153^ea^^a^M3.0171^ea^^b^khandhā^eb^ti tesaṃ tāva nāmanaṭṭhena nāmabhāvaṃ paṭhamaṃ vatvā pacchā nibbānassa vattukāmo āha. Tassāpi hi tathā nāmabhāvaṃ parato vakkhati. ‘‘Nāmaṃ karoti nāmayatī’’ti ettha yaṃ nāmakaraṇaṃ, taṃ nāmanti āha ^b^‘‘nāmanaṭṭhenāti nāmakaraṇaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti, attanovāti adhippāyo. Evañhi sātisayamidaṃ tesaṃ nāmakaraṇaṃ hoti. Tenāha ‘‘attano nāmaṃ karontāva uppajjantī’’tiādi. Idāni tamatthaṃ byatirekamukhena vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yassa nāmassa karaṇeneva te ‘‘nāma’’nti vuccanti, taṃ sāmaññanāmaṃ, kittimanāmaṃ, guṇanāmaṃ vā na hoti, atha kho opapātikanāmanti purimāni tīṇi nāmāni udāharaṇavasena dassetvā ‘‘na evaṃ vedanādīna’’nti te paṭikkhipitvā itaranāmameva nāmakaraṇaṭṭhena nāmanti dassento ^b^‘‘vedanādayo hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ‘‘Mahāpathaviādayo’’ti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu pathaviāpādayo idha nāmanti anadhippetā, rūpanti pana adhippetāti? Saccametaṃ, phassavedanādīnaṃ viya pana pathaviādīnaṃ opapātikanāmatāsāmaññena ‘‘pathaviādayo viyā’’ti nidassanaṃ kataṃ, na arūpadhammā viya rūpadhammānaṃ nāmasabhāvattā. Phassavedanādīnañhi arūpadhammānaṃ sabbadāpi phassādināmakattā, pathaviādīnaṃ kesakumbhādināmantarāpatti viya nāmantarānāpajjanato ca sadā attanāva katanāmatāya catukkhandhanibbānāni nāmakaraṇaṭṭhena nāmaṃ. Atha vā adhivacanasamphasso viya adhivacananāmamantarena ye anupacitasambhārānaṃ ^a^P3.0222^ea^ gahaṇaṃ na gacchanti, te nāmāyattaggahaṇā ^b^nāmaṃ. ^eb^ Rūpaṃ pana vināpi nāmasādhanaṃ attano ruppanasabhāvena gahaṇaṃ upayātīti ^b^rūpaṃ.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘tesu uppannesū’’^eb^tiādi. Idhāpi ‘‘yathāpathaviyā’’tiādīsu vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo nidassanavasena āgatattā. ^b^‘‘Atītepī’’^eb^tiādinā vedanādīsu nāmasaññā niruḷhā, anādikālikā cāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Iti atītādivibhāgavantānampi vedanādīnaṃ nāmakaraṇaṭṭhena nāmabhāvo ekantiko, tabbibhāgarahite pana ekasabhāve nicce nibbāne vattabbameva natthīti dassento ^b^‘‘nibbānaṃ pana…pe… nāmanaṭṭhena nāma’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Nāmanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti nāmakaraṇaṭṭhena. ^b^Namantī^eb^ti ekantato sārammaṇattā tanninnā honti, tehi vinā nappavattantīti attho. ^b^Sabba^eb^nti khandhacatukkaṃ, nibbānañca ^a^M3.0172^ea^. Yasmiṃ ārammaṇeyeva vedanākkhandho pavattati, taṃsampayuttatāya saññākkhandhādayopi tattha pavattantīti so ne tattha nāmento viya hoti vinā appavattanato. Esa nayo saññākkhandhādīsupīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ārammaṇe aññamaññaṃ nāmentī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anavajjadhamme^eb^ maggaphalādike ^a^V3.0154^ea^. Kāmaṃ kesuci rūpadhammesupi ārammaṇādhipatibhāvo labbhateva, nibbāne panesa sātisayo tassa accantasantapaṇītatākappabhāvatoti tadeva ārammaṇādhipatipaccayatāya ^b^‘‘attani nāmetī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi ariyā sakalampi divasabhāgaṃ taṃ ārabbha vītināmentāpi tittiṃ na gacchanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Ruppanaṭṭhenā’’^eb^ti etena ruppatīti rūpanti dasseti. Tattha sītādivirodhipaccayasannipāte visadisuppatti ^b^ruppanaṃ.^eb^ Nanu ca arūpadhammānampi virodhipaccayasamāgame visadisuppatti labbhatīti? Saccaṃ labbhati, na pana vibhūtataraṃ. Vibhūtatarañhettha ruppanaṃ adhippetaṃ sītādiggahaṇato. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘ruppatīti ^a^P3.0223^ea^ kho bhikkhave tasmā ‘rūpa’nti vuccati. Kena ruppati? Sītenapi ruppati, uṇhenapi ruppatī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 3.79). Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ brahmaloke rūpasamaññāti? Tatthāpi taṃsabhāvānativattanato hotiyeva rūpasamaññā. Anuggāhakapaccayavasena vā visadisapaccayasannipāteti evamattho veditabbo. ‘‘Yo attano santāne vijjamānassayeva visadisuppattihetubhāvo, taṃ ^b^ruppana’’^eb^nti aññe. Imasmiṃ pakkhe rūpayati vikāramāpādetīti ^b^rūpaṃ.^eb^ ‘‘Saṅghaṭṭanena vikārāpattiyaṃ ^b^ruppana^eb^-saddo niruḷho’’ti keci. Etasmiṃ pakkhe arūpadhammesu rūpasamaññāya pasaṅgo eva natthi saṅghaṭṭanābhāvato. ‘‘Paṭighato ^b^ruppana’’^eb^nti apare. ^b^‘‘Tassā^eb^ti rūpassā’’ti vadanti, nāmarūpassāti pana yuttaṃ. Yathā hi rūpassa, evaṃ nāmassāpi vedanākkhandhādivasena, madanimmadanādivasena ca vitthārakathā ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.456) vuttā evāti. Iti ayaṃ duko kusalattikena saṅgahite sabhāvadhamme pariggahetvā pavattoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avijjā^eb^ti avindiyaṃ ‘‘attā, jīvo, itthī, puriso’’ti evamādikaṃ vindatīti ^b^avijjā.^eb^ Vindiyaṃ ‘‘dukkhaṃ, samudayo’’ti evamādikaṃ na vindatīti ^b^avijjā.^eb^ Sabbampi dhammajātaṃ aviditakaraṇaṭṭhena ^b^avijjā.^eb^ Antarahite saṃsāre satte javāpetīti ^b^avijjā.^eb^ Atthato pana sā dukkhādīnaṃ catunnaṃ saccānaṃ sabhāvacchādako sammoho hotīti āha ^b^‘‘dukkhādīsu aññāṇa’’^eb^nti ^a^M3.0173^ea^. ^b^Bhavapatthanā^eb^ nāma kāmabhavādīnaṃ patthanāvasena pavattataṇhā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yo bhavesu bhavacchando’’^eb^tiādi. Iti ‘‘ayaṃ duko vaṭṭamūlasamudācāradassanatthaṃ gahito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhavadiṭṭhī^eb^ti khandhapañcakaṃ ‘‘attā ca loko cā’’ti gāhetvā taṃ ‘‘bhavissatī’’ti gaṇhanavasena niviṭṭhā sassatadiṭṭhīti ^a^P3.0224^ea^ attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhavo vuccatī’’^eb^tiādi. Bhavissatīti ^b^bhavo,^eb^ tiṭṭhati sabbakālaṃ atthīti attho. ^b^Sassata^eb^nti sassatabhāvo. ^b^Vibhavadiṭṭhī^eb^ti khandhapañcakameva ^a^V3.0155^ea^ ‘‘attā’’ti ca ‘‘loko’’ti ca gahetvā taṃ ‘‘na bhavissatī’’ti gaṇhanavasena niviṭṭhā ucchedadiṭṭhīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vibhavo vuccatī’’^eb^tiādi. Vibhavissati vinassati ucchijjatīti ^b^vibhavo,^eb^ ucchedo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yaṃ na hirīyatī^eb^ti yena dhammena taṃsampayuttadhammasamūho, puggalo vā na hirīyati na lajjati, liṅgavipallāsaṃ vā katvā yo dhammoti attho veditabbo. ^b^Hirīyitabbenā^eb^ti upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, hirīyitabbayuttakaṃ kāyaduccaritādidhammaṃ na jigucchatīti attho. ^b^Nillajjatā^eb^ti pāpassa ajigucchanā. ^b^Yaṃ na ottappatī^eb^ti etthāpi vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. ^b^Ottappitabbenā^eb^ti pana hetuatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, ottappitabbayuttakena ottappassa hetubhūtena kāyaduccaritādināti attho. ^b^Hirīyitabbenā^eb^ti etthāpi vā evameva attho veditabbo. ^b^Abhāyanakāakāro^eb^ti pāpato anuttāsanākāro.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Yaṃ hirīyatī’’^eb^tiādīsu anantaraduke vuttanayena attho veditabbo. Niyakajjhattaṃ jātiādisamuṭṭhānaṃ etissāti ^b^ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā.^eb^ Niyakajjhattato bahibhāvato bahiddhā parasantāne samuṭṭhānaṃ etissāti ^b^bahiddhā samuṭṭhānā.^eb^ Attā eva adhipati ^b^attādhipati,^eb^ ajjhattasamuṭṭhānattā eva attādhipatito āgamanato ^b^attādhipateyyā. Lokādhipateyya^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā^eb^ti pāpato jigucchanarūpena avaṭṭhitā. ^b^Bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhita^eb^nti tato uttāsanarūpena avaṭṭhitaṃ. Ajjhattasamuṭṭhānāditā ca hirottappānaṃ tattha tattha pākaṭabhāvena vuttā, na pana tesaṃ kadācipi aññamaññavippayogato. Na hi lajjanaṃ nibbhayaṃ, pāpabhayaṃ vā alajjanaṃ atthīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dukkha^eb^nti ^a^P3.0225^ea^ kicchaṃ, aniṭṭhanti vā attho. ^b^Vippaṭikūlagāhimhī^eb^ti dhammānudhammapaṭipattiyā vilomagāhake. Tassā eva vipaccanīkaṃ duppaṭipatti sātaṃ iṭṭhaṃ etassāti ^a^M3.0174^ea^ vipaccanīkasāto, tasmiṃ ^b^vipaccanīkasāte.^eb^ Evaṃbhūto ca ovādabhūte sāsanakkame ovādake ca ādarabhāvarahito hotīti āha ^b^‘‘anādare’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tassa kamma^eb^nti tassa dubbacassa puggalassa anādariyavasena pavattacetanā ^b^dovacassaṃ. Tassa bhāvo^eb^ti tassa yathāvuttassa dovacassassa atthibhāvo ^b^dovacassatā,^eb^ atthato dovacassameva. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sā atthato saṅkhārakkhandho hotī’’^eb^ti. Cetanāppadhānatāya hi saṅkhārakkhandhassa evaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Etenākārenā^eb^ti appadakkhiṇaggāhitākārena. Assaddhiyadussīlyādipāpadhammayogato puggalā pāpā nāma hontīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ye te puggalā assaddhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yāya cetanāya puggalo pāpasampavaṅko nāma hoti, sā cetanā ^b^pāpamittatā^eb^^a^V3.0156^ea^, cattāropi vā arūpino khandhā tadākārappavattā ^b^pāpamittatā^eb^ti dassento ^b^‘‘sāpi atthato dovacassatā viya daṭṭhabbā’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sukhaṃ vaco etasmiṃ padakkhiṇaggāhimhi anulomasāte sādare puggaleti ^b^subbaco^eb^tiādinā, ‘‘kalyāṇā saddhādayo puggalā etassa mittāti ^b^kalyāṇamitto’’^eb^tiādinā ca anantaradukassa attho icchitoti āha ^b^sovacassatā…pe… vuttapaṭipakkhanayena veditabbā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ubho^eb^ti sovacassatā, kalyāṇamittatā ca. Tesaṃ khandhānaṃ pavattiākāravisesā ‘‘sovacassatā, kalyāṇamittatā’’ti ca vuccanti, te lokiyāpi honti lokuttarāpīti āha ^b^‘‘lokiyalokuttaramissakā kathitā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Vatthubhedādinā anekabhedabhinnā taṃtaṃjātivasena ekajjhaṃ katvā rāsito gayhamānā āpattiyova ^b^āpattikkhandhā.^eb^ Tā pana antarāpattīnaṃ aggahaṇe ^b^pañcapi āpattikkhandhā āpattiyo,^eb^ tāsaṃ pana gahaṇe ^b^sattapi āpattikkhandhā āpattiyo.^eb^ ‘‘Imā āpattiyo, ettakā āpattiyo, evañca tesaṃ āpajjanaṃ hotī’’ti jānanapaññā ^b^āpattikusalatā^eb^ti ^a^P3.0226^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘yā tāsa’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Tāsaṃ āpattīna^eb^nti tāsu āpattīsu. Tattha yaṃ sambhinnavatthukāsu viya ṭhitāsu, duviññeyyavibhāgāsu ca āpattīsu asaṅkarato vavatthāna, ayaṃ visesato ^b^āpattikusalatā^eb^ti dassetuṃ dutiyaṃ āpattiggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. ^b^Saha^eb^^a^M3.0175^ea^^b^kammavācāyā^eb^ti kammavācāya saheva. Āpattito vuṭṭhāpanapayogatāya kammabhūtā vācā ^b^kammavācā,^eb^ tathābhūtā anusāvanavācā ceva ‘‘passissāmī’’ti evaṃ pavattavācā ca. Tāya kammavācāya saddhiṃ samakālameva ‘‘imāya kammavācāya ito āpattito vuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, hontañca paṭhame vā tatiye vā anusāvaneyyakārappatte, ‘saṃvarissāmī’ti vā pade pariyosite hotī’’ti evaṃ taṃ taṃ ^b^āpattīhi vuṭṭhānaparicchedaparijānanapaññā^eb^ āpattivuṭṭhānakusalatā. ^b^Vuṭṭhāna^eb^nti ca yathāpannāya āpattiyā yathā tathā anantarāyatāpādanaṃ, evaṃ vuṭṭhānaggahaṇeneva desanāyapi saṅgaho siddho hoti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Ito pubbe parikammaṃ pavattaṃ, ito paraṃ bhavaṅga majjhe samāpattī’’ti evaṃ samāpattīnaṃ ^b^appanāparicchedajānanapaññā^eb^ samāpattikusalatā. Vuṭṭhāne kusalabhāvo ^b^vuṭṭhānakusalatā,^eb^ pageva vuṭṭhāna paricchedakaraṃ ñāṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yathāparicchinnasamayavasenevā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vuṭṭhānasamatthā^eb^ti vuṭṭhāpane samatthā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Dhātukusalatā’’ti ettha pathavīdhātuādayo, sukhadhātuādayo, kāmadhātuādayo ca dhātuyo etāsveva ^a^V3.0157^ea^ antogadhāti etāsu kosalle dassite tāsupi kosallaṃ dassitameva hotīti ‘‘aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo cakkhudhātu…pe… manoviññāṇadhātū’’ti vatvā ^b^‘‘aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ sabhāvaparicchedakā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sabhāvaparicchedakā^eb^ti yathābhūtasabhāvāvabodhinī. ‘‘Savanapaññā dhāraṇapaññā’’tiādinā paccekaṃ paññā-saddo yojetabbo. Dhātūnaṃ ^a^P3.0227^ea^ savanadhāraṇapaññā ^b^sutamayā,^eb^ itarā ^b^bhāvanāmayā.^eb^ Tatthāpi sammasanapaññā lokiyā. Vipassanā paññā hi sā, itarā lokuttarā. Lakkhaṇādivasena, aniccādivasena ca manasikaraṇaṃ ^b^manasikāro,^eb^ tattha kosallaṃ ^b^manasikārakusalatā.^eb^ Taṃ pana ādimajjhapariyosānavasena tidhā bhinditvā dassento ^b^‘‘sammasanapaṭivedhapaccavekkhaṇapaññā’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Sammasanapaññā^eb^ hi tassā ādi, ^b^paṭivedhapaññā^eb^ majjhe, ^b^paccavekkhaṇapaññā^eb^ pariyosānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Āyatanānaṃ ganthato ca atthato ca uggaṇhanavasena tesaṃ dhātulakkhaṇādivibhāgassa jānanapaññā ^b^uggahajānanapaññā.^eb^ Sammasanapaṭivedhapaccavekkhaṇavidhino jānanapaññā ^b^manasikārajānanapaññā.^eb^ Yasmā āyatanānipi atthato dhātuyova manasikāro ca uggaṇhanādivasena tesameva manasikāravidhi ^a^M3.0176^ea^, tasmā dhātukusalatādikā tissopi kusalatā ekadese katvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Savanaṃ viya uggaṇhanapaccavekkhaṇānipi parittañāṇakattukānīti āha ^b^‘‘savana uggahaṇapaccavekkhaṇā lokiyā’’^eb^ti. Ariyamaggakkhaṇe sammasanamanasikārānaṃ nipphatti pariniṭṭhānanti tesaṃ lokuttaratāpariyāyopi labbhatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sammasanamanasikārā lokiyalokuttaramissakā’’^eb^ti. Paccayadhammānaṃ hetuādīnaṃ attano paccayuppannānaṃ hetupaccayādibhāvena paccayabhāvo ^b^paccayākāro,^eb^ so pana avijjādīnaṃ dvādasannaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṅgānaṃ vasena dvādasavidhoti āha ^b^‘‘dvādasannaṃ paccayākārāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Uggahādivasenā^eb^ti uggahamanasikārasavanasammasanapaṭivedhapaccavekkhaṇavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ṭhānañceva^eb^ tiṭṭhati phalaṃ tadāyattavuttitāyāti ^b^kāraṇañca^eb^ hetupaccayabhāvena karaṇato nipphādanato. ^b^Tesaṃ^eb^ sotaviññāṇādīnaṃ. Etasmiṃ ^a^P3.0228^ea^ duke attho veditabboti sambandho. Ye dhammā yassa dhammassa kāraṇabhāvato ^b^ṭhānaṃ,^eb^ teva dhammā taṃvidhurassa dhammassa akāraṇabhāvato ^b^aṭṭhāna^eb^nti paṭhamanaye phalabhedena tasseva dhammassa ^b^ṭhānāṭṭhānatā^eb^ dīpitā; dutiyanaye pana abhinnepi phale paccayadhammabhedena tesaṃ ^b^ṭhānāṭṭhānatā^eb^ dīpitāti ayametesaṃ viseso. Na hi kadāci ariyā diṭṭhisampadā niccaggāhassa kāraṇaṃ hoti, akiriyatā pana siyā tassa kāraṇanti.<br/><br/>[03]Ujuno bhāvo ^b^ajjavaṃ,^eb^ ajimhatā akuṭilatā avaṅkatāti atthoti tamatthaṃ anajjavapaṭikkhepamukhena ^a^V3.0158^ea^ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘gomuttavaṅkatā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Svāyaṃ anajjavo bhikkhūnaṃ yebhuyyena anesanāya, agocaracāritāya ca hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ekacco hi…pe… caratī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ayaṃ gomuttavaṅkatā nāma^eb^ ādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānā paṭipattiyā vaṅkabhāvato. ^b^Purimasadiso^eb^ti paṭhamaṃ vuttabhikkhusadiso. ^b^Candavaṅkatā nāma^eb^ paṭipattiyā majjhaṭṭhāne vaṅkabhāvāpattito. ^b^Naṅgalakoṭivaṅkatā nāma^eb^ pariyosāne vaṅkabhāvāpattito. ^b^Idaṃ ajjavaṃ nāma^eb^ sabbatthakameva ujubhāvasiddhito. ^b^Ajjavatā^eb^ti ākāraniddeso, yenākārenassa ajjavo pavattati, tadākāraniddesoti attho. Lajjatīti ^b^lajjī,^eb^ hirimā, tassa bhāvo ^b^lajjavaṃ,^eb^ hirīti attho. Lajjā etassa ^a^M3.0177^ea^ atthīti ^b^lajjī^eb^ yathā ‘‘mālī, māyī’’ti ca, tassa bhāvo ^b^lajjībhāvo,^eb^ sā eva lajjā.<br/><br/>[03]Parāparādhādīnaṃ adhivāsanakkhamaṃ ^b^adhivāsanakhanti.^eb^ Sucisīlatā ^b^soraccaṃ.^eb^ Sā hi sobhanakammaratatā, suṭṭhu vā pāpato oratabhāvo viratatā ^b^soraccaṃ.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘suratabhāvo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Nāmañca rūpañcā’’^eb^tiādīsu ayaṃ aparo nayo – ^b^nāmakaraṇaṭṭhenā^eb^ti aññaṃ anapekkhitvā sayameva attano nāmakaraṇasabhāvatoti attho. Yañhi parassa nāmaṃ karoti, tassa ca tadapekkhattā aññāpekkhaṃ nāmakaraṇanti nāmakaraṇasabhāvatā na hoti, tasmā mahājanassa ^a^P3.0229^ea^ ñātīnaṃ, guṇānañca sāmaññanāmādikārakānaṃ nāmabhāvo nāpajjati. Yassa ca aññehi nāmaṃ karīyati, tassa ca nāmakaraṇasabhāvatā natthīti, natthiyeva nāmabhāvo. Vedanādīnaṃ pana sabhāvasiddhattā vedanādināmassa nāmakaraṇasabhāvato nāmatā vuttā. Pathavīādi nidassanena nāmassa sabhāvasiddhataṃyeva nidasseti, na nāmabhāvasāmaññaṃ, niruḷhattā pana nāma-saddo arūpadhammesu eva vattati, na pathavīādīsūti na tesaṃ nāmabhāvo. Na hi pathavīādināmaṃ vijahitvā kesādināmehi rūpadhammānaṃ viya vedanādināmaṃ vijahitvā aññena nāmena arūpadhammānaṃ voharitabbena piṇḍākārena pavatti atthīti.<br/><br/>[03]Atha vā rūpadhammā cakkhādayo rūpādayo ca, tesaṃ pakāsakapakāsitabbabhāvato vināpi nāmena pākaṭā honti, na evaṃ arūpadhammāti te adhivacanasamphasso viya nāmāyattaggahaṇīyabhāvena ‘‘nāma’’nti vuttā. Paṭighasamphasso ca na cakkhādīni viya nāmena vinā pākaṭoti ‘‘nāma’’nti vutto, arūpatāya vā aññanāmasabhāgattā saṅgahitoyaṃ, aññaphassasabhāgattā vā. Vacanatthopi hi rūpayatīti ^b^rūpaṃ,^eb^ nāmayatīti ^b^nāma^eb^nti idha pacchimapurimānaṃ sambhavati. ^b^Rūpayatī^eb^ti vināpi nāmena attānaṃ pakāsetīti attho. ^b^Nāmayatī^eb^ti ^a^V3.0159^ea^ nāmena vinā apākaṭabhāvato attano pakāsakaṃ nāmaṃ karotīti attho. ^b^Ārammaṇādhipatipaccayatāyā^eb^ti satipi rūpassa ārammaṇādhipatipaccayabhāve na taṃ paramassāsabhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ viya sātisayaṃ nāmanabhāvena paccayoti nibbānameva ‘‘nāma’’nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Avijjā^eb^^a^M3.0178^ea^^b^ca bhavataṇhā cā’’^eb^ti ayaṃ duko sattānaṃ ^a^P3.0230^ea^ vaṭṭamūlasamudācāradassanattho. Samudācaratīti hi ^b^samudācāro,^eb^ vaṭṭamūlameva samudācāro ^b^vaṭṭamūlasamudācāro,^eb^ vaṭṭamūladassanena vā vaṭṭamūlānaṃ pavatti dassitā hotīti vaṭṭamūlānaṃ samudācāro ^b^vaṭṭamūlasamudācāro,^eb^ taṃdassanatthoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Ekekasmiñca ‘‘attā’’ti ca ‘‘loko’’ti ca gahaṇavisesaṃ upādāya ‘‘attā ca loko cā’’ti vuttaṃ, ekaṃ vā khandhaṃ ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā aññaṃ attano upabhogabhūtaṃ ‘‘loko’’ti gaṇhantassa, attano attānaṃ ‘‘attā’’ti gahetvā parassa attānaṃ ‘‘loko’’ti gaṇhantassa vā vasena ‘‘attā ca loko cā’’ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Saha sikkhitabbo dhammo ^b^sahadhammo,^eb^ tattha bhavaṃ sahadhammikaṃ, tasmiṃ ^b^sahadhammike.^eb^ Dovacassa-saddato āya-saddaṃ anaññattaṃ katvā ^b^‘‘dovacassāya’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, dovacassassa vā ayanaṃ pavatti ^b^dovacassāyaṃ.^eb^ Āsevantassāpi anusikkhanā ajjhāsayena bhajanāti āha ^b^‘‘sevanā…pe… bhajanā’’^eb^ti. Sabbatobhāgena bhatti ^b^sambhatti.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saha kammavācāyā^eb^ti abbhānatiṇavatthārakakammavācāya, ‘‘ahaṃ bhante itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpajji’’ntiādikāya ca saheva. Saheva hi kammavācāya āpattivuṭṭhānañca paricchijjati, ‘‘paññattilakkhaṇāya āpattiyā vā kāraṇaṃ vītikkamalakkhaṇaṃ kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ vā, vuṭṭhānassa kāraṇaṃ kammavācā’’ti kāraṇena saha phalassa jānanavasena ‘‘saha kammavācāyā’’ti vuttaṃ.‘‘Saha kammavācāyā’’ti. Iminā nayena ^b^saha parikammenā^eb^ti etthāpi attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Dhātuvisayā ^a^P3.0231^ea^ sabbāpi paññā ^b^dhātukusalatā.^eb^ Tadekadesā ^b^manasikārakusalatā^eb^ti adhippāyena purimapadepi sammasanapaṭivedhapaññā vuttā. Yasmā pana nippariyāyato vipassanādipaññā eva manasikārakosallaṃ, tasmā ^b^‘‘tāsaṃyeva dhātūnaṃ sammasanapaṭivedhapaccavekkhaṇapaññā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Āyatanavisayā sabbāpi paññā ^b^āyatanakusalatā^eb^ti dassento ‘‘dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ uggahamanasikārajānanapaññā’’ti ^a^V3.0160^ea^ vatvā puna ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Dvīsupi vā padesu vācuggatāya āyatanapāḷiyā, dhātupāḷiyā ca manasikaraṇaṃ ^b^manasikāro.^eb^ Tathā uggaṇhantī, manasi karontī ^a^M3.0179^ea^, tadatthaṃ suṇantī, ganthato ca atthato ca dhārentī, ‘‘idaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ nāma, ayaṃ cakkhudhātu nāmā’’tiādinā sabhāvato, gaṇanato ca paricchedaṃ jānantī ca paññā ^b^uggahapaññādikā^eb^ vuttā. Manasikārapade pana catubbidhāpi paññā uggahoti tato pavatto aniccādimanasikāro ‘‘uggahamanasikāro’’ti vutto. Tassa jānanaṃ pavattanameva, ‘‘yathā pavattaṃ vā uggahaṃ, evameva pavatto uggaho’’ti jānanaṃ ^b^uggahajānanaṃ. ^eb^ ‘‘Manasikāro evaṃ pavattetabbo, evañca pavatto’’ti jānanaṃ ^b^manasikārajānanaṃ.^eb^ Tadubhayampi ‘‘manasikārakosalla’’nti vuttaṃ. Uggahopi hi manasikārasampayogato manasikāraniruttiṃ laddhuṃ arahati. Yo ca manasikātabbo, yo ca manasikaraṇūpāyo, sabbo so ‘‘manasikāro’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati, tattha kosallaṃ ^b^manasikārakusalatā^eb^ti. ^b^Sammasanaṃ^eb^ paññā, sā maggasampayuttā aniccādisammasanakiccaṃ sādheti niccasaññādipajahanato. ^b^Manasikāro^eb^ sammasanasampayutto, so tattheva aniccādimanasikārakiccaṃ maggasampayutto sādhetīti āha ^b^‘‘sammasanamanasikārā lokiyalokuttaramissakā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Iminā ^a^P3.0232^ea^ paccayenidaṃ hotī’’ti evaṃ avijjādīnaṃ saṅkhārādipaccayuppannassa paccayabhāvajānanaṃ ^b^paṭiccasamuppādakusalatā. ^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhivāsanaṃ^eb^ khamanaṃ. Tañhi paresaṃ dukkaṭaṃ duruttañca paṭivirodhākaraṇena attano upari āropetvā vāsanaṃ ‘‘adhivāsana’’nti vuccati. ^b^Acaṇḍikka^eb^nti akujjhanaṃ. Domanassavasena paresaṃ akkhīsu assūnaṃ anuppādanā ^b^anassuropo. Attamanatā^eb^ti sakamanatā. Cittassa abyāpanno sako manobhāvo ^b^attamanatā.^eb^ Cittanti vā cittappabandhaṃ ekattena gahetvā tassa antarā uppannena pītisahagatamanena ^b^sakamanatā.^eb^ Attamano vā puggalo, tassa bhāvo ^b^attamanatā,^eb^ sā na sattassāti puggaladiṭṭhinivāraṇatthaṃ ^b^‘‘cittassā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Adhivāsanalakkhaṇā khanti ^b^adhivāsanakhanti.^eb^ Sucisīlatā ^b^soraccaṃ.^eb^ Sā hi sobhanakammaratatā. Suṭṭhu pāpato oratabhāvo viratatā soraccaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘suratabhāvo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sakhilo^eb^ vuccati saṇhavāco, tassa bhāvo ^b^sākhalyaṃ,^eb^ saṇhavācatā. Taṃ pana byatirekamukhena vibhāventī yā pāḷi pavattā, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘tattha katamaṃ sākhalya’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ^b^aṇḍakā^eb^ti sadosavaṇe rukkhe niyyāsapiṇḍiyo, ahicchattakādīni vā uṭṭhitāni ‘‘aṇḍakānī’’ti vadanti ^a^M3.0180^ea^. Pheggurukkhassa pana kuthitassa aṇḍāni viya uṭṭhitā cuṇṇapiṇḍiyo, gaṇṭhiyo vā ^b^aṇḍakā.^eb^ Idha pana byāpajjanakakkasādibhāvato ^a^V3.0161^ea^ aṇḍakapakatibhāvena ^a^P3.0233^ea^ vācā ^b^‘‘aṇḍakā’’^eb^ti vuttā. Padumanāḷaṃ viya sotaṃ ghaṃsayamānā pavisantī ^b^kakkasā^eb^ daṭṭhabbā. Kodhena nibbattattā tassa parivārabhūtā ^b^kodhasāmantā.^eb^ Pure saṃvaddhanārī ^b^porī,^eb^ sā viya sukumārā mudukā vācā porī viyāti ^b^porī. Tatthā^eb^ti ‘‘bhāsitā hotī’’ti vuttāya kiriyāyātipi yojanā sambhavati, ^b^tattha^eb^ vācāyāti vā. ^b^‘‘Saṇhavācatā’’^eb^tiādinā taṃ vācaṃ pavattayamānaṃ cetanaṃ dasseti. Sammodakassa puggalassa mudukabhāvo maddavaṃ ^b^sammodakamudukabhāvo. Āmisena^eb^ alabbhamānena, tathā ^b^dhammena cā^eb^ti ^b^dvīhi chiddo.^eb^ Āmisassa, dhammassa ca alābhena attano parassa ca antare sambhavantassa hi chiddassa vivarassa bhedassa paṭisantharaṇaṃ pidahanaṃ saṅgaṇhanaṃ ^b^paṭisanthāro.^eb^ Taṃ sarūpato, paṭipattito ca pāḷidassanamukhena vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘abhidhammepī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Aggaṃ aggahetvā^eb^ti aggaṃ attano aggahetvā. ^b^Uddesadāna^eb^nti pāḷiyā, aṭṭhakathāya ca uddisanaṃ. ^b^Pāḷivaṇṇanā^eb^ti pāḷiyā atthavaṇṇanā. ^b^Dhammakathākathana^eb^nti sarabhaññasarabhaṇanādivasena dhammakathanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Karuṇā^eb^ti karuṇābrahmavihāramāha. ^b^Karuṇāpubbabhāgo^eb^ti tassa pubbabhāgaupacārajjhānaṃ vadati. Pāḷipade pana yā kāci karuṇā ‘‘karuṇā’’ti vuttā, ^b^karuṇācetovimuttī^eb^ti pana appanāppattāva. ^b^Mettāya^eb^pi eseva nayo. Suci-saddato bhāve yya-kāraṃ, i-kārassa ca e-kārādesaṃ katvā ayaṃ niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘soceyyanti sucibhāvo’’^eb^ti. Hotu tāva sucibhāvo soceyyaṃ, tassa pana mettāpubbabhāgatā kathanti āha ^b^‘‘vuttampi ceta’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Muṭṭhā sati etassāti ^b^muṭṭhassati,^eb^ tassa bhāvo ^b^muṭṭhassaccaṃ,^eb^ satipaṭipakkho dhammo, na satiyā abhāvamattaṃ ^a^P3.0234^ea^. Yasmā paṭipakkhe sati tassa vasena sativigatā vippavutthā nāma hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sativippavāso’’^eb^ti. ^b^‘‘Assatī’’^eb^tiādīsu ^b^a^eb^-kāro paṭipakkhe daṭṭhabbo, na sattapaṭisedhe. Udake lābu viya yena cittaṃ ārammaṇe pilavantā viya tiṭṭhati, na ogāhati, sā ^b^pilāpanatā.^eb^ Yena gahitampi ārammaṇaṃ sammussati na ^a^M3.0181^ea^ sarati, sā ^b^sammussanatā.^eb^ Yathā vijjāpaṭipakkhā avijjā vijjāya pahātabbato, evaṃ sampajaññapaṭipakkhaṃ ^b^asampajaññaṃ,^eb^ avijjāyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Indriyasaṃvarabhedo^eb^ti indriyasaṃvaravināso. ^b^Appaṭisaṅkhā^eb^ti apaccavekkhitvā ayoniso ca āhāraparibhoge ādīnavānisaṃse avīmaṃsitvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appaṭisaṅkhāyā^eb^ti itikattabbatāsu appaccavekkhaṇāya nāmaṃ. Aññāṇaṃ appaṭisaṅkhāta nimittaṃ ^a^V3.0162^ea^. ^b^Akampanañāṇa^eb^nti tāya anabhibhavanīyaṃ ñāṇaṃ, tattha tattha paccavekkhaṇāñāṇañceva paccavekkhaṇāya muddhabhūtaṃ lokuttarañāṇañca. Nippariyāyato maggabhāvanā ^b^bhāvanā^eb^ nāma, yā ca tadatthā, tadubhayañca bhāventasseva icchitabbaṃ, na bhāvitabhāvanassāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhāventassa uppannaṃ bala’’^eb^nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ āsevanā bhāvanā bahulīkamma’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ sampayuttadhammesu thirabhāvopi balaṭṭho eva, paṭipakkhehi pana akampanīyatā sātisayaṃ balaṭṭhoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘assatiyā akampanavasenā’’^eb^ti. Paccanīkadhammasamanato ^b^samatho samādhi. ^eb^ Aniccādinā vividhenākārena dassanato ^b^vipassanā paññā ^a^P3.0235^ea^. Taṃ ākāraṃ gahetvā^eb^ti samādhānākāraṃ gahetvā. Yenākārena pubbe alīnaṃ anuddhataṃ majjhimaṃ bhāvanāvīthipaṭipannaṃ hutvā cittaṃ samāhitaṃ hoti, taṃ ākāraṃ gahetvā sallakkhetvā. ^b^Nimittavasenā^eb^ti kāraṇavasena. ^b^‘‘Eseva nayo’’^eb^ti iminā paggahova taṃ ākāraṃ gahetvā puna pavattetabbassa paggāhassa nimittavasena paggāhanimittanti imamatthaṃ atidisati, tassattho samathe vuttanayānusārena veditabbo. ^b^Paggāho vīriyaṃ^eb^ kosajjapakkhato cittassa patituṃ adatvā paggaṇhanato. ^b^Avikkhepo ekaggatā^eb^ vikkhepassa uddhaccassa paṭipakkhabhāvato. Paṭisaṅkhānakiccanibbattibhāvato lokuttaradhammānaṃ paṭisaṅkhānabalabhāvo, tathā pubbe pavattākārasallakkhaṇavasena samathapaggāhānaṃ upari pavattisabbhāvato samathanimittadukassapi missakatā vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]Yathāsamādinnassa sīlassa bhedakaro ^b^vītikkamo.^eb^ Sīlavināsako ^b^asaṃvaro. Sammādiṭṭhivināsikā^eb^ti ‘‘atthi dinna’’ntiādi (ma. ni. 1.441; 2.94; vibha. 793) nayappavattāya sammādiṭṭhiyā dūsikā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīlassa^eb^^a^M3.0182^ea^^b^sampādanaṃ^eb^ nāma sabbabhāgato tassa anūnatāpādananti āha ^b^‘‘sampādanato paripūraṇato’’^eb^ti. Pāripūrattho hi sampadā-saddoti. ^b^Mānasikasīlaṃ^eb^ nāma sīlavisodhanavasena abhijjhādippahānaṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhipāripūribhūtaṃ ñāṇa^eb^nti atthikadiṭṭhiādisammādiṭṭhiyā pāripūribhāvena pavattaṃ ñāṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Visuddhiṃ^eb^^a^P3.0236^ea^^b^pāpetuṃ samattha^eb^nti cittavisuddhiādiuparivisuddhiyā paccayo bhavituṃ samatthaṃ. Suvisuddhameva hi sīlaṃ tassā padaṭṭhānaṃ hotīti. ^b^Visuddhiṃ pāpetuṃ samatthaṃ dassana^eb^nti ñāṇadassanavisuddhiṃ, paramatthavisuddhinibbānañca pāpetuṃ upanetuṃ samatthaṃ kammassakatāñāṇādisammādassanaṃ ^a^V3.0163^ea^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘abhidhamme’’^eb^tiādi. Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ akusalaṃ kammaṃ no sakaṃ, idaṃ pana kammaṃ saka’’nti evaṃ byatirekato anvayato ca kammassakatājānanañāṇaṃ ^b^kammassakatāñāṇaṃ.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^‘‘Parena katampī’’^eb^ti idaṃ nidassanavasena vuttaṃ yathā parena kataṃ, evaṃ attanā katampi sakakammaṃ nāma na hotīti. Attanā vā ussāhitena parena kataṃpīti evaṃ vā attho daṭṭhabbo. Yañhi taṃ parassa ussāhanavasena kataṃ, tampi sakakammaṃ nāma hotīti ayañhettha adhippāyo. ^b^Atthabhañjanato^eb^ti diṭṭhadhammikādisabbātthavināsanato. ^b^Atthajananato^eb^ti idhalokatthaparalokatthaparamatthānaṃ uppādanato. Ārabbhakāle ‘‘aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā’’ti pavattampi ^b^vacīsaccañca^eb^ lakkhaṇāni paṭivijjhantaṃ ^b^vipassanāñāṇaṃ anulometi^eb^ tattheva paṭivijjhanato. ^b^Paramatthasaccañca^eb^ nibbānaṃ ^b^na vilometi^eb^ na virodheti ekanteneva sampāpanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ñāṇadassana^eb^nti ñāṇabhūtaṃ dassanaṃ, tena maggaṃ vadati. ^b^Taṃsampayuttameva vīriya^eb^nti paṭhamamaggasampayuttaṃ vīriyamāha. Sabbāpi maggapaññā diṭṭhivisuddhiyevāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Ayameva ca nayo abhidhammapāḷiyā (dha. sa. 550) sametīti dassento ^b^‘‘abhidhamme panā’’^eb^ti ādiṃ avoca.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā saṃvego nāma sahottappañāṇaṃ, tasmā saṃvegavatthuṃ bhayato bhāyitabbato dassanavasena pavattañāṇaṃ ^a^P3.0237^ea^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘jātibhaya’’^eb^ntiādi. Bhāyanti etasmāti ^b^bhayaṃ,^eb^ jāti eva bhayaṃ ^b^jātibhayaṃ. Saṃvejanīya^eb^nti saṃvijjitabbaṃ bhāyitabbaṃ uttāsitabbaṃ. ^b^Ṭhāna^eb^nti kāraṇaṃ, vatthūti attho ^a^M3.0183^ea^. ^b^Saṃvegajātassā^eb^ti uppannasaṃvegassa. ^b^Upāyapadhāna^eb^nti upāyena pavattetabbaṃ vīriyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kusalānaṃ dhammāna^eb^nti sīlādīnaṃ anavajjadhammānaṃ. ^b^Bhāvanāyā^eb^ti uppādanena vaḍḍhanena ca. ^b^Asantuṭṭhassā^eb^ti ‘‘alaṃ ettāvatā, kathaṃ ettāvatā’’ti saṅkocāpattivasena na santuṭṭhassa. ^b^Bhiyyokamyatā^eb^ti bhiyyo bhiyyo uppādanicchā. ^b^Vosāna^eb^nti saṅkocaṃ asamatthanti. Tussanaṃ tuṭṭhi ^b^santuṭṭhi,^eb^ natthi etassa santuṭṭhīti ^b^asantuṭṭhi,^eb^ tassa bhāvo ^b^asantuṭṭhitā. ^eb^ Vīriyappavāhe vattamāne antarā eva paṭigamanaṃ nivattanaṃ ^b^paṭivānaṃ,^eb^ taṃ tassa atthīti ^b^paṭivānī,^eb^ na paṭivānī ^b^appaṭivānī,^eb^ tassa bhāvo ^b^appaṭivānitā. Sakkaccakiriyatā^eb^ti kusalānaṃ karaṇe sakkaccakiriyatā ādarakiriyatā. ^b^Sātaccakiriyatā^eb^ti satatameva karaṇaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhitakiriyatā^eb^ti antarā aṭṭhapetvā khaṇḍaṃ akatvā karaṇaṃ. ^b^Anolīnavuttitā^eb^ti na līnappavattitā. ^b^Anikkhittachandatā^eb^ti kusalacchandassa anikkhipanaṃ. ^b^Anikkhittadhuratā^eb^ti kusalakaraṇe vīriyadhurassa ^a^V3.0164^ea^ anikkhipanaṃ. ^b^Āsevanā^eb^ti ādarena sevanā. ^b^Bhāvanā^eb^ti vaḍḍhanā brūhanā. ^b^Bahulīkamma^eb^nti punappunaṃ karaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tisso vijjā^eb^ti pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ, dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ āsavakkhayañāṇanti imā tisso vijjā. Paṭipakkhavijjhanaṭṭhena pubbe nivutthakkhandhādīnaṃ viditakaraṇaṭṭhena visiṭṭhā muttīti ^b^vimutti.^eb^ Svāyaṃ viseso paṭipakkhavigamanena, paṭiyogivigamanena ca icchitabboti tadubhayaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ettha cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yena visesena samāpattiyo paccanīkadhammehi ^a^P3.0238^ea^ suṭṭhu muttā, tato nirāsaṅkatāya ārammaṇe ca abhiratā, taṃ visesaṃ upādāya tā adhikaṃ muccanato, ārammaṇe adhimuccanato ca ^b^adhimuttiyo nāmā^eb^ti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cittassa ca adhimuttī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Muttattā^eb^ti sabbasaṅkhārehi visesena nissaṭattā ^b^vimutti.^eb^<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khaye ñāṇa^eb^nti samucchedavasena kilese khepetīti ^b^khayo,^eb^ ariyamaggo, tappariyāpannaṃ ñāṇaṃ ^b^khaye ñāṇaṃ.^eb^^b^Paṭisandhivasenā^eb^ti kilesānaṃ taṃtaṃmaggavajjhānaṃ uppannamagge khandhasantāne puna sandahanavasena. ^b^Anuppādabhūte^eb^ti taṃtaṃphale. ^b^Anuppādapariyosāne^eb^ti anuppādakaro maggo ^b^anuppādo,^eb^ tassa pariyosāne, kilesānaṃ vā anuppajjanasaṅkhāte pariyosāne, bhaṅgeti atthoti.<br/><br/>[06]Dukavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


